^
' ' 9- ' '"' '':
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY; J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR
BULLETIN 25
NATICK DICTIONARY
BY
JAMES HAMMOND TRUMBULL
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1903
E
5"!
lit
ho. 25
CONTENTS
Page.
Announcement v
Introduction, by Edward Everett Hale .- ix
Abbreviations xv
Natick-Englis-h vocabulary
English-Natick vocabulary 217
Additions and corrections 349
ANNOUNCEMENT
In 1877 the United States Geographical and Geological Survey of
the Rocky Mountain Region (J. W. Powell, Director) began the issue of
a scries of ethnologic reports in quarto form under the title Contri-
butions to North American Ethnology. Several of the volumes were
printed under special authority conferred by Congressional resolu-
tions; and in March, 1881, the publication of volumes vi, vn, vm,
ix, and x of the series was authorized by the ^ Congress through a
concurrent resolution. This authorization was superseded by the law
providing for the public printing and binding and the distribution of
public documents, approved January 12, 1895. Up to this time there
had been published eight volumes of Contributions (including one
bound in two parts), numbered i-vn and ix.
After the United States Geographical and Geological Survey of the
Rocky Mountain Region was merged in the United States Geological
Survey, the Congress made provision for continuing the ethnologic
researches and publications; and in conformity with this law the Bureau
of Ethnology was founded. The Director of the new Bureau (J. W.
Powell) began the publication of annual reports in royal octavo form
with that for the fiscal year 1879-80, and at the same time continued the
issue of the Contributions to North American Ethnology. Until 1895
the annual reports were specially authorized by the Congress, usually
through concurrent resolutions; since 1895 they have been issued under
authority of the public printing. law. Of these reports nineteen have
been published and others are in press; the Fourteenth, Seventeeth,
Eighteenth, and Nineteenth are each in two parts or volumes.
In August, 1886, the Director of the Bureau was authorized by a
joint resolution of the Congress to begin the publication of a series of
bulletins, which were issued in octavo form; and in July, 1888, the
continuation of the series was authorized by a concurrent resolution.
When the public printing law was drafted this series was omitted, and
the issue terminated in ls<4. Fp to this time there had been published
twenty-four bulletins, each under a special title.
VI BUKKA1 (>K AMKRK'AN ETHNOLOGY
In tin- law making appropriation for the ethnologic work, approved
June 4. is'.iT. the title was ehangcd to ''American Ethnology"; the
designation of'the Bureau was modified conformably, and the Sixteenth
report (for 1894-95, issued in 1897) and those of later date bear tho
modified title. From 1895 to 1900 but a single series was issued by
the Bureau of American Ethnology, viz, the annual reports.
In 1900 the Congress authorized the resumption of publication in
bulletin form by a concurrent resolution, adopted by the House of
Representatives on April 7 and by the Senate on April 27. This
resolution is as follows:
Inj tin- Umi.v i if lli/iH'xi'iiliitii-f* din- Snmti conniri-liif/), That there be printer!
at the Government Printing Office eight thousand copies of any matter furnished hy
the Director of the Bureau of American Kthn< >logy relating to researches and disn iv-
eries connected with the study of the American alioriginc-s. the same io l>e issued as
bulletins uniform with the annual reports, one thousand live hundred of which shall
lie for the use of the Senate, three thousand lor the use of t lie House of Representatives.
and three thousand five hundred for distribution by the Bureau.
Pursuant to this authority the manuscript of the late Dr J. H.
Truinbull's Natick-English and English-Xatick Dictionary was trans-
mitted to the Public Printer on May .12. l!uo. with the request that
the same be printed and bound and issued as a bulletin uniform with
the annual reports of the Bureau of American Ethnology. The com-
position was at once taken up; but by reason of the technical character
of the matter and unforeseen difficulties in proof reading, the issue of
this initial number of the new series has been unexpectedly delayed.
It is a pleasure to acknowledge the courtesy of tine American Anti-
quarian Society and of its president, Honorable Stephen Salisbury,
in intrusting Dr Trumbull's unique manuscripts to this Bureau: and
it is especially gratifying to express appreciation of the scholarly
interest and aid of Dr Edward Everett Hale, who not only effected
the arrangement for publication but contributed an introduction
to the work. While this introduction was written from the stand-
point of the general literary student rather than the specialist in
Indian languages and characteristics, it pays a just tribute to the mem-
ory of the eminent philologist whose latest, and perhaps greatest.
work was that of compiling and comparing the acompanying vocabu-
laries from the Eliot Bible. James Hammond Trumbull was born
in Stonington, Connecticut, December 20, 1821; he was a student
at Yale, and held important public offices in Hartford during the
period 1847-1864. He was an original member of the American
Philological Association in 1869, and its president in 1874 and ls~:>:
a member of the American Oriental Society, of the American Ethno-
logieal Society, and of several other learned societies, including the
National Academy of Sciences. In 1S73 he was chosen lecturer on
ANNOUNCEMENT VII
native languages of North America at Yale University, though failure
of health soon compelled his resignation; and from Yale, Harvard,
and Columbia he WHS the recipient of degrees in recognition of notable
researches and publications. In addition to his linguistic knowledge
he possessed great learning and skill as a bibliographer. During his
later years lie was a valued correspondent of the Bureau, and his wide
knowledge of both aboriginal tongues and bibliographic methods,
freely conveyed to the officers of the Bureau, proved of great service.
He died in Hartford. Connecticut, August 5, 1897.
Dr Hale pays a merited tribute also to John Eliot, tSie pioneer stu-
dent of aboriginal languages in the New England region, pointing out
that Eliot was not merely a translator of the native tongues but an
original investigator of their structure. Naturally the opinions con-
cerning the aborigines and their languages based on the limited knowl-
edge of the middle of the seventeenth century were much less definite
than those resting on the numerous records extant at the beginning of
the nineteenth century: yet it is noteworthy that the early view of
Eliot, voiced by Dr Hale, as to the widespread grammatie corres-
pondences among the native tongues, possesses a meaning well worth
the interest of the pioneer student and his later interpreters, Trumbull
and Hale. The place and date of John Eliot's birth are not recorded,
but he was baptized in Widford. Hertfordshire, England, August 5,
1604. He matriculated at Cambridge in 1619, and took a degree in
Iti-j-J: he subsequently took orders, and, accepting a call to Roxbury,
Massachusetts, emigrated in 1631. He remained at Roxbury in pas-
toral work throughout the remainder of his life; he died May 21,
1690. As indicated by Dr Hale, his enduring reputation rests chiefly
on his records of aboriginal languages; yet it would seem that he exer-
cised a still more important influence on his own and later generations
through his sympathetic efforts to educate the tribesmen of New Eng-
land and to raise them toward the plane of self-respecting citizenship.
In this work, too, he was a pioneer; and undoubtedly he did much to
prepare the minds of statesmen and philanthropists for the humanita-
rian views of primitive men which characterize modern policies toward
the Nation's wards. Thus it is particularly fitting that Eliot, the pio-
neer in sympathetic and systematic study of the aborigines, no less
than Trumbull, the direct contributor, should receive f rom the Bureau
of American Ethnology such honor as this publication may confer.
As has been noted by Dr Hale, the Trumbull manuscript and proof
passed through the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet and received the
benefit of his extended acquaintance with the native languages of the
Algonquian stock. The manuscript was not, however, edited crit-
ically; it was. on the other hand, aimed to print the matter substan-
tially as it left the author's hands, with only those minor changes in
VIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
punctuation, alphabetic arrangement, cross references, etc., which the
author would necessarily have made had he lived to revise the copy;
and a list of abbreviations was prepared. Still, the task of proof
iv\ i-ion proved arduous, and much credit i due Mr F. W. Hodge,
who began, and Mr H. S. Wood, who completed, this work. Grate-
ful acknowledgment is made to Mr Wilberforce Eames, of the New
York Public Library, for aid in interpreting abbreviations.
JULY 10, 1902.
INTRODUCTION
By EDWARD EVERETT HALE
Dr Trumbuir.s vocabularies constitute the most important contribu-
tion to the scientific study of Eliot's Indian Bible which has been made
.since that wonderful book was published.
To the preparation of these vocabularies James Hammond Trumbull
gave most of his time throughout the closing years of his diligent and
valuable life. The work was so nearly finished when he died that, as
the reader will see, it is clearly best to print it as he left it, and to leave
it to the careful students of the future for completion by such work as
he has made comparatively easy. By her generous gift of the beau-
tiful finished manuscript to the American Antiquarian Society, his
widow, Mrs Sarah Robinson Trumbull, has made its immediate pub-
lication possible. The officers of the society at once consulted Major
Powell, the Director of the Bureau of American Ethnology, as to the
best plan for its publication. The Bureau placed the manuscript in
the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet, of the ethnologic staff; and the
book has had the great advantage of his extended acquaintance with
Algonquian languages as it passed through the pi'ess.
It is hoped that the book will form the first volume in a series of
vocabularies of the- native languages. Such a series, under such
supervision as the Bureau will give to the selection and editing of the
works contained in it, will be of great value to students of language;
but it will contain no book more valuable in itself or more interesting
from its history than Dr Trumbull's Dictionary.
Even in rircles of people who should be better informed, we fre-
quently hear it said that the Bible of Eliot is now nothing but a liter-
ary curiosity, and hardly that. Such an expression is unjust to Eliot's
good sense, and it is quite untrue. Reverend J. A. Gilfillan, whose
work of education among the northern tribes is so remarkable, found
that his intelligent Chippewa companions were greatly interested in
the Bible of Eliot, and readily caught the analogies of the language
with their own when the system of spelling and of vocalization was
explained to them.
With great good sense, Eliot used the English letters witli the
sounds which Englishmen gave them. When the American Home
X HTUEAU OF AMKKICAN KTHNOLi M . 1 [i.ci.L.25
Missionary Society tirst undertook its translations of the Bible, it
adopted, after some i|iiestion, tlie vowel pronunciation of the Latin
nations. The wadtchu (mountain) of Eliot becomes in Mr. Sherman
Hull's translation uijiuii, the one letter >i being the only letter which
18 the Same in both \\oi-ds: yet both mean to express the same sound.
It -cents now a great pity that the translators in our century did not
use in any way the diligent work of Eliot.
In the spring of IS'.W I placed before a Chippewa boy in the Hamp-
ton (Virginia) school thirty words of the Massachusetts Indian lan-
guage. He recognized at once fifteen of them, giving to them their
full meaning; and with a little study he made out almost all of the
remainder. In the course of two and a half centuries the uses of
words differ as much among Indians as among white men, but it
would seem that they do not differ more.
Such careful study as Dr Trumbull and Duponceau and Pickering
and Heckewelder have given to the Algonquian languages shows
beyond a doubt that John Eliot was one of the great philologists of
the world. His study of the remarkable grammatic construction of the
Indian languages proves to be scientific and correct. The linguists
of the continent of Europe took it for granted, almost, that Eliot's
statements regarding the grammar of the Indian tribes could not
be true. It seemed to them impossible that languages so perfect in
their systems and so carefully precise in their adaptations of those
systems could maintain their integrity among tribes of savages who
had no system of writing. All study of these languages, however,
through the century which has just passed, has proved that the elab-
orate system of grammar was correctly described by Eliot, and, to the
surprise of European philologists, that it is fairly uniform through
many variations of dialect and vocabulary.
It is much to be regretted that a careless habit of thought takes it
for granted that a good Indian word of one locality is a good Indian
word of another, and that names may be transferred from North to
South or from South to North at the free will of an innkeeper or of a
poet. Such transfers of words, which in the beginning amount almost
to falsehood, cau-e more confusion and more as time goes bv.
Mr Pilling' s valuable bibliography of the Algonquian languages
shows us that there are now existing fourteen complete copies of
Kliot's liible in the tirst and second editions. Besides the, complete
text we have the New Testament printed in a separate volume in It'.til,
and in the Eliot Primer or Catechism, which has been reprinted in the
present generation, we have the Lord's Prayer and some texts from
the Bible, as well as a translation of the Apostles' Creed into the
Massachusetts language. The number of books printed as part of his
movement for the translation of the Scriptures and the conversion of
the Indians is nearly forty. For the use of all these books Dr Trum-
IIAI-K] INTRODUCTION XI
hull's dictionary will be of the very first value. Is it perhaps just
possible that the publication of this book may awaken such attention
to the subject that some of Eliot's lost manuscripts may still be
discovered?
Of Eliot's place as a scholar and an educator Dr DeNormandie,
who now fills his pulpit in Roxbury. speaks in the highest terms. It
would seem that we owe to Eliot the establishment of the first proper
Sunday school in America, and perhaps one may say in the English
realm. On October 6, 1674, the record of his church says:
Tins da}' we restored our primitive practice for the training of our youth. Fiist
our male youth, in fitting season, stay every Sabbath after the evening exercise in
the public meeting house, where the elders will examine their remembrance that day
of any fit poynt of catechise. Secondly, that our female youth should meet in one
place (on Monday) where the elders may examine them^jn their remembrance of
yesterday about catechise and what else may be convenient,
,>
"The care of the.lam.ba," says Eliot, "is one-third part of the charge
over the works of God."
Dr DeNormandie ascribes to Eliot the general establishment of
"grammar schools" among the institutions of Massachusetts. He
says: "One day all the neighboring churches were gathered in Boston
to 'consider how the miscarriages which were, among us might be pre-
vented,' Eliot exclaimed with great fervor, 'Lord, for our schools
everywhere among us! That our schools may flourish! That every
member of this assembly may go home and procure a good school to be
encouraged in the town where he lives! That before we die we may
be so happy as to see a good school encouraged in every plantation in
tin- country!" By "plantation" Eliot meant separate village.
Cotton Mather says: "God so pleased his endeavors that Roxbury
could not live quietly without &free xclunj in the town/' Roxbury was
the town of which Eliot was the minister. "And the issue of it has been
one thing which has made me almost put the title of ' School 7/7w.v//-/V
upon that little nursery; that is, that Roxbury has afforded more
scholars, first for the college and then for the publick, than anv town
of its bigness, or if I mistake not, of twice its bigness, in all New-
England/'
John Eliot was quite willing to accept the responsibilities of making
laws and even a constitution for his " praying Indians."' As he found
the Indian tribes, government among them seemed at best absolutely
minimum; he was unable to perceive that they had any government.
Kliot made for them a working constitution for a democracy, on prin-
ciples which are so absolutely democratic that they frightened even
the Puritan emigrants around him, the coadjutors of Cromwell and
Sidney. Poor Eliot was even obliged to recall his words in a public
recantation. The democratic constitution which he wrote for his
people is well worth the study of any faithful student of government
XII Ul'RKAl" "K AMERICAN KTHNOLOOY [BULL. 25
today. On niucli tin- same plan were his settlements fmimleil where
tin- colonies of " praying Indians." with the government of the people
by the people and for the people, and with tl versight of ;i hencvo-
lent judge in Israel, were his coadjutors and pupils. It is. alas,
impossible to tell what would have been the outcome of this remark-
able experiment, for the outbreak of King Philip's war in the year
I'M."- broke it up before it was fairly tested.
Eliot's first religious service among the Indians was on OctODer 1'x
lt;4ii. When King Philip, in 1C75, united the Indian tribes of New
England in almost simultaneous attacks on the English settlements,
the excitement in the seaboard towns turned against Eliot's ''praying
Indians." and the people suspected as on such an occasion seems
natural that these converts were in league with the enemy. So
strong was the popular feeling in Boston that Eliot was compelled to
remove his colony from Natick to Deer island, in Boston harbor, and
there, as exiles from their own land, they spent the months before
King Philip's power was broken. They then went back to Natiek.
where the people celebrated, on the 4th of July last, the two hundred
and fiftieth anniversary of the establishment of that village. There
seems to be no one left in that neighborhood of the descendants of
this colony.
A late and insufficient authority says that Natick means Place of
the Hills. The Dictionary of Dr Trumbull affords no support for
this etymology, and it is probably mistaken. Charles river, as a
small stream, passes through the village. Captain John Smith gave to
it its name, which was the name of Prince Charles, afterward King
Charles. The Indian name of this stream seems to have been Qnino-
beguin; this would seem to mean Long river, from the root quin,
it is long (compare Quinnehtukqut, the Connecticut); or, quite as
probably, it means the river which turns about, from quinuppe.
around about or all about.
South of the Natick Indians the Narragansett tribe spoke a dialect
not very different from theirs, and west of these the Mohegan tribe
used another dialect of the same language. There is now no Narra-
gansett Indian who remembers any words of the language of his fore-
fathers: Mrs Mitchell, who considered herself a descendant of King
Philip and who did remember some of the words of his tribe, died in the
spring of iMi'.i. The Mashpee Indians still exist as a native community,
occupying the town of Mashpee on Cape Cod. They have taken on
all the habits of civili/ation; among others, they preserve their own
trout brooks for the benefit of amateur sportsmen, and rent them to
such sportsmen for considerable revenue. They maintain free schools
:is other town- of Ma-sachusetts do. but in these schools no word of
the language of their race is spoken, nor do any of the Mashpee
Indian- have further knowledge of it than does any other New
HALE] INTRODUCTION XIII
Englander. The Gay Head Indians, on Marthas Vineyard, a brave
and spirited set of men, retained a knowledge of their own language
later perhaps than did any other of the Indians of southern New
England, hut it has died out among them. In the eastern part of
Maine, however, the Passamaq noddy and Micniac Indians, whose
range extends into the British provinces, still use their dialects of the
Algonquian stock. Vocabularies of the related dialect spoken by the
Abnakis, prepared by the faithful Catholic minister, Sebastian Rasles,
still exist; of these the most important was printed by the American
Academy as edited by the distinguished scholar Mr John Pickering.
ROXBURY, MASS., July 19, 1901.
B. A. E., BULL. 25 11
ABBREVIATIONS
Abn. =Ahnaki.
act. = active.
Atlelung=Adelung, Johann Christoph [and Vater, J. S.]. Mithridates oder allge-
meine gprachenkunde. 4 vols. Berlin, 1806-17.
adj. *= adjective.
adv. =adverb.
Afgh. =Afghan.
agent. See n. agent.
Alg. =Algic (Algonquian; in citations from McKenney, Chippewa); Algonkin (the
Algonkin or Xippissing dialect of the Lake of the Two'Mountains, near the
western end of the island of Montreal); Algonquian.
an.=animate; animate object.
Aug. -Sax. =Anglo-Saxon.
A rab.= Arabic.
Arch. Amer. =Arehfeologia Americana. Transactions and collections of the Ameri-
can Antiquarian Society. Vols. i-iv. Worcester and Cambridge, 1820-60.
Areher=Archer, Gabriel. Relation of Captain Gosnold's voyage to the north part
of Virginia, begun . . . 1602, etc. In Purchas, Samuel, His pilgrimes,
vol. iv, London, 1625; Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol.' vin,
Boston, 1843.
AS. = Anglo-Saxon.
Assembly Catechism. See Quinney.
augm. = augmentative.
auxil. =auxiliarv.
A. V. = Authorized version.
Bancroft= Bancroft, George. History of the United States from the discovery of the
American continent. 10 vols. Boston, 1834-1874. Many other editions.
Bar., Baraga=I!ara<ra, Rev. Frederic.
Diet, (or simply Bar.) = A dictionary of the Otchipwe language, explained in
English. Cincinnati, 1853; Montreal, 1878, 1879 (with grammar), 1880,
1882 (with grammar). References are to the edition of 1853.
Gr. =A theoretical and practical grammar of the Otchipwe language. Detroit,
1850; Montreal, 1878, 1879 (with dictionary), 1882 (with dictionary). Refer-
ences are to the edition of 1850.
Bartlett=Bartlett, John Russell. Dictionary of Americanisms. A glossary of words
and phrases usually regarded as peculiar to the United States. New York,
1848. Several later editions.
NOTE. It has not been possible to refer to the source of all quotations, and hence a few errors may
have crept into the bibliographic parts of this list. All known editions of important works have been
cited, note being made of the editions referred to in the Dictionary when these are known.
XV
XVI HVRKAT (IF AMKR1CAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 26
Barton, Barton's Compar. Vor. = Barton, Benjamin Smith. New views of the origin
of the tribes ami nations of America. Philadelphia, 1797,1798. Contains
comparative vocabulary of a number of Indian languages.
Beverley=Beverley, Robert. The history and present state of Virginia, in four
parts . . . III. The native Indians, their religion, laws, and customs, in
war and peace. London, 1705, 1722; Richmond, 1855. References are to
the second edition.
Bloch = Bloch, Mark Klicser. Several works on ichthyology, 1782-1801.
Bonap. = Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. American ornithology. Phila-
delphia, 1825-33.
Bopp=Bopp, Franz. Comparative Grammar of the Sanscrit, Zend, Greek, Latin,
Lithuanian, Gothic, German, and Sclavonic languages. Translated from
the German [Berlin, 1833-52, 1857-61, 1868-71] by E. B. Eastwick. 3 vols.
London, 1845-50, 1856.
Brel>euf=Brebeuf, Jean dr. Relation de ce qui s'est passe dans le pays dea Hurons
en 1'annee 1636. With Le Jeune, Paul, Relation de ce qui s'est passe en la
Nowelle France en 1'annee 1636, Paris, 1637; in Relations des Jesuites, vol. i,
Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and allied documents . . . edited by
Reuben Gold Thwaites, vol. x, Cleveland, 1897. The Quebec edition was
the one used.
C., Cott, Cotton=Cottou, Josiah. Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick)
Indian language. In Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. n, Cam-
bridge, 1830 (edited by John Pickering) ; issued separately, Cambridge, 1829.
Caldw. =Caldwell, Robert. Comparative grammar of the Dravidiaii or South Indian
family of languages. London, 1856.
Camp. =Campanius, Johan. Lutheri catechismus ofwersatt pit American-Virginiske
spraket [followed by] Vocabularium Barbaro-Virgineorum. Stockholm,
1696. The vocabulary was reprinted with some additions in Campanius
Holm, Thomas, Kort beskrifning om provincien Nya Swerige uti America,
Stockholm, 1702. The latter work was translated as, A short description
of the province of New Sweden . . . Translated ... By Peter S. Du
Ponceau, in Pennsylvania Historical Soc. Mem., vol. in, pt. 1, Philadel-
phia, 1834; issued separately, Philadelphia, 1834.
Cant. =Canticles (The song of Solomon).
Cass=Cass, Lewis. Remarks on the condition, character, and languages, of the
North American Indians. From the North American Review, no. i. [vol.
x.vn], for January, 1826.
Catcrhismo Algonchino=Catechismo dei missionari rattolici in lingua a^onchina,
pubblicato per cura di E. Teza. Pisa,. 1872.
caus., causat.=oausative.
of. =confer, compare.
Chald.=Chaldaic, ('balder.
Charlevoix=Charlevoix, Pin-re Kranrois Xavierde. Histoireet description gencrale
de la Nouvelle France, avec le journal historique d'un voyage fait par ordre
du roi dans 1'Amerique Septentrionale. Paris, 1744; London, 1761, 17i>:!:
Dublin, ]7(>(i. There are other editions not containing the linguistic
material.
('hry.=('heyeiine.
Chip. =('hippewa.
(ir. Trav.=Gnmd Traverse band.
Mark. Mackinaw band.
Saginaw band.
St Marys --St Marys band.
1 Chr.=;The first liook of thr chronicles.
THI-MBI-U,] ABBREVIATIONS XVII
2 Chr. =The second hook of the chronicles.
C. M., 0. Math., ('. Muther= Mather, Cotton.
Family religion excited and assisted. Ind'uui heading: Teashshinninneongane
peantamooonk wogkouunumnn kah anunumwontamun. Boston, 1714.
Notit. Ind.=X"otitia Indiarum, in India Christiana. A discourse, delivered unto
the Commissioners, for tin- propagation of the Gospel among the American
Indians. Boston, 1721.
\Vussnk\vhonk en Christianeue asuh peantamwae Indianog, etc. Second title:
An epistle to the Christian Indians, etc. Boston, 1700, 1706.
Col.=The epistle of Paul to the Colossians.
comp. =compound.
compar. =comparative.
condit. =conditional.
conj. =conjunction.
Conn. Rec. = Public records of the colony of Connecticut. Vols. i-m, 1636-89,
edited by J. H. Tmmbull; vols. iv-xv, 1689-1776, edited by C. J. Hoadly;
appendix, 1663-1710. Hartford, 1850-90.
constr. =construct state,
contract. =contracted form.
1 Cor. =The first epistle of Paul to the Corinthians.
2 Cor. =The second epistle of Paul to the Corinthians.
Cott., Cotton. See C.
Cotton, John. See Rawson; Kl. (I. P.).
Cuv. =Cuvier, Georges Leopold Chretien Frederic Dagobert, Huron. Several works
on zoology.
Dan.=The book of the prophet Daniel; Danish.
Danf. =Danforth, Samuel.
Masukkenukeeg matcheseaenvog wequetoog kah wuttooanatoog uppeyaonont
Christoh kah ne yeuyeu teanuk, etc. Translation: Greatest sinners called and
encouraged to come to Christ, and that now, quickly, etc. Boston, 1698.
Oggus. Kutt. =The woful effects of drunkenness, etc. Address in Indian begins
on page 43 with the words "Oggussunash kuttooonkash." Boston, 1710.
Also a manuscript vocabulary of the Massachusetts language, in the library of
the Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston.
Dawson=Dawson, Sir John William. Acadian geology. Edinburgh, 1855; Mon-
treal, 1860; London, 1868.
Del. = Delaware.
derog. =derogatory.
Descr. X. Xetherland, 1671. See Montanus.
Deut. = Deuteronomy .
De Vries=Vries, David Pietersz. de. Voyages from Holland to America, A. J>. 1632
to 1644. . . Translated from the Dutch [Hoorn, 1655] ... by Henry C.
Murphy. Xew York, 1853; in New York Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol.
in, pt. 1, Xew York, 1857.
dict.=dictionary. See Bar. ; Grav. ; Rasles.
dimin. =diminutive.
Duponceau=Duponceau, Peter Stephen.
Corresp. See Hkw.
Xotes on El. Gr. See Kl.
east. = eastern.
Eccl., Eccles. = Ecclestiastes.
Fxlw.=Edwards, Jonathan. Observations on the language of the Muhhekaneew
[Mohegan] Indians . . . Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts
and Sciences, and published at the request of the society. Xew Haven,
XVIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [mix. 25
E<lw.=Ed\vards, Jonathan continue'!.
17-; London, 17SS, 17S!i; New York, 1801; in Haaaachnsette Historical Soc.
Coll., per. 2, vol. x, Boston, 1823 (with notes by Pickering); in Works of
Jonathan Edwards, with a memoir of liis life and character, by Edward
Tryon (2 vols. ), Hartford, 1842. References are to the edition of New
Haven, 1788, and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society Collections.
Egyp.=Egyptian.
El., Eliot=Eliot, John.
Bible=The holy Bible: containing the Old Testament and the New. Translated
into the Indian language, and ordered to be printed by the Commissioners
of the United Colonies in New-England, at the charge and with the consent
of the Corporation in England. Second title: Mamusse wunneetupanatamwe
up-biblum God naneeswe mikkone testament kah wonk wusku testament,
etc. Cambridge, 1(563 (also with Indian title only), 1685, (with Indian title
only). References are to the 1685 edition.
Gr., Gam.=The Indian grammar begun: or, An essay to bring the Indian lan-
guage into rules, for the help of such as desire to learn the same, etc. Cam-
bridge, 1666; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. ix, Boston,
1822 (with notes by P. S. Duponceau and an introduction and supple-
mentary observations by John Pickering); issued separately, Boston, 1822.
I. P., Ind. Prim. =Indiane primer asuh negonneyeuuk. Ne uashpe mukkiesog
woh tauog wunnamuhkuttee ogketamunnate Indiane unnontoowaonk. Kah
Meninnunk wutch mukkiesog. Second title: The Indian primer; or The first
book. By which children may know truely to read the Indian language.
And Milk for babes. Boston, 1720, 1747. This is a revised edition, prob-
ably by Experience Mayhew, of Eliot's Primer of 1654 (?), 1662, 1669, 1687(7),
printed with Rawson's translation of John Cotton's Spiritual milk for babes
(also somewhat revised). Parts of the edition of 1720 were reprinted in
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. n, Cambridge, 1830.
Man. Pom., Manit. Pom. =Manitowompae pomantamoonk: sampwshanau
Christianoh uttoh woh an pomantog wussikkitteahonat God. Translation:
Godly living: directs a Christian how he may live to please God. Cam-
bridge, 1665, 1685.
N. T. =The New Testament of our lord and saviour Jesus Christ. Translated
into the Indian language, and ordered to be printed, etc. Second titli:- Wusku
wuttestamentum nul-lordunum Jesus Christ nuppoquohwussuaeneumun.
Cambridge, 1661 (also with Indian title only), 1680 (with Indian title only).
References are to the 1680 edition.
S. Q., Samp. Quin., Samp. Quinnup. =Sampwutteahae quinnuppekompauaenin
. . . mat-he wusstikhiiinun ut English-mane nnnontojwaonk nashpe . . .
Thomas Shephard, quinnuppenumun en Indiane unnontcuwaoiiganit nashpe
. . . John Eliot, Kahnawhutcheutaiyeuongashoggussemeseontcheteauun
nashpe Grindal Rawson. Translation: The sincere convert . . . written in
English by ... Thomas Shepard, translated into Indian by . . . John
Eliot. And in some places a little amended by Grindal Rawson. Cam-
bridge, 1689.
Also several other translations.
E. M., Exp. Mayhew =May hew. Experience.
Mass. Ps. =Massachusee psalter: asuh, Ukkuttoohomaongash David weclie
wunnaunchemookaouk ne ansukhogup John, ut Indiane kah Englishe
nepatuhquonkash, etc. Sei-nml titli': The Massachnsct psalter: or. Psalms of
David with the ( ioxpel according to John, in columns of Indian and English,
etc. Boston, 170it.
TRUMBITLL] ABBREVIATIONS XIX
E. M., Exp. Mayhew Mayhew, Experience continued.
Ne kesukod Jehovah keesehtunkup. Kekuttoohkaonk papaume kuhquttum-
mooonk kah nanawehtoonk ukkesukodum Lord, etc. Second title: Tlie day
which the Lord hath made. A discourse concerning the institution and
observation of the Lords-day, etc. Boston, 1707.
A manuscript letter to Honorable Paul Dudley on the Indian language of Con-
necticut colony, 1722. Contains a translation of the Lord's prayer. When
E. M. alone is used this letter is referred to. It was printed in the New
England Historical and Genealogical Register, vol. xxxix, Boston, 1885
(communicated by John S. H. Fogg, M. D. ). Reprinted as follows:
Observations on the Indian language . . . Now published from the original
ms. by John S. H. Fogg, etc. Boston, 1884.
It is probable that the Indiane primer of 1720 and 1747 (see EL, I. P.) was
revised by Mayhew.
Engl. = English .
Eph. =The epistle of Paul to the Ephesians.
Esth.=The book of Esther.
Etch. = Etcheniin.
Eth., Ethiop. = Ethiopian.
Ex. = Exodus.
Ezek. =The book of the prophet Kzekiel.
fern. =feminine.
Forbes' Dahomey = Forbes, F. E. Dahomey and the Dahomans; two missions to
king of Dahomey in 1848-1850. 2 vols. London, 1851.
Force Tracts=Tracts and other papers relating principally to the origin, settlement,
and progress of the colonies in North America, from the discovery to the
year 1776. Collected by Peter Force. 4 vols. Washington, 1836-46.
Fr. = French.
freq. =frequentative.
Gal. =The epistle of Paul to the Galatians.
Gallatin=Gallatin, Albert.
A synopsis of the Indian tribes within the United States east of the Rocky
mountains, etc. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archselogia Ameri-
cana), vol. n, Cambridge, 1836.
Hale's Indians of north-west America, and vocabularies of North America; with
an introduction. In American Ethnological Soc. Trans., vol. n, New York,
1848.
Gen. =Genesis.
gen. =genitive.
Gen. Reg. New England historical and genealogical register. Published under
the direction of the New England Historic Genealogical Society. Vols.
I-LVI, Boston and Albany, 1847-1902.
Gerard's Herbal =Gerard, John. The herball, or General! historic of plantes.
London. 1597, 1633, 1636.
Germ. =German.
Gookin=(iookin, Daniel.
Historical account of the doings and sufferings of the Christian Indians of New
England. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archreologia Americana),
vol. n, Cambridge, 1836.
Historical collections of the Indians in New England. In Massachusetts His-
torical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. i, Boston, 1792, 1806.
Goth.=Gothic.
Gr.=Greek.
gr., gram.=gramniar. See Bar., El., Howse, Maill., Zeisb., and others.
XX WHEAT OK AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [nri.L.25
Grav., <iravier=<iravier, .lames. A manuscript dictionary of the Illinois laiij.'ii:i.L'i',
U'lnnjiing to Dr Trumbull.
Hab. = Habakkuk.
Hag.=Haggai.
Harmon = Harmon, Daniel Williams. A journal of voyages and travels in the intn-
iour of North America, between the 47th and 58th degrees of north latitude,
extending from Montreal nearly to the Pacific ocean, etc. Andover, 1820.
Contains Cree linguistic material.
Hayili'ii=Hayden, Francis Vaiidever. Contributions to the ethnography and phil-
ology of the Indian tribes of the Missouri valley. In American Philosoph-
ical Soc. Trans., n. e., vol. XH, Philadelphia, 1863; printed separately, Phila-
delphia, 1862.
Heb.=Hebrew; The epistle of Paul to the Hebrews.
Hib.=Hiberno-CVltir.
Higginson = Higginson (or Higgeson), Francis. New Englands plantation; or, A
short and true description of the commodities and discommodities of that
country. London, 1630; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol.
i, Boston, 1792, 1806; Force Tracts, vol. i, Washington, 1836; Young, Alex-
ander, Chronicles of the first planters of the colony of Massachusetts bay,
Boston, 1846.
Hkw. = Heckewelder, John Gottlieb Ernestus.
Comp. Voc.=Comparative vocabulary of Algonquin dialects. From Hecke-
welder's manuscripts in the collections of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia. Printed for the "Alcove of American Native Languages" in
Wellesley College library, by E. N. Hereford. Cambridge, 1887.
Corresp.=A correspondence between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethle-
hem, and Peter S. Duponceau, esq., etc. In American Philosophical Soc.,
Trans, of the Historical and Literary Committee, vol. i, Philadelphia, 1819;
Pennsylvania Historical Soc. Mem., vol. xn, Philadelphia, 1876.
Hist. Ace. = An account of the history, manners, and customs of the Indian
nations, who once inhabited Pennsylvania and the neighbouring states. In
American Philosophical Soc., Trans, of the Historical and Literary Com-
mittee, .vol. i, Philadelphia, 1819; printed separately Philadelphia, 1818;
also in Pennsylvania Historical Soc. Mem., vol. xn, Philadelphia, 1876.
Also manuscript vocabularies of Chippewa, Delaware, Mahicanni, Nanticoke, and
Shawanese languages, in the library of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia, and several other works containing Delaware linguistic
material.
Hos. =Hosea.
Howse=Howse, Joseph. A grammar of the Cree language, with which is combined
an analysis of the Chippeway dialect. London, 1844, 1865.
i., intr., intrans. =intransitive.
i. e.=id est, that is.
111., Illin.=IllinoiB.
MS Diet. See Grav.
imp. = impersonal.
iinjuT., ini|>erat. = imperative.
inan. inanimate, inanimate object.
indef. = indefinite.
Ind. Laws, Indian Laws=The hatchets, to hew down the tree of sin, which bears the
fruit < if death. Or, The laws, by which the magistrates are to punish offenses,
among the Indians, as well as among the English. Boston, 1705.
TR-MBfLi.] ABBREVIATIONS XXI
Ind. Prim. See El.
infin. =infinitive.
intt'iis. = intensivc.
interj. =interjection.
interrog. =interrogatfve.
intr., intrans. See i.
introd. introduction.
I. P. See El.
Is. =The book of the prophet Isaiah.
J. = Jones, John, and Jones, Peter.
John==The Gospel according to St. John. Translated into the Chippeway
tongue by John Jones, and revised and corrected by Peter Jones, Indian
teachers. London, 1831; Boston, 1838 (with Indian and English title).
Also several other translations into Chippewa by both authors.
Jeff. = Jefferson, Thomas.
A vocabulary of the language of the Unquachog Indians, who constitute the
Pusspatock settlement in the town of Brookhaven, south side of Long island.
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Phila-
delphia. Copy in the library of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
[Vocabularyof the Mohican, Long Island, and Shawnoe languages. ] In Gallatin,
A., Synopsis of Indian tribes, American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archseo-
logia Americana), vol. n, Cambridge, 1836.
Several other manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical Society.,
Jer. =The book of the prophet Jeremiah.
John=The Gospel according to St John. For Chippewa Bible quotations see J.
Josh. =The book of Joshua.
Josselyn=Josselyn, John.
Rar., N. E. Rar.=New England's rarities discovered; in birds, beasts, fishes,
serpents, and plants of that country. London, 1672; Boston, 1865; in
American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. ( Archieologia Americana), vol. iv,
Boston, 1860.
Voy. = Account of two voyages to New England [1638, 1663]. London, 1674,
1675; Boston, 1865; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. HI,
Cambridge, 1833.
Judd=Judd, Sylvester.
Gen. Reg. = Article on the fur trade on Connecticut river, in New England His-
torical and Genealogical Register, vol. xi, Boston, 1857.
Hadley, Hist, of Hadley=History of Hadley. Northampton, 1863.
Judg. =The book of judges.
1 K.=The first book of the kings.
2 K.=The second book of the kings.
K. A. See Osunk.
Keat., Keating= Keating, William Hypolitus. Narrative of an expedition to the
source of St. Peter's river, etc. 2 vols. Philadelphia, 1824; London, 1825.
Contains vocabularies of Sank and Chippewa languages.
L. =Linn<5 (or Linn;cus), Karl von. Several works on botany.
Lah., Lahontan = Lahontan, Armand Louis de Delondarce, Baron de. New voyages
to North America, containing an account of the several nations of that vast
continent . . . To which is added, a dictionary of the Algonkine language,
which is generally spoke in North America. 2 vols. London, 1703, 1735.
Various editions in French, Dutch, and German.
Lam. =The lamentations of Jeremiah.
Lat.=Latin.
XXII IUTREAI' OF AMERICAN KTHN'oI.otiY
1. c., loc. cit.=loco citato, in tin- place cited.
I.echford = Leehford, Thomas. Plain dealing: or, News iron. New Kn^luii.l. London,
liUL'; Boston, isi>7 i with introduction and notes by .1. H. TrunibuH); in
Massachusetts Historical Soo. Coll.. ser. 3, vol. in. Cambridge, 1833.
L<s Jeune=Le Jeune, ]'>!' Paul.
Relation de ce qui s'est passe en la Novvelle France en 1'annce 1034, etc. Paris,
lii:'..->; in Relations de Jesuites, vol. I, Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and
allied documents . . . edited by Reuben Gold Thwaitcs. vols. VII-VHI,
Cleveland, 1897. Quoted in Gallatin, A., Synopsis of tril)es, American
Antiquarian Soe. Trans. (Archieologia Americana), vol. n, Cambridge, 1836.
Lescarbot=Lescarbot, Marc. Histoire de laNouvelle France, etc. Paris, 1609, 1611,
1612, 1618, 1866; London (translated by P. E[rondelle]), 1609, [1612?].
LeSueur=LeSueur, Charles Alexander. .Several works on zoology.
Lev. = Leviticus.
Lit., Litu. =Lituanian, Lithuanian.
loc. cit. See 1. c.
Long=Long, John. Voyages and travels of an Indian interpreter and trader . . .
To which is added a vocabulary of the Chippeway language . . A list of
words in the Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawanee, and Esquimeaux tongues, and a
table, shewing the analogy between the Algonkin and Chippeway languages.
London, 1791.
McK.,McKenney=McKenney, Thomas Lorraine. Sketches of a tour to the lakes . . .
Also, a vocabulary of the Algie, or Chippeway language, formed in part, and
as far as it goes, upon the basis of one furnished by the Hon. Albert Gallat : n.
Baltimore, 1827.
MaU.=Mahicanni, Mohegan.
Maill., Maillard=Maillard, Anthony S.
Grammar of the Mikmaque language of Nova Scotia, edited from the manuscripts
of the Abbe Maillard by the Rev. Joseph M. Bellenger. New York, 1864.
Also a number of manuscripts, preserved chiefly in the library of the Arch-
bishopric of Quebec, and several published letters containing Micmac words.
Mal.=Malachi.
Man. Pom., Manit. Pom. See El.
Mar. Yin. Rec. = Manuscript deeds, etc., in the Indian language of Massachusetts,
formerly in possession of Reverend D. W. Stevens, Yineyard Haven, Mar-
thas Yineyard (?). Or, possibly, manuscript records of Marthas Yineyard
in the custody of the town clerk at Edgartown, Massachusetts.
Martius=Martius, Karl Friedrich Philipp von. Beit rage /.ur ethnographic und
sprachenkunde Brasiliens. Wortersammlung brasilieniseher sprachen.
Erlangen, 1863; Leipzig, 1867.
Mason=Mason, Maj. John. Brief history of the Pequot war. Boston, 1736; in
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. '2. vol. vm, Boston, 1819 (with an
introduction by Thomas Prince).
Ma<. = Massachusetts.
Mass. Hist. Coll. See M. H. C.
Mass. Ps., Mass. Psalter. See E. M.
Mather. See C. M.
Matt. =The Gospel according to St Matthew.
Mayhew. See E. M.
Megapolen8is=Megapolensis, Johannes. A short sketch of the Mohawk Indians in
New Netherland . . . Revised from the translation [from the Dutch, A 1k-
maer [1644?], and Amsterdam, 1651 (in Hartgers, J., Beschrijvinghe van
Virginia, Nieuw Nederlaudt, Nieuw Engelandt, etc. )] in [Ebonezer] Haz-
TRUMBI-LL] ABBREVIATIONS XXIII
Megapolensis=Megapolensis, Johannes continued.
ard's Historical collections [Philadelphia, 1792], with an introduction and
notes, by John Romeyn Brodhead. In New York Historical Soc. Coll., ser.
2, vol. in, part 1, New York, 1857.
Menom. =Menomini.
Mex. = Mexican.
M. H. C., Mass. Hist. Coll. =Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Ser.
1 (1 M. H. C.), 10 vols., Boston, 1792-1809. Ser. 2 (2 M. H. C.), 10 vola.,
Boston, 1814-1823. Ser. 3 (3 M. H. C.), 10 vols., Boston and Cambridge,
1825-1849. Ser. 4 (4 M. H. C.), 10 vols., Boston, 1852-1871. Ser. 5, 10
vols., Boston, 1871-1888. Ser. 6, 10 vols., Boston, 1886-1899. Ser. 7, vols.
i-in, Boston, 1900-1902.
Mic. =Micah.
Micm. =Micmac.
Mitch. =Mitchell, .Samuel Latham. Several works on the fishes of New York.
mod. =modern.
Moh. =Mohegan.
Montagn. =Montagnais.
Montanus=Montanus (van Bergen or van den Berg), Arnoldus. Description of
New Netherland. 1671. In Documentary history of the state of New York,
arranged . . . by E. B. O'Callaghan, vol. iv, Albany, 1851 (translated from
De nieuwe en onbekende weereld; of, Beschryving van America en't Zuid-
land, Amsterdam, 1671).
Morton, N. E. Canaan =Morton, Thomas. New English Canaan; or New Canaan, con-
taining an abstract of New England. Composed in three bookes. Amster-
dam, 1637; Boston, 1883 (Publications of Prince Society); in Force Tracts,
vol. n, Washington, 1838.
MS=manuscript.
Muh. = Muhhekaneew, Mohegan.
mut. =mutual.
M. V. Kec. See Mar. Vin. Rec.
n=noun.
n. agent., n. agentis=nomen agentis, noun (or name) of the agent.
Nah.=Nahum.
N. A. Review=North American review. Vols. I-CLXXV. Boston and New York,
1815-1902.
Narr. =Narragansett, or, in citations from Roger Williams, more properly Cowweseuck
or Cowesit.
Nash. Men. See Rawson.
Nav. Col. =Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de. Coleccion de los viages y deseubri-
mientos, que hicieron por mar los Espafioles desde fines del siglo xv, etc.
5 vols. Madrid, 1825-37.
neg., negat.=negative.
Neh. =The book of Nehemiah.
N. E. Plantation. See Higginson.
Nipm. =Nipmuc.
Norwood=Norwood, Col. Richard. Voyage to Virginia, 1649. In Churchill, Awn-
sham and John, Collection of voyages and travels, London, 1732, 1744, 1746;
Force Tracts, vol. in, Washington, 1844; The Virginia Historical Register,
vol. n, Richmond, 1849 (abridged).
Notit Ind. See C. M.
N. T.=New Testament. See El.
Num. =Numlx i r.".
Nuttall = Nuttall, Thomas. The North American sylva. H vols. Philadelphia,
1842-49.
XXIV WKKKAr OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY BVLL. 26
N. V. II. S. Coll.=Collections of the New Y<irk Historical Society. Scr. 1, 5 vols.,
\e\v York, isl l-:!0. Scr. 2, 4 vols., New York, 1841-59. Publication fund
MT., 27 v<. Is., New York, 1868-94.
Obad.=0badiah.
obj. =object, objective.
Oggus. Kutt. See Danf.
Ojib. =Ojibwa, Chippewa.
Onond. =Onondaga.
Ogunk.=0sunkhirhine (or Wzokhilain), Peter Paul.
K. A.=Wobanaki kiinzowi awighigan, P. P. Wzokilhain, kizitokw [Spelling
and reading book in the Penobscot dialect of the Abnaki language, includ-
ing a number of vocabularies, Indian and English]. Boston, 1830.
Also several translations into Abnaki.
Palfrey=Palfrey, John Gorham. History of New England during the Stuart
dynasty. 5 vols. Boston and London, 1859-90.
part., particip. =participle.
pass. = passive.
Peq. =Pequot.
pers. =person.
1 Pet. =The first general epistle of Peter.
2 Pet. =The second general epistle of Peter.
Phil. =The epistle of Paul to the Philippians.
Philem. =The epistle of Paul to Philemon.
Phil. Trans. See Winth.
Pickering= Pickering, John.
Introd. to El. Gr. See El.
Pier., Pierson=Pierson, Abraham. Some helps for the Indians, shewing them how
to improve their natural reason, to know the true God, and the true Christian
religion, etc. [Catechism in Quiripi]. Cambridge, 1658; Hartford, 1873
(from Connecticut Historical Soc. Coll., vol. in; with an introduction by
James Hammond Trumbull); in Connecticut Historical Soc. Coll., vol. in,
Hartford, 1895.
pl.=plural.
poss. =possessive.
Powh.=Powhatan.
Prayers = [Sergeant, Rer. John. ] A morning prayer [and a number of other prayers,
translated into Mohegan]. [Boston? 174-?]
pres. = present,
prt-t. = preterit.
prog. =progressive.
proh., prohib. =prohibitory.
Prov. = Proverbs.
I's. =The book of psalms.
Quinney=[Quinney, John.] The Assembly's catechism [in Mohegan]. Stock-
bridge, 1795. Contains also a translation of Dr Watts' shorter catechism for
children.
Quinnip.=Quinnipiac (Quiripi).
<.uir. =Quiripi.
(|. v. =(juod vide, which sec.
rad.= radical, root.
Rand = Rand, Silas Tert ins.
[Vocabulary of the Minnac lan-ua^c. ] In Schoolcraft, Indian tribes vol v
Philadelphia, 1855.
A first reading book in the Micmac language, etc. Halifax, 1.S75.
TP.OIBUI.I.] ABBREVIATIONS XXV
Hand = Rand, Silas Tertius continued.
Also many translations into Micmac, ami other works containing Micmac lin-
guistic material.
Rasles = Rasles, Sebastien. A dictionary < it' the Abnaki language, in North America.
AVith an introductory memoir and notes by John Pickering. In American
Acad. of Sciences and Arts, Memoirs, new ser., vol. I, Cambridge, 1833;
issued separately, Cambridge, 1833.
Rawson =Rawson, Grindal.
Nash. Men.=Xashauanittue meninnunk wutch mukkiesog, wussesemumun
wutch sogkodtunganash naneeswe testamentsash . . . Xegoniie wussukhn-
mun ut Englishmiinne unnontuiwaonganit nashpe . . . John Cotton. Kah
yeuyeu qnshkinnumun en Indiane unnontoowaonganit . . . nashpe Grindal
Rawson. Translation: Spiritual milk for babes, drawn from the breasts of
both Testaments . . . Formerly written in English, by . . . John Cotton.
And now translated into Indian ... by Grindal Rawson. Cambridge,
1691. Reprinted in. somewhat altered form in the Indiane primer of 1720,
i 1747 (see EL, I. P.).
Wun. Samp. =A confession of faith owned and consented unto by the elders
and messengers of the churches assembled at Boston in Ne\v England, May
12, 1680. Second title: Wunnamptamoe sampooaonk wussampoowontamnn
nashpe moeuwehkomunganash ut New-England, etc. Boston, 1699.
See also EL, Samp. Quiii.
recipr. =reciprocal.
redupl. =reduplicate.
rel. =relative.
Rev. =The revelation of JSt John.
Rev. Ver. =Revised version.
Rom.=The epistle of Paul to the Romans.
Russ. = Russian.
R. W., K. \Villiams=Williams, Roger. A key into the language of America; or,
An help to the language of the natives in that part of America, called New-
England. London, 1643; in Rhode Island Historical Soc.ColL, vol. i, Provi-
dence, 1827; issued separately, Providence, 1827; in Massachusetts Histor-
ical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. in, Boston, 1794, 1810; and in Narragansett Club
Publications, ser. 1, vol. i, Providence, 1866 (edited by James Hammond
Trumbull). The page references herein are to the Rhode Island Historical
Society edition (1827).
1 Sam.=The first book of Samuel.
2 Sam.=The second book of Samuel.
Samp. Quin., Samp. Quinnnp. See El.
Sansk.=Sanskrit.
Sax.=Saxon.
Say=Say, Thomas. Several works on American zoology.
S. B. (Chip. )= James, Edwin. Ojibue spelling book. 2 parts. Boston, 1846. Ear-
lier editions (in one volume), Utica, 1833; Boston, ls:;r>.
S. B. (Del.). SeeZeisb.
sc. =scilicet, namely, to wit.
Sch., Schoolcraft=Schoolcraft, Henry Rowe.
Ind. Tribes=Historical and statistical information, respecting the history, con-
dition, and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States, etc. 6 parts.
Philadelphia, 1851-1857; 1860; 1884 (partial reprint; 2 vols. ).
Also sever-al other works containing Indian (chiefly Algonquian) linguistic
material.
XXVI lU'KKAr <>K AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 25
Shawn. =sha \vnee.
.sin;;. ^singular.
Smith, (.'apt. Jr=Smith. Captain Jobs.
Descr. X. England, 1616=A description of New England; or, The observations
and discoveries of Captain John Smith, etc. London, 161t>: Hoston. 1865;
Birmingham, 1884 (in The English scholars library, ('apt. John Smith . . .
\Vc,rks. 1608-1631 . . . Edited by Edward Arberh in Massachusetts His-
torical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. vi, Boston, 1837; Force Tracts, vol. n, Wash-
ington, 1838.
Virginia, Hist, of Va.=The general! historic of Virginia, New- England, and the
Summer isles, etc. London, KilM, KV.'ti, 1627, 1631, 1632, 1705 (in Harris, J.,
Collection of voyages, vol. i), 1S12 ( in Pinkerton, John, A general collection
of voyages and travels, vol. xin); Richmond, 1819 (The trve travels . . .
of Captaine John Smith, etc., vol. n) ; Birmingham, 1884 (Arber edition;
see above).
1631=Advertisements for the unexperienced planters of New England, etc.
London, 1631; Boston, 1865; Birmingham, 1884 (Arber edition; see above);
in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. in, Boston, 1833.
Smith, Fishes of Mass. =Sinith, Jerome Van Crowninshield. Natural history of the
fishes of Massachusetts. Boston, 1833.
8. Q. See El.
St., Stiles=Stiles, Ezra.
Peq.=A vocabulary of the Pequot, obtained by President Stiles in 1762 ... at
Groton, Conn. Manuscript in the library of Yale University. Copy in the
library of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
Narr. =A manuscript vocabulary obtained from a Narragansett Indian, Septem-
ber 6, 1769. In the library of Yale University.
Storer, Kept, on Fishes of Mass. =Storer, David Humphreys, and Peabody, William
Bourne Oliver. Report on the fishes, reptiles, and birds of Massachusetts.
Boston, 1839 (Report of Commissioners on the Zoological and Botanical Sur-
vey of the State).
Stour. Misprint. See Storer.
Strachey=Strachey, William. The historic of travaile into Virginia Britannia, etc.
London, printed for the Hakluyt Society, 1849.
subj.=subject.
stiff. =suffix, suffix form.
Sum. =Summerfield, John. Sketch of grammar of the Chippeway language, to
which is added a vocabulary of some of the most common words. By John
Summerfield, alias Sahgahjewagahbahweh. Cazenovia, 1834.
suppos. =suppositive.
Sw. =Swedish.
B. v.=sub vi ice, under the entry; also same verse.
Syr. =Syriac.
t., trans. =transitive.
1 Thess. =The first epistle of Paul to the Thessalonians.
2 Thess. =The second epistle of Paul '3 the Thessalonians.
1 Tim. =The first epistle of Paul to Timothy.
2 Tim.=The second epistle of Paul to Timothy.
Tit. =The epistle of Paul to Titus.
Toequeville=Toc(iueville, Alexis Charles Henri Cle>el de. De la democratic en
Amerique. 2 v. Bruxelles, 1835. Several other editions,
trans. See t.
v. =verse. See also s. v.
v., vb.=verb.
IIMMIHLL] ABBREVIATIONS XXVII
vbl.= verbal, verbal noun.
Vespuciiis= Vespucci, Amerigo (Lat, Vespucius, Americus).
Xuv. Col.=Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de, Coleccion de los viages y descubri-
mientos, quo hicieron pur mar los Espanoles desde fines del siglo xv. 5
vols. Madrid, 1825-37.
Vineyard Eec. See Mar. Vin. lire.
Viix-= Virginian.
vor. = vocabulary.
Von Martins. See Martins.
Watts' Cat. See Quinney.
Weber=Wehrr, Albrecht Friedrich. Several works on East Indian language and
literature.
Webst., AVebster= Webster, Noah. Dictionary of the English language. Many edi-
tions and revisions.
White=White, Andrew. A relation of the colony of the lord baron of Baltimore, in
Maryland, near Virginia; a narrative of the voyage to Maryland, by Father
Andrew White, etc. In Force Tracts, vol. iv, Washington, 1846.
Williams. See R. W.
Wils. = Wilson, Alexander. Several works on American ornithology.
Winslow, Relation=W[inslow], E[dward]. Good nevves from New-England; or A
true relation of things very remarkable at the plantation of Plimoth, etc.
London, 1624; partly reprinted in Purchas, Samuel, His pilgrimes, vol. iv,
London, 1625; also in Massachusetts Historical Soe. Coll., ser. 1, vol. vin,
Boston, 1802, and ser. 2, vol. is, Boston, 1822, 1832, and in Young, A.,
Chronicles of the Pilgrim fathers, Boston, 1841, 1844.
Winth = Winthorp ( = Winthrop) [Adam?]. The description, culture, and use of
maiz. In Philosophical Transactions, no. 142, for December, January, and
February, 1678 [-79]. London, 1679.
Wood (N. E. )=Wood, William. Xevv Englands prospect. A true, lively, and
experimental 1 description of that part of America, commonly called New
England, etc. London, 1634; 1635; 1639; 1764; Boston, 1865 (in Publica-
tions of Prince Society ) .
Wood (L. I.), S. Wood=Wood, Silas. A sketch of the first settlement of the several
towns on Long island, with their political condition, to the end of the Amer-
ican revolution. Brooklyn, 1824; 1826; 1828; 1865.
Wun. Samp. See Rawson.
Zech. =Zechariah.
Zeisb. =Zeisberger, David.
Gr., Gram.=A grammar of the language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware
Indians. Translated from the German manuscript of the author by Peter
Stephen Du Ponceau. With a preface and notes by the translator. Pub-
lished by order of the American Philosopnical Society in the third volume
of the new series of their Transactions. Philadelphia, 1827; in American
Philosophical Soc. Trans., new ser., vol. in, Philadelphia, 1830.
S. B., Spelling Book=Essay of a Delaware-Indian and English spelling-book,
for the use of the schools of Christian Indians on Muskingum riyer. Phila-
delphia, 1776; reprinted with additions and omissions, Philadelphia, 1806.
Voc. = Vocabularies by Zeisberger. From the collection of manuscripts presented
by Judge Lane to Harvard University. Nos. 1 and 2. Printed for the
"Alcove of American Native Languages" in Wellesley College library, by
E. N. Hereford. Cambridge, 1887.
Also several translations into Delaware, and other works containing Delaware
linguistic material.
XXVIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BI-I.I ..>:<
Zeph. =Zephaniah.
Zig. = I Germ.) /iueuner, Gypsy.
*In the Natick-Knglish part thin sign indicates that the words it precedes do not
belong to the Xatick dialect proper. In the English-Xatick part it apparently
indicates that the won Is it precedes represent ideas foreign to the aboriginal
thought. It u.e seems to have In-en disomtinueil soon after the commence-
ment of this part of the dictionary.
NATIOK-ENGLISH
*Abbamoclio. See *chepy; * flobftamoco.
*abockqu<5sin-asli (Narr. ), n. pi. 'the
mats of the house' (with which the
wigwam was covered), R. W. See
nppuhquoxti ; uppohquos.
abohquas, n. a mouse. See mwhaboh-
qtuu.
abohquos, n. a covert; xokanon, a
i 'ii vert from rain, Is. 4, 6. See appuh-
ijti<'u<u; iippohquos.
*acawmen (Xarr.), on the other side of,
beyond. See onykome.
*achma>wonk, vbl. n. news, C. See
iiittirhemfuknii.
adchaii, v. i. he hunts, is hunting. Vbl. n.
niMii'ionk, unilch&onk, hunting, what is
taken by hunting, Prov. 12, 27. N.
agent, adchaen, a hunter, Gen. 10, 9
(adchden-in, a fowler, C.). With an.
<ibj. adchanau, he hunts (him, live
game); pi. -andog, Mic. 7, 2; suppos.
nchanont, when he hunts, when hunt-
ing, Lev. 17, 13; infln. achanai, to hunt,
C. From ahchu, he strives after., is dili-
gent or active to secure.
[Narr. aueha&i, he is gone to hunt
or fowl; n' tawchdumen, I go a fowling
or hunting. Cree ach, he is active,
diligent.]
-adchaubuk, in comp. words, root, or
roots. See wiulclumb-uk.
adchuwompag, 'in the morning watch',
just before light, Ex. 14, 24; Judg. 16, 2.
Suppos. of utchuwompan (it dawns,
light comes), q. v. ; no pajeh utchuwom-
/Hiiiit, 'until the day dawn', 2 Pet. 1, 19.
adt, &t, prep, in, at, to, El. Gr. 22
(sometimes written ahhut): cult yaut
iKiiyag, upon the four corners, Ex. 38, 2;
[niieuoiik] adl XC/KII/II/ it huxh<il>, [a place]
for spreading nets upon, Ezek. 26, 14
(ahhut xepagenit, ibid. 47, 10).
As a prefix, >i<lt (sometimes til, "I, or
adt, dt continued.
'<) is apparently related to ohlau, he has;
ohteau (se habet), it is; ohtde, belonging
to, or possessing (a quality, attribute,
etc.). So, in the Cree, according to
Howse (Gr. 21), oo prefixed, or, before
a vowel, oot, "shows that the subject
possesses the noun he has, i. e., owns,
or possesses (it)," as "cuisdm, a snow-
shoe; oot-assdm-u, he has snowshoes."
[Vineyard Rec. In, ta/i.]
adtahshe [ndt-tafahe'], adv. as often as,
as many as, Rev. 3, 19; attmche, Rev.
11, 6; ahhut tahshe, 2 K. 4, 8; uttmche,
1 Cor. 11, 25, 26. See tohsu; uttmche.
[Narr. ayatche, as often as. Cree
it-tusini-uk, they are so many; ht it-tuse-
chick, as many as they are. Del. endchi,
so much as, as many; endchen, so often
as, Zeisb.]
adtahtou, v. t. he hides (it), Matt. 25, 18;
mU-adtahlau-un, I hide it, Ps. 119, 11;
Jer. 13, 5; imper. 2d pers. adtahtawsh,
hide it, Jer. 13, 4. This is a caus. inan.
form, from a primary not found in
Eliot. See *autah ( Narr. ) , an apron, =
adtau, he hides. See also adtashau.
adtannegen, -nekiu, v. t. (inan. subj.)
it brings forth, bears, produces (as the
earth when cultivated, plants, a culti-
vated tree, fruit, etc.). See tannegen.
The prefix adt marks appropriation, a
growing, or bringing forth, to or for an
owner.
adtannekitteau, v. i. he plants (lays the
foundation of) his house; suppos. adtan-
nekitteadt qussukquanit, when he built
(founded) his house on a rock, Matt.
7, 24; miguntu, in the sand,
v. 26. With inan. subj., adtanehteau,
uttan-, the house is planted, or founded,
v. 2f>. See irekitlt'iui.
M'KKAU <>K AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Kri.LETI.V 25
adtashau. v. t. an. he hides ( himself, or
another), Jer. 23. 24; Luke 1, 24; unit-
l,'in<uh-uh, sh'e hid them. Josh. 2. 4. See
[Cree /.>>>''-'"', he hides it; kAht-tayoo,
he hides him. Abn. iie-kandaSan, ne-
k'ii'i-!*tii#"ii. je le lui cache; ne-kaiidSti,
je cache cela.]
adtoaii. adtauau, att<5aU, v. t. he ac-
quires possession of, makes his own;
(used by Eliot for) he buys; imperat.
adtoath, buy thou (it), Jer. 32, 7, 8;
inltuagk, buy ye, Is. 55, 1; suppos. noh
adt6adt, . . . noh maguk, he who buys,
... he who sells, Is. 24, 2; adt mith-
dadtik, 'of great price', 1 Pet.. 3, 4;
anoadtu rubuagh, she is of price above
[is worth more than] rubies, Prov. 31,
10; vbl. n. adtodonk, purchasing, acquir-
ing, Jer. 32, 8; adj. and adv. adttide, of
or relating to purchase, Jer. 32, 11, 12,
16. Cf. 6adtuhkau, he pays (him).
[Xarr. kut-tatta&am-ish a&ke, I will
buy land of you. Abn. net-ataiiSe,
j'achete, je traite; net-atanman, j'achete
de lui; ataSeSaiigan, achat, traitement.
Cree at-d.w6.yoo [ahd-ahw&, Chip.], he
exchanges, barters, Howse. Chip, atd-
wenan, he sells (him), Bar.]
adt<5ekit, suppos. of hohtfakin (?),sheig
next in growth (?) ; noh adtoeklt, she who
comes next, a 'second daughter', Job
42, 14. Cf. hoht6eu.
[Abn. Sd&kanar, son frere cadet.]
adtonkqs, as n. a kinsman, or kinswo-
man; pi. -sog; kadtonkqs, 'thy cousin',
Lake 1,36; nutonkqg, 'my kinswoman',
Prov. 7,4; wadtunkqus-oh, ' her cousins ',
Luke 1, 58; wadtonkqsin, a cousin, C.
One who is akin to or in some sense
belongs to another. Cf. adtoaii; oh-
tunk; togqnos (a twin).
[Narr. nalAncks, my cousin; wati'inrkx,
a (his) cousin; wat-tonkstUuock(v. mut. )
they are cousins. Abn. nnadangSn, pi.
-Sstak, mon cousin, seu le flls des pa-
rents de ma mere (dicit vir vel inulier) ;
nnadangSsexeiikSe [n'doAgtottt (dimin.)
and gqua (fern.)], ma cousine, la fille
du parent de ma mere (dicit vir);
iiiiilanyS, dit-on A. la fetnme de son frere,
dit le pere au mari de sa fille, etc. ( 'ivc
tdhkoo-mayoo, he is related to him.
Chip, niiiiltinijvxhe, my mother's broth-
adtonkqs r. .ntinur.l.
er's daughter, or my father's sister's
daughter (dicit mulier).]
adtuhtag. suppos. when (it was) in order,
or seasonable (?); - tMnammwoih, at
'the time of grapes', Xum. 13, 20.
aeta'i, aeetaue, aeetawe, ehta'i, adv. at
lx)th sides, Ezek. 47, 7, 12; Ex. 25, 19:
- seep, on both sides of the river,
Rev. 22, 2; fhtAi-kenag, sharp on both
sides, 'two-edged', Prov. 5, 4.
[Abn. eidaSiSi, on itpanaiSi, au Kmt,
aux deux bouts de quelque chose.]
agkemut, suppos. of ogkemaii, v. t. an. he
counts. See ogkemdnat.
agqueneunkquok, suppos. as n., like-
ness, resemblance, Deut. 4, 16, 17, 18.
See ogqtii; ogqumeunk.
agquit, aqut, suppos. of hogkao, he is
covered or clothed with, he wears (as
clothing) ; ne agquit, ne dqut, that which
he wears, Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30.
Adv. agwee, for wear; 'to put on', Gen.
28, 20. See hogkm.
ag-ushau. v. t. he goes under (it) for
shelter or concealment is implied
2 Sam. 18, 9; pi. dgqshaog, Job 24, 8.
Cf. ogkaoctiin.
agwe. See agwu.
ag-wonk, under a tree, 1 Sam. 31, 13.
From aguti and -mik, formative. See
mehtug.
agTWU, agwe, og^iru, (it is) underneath,
below, Deut. 33, 27; Josh. 15, 19; Ex.
20, 4. . The contracted form of ohkeiyeUf
earthward (El. Gr. 21); ohkeieu, C.
[Del. equhfi, Zeisb.]
ahamaquesuiik (?), ahamogq (suppos,
as n.), a needle, Mark 10, 25; Luke IS.
25; ohhomaquesuuk, C. Adj. and adv.
-ogquesue, made by the needle, of
needlework, Judg. 15, 10. Cf. aokkeomm.
[Abn. ttamakS, aiguille pour faire des
nattes ou des raquettes; ttafikkaMi,
aiguille f raneoise. ]
ahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it). Sec
ahanu. v. i. he laughs. See hah&nu.
ahaosukqueu. See hosekoeu.
*a'hawg-wut (Peq.), a bear, Stiles.
ahcheu. Sec nhrlm.
ahchewontam, v. t. lie is very desirous
of (it), covets ( it) ; nhcheu-aniam, he is
earnest-minded; imper. 2d pi. aliche-
TRVMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
ahchewontam continued.
iriiiitiinii/ik, covet ye (the liest gifts),
1 Cor. 12, 31; imperat. of prohibition,
iilii-liririittlitktiH, thou shalt not covet, or
'desire' it, Deut. 5, 21; guppos. nln-ln-
ii-iiiiin//, he who is covetous; pi. -gig, the
covetous, Luke 16, 4. Vbl. n. tam-
oonk, coveting, covetousness, Hab. 2, 9
(aMtahckuvamk, Man. Pom. 86). Cot-
ton has nut-ahchaueehteom (?), I pro-
cure; nuitahchuehteo, I get (?).
ahchu, aicheu, v. i. he is diligent,
makes effort, exerts himself (cf. ad-
i-liiiii, he hunts). Used by Eliot only
as an adverb, in the sense of diligently,
earnestly, exceedingly, very much, etc. :
ahchu anakawntog, they ' had a mind to
work ' (worked ' with a will ' ) , Xeh. 4, 6 ;
(thchue taphtkon (prohib. ), 'labor not to
comfort me', Is. 22, 4; ahche mishe kut-
ankquatunk, 'thy exceeding great re-
ward', Gen. 15, 1; ahchue pannup-
wmhau .S , ' he must needs go through
S '. Mass. Ps. This verb may be
regarded as, in some sort, an intensive
i if tissu, us8eii, which expresses animate
action, he moves, he does (Lat. agit),
while adchau denotes action for a pur-
pose or directed toward an end.
[Cree "ache-oo (ch = tch) or age-oo
(g = dg~), he moves (quasi, Lat. age-
re)", Howse, 156. Chip, uunj-eh. Abn.
ahantgi, de plus en plus; negaii-
mihsi, surpasse-toi de plus en plus.
Del. ahchwe (when prefixed), very,
Ukw.; achowat, hard, painful, Zeisb.]
ahchunk (?), n. a corpse, the dead body
(if a man, Num. 19, 11, 16.
*ahchusittam, (Mass. Ps.) he 'inclines
his ear' to (it) ; he gives attention ; nut-
ttilirlittKittiini, I incline my ear to it, Ps.
49,4 [=nuk-kodna>tam. El.]; imperat.
I'd sing, ulirliimiiliixh, Ps. 45, 10 [=/hU~-
li'ilimh, El.; see lnkke)itu"].
ahenit, suppos. of hoiinii'i, ({. v.
ahhaohomoDonk. See OUWohMmaoonk,
ahhut. See mil.
ahkehteaunat. See ohkehteaun&t.
*ahketeamuk, an herb, ('. (that which is
planted). See oKkehismmAt,
-ahkon, -uhkon, -ogkon, the character-
ifitic (suffix) of the imperative of pro-
hibition, 2d sintr. Its force is equiva-
lent to that of nltijur prefixed: ontnli-
-ahkon, -uhkon, ogkon continued.
iilikon, do not remove it, Prov. 23, 10;
kvmniiiil-i'i/il:on, do not steal, steal not,
Ex. 20, 15.
ahkuhk. See ohkiik, an (earthen) pot.
ahpappiu. See uppn/i/iin.
ahpeh. See appfh, a trap.
ahpooteau, uppooteau, v. i. it withers,
Ps. 90, 6; Is. 40, 7, 8; i. e. becomes
dry, dries up: mussmpohteau (utmnin-
ulijtehtatt-un, he maketh (it) dry, Hag.
1, 4. From appwau, ohteau, it is dried
by heat, parched. Cf. nundpi; nuna-
fi'in'it; nunnobohteateoH. See apwdu.
[ahquantani.] ahquoantam, ahquon-
tam, v. t. he forgives (it), pardons
[ahque-antam, refrains from thinking
of], 2 Chr. 7, 14; imperat. 2d sing, ah-
quoantasfi, forgive thou (it), 1 Sam. 25,
28; tmnaunnean, forgive thou to
us (our sins), Matt. 6, 12. With an.
2d obj., lamauau, he forgives (it)
to (him); act. intrans. ahquooHkauu,
he exercises forgiveness, pardons, for-
gives. Vbl. n. aux&onk, the ex-
ercise of forgiveness, Ps. 130, 4;
tamdonk, a forgiving, forgiveness (e. g.
of sins, Col. 1, 14). Cf. mehyuantam.
ahquanumau, ohquaii-, v. t. an. he
forsakes, abandons (keeps away from,
ahque) him; pi. -rn&og, they forsake
(him), Judg. 2, 13; suppos. -mog, if
ye forsake, Josh. 24, 20. Cf. uhquan-
umau (intens. ), he abhors, forsakes or
abandons with abhorrence.
ahque, v. i. he leaves off, desists, re-
frains: kekelwhkauoitt, he left off
(when) talking with him, Gen. 17, 22;
innlta ithtjuewomonunk, he leaves not off
his kindness, Ruth 2, 20. More com-
monly used as a negative-imperative
or prohibitive particle answering to
Greek ftiy, Fr. ne pas: nlnjn, inif,enitih,
'fear not', do not fear, (ien. 15, 1;
natuxmiama>k, take ye not thought, leave
off thinking, Matt. 10, 19; hettash,
do not call (it), Acts 10, 15; tape-
ntik, 'when she could not longer', etc.
(when she left off being able), Ex. 2, 3.
Sometimes it receives the regular verbal
inflections: aliqueh, have thou patience
with me, refrain thou to me, Matt. 18,
I'd [=iilikniin'li, v. 29, a more question-
6
HI'RKAl' OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOC4Y
[BDLLJRIN 25
ahque continued.
able fiirin]: <iln]lmk [altque-auk], refniin
ye, Prov. 17, 14. Cl. nhi/iii'ii-; uhque.
[Narr. /'//, leave off, do not; <"/<V
lundkith, be not foolish, U. \V. ::<, 41.
Quir. mullit fi/.-i/ninn, it eeaseth not,
Pier. 15,40. Cree'V/,} [=iW'<)],sub-
ordin. neg. not; used with sulij. and
imperative"; ">/.-, or mrk'-, and tikmt-,
privative und intensive" prefixes. Abn.
ekSi. cessationem significat; ned-ek#i]>-
pi, je ccsse de manger; fkSihaia, de-
meure en repos (dit-on a celui qui se
fache, badine, etc. ).]
ahquedne, as n. an island; kishke ah- \
quedti-ct, near an island, Acts 27, 16; pi.
-nosh (ogguidnnnh, Is. 40, 15).
[Howse (Cree Gr. 152) gives a "verb j
express! veofastateof rest " : " a'koo-ni , .
he sits (a bird, in a tree) ; a'koo-moo, he '
suspends, sits (e. g., a duck in the
water) ; a'koo-tln, inan. snbj. itsuspends,
is situate, e.g., an island in the water."
Miein. nyu-nk, it is in the water; Ep-
agiclt, it lies in the water (name of i
Prinee Edward island), Dawson's Aca-
dian Geology, app., p. 673.]
ahque'hteau, quehteau, v. t. i cans. I he
refrains from (it), leaves it off; imper.
2d. pi. ahqueteAcok itwena/, refrain from \
doing, 'take heed that ye do not', '
Matt. 6, 1. With the characteristic of i
forcible or disastrous action, ahqshau, |
he is compelled to refrain, unwillingly
refrains, or the like, Is. 33, 8.
[Narr. aquttuck, 'let us cease' (fight-
ing); but the verb is imperat. 2d pi.]
ahquekin, v. i. inan. subj., it ceases to
Ix-ar, or produce, becomes barren, Ps. .
107, 34. From ahque, with the forma-
tive of verbs of inan. growth, ->/.///.
[ahquene.] See *arp&ne, peace; a truce.
ahquiyeuhteaii v. i. he refrains from
fighting, Jer. 51, 30. From ahque and
nin -nli I, -nil.
ahqunon, v. imp. it ceases to rain, holds
up, Cant. 2, 11. From nhi/in; privative,
with -'on, the formative of veil is of
raining (falling water). See ,/,,//,,<.
[Abn. ('/X; -miTi, (la pluie) cesse.]
ahquoantam. See 'ili'/uuntam.
ahquompi. v. iiii)). ; asn. a time, a. season;
Ezek. Ifi, S; Dan. 7, 12; 8, 17; snpi.s.
and indel. (ili'/uoni/iul;, when it is the
ahquompi continue' 1.
time, at the time when; m ti</ii<>m/>"/:,
at that time, Josh. 11, 10. In his Gram-
mar (p. 21), Eliot classes 'ili'/iiniii/itik,
when", with " ad verbs < if time". With
verb subst. ahyuompiyeua), time is,
there is a time, Kccles. 3, -, et sei[.
(oggotohguotnpi, a little time; /,<>///.-
/.lilln,' <i/n/iiiii/ii, daytime, C.)
ahquontaiu. See iilnjiiiiiilniii.
ahtamuiat. See olitniiiiiii'it.
'ahteah (Peq.), adog, Stiles. See'///iV/.
ahtettk. See ,ilil,'nk,a. (cultivated) field.
ahtinosuk, when she 'fluttereth over'
(her young), Deut. 32, 11.
ahtomp. See ohknnp, a bow.
ahtdonk. See ohteoonk, a jxissessioii.
ahtotapagodtut, 'In'side the still wa-
ters', Ps. 23,2.
ahtou, ahtoou. See ohtawmAt.
ahtuk, n. a deer; pi. ahtuhqurtg, El. Gr. 9;
tultunktjuoy, 1 K. 4, 23 (attiik, C. ; otlucke,
Wood). This name is used by Eliot
for 'roe', 'roe-buck', and in one place
for ' hart ' , as well as for ' deer ' , generic.
Elsewhere he has nukkonahtuk (old
deer) for 'hart' (Deut. 12, 15); and
more often, aiyomp or eiyomp ( Ps. 42, 1 ;
Cant. 2,17), also transl. 'roe' (Prov. 5,
19; 6, 5; Cant. 8, 14). Of the several
names applied by Eliot to deer-kind:
ahtvk, in New England, appears to
have been the common name of the
fallow deer, Cervus virginianus. Xarr.
altuck and n6onatch. Peq. iimujhili'li,
nogh-ich, deer; VHMght&ggafiky, 'deer,
i. e., wet-nose'; cungyachif iimuki/itxi-,
a great deer (Abn. i<//-.v.<. 'cerf';
' maurouse' of Josselyn): iininnKlin!.;,'/
maiikki/liiiw the biggest deer' i me ise? ),
Stiles MS. Etch, mlmik. Del. m-liti'i,-li.
Abn. nmrkt, chevreuil. Old Al;;. nn-nis-
ki'nll, I>all. Chip. WtlH1\xllk?i<ll<, ir<lirir<nr-
flii'di, red ileer; titik, reindeer, (Vrvu*
sylvestris. [See what Schoolcraft (Ind.
Triln's, in, 520) says of the tradition
that at the first deers were tin- hunters
of men, and his statement that the
mythic ".IMfcwasa famous hunter of
the North", etc. Look for the possible
relation of Mass, mlrhau, 'he hunts',
iiliijm, 'he strives after', etc. .and <jhtuk
(utturk), 'deer'.]
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
ahtuk continued.
'lii/n mp, iiyliiiji, riijnmp, 'hart', 'roe',
is Ahn. a'li-tnhf, the male of deer or
ileerkind, a buck. Narr. kiilliomp [keht-
eiyomp~\, 'a great buck'; and so, pau-
culliiuwaw, -tatiwajt, a buck. Del. ayapeil,
Zeis-1). East. Chip, ayarbey awaskesh,
male deer, Long.
eiyomp&emite, pi. -sog, 'young hart",
Cant. 8, 14; 'young roes', Cant. 4, 5;
diniin. of eiyomp.
</<iniicgk, pi. -gquaog, -qu6og, 'hind',
Gen. 49, 21; Cant. 2, 7;adoe, the female
deer. Narr. aunan, qunnZke (the former
term corresponding to Abn. hi'rar, fe-
male of deer-kind); qunnequ&wese, a
young doe.
mmsfiotj, 'fallow deer'. See moos.
ahtushkouwau, pi. -waog, 'nobles',
principal men, Num. 21, 18.
[Xarr. atauskaw&uog, -kowaug, rulers,
lords, R. W. 120, 133.]
ahunou. See hennaii.
*aiannatt, v. t. an. he imitates (him);
mittianndu, I imitate, C. See 66nt6h-
konrntonat; unneu.
*aianne, C. See eiydne.
*alontogkomp, n. a knave, C.
a'ippanehteau, v. caus. he maketh
calm (mishittashineuh, the storm), Ps.
107, 29. See auwepin.
alt, suppos. of nyeu, q. v.
aiuhkdntowaonk. See auwakontpiv&onk.
aiuskoiantam, v. i. he repents, is sorry;
iint-aiuskoiantam, I repent, Jer. 18, 10;
imperat. 2d sing, aiuskoiantamasli , re-
pent thou, be sorry for, Acts 8, 22.
aiyomp, a buck. See ahtuk.
*akesu-og' (Narr.), they are counting.
See ngketamfin&t.
akodchu, v. i. he is ashamed; imt-akodj
(inil-('<ykodch, C. ), I am ashamed, Luke
Hi, 3; matta akodchuog, they were not
ashamed, Gen. 2, 25 (nut-dgkodchdnk-
IJIIH, it ashameth me, C.). Vbl. n.
-chiionk, shame, Prov. 18, 13 (ogkodchii-
iii, k, C. ). Caus. an. akodchehheau, he
shames (him), makes him ashamed;
kul-ii-kiiilfhe/ili/'oog, thou puttest them to
i-hame, Ps. 44, 7. Imperat. 2d + 3d
pers. ahijue akodjheh, put me not to
shame, Ps. 119, 31-
amaeu, amae!, v. i. he departs, goes
away, withdraws himself, Job 27, 21;
Gal. 2, 12 (without reference to the
mode or to the act of going, but simply
ti i the separation or removal of one per-
son or thing from another); imperat.
2d pers. sing, amdish, depart, go away;
suppos. amdil, ama'iit, when he went
away; with an. obj. amdeuau, he goes
away from him; amaeuoh, amayeoh,
he went away from him, Judg. 6, 21 (?),
more commonly, amaehtauau, he de-
parts or goes away from (him), 1 Sam.
16, 14; imperat. 2d + lst sing, amaeih-
' tah, depart thou from me, Luke 5, 8;
suppos. part, amehtauont, when he de-
parts, when departing, from (him), Jer.
17,5.
-amag, -amaug, pi. dmagquog, n. gen.
for 'fish taken by the hook.' See
[amakompau, v. i. he stands away;]
imperat. -pauish, stand thou away, C.
dmacohkauau, v. t. an. he drives (him)
away; pi. -kau&og, they drive away,
Job 24, 3.
-amaug-. See -dmag.
amaunum, v. t. he takes (it) away, Job
20, 19; Judg. 8, 21; imperat, amaunsh,
take thou (it) away, Prov. 25, 4. From
am&eu, with characteristic (-num) of
action by the hand. Cf. *aumafit.
[Narr. amdunsh, take it away.]
amaushau, v. i. he departs secretly or
with evil purpose, or the like; he 'slips
away', 1 Sam. 19, 10. From am&eu,
with ,t/t of derogation.
amayeuonk [=amaeuonk~\, vbl. n. de-
parture, going away, 2 Tim. 4, 6.
*amisque [=<tmisq], Muh. a beaver,
Edw. Cf. tummunk, a name which was
applied properly only to the living
adult animal. (Abn. temdkSe, castor
vivant, ) Amisk, a generic name for
beaver-kind, has been retained in the
principal Algonquian dialects: Aim.
pepSn-emeskS, nipen-emeskS, winter
beaver, summer beaver; kemeskS, great
beaver, or beaver skin; atsimesks (or
inii'ili-hneskS), male, nSsfmeskS (or sk-
fiiii'uks), female beaver. Cree umlsk.
Chip. amik. Sb&vrn.amixh'wak. Miami
mahkwaw. Del. (Minsi) amochk, Zeisb.
s
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
*ammiat, perhaps, it may be, C.
amomau. v. t. an. he warns (him); gives
(him) warning; pi. -dog, Pe. 19, 11;
kut-amm6moh, thou warnest him, K/.rk.
5, 18; ivut-am6muh, lie warned him,
Acta 10, 22; suppos. amAmonl, if he
warn, Ezek. 33, 3. Vbl. n. (pass. ) ain6n-
tuank, warning, Ezek. 33, 45.
*a'mucksh (Peq.), n. a weasel, Stiles.
See *musquai<h.
anakausu, v. i. he works, he labors,
Prov. 31, 13; nut-anakous, I labor, John
5, 17; suppos. noh anakmutit, he who
works, Eccl. 3, 9. N. agent, -mien, a
worker, Is. 40, 19; pi. -enuog, Is. 44, 11.
Vbl. n. -suonk, laboring; work, labor,
Eccl. 3, 10, 11.
[Narr. anak&uw, 'a laborer', pi.
(suppos.) -sichik. Abn. ned-arokki, je
travaille; ned-arokkeh&s!, je travaille
pour moi. Chip, anoki, Bar. ; annokee,
Sch.]
aiiamake'esuck (Narr.), this day, to-
day [=yeu kesukod, El.]; anamandu-
kock, tonight, E. W.
[Abn. &rme-kizegak, pendant le jour;
(anremi, sign, la continuation d'une
action; eremi, qui va laissant, coulant).
Del. eligixchquik, today; elemi-giquonk,
this spring; elemi-nipunk, this summer,
Zeisb.]
anantam, unantam, v. i. he thinks,
purposes, wills; is mind-ed, Luke 12,
17; Acts 19, 21; ne anantamup (pret. ),
that which I thought, Is. 14, 24; sup-
pos. ne anontog, what he may think, or
will; 'according to his will', Dan. 4, 35
(unantog, 'if he permit', Heb. 6, 3).
With an. obj. anuitumau, he wills to
(him), he permits (him); suppos. un-
nanumit, if he permit (me), 1 Cor. 16, 7.
Vbl. n. anantarncoonk, thought, pur-
pose, opinion, will; ananumaonk, per-
mission, will or thought (in relation
to an an. obj.), Job 12, 5. Adj. and
adv. anantmnu-e, anantanune, willing-ly,
Judg. 5, 2.
This is the intenn. or augment, form
of the primary verb unlum, lu> is
mind-ed, has in mind (with an an.
obj. anumau), which is not, perhaps
found separately in Eliot, but is the
base of all verbs of mental action and
of emotion. Maillard (Micmac Gr. 91)
anantam, unantam continued,
distinguishes this class of verbs as
"personnels mentaux: ces verbcs- de-
signent les diff^rentes modifications de
1'esprit, de la pensee, ou de 1'dme."
[Xarr. nt-n'mltim or tit-itn>iiiittiitn, I
think; nt-eat&m-mowonck, my thought
or opinion. Abn. ned-erbrdam, je pensc.
Chip, inendam, he thinks; kaslik-endam,
he is sad, etc., Bar.; nind-en&indum, I
think, J. Cree iiithetum, he thinks ( it ) ;
iitthe-mayoo, he so thinks (him); rtu'tlio-
ethetum, he well thinks, approves, etc.
Del. elendam, 'indicates a disposition of
the mind'; niiv-elendam, I am sad,
Zeisb.]
anaquabit, as a prep., before, in the
presence of (him), Ex. 8, 20; 9, 13;
Luke 21, 36. This isa verb in the sup-
positive (its regular indicat. pres. would
be anaquappii) , and varies in number
and person with its subject, which is
the object of the preposition by which
we must translate the verb:
nun-neepoh anaquab-ean (2d sing.), I
stand before thee, Ex. 17, 6; <mo-
quab-it (3d sing. ), before him;
ana<juab-e6g (2d pi.), before you;
anaquab-hettit (3d pi.), before
them, Deut. 9, 2; neepau anaquabeh
(1st sing.), he stands before me, Ps.
139, 5.
In some dialects this prepositive verb
is further varied with the position or
attitude of its subject before him when
sitting, when standing, when lying
down, et<\ (see Baraga, Otchipwe <lr.,
469); but if such distinction was made
in the Massachusetts language it es-
caped Eliot's observation.
anaqitappu is formed of appu (he
remains, he is) and onkoue (beyond, in
advance of) or some nearly related
word.
With inan. subj. muiquuhtaij (sup-
pos. of (maquohteau), before it, Ex.
19, 2; Judg. 20, 28; rin<iqn<,I,t(ii/ nvk, be-
fore his house, C. Cf. Quir. urqn<il,i,
Pier.
anaquesuonk, <5noq-, vbl. n. a joining,
a joint, Eph. 4, 16; pi. -ongash, Cant. 7, 1.
anaqushau, v. i. he trades, traffics;
impcr.it. intiiqiixliiiiik, trade ye, (ten.
34, 10; '.\d pi. ama-quih&hettich, let. tlmm
TRVMBrLI.]
NATICK-ENGL1SH DICTIONARY
anaqushaii continued.
trade, v. 21 (tmketheto, will you truck?
Wood). N. agentis anaqughaen; pi.
-enuog, traders, 1 K. 10, 14.
[Narr. anaqmhauog (they trade),
'trailers'; mouanaqushauog or mouna-
qushAnchick, 'chapmen ' ; anaqushento,
let us trade, R. \V.]
anaskham, v. i. he digs, hoes, breaks
the earth, Luke 16, 3 (-hamun, as infin-
itive).
[Narr. anaskh6mmin, to hoe, or break
up; pi. anashk-hdmwog, they hoe. Abn.
Sdererke hemen, il le b6che.]
*andskig: (Narr.), n. (a digging instru-
ment,) a hoe, pi. -ganaxh, R. W.
[Abn. arakehigan.]
*anauchemineash (Narr. ), n. pi. acorns,
R. W. ; annachim, nut, pi. -minagh, C.
[Del. ivunachquim, Hkw. Abn. anes-
kemen, pi. -nar, glands; anaskamegi,
chtoe qui porte des glands.]
-ane, of the kind of, etc. See unne.
anea. adv. further, Luke 24, 28 [=ong-
koue (?)]. Cf. Anue, more than.
[Narr. enHck, further; n' 'neickom&su,
a little further.]
*anequs ( Narr. ) , n. the ground or striped
squirrel, or chipmunk (Tamiaslysteri).
Cf. annuneks (ant).
[Abn. anikaisess. Cf. Abn. nannan-
kesesm, il est leger.]
aneiiham, v. i. he has advantage, gains
[goes beyond, aneu-mm~\. With inan.
obj. liamauau, he profits or is prof-
ited by (it); toh unne aneuhamau-un
wosketomp, what is a man profited, etc.,
Matt. 16, 26; suppos. (t. inan.) aneu-
hamauadt, if he gain (it), ibid. ; suppos.
pass, or inan. subj. aneu-hamuk, what
is gained; pi. yeuus aneuhamug-M,
these things are gained, Phil. 3, 7; nut-
tanuunm, I overcome or conquer, C.
Vbl. n. aneu-mauAonk, gain, advantage,
profit; and pass. aneu-m6adtuonk, 1
Tim. 6, 6.
aneupae. See AnupAe.
anin, anun, v. i. (1) it exceeds, goes be-
yond, is morn than. (2) it rots, corrupts.
From Anue, more, beyond, with the
formative of verbs of growth : it goes be-
yond, exceeds (the good or normal);
with an. subj. atiiiimi, anunnm, he rots
('stinketh', John 11, 39), pi.
&nin, anun continued.
'they are corrupt', Ps. 14, 1; Is. 50,
2; uiiskannem anil ut agwe puhquvlikit,
'the seed is rotten under the clods ' , Joel
1, 17; suppos. inan. ne aneuk, 'a cor-
rupt thing', Mai. 1, 14; 'rottenness',
Prov. 12, 4; suppos. an. noh omit, he
who is rotten or is corrupt; corrupted
or putrefied flesh or an. being (some-
times used by Eliot for aneuk, after an
inan. substantive, as Prov. 10, 7). Vbl.
n. annmonk, decay, rottenness, Prov. 14,
30; annunaxmk, rottenness (of flesh,
or an. obj.), putrefaction, Lev. 22, 25;
Job 17, 14; suppos. pass. (inan. subj.)
anunnamuk, when it is rotted, rotten-
ness, Hos. 5, 12.
The primary signification, it will be
observed, is to exceed, to pass beyond;
hence noh unit, he who exceeds or goes
beyond (the natural, the common, or
the normal) designates any an. being
of supernatural, uncommon, or abnor-
mal qualities or powers; and with the
indef. prefix instead of the demonstra-
tive, m'anit (somebody or something
that exceeds), became the name of
supernatural being or agency, which is
usually translated 'God'.
[Del. alett, rotten, Zeisb.]
[NOTE It was the intention of the com-
piler to rewrite the foregoing definition.]
aninnuhkco, it is a help or support
(-uhk marking continuance or perma-
nence); as n. a support, 'a stay', 1 K.
10, 19.
anizmum, v. t. he gives (with the hand),
he hands (it), presents (it). From
annumau (q. v. ), with the characteristic
(num.) of action of the hand. Imperat.
2d pi. aninnummk metsuonk, give ye
(them) food, Matt. 14, 16. With an.
2d obj. aninnumau, he gives (it) to
(him); imperat. 2d + lst sing, anin-
numeh, give thou (it) to me, Matt. 14, 8
(aninnumeh, help thou me, Ps. 22, 19;
38, 22; ken unun&mah, give thou me, C. ) ;
Kiiinnumau, he gives (him) assistance,
helps (him); -mauau mittamwossissoh,
he helped the woman, Rev. 12, 16;
kut-aninum-oush, I help thee, Is. 41, 10.
See annumau.
[Narr. kut-dnnum-mi, will you help
me?; anunema, help me.]
10
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BfLLETIN 25
*anishamog, n. codlish.C.
anisheau. See &tiwuu-hli,-<in.
-anit, in compos. fur iimnil. iiiiniilln, q. v.
anitchewan, anutchuan [mini -nti-hu-
ni,], \. i. it overflows, flows abundantly,
I's. 78, Hi, 20. See /i )i /),; <!"<</<//-
irnn.
anittue, adj. corrupted; pi. -tuth, Pg.
:is. :>; Prov. 25, 26. See (Iran.
*anna, n. a shell, 0. ; shell-fish. See hogki.
[Xarr. (pi.) andwguck, shells. Abn.
fi, pi. fstat, coquilles; ne-mantse, j'a-
masse coquillage pour manger.]
*annachim, n. a nut, C. ; an acorn. See
*ini<iiti'ln'iiiiiiiii*li; mil/.
anneganuhtuk, n. a fish spear, Job 41, 7.
annimmungquot. n. a stench, Is. 3, 24;
bad smell (smell of corruption or
putridity, anni-f- mungqiiot, the forma-
tive of verbals of smelling, or emitting
odor).
mini n . See annun.
aimhmcDoiik, annun-, vbl. n. eorrup-
tion, Job 17, 14; Lev. 22, 25.
annoke. See unohkf.
annoOsu, anncoosu, v. i. he hopes,
trusts, is hopeful, 1 Cor. 13, 7 (noh
a a in iii an, C.); nut-anndfw, I hope, 2 Cor.
1, 13; suppos. annoosil, when, or if, he
hopes. Vbl. n. ann66uonk (annoaus-,
anndout-, etc. ), hoping; hope, expecta-
tion of good, Rom. 8, 24; Ps. 62, 5.
annco, unnau, v. t. an. he says to, tells
(him). See unntiii and cf. na>6nnl.
Pret. anaoop, anmirop, he said to him,
he told him; ne Anun, what is com-
manded (said), Ex. 34, 1 1 ; suppos. noh
anont, he who tells or says to, 'com-
mands', or directs; toh anont, what he
commands (may command), 'his com-
mandment', Prov. 8, 29. With inan.
obj. anniimaii (q. v.), he gives (com-
mand) to, commands (it) to .(him).
In the verse last cited three forms of
the primary verb occur in the suppos-
itive: anummaont, when he gave (his
decree) to; tnh minnt, 'his command-
ment ', i. e. his commanding, word-
giving; dnaiwodl, 'when he appoints",
commands (it).
Kliot's vise of the several forms and
derivatives of this verb does in it enable
us to distinguish them accurately. The
annoo, unnati continued.
primary signification of the root is, per-
haps, to send (cf. nmvntam, nnii>n<ii'i );
to commission, to direct, to tell.
[Cf. Abn. in il-n' i-iii'i, j'ai continue de
lui dire; (//-,v, fleche [i. e. a missile].
Del. II/IIIHIK'I, >;o along; attuii*, arrow,
bullet; rillwnmalien, to throw; ;;//.-
alum [round missile], bullet, Zeisb.]
aniiconaii, v. t. an. (1) he commands,
directs (him); nut-annam, I command
or tell (them), 1 K. 17, 4; suppos. nean-
namog, that which I command you,
Deut. 4, 2. (2) he hires, employs (him) ;
nut-annam-uk, he hires me, Judg. 18, 4;
suppos. noh annamont, he who hires,
Matt. 20, 1; suppos. pass, annaonit, when
he is hired, Neh. 6, 13. (3) he sends
(him), Ex. 24, 5; nut-annam, I send,
Matt 11, 10; imperat. 2d + lst pers.
send thou to me. Is. 6, 8. N. agent.
anwa&en, one who serves for hire, Ex.
12,45; one sent, a messenger, Prov. 17,
11; anamnuwaen, a commander, Is. 55. 4.
[Narr. anoce ( = anna>s), hire him;
kut-annamsh , I hire yon.]
anncoosu. See annodm.
anncotag (?), suppos. inan. (that which)
is ripe, or seasonable, Hos. 9, 10; Jer.
24, 2. Cf. adtuhtag; kesanohteau.
anncotam, v. t. inan. he sends (it), Lam.
1, 13; imper. 2d pi. -tamcok, -teantatk,
send you, 2 Sam. 17, 16. Vbl. n. -leani-
coonk, a sending, a command, 2 John 4.
annumati, v. t. an. (1) he gives word to,
commands (him): niiiikmixiiniik m' nin'i-
iiiiuiiint, the task which he (suppos. )
giveth (to them) to do, Eccles. 3, 10;
amlmaont, when he gives (to the sea)
his decree, Prov. 8, 29. See annoo. Cf.
aninnum. (2) he helps, assists (him):
inil-iiiini'iina-oh, lie helped them, Acts
18, L'7; /.iil-iiiiiiiiiii-iin/;qioi, he helps us,
1 Sam. 7, 12.
annun, annin, v. t. he lays hold of,
puts hands on, seizes; with an. obj.
annu (?). In either form the verb sig-
nifies to take hold of an an. object; in
the inan. form, to seize (him) by a part,
a limb, the dress, etc. ( inan. obj.): wu-
liiiiniih ii'iiii-iiiilrh,i/an-il,he:took her by
the hand, Mark 1, 31; kut-anneh, thou
boldest me up, I's. 73, 23; vmt-niiinni
t-iil, she caught him by the feet,
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
11
annun, annin continued.
2K.4, 27; imperat. nuin
take (him) by the tail, Ex. 4, 4; suppos.
noh an&m-woh anunont wehtcmog-ut , he
\vh( i a dog takes by his ears, Prov. 26, 17.
annuneks, n. an ant, pi. -sog, Prov. 6, 7;
30, 25. Cf. *anequs (Abn. anikaosess),
chipmunk.
[Del. e li cus, pismire, ant, Zeisb.
Mod. Abn. al-ikm, pismire.]
annunncoonk. See iiuniimaoonk.
*annuonk, vhl. n. sneezing, C. Cf.*
nanagkcoonk, 'snorting', C.
anogku, v. i. he paints (beautifies?) him-
self, 2 K. 9, 3Q;kut-anogkem, thoupaintest
thyself, Ezek. 23, 40 (nut-annogkinum, I
paint, C). (Vb. adj. an. anogkesu, anog- j
quesit, he is painted, appears fine. )
[Narr. (v. adj. an.) aunak&u, he is
painted; pi. aunakesuck, they are
painted. Abn. eraghinansS, il le faut
matacher, peinturer, etc. ; ned-eraghi, je
me matache; fragS, il se matache.]
anog-qs, n. an. a star; pi. anogqiog, El.
Gr. 9; 1 Cor. 15, 41; Job 22, 12; mw-
h&nogkus [mMe anogqn, great star] , the
morning or day star, 2 Pet. 1, 19. For
an6gqussu, he appears, shows himself.
In distinction from the sun, which rises
or comes forth (paspishau) and sets
(goes away, vayau), the stars appear
in their places when the absence of the
sun and moon makes them visible.
[Narr. anockqug, pi. an6cksuck; mis-
h&nnock, morning star. Chip, an&ng,
Bar.; (St Mary's) an-6ong. Del. ardnck
( Camp. ) ; alank (Zeisb. ) . Modern Abn.
al-akws, K. A.]
anohke, annoke, n. ordure, dung, Job
20, 7; Zeph. 1, 17 (anndhke, C.)
[Abn. arikkan, d'une odeur forte,
comme de pourri.]
anome, (it is) within, it is inside of, Neh.
6, 10; Ps. 122, 2: en andme, in the in-
nermost parts of, Prov. 26, 22, =en j
ancomut, Prov. 18, 8; suppos. (or
locat.?) anomut, when it is within or
inside; 'adv. of place', within, El. Gr.
21 (unnommlyeu, adj. (?) within, C. );
mutt innom hog, the inwards, entrails
(within his body) , Lev. 1, 9. In other
dialects the primary meaning of andme
i- 't>elow', 'under'.
[Abn. aranmek, dessous; aranma k8r-
anome continued .
mek, sous 1'arbre. Chip, anamaii or
an&m', under, underneath, below, Bar.
460 (pmdjaii, p'mdf , in, within, inside
of). Del. aUami, -iyei/, therein, in there,
Zeisb. Gr. 175.]
ancohom, v. t. he sings (a song); imperat.
2d pi. anmhomook . . . anaohomAonk,
sing ye a song, Ps. 149, 1. With an.
2d obj. -homaii, he sings to (him);. sup-
pos. -homont, when he sings, he singing,
Prov. 25, 20. Cf. ketmhomom. From
anm (annoo), he tells, and corn, he goes on
telling, he narrates.
ancbhque, a defective or unipersonal
verb used as an adverb or auxiliary,
.does not admit of exact translation. It
signifies, primarily, to correspond with,
to be like in form, degree, extent, dura-
tion, etc. (cf. ne-ane, to be like in kind,
of the same kind.) As an adv. it is
variously translated 'as much as', 'as
far as', 'as large as', 'in like manner',
etc.: ne anoohque . . . ne noohque, as
much as, ... so much, Rev. 18, 7;
noh ne anoohque wieit, he who so does
('hath so done this deed', 1 Cor. 5, 3);
nesahteagk ne anoohque kishkag, the
length of it corresponds with the
breadth, 2 Chr. 3, 8; suppos. inan. ne
anukkenuk, pasuk ne amikkenuk, ' of one
size', one in extent, 1 K. 6, 25. See
nogque,
[Narr. lou anuckquaque, how big?; yd
anuckquaque, so far; dim. yd anuckqua-
quese, so little way (hence) ; tounuckqua-
que, how far? Abn. enaSiSi, 'avec res-
semblance d' une chose a une autre ' . ]
anootaii (?), v. i. he revengeth himself,
takes revenge, Nah. 1, 2; with an,
obj. -tauaii, he takes revenge on (him),
ibid. Vbl. n. anmtaonk, revenge, 2 Cor.
7, 11.
ancotauwanshteunk, suppos. of -thuh-
teau, when he takes revenge ( by blood ) ;
an avenger of blood, Num. 35, 19, 21, 24.
ancotauwanshuh.te'aen-in, n. agent, an
avenger, he who revenges (by blood);
antoto&n-, Rom. 13, 4.
-antam, the characteristic and forma-
tive of verbs expressing mental states
and activities. See andntam. [In the
Delaware, -elendam, in verbs which
"express a disposition, situation, or
operation of the mind", Zeisb. Gr. 89.]
12
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[ BULLETIN 25
anteoshau, v. i. he falls backward, vio-
lently or by mischance; pi. -aog, Is. 28,
13. See ontamu.
anuchuwan. See anitchewan, it over-
flow^
anue, (it exceeds, surpasses) as adv.
'more, rather', El. Gr. 21; the sign of
the comparative degree: anuewimnegen,
( it is) tetter, Matt. 18,8,9; anwonknen
(.object. ), more than me. Matt. 10, 37.
[Quir. arwe, arche, artche, Pier.;
iirche mfg't, the greatest, p. 40; arche,
'chiefly', p. 40; in compos, arwe, arwe-
m'lffuot, more noble; arwenungesee, more
excellent, p. 10; anve-kittamanchdsko,
most merciful, p.41. Del. dUowiwi, Zeisb.
ami for the superl. degree t-liuri, most,]
anuhkau, v. t. he is superior to, better
than, surpasses, Nan. 3, 8; sun kut ,
art thou better than?, Nah. 3, 6.
[Quir. arrtiokawah and /irrmkawau,
Pier. 10.]
anum, n. a dog; pi. anumwog, Matt. 7, 6
(Narr. aylm; Nipm. alum; Quinnip.
arum, El. Gr. 2; R. W. 107). From
annumaii, he holds with his mouth
(annu-n, with -mail the characteristic of
action performed by the mouth). [The
Peq. ahteah (Abn. ati), is related to
adchu, he hunts. Cf. Engl. hound
(Gothic, hunda) and hunt.]
[Abn. aile, pi. atiak; aremSs, -Sstak.
Peq. n'aJiteah, (my) dog, Stiles. Etch.
'illomoos. Del. oUum. Chip. (St Mary's)
ini'emoosh; (Sag.) aw nee mouch, dog
( Sch. ) ; anim, ' mean dog ' , Bar. Miami
liimu-ah. Menom. ah nai'wi.]
anumwussukup, -sikkup, -kuppe, n.
a willow tree, Ezek. 17, 5; Is. 44, 4;
Job 40, 22 (-svkii/>i>i; Mass. I's.).
anun. See Anin.
anupae, aneu-, as adj. and adv. over-
tic iwing, Is. 28, 18; with sokanon, an
'overflowing shower', Ezek. 13, 13; noh
/./i uni'tpadto, 'he [it] shall overflow',
Is. ,X, M. S' ilnitrhfiran.
anussehheau, anisheau, v. cans. an.
he corrupts, makes corrupt. From
Anue, or Anin (q. v.), it rots, becomes
corrupt, with -#h of -derogation : Anwih-
e&o<i iriililn,,/k,iuli, they c(irni]it them-
lelvn, Kx. 32, 7; sui>]..is. 2<1 pi. dnix-
/'/, when you are corrupted, corrupt
yourselves, Deut. 4, 24. With inan.
anussehheau, anisheau continued,
suhj. iinisteau, (it) corrupts (it), 1 Cor.
15, 33.
anutchuan. See anitchewan.
(iimwodt, as adv. too much, more than
enough, Ex. 36, 7, =&nue woh adt, Ex.
36, 5.
dnuwutchuwan[=onuc/iM'an], it over-
flows, Ps. 78, 20. See anilcJtewan.
anwohhou, n. a staff, 1 Sam. 17, 40; Is.
10, 15; pi. -hmunash, 1 Sam. 17,43.
[Narr. wuttdnho, (his) staff. Abn.
anbadehSn, baton (ned'anbadehSi, je
m'appuie sur (quelque chose) en mar-
chant).]
anw6hsin, v. i. he rests himself, takes
rest, Ex. 20, 11; 31, 17 [nut? ann&wos-
sumweh nuhhog, I rest myself, C. (bad) ] ;
imperat. 2d pi. -sincok, rest ye, Mark 6,
41; uttoh adt anw6sik (suppos. ) , whereon
he resteth, Job 24, 23. Vbl. n. -sin6onk,
resting, rest, a resting place, Num. 10,
33.
[Abn. areStssin, il se repose, aiant
travaille.]
aohkeomco[s], n. a hornet, Josh. 24, 12;
adhkeaumams, bee, Ps. 118, 12 (but
'hornet' is transferred, Deut. 7, 20, and
'bees-og', Judg. 14, 8, etc.); ohkeom-
mcos-og, bees, C. ; aohkeontuax, Mass. Ps.
Cf. ahamaquifuuk (ohhomarjuesuuk, C. ),
a needle or pin.
[Del. amoe, a bee, wasp, Zeisb.]
iiohsuhqueati. See huseki'ii .
aongkoue. See ongkoue.
aooque, aoohque (?), v. i. he is against, or
opposed; he is an adversary; howan
aooque, who is my adversary? Is. 50, 8;
suppos. noh ayeufjueuk, he who is ad-
verse, an adversary; pi. -tjueagig, Neh.
4, 11. See ayfuhteau; ayeu/uMcan0&,
apehtunk. See appohteau, it remains or
rests in.
*apbme (Narr.), n. the thigh; pi. -mash.
See mehquait ; mobpee.
[Chip. (St Mary's) bu-<nn; (Mack.)
luiicm, Sch. 11, 458. Del. In itch poa me,
the middle of the thigh, Zeisb.]
appahqudsu. Sec ii/ipnliijin'ixn.
appappin, ahp-, v. i. he sits upon (it);
iriiliili/Ki/i/iiii, she sits on it, Lev. 15,20;
supiioH. in- (ijipdpil, that whereon he
sits, Lev. 15. L'2, 23. 26. Augni. of n^pin.
[Chip. nlijuiMii'iriii,- a saddle, Sum.]
TRUMBVI.L]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
13
appeh, ahpeh, (-han),n. a trap, a snare;
Is. 8, 14; 24, 17; Job 18, 10; pi. -hanog,
-heonog, 2 Sam. 22, 6; Job 22, 10.
From pahheau, it waits for (?) (n'uppaih,
I wait for him, Ps. 130, 5). Cf. ohppeh.
[Narr. ape; pi. apehana, traps; wusk-
apthana, new traps. Cf. Cree appit,
'tobacco bag'.]
appesettiikqussin (?), he kneels; caus.+
heuh, he made them kneel, Gen. 24, 11;
(v. i. ) rest on their knees; to kneel on
his knees, 1 K. 8, 54; 2 Chr. 6, 13, etc.
appesetukqussin, (-un), v. act. intr. he
kneels, bows the knee; imperat. 2d pi.
appesetukqussuncok, bow the knee, Gen.
41, 43.
appin, n. a bed (a place to sit or rest on),
Lev. 15, 26; Is. 28, 20; wut-appin, his
bed, Cant. 3, 7 (as a verb, na wut-appin,
he sits down there, Ruth 4, 1). See
appappin, Appu.
[Abn. tesxakSabSn, lit, eleve de terre;
ap8n, lit qui ne Test pas. Chip.: "To
each person who is a member of the
lodge-family is assigned a fixed seat, or
habitual abiding place, which is called
abbinos." Sch. n, 63. Del. achpiney,
a place to sleep on, Zeisb.]
appohteau, it remains or rests in.
[NOTE. It was the intention of the com-
piler, judging from his reference under apeh-
tunk, to complete the definition of the term
appohteau, but aside from a marginal note in
pencil no reference to it is made in the manu-
script.]
appcosu, apwdsu, op-, v. i. he roasts,
bakes; pass, it (an. subj.) is roasted,
Prov. 12, 27; Is. 44, 16; 1 K. 19, 6
(apu'dsu, roasted; appcosish weyaus,
roast the meat, C. ). See apwdu.
[Del. whpnsui, Zeisb.]
dppu, v. i. (1) he sits; nwt-ap, I sit, Ezek.
28, 2; pi. appuog, they sit, Ps. 119, 3;
suppos. ken Apean, thou that sittest, Jer.
22, 2. (2) he rests, remains, abides
(//fVfi), Ps. 10, 8; 1 John 3, 14; im-
perat. upsli, pi. apek, apegk, Gen. 22, 5;
1 Sam. 19, 2; Matt. 10, 11; suppos. noh
"pit, he that abideth, who remains
(6 ftsrcav), 2 John 9 (matta apei, 'he
is not at home,' Prov. 7, 19). (3) he
is, he continues to be, lives, in a state
where rest or inactivity is implied: toh
kutapin, where art thou? Gen. 3, 9: na
kutuppin, thou art there, Ps. 139, 8; im-
appu^ continued.
perat. na apsh, 'be there' (remain
there), Ex. 24, 12; cf. 1 Sam. 19, 3; sup-
pos. ne apit, where he was, Ex. 20, 21;
pi. part, neg apitcheg, they who are, were,
Ex. 7, 18, 21; Luke 5, 7; matta pish nut-
Appu,, I shall not be, Job 7, 21. With
Appu (he is at rest, or inactive) of. ayeu
(.he is in place, posited), ahteau (he has
himself, or is in possession; habet, se
habet; see ohtauun&t), wsu (he acts, is
doing, agit), and unmin, umt-unniin (he
is such as, or of the sort of) : the verbs
by which Eliot translates, with sufficient
accuracy, the substantive verb of exist-
ence.
[Narr. yo dppitch ewb, let him sit here;
mat-apeu, he is not at home. Abn. ned'-
dpi, je suis assis; 3d sing. ap8. Cree,
Appu, (1) he sits; (2) he remains. Del.
w'dappin, achpin, he is there in a par-
ticular place; suppos. epit, Zeisb. ; achpo,
he is at home, Zeisb.]
appuhquassumco (?), n. a pillow; pi.
-mcounash, Ezek. 13, 18; uppuhquassu-
mcoun-it, on a pillow, Mark 4, 38. See
*abockqu6sin.
[Abn. pS'kSesimSn, coussin de tete;
pffke$in is, ai cela pour coussin.]
appuhquau, v. t. he puts over (it) as a
covering (e. g. of a floor, side, or roof);
he ceils (it) with: appuhquau anomuk-
komuk mehtugquash, 'he covered the
walls on the inside with wood', 1 K.
6, 15.
appuhquosu, appah-, v. i. he covers,
puta on that which covers; nashpe
cedar, he covers [the house] with cedar,
and, pass., it is covered, etc., 1 K. 7,3;
suppos. inan. ne Abuhquosik, its cover-
ing, Cant. 3, 10. Hence upp6hqu6s,
obbohquos, abohquos, 11. a tent, the cov-
ering of a tent, a covert, Ex. 40, 19; Is.
4, 6.
[Narr. abockquosinash (inan. pi.), the
mats with which the wigwam was cov-
ered. Chip, ah-pfik-we, covering for a
lodge.]
appumiuneouash, n. pi. parched corn,
1 Sam. 17, 17; (up-) 2 Sam. 17, 28.
From apwdu, he bakes or roasts, and
min-neash, kernels or fruit.
[Narr. aupinnmineanash, parched
corn; aup&minta-nati'-saump, parched
14
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
appuminneonash. continued. ,
meal boiled with water. Aim. abimin-
'li'mar, bld'groul; wd'abimln?, iied 1 -
iiliimiti, je fais griller du ble d'Inde; j'en
groule. ]
appunnonne<5nash, n. pi. 'parched
inil.se', 2 Sam. 17, 28.
appuonk, vbl. n. sitting, a seat, Rev. 4,
41 (appuonk, a chair, C.).
apsin, v. t. he lies upon (it); suppos. ne
apmk, that whereon he lies, Lev. 15, 20.
*apwonnali, an oyster, C. See *oppone-
nauhock.
apwdsu, it is baked, roasted. See ap-
paiiu.
apw6u, -wau, v. t. an. he roasts or
cooks (meat): apwdnal weyaug, to roast
flesh, 1 Sam. 2, 15; also, as used by
Eliot, v. t. inan. he bakes or cooks
(bread or other inan. obj.): apwoog
petukqununk, they bake bread (in an
oven), Lev. 26, 26; apwau petukqunneg,
he baketh (a cake of) bread, Is. 44, 15;
2 Sam. 13, 8; pish kut-app6n, thou shalt
bake it, Lev. 24, 5. See appoint.
[Rasles gives for the Abnaki several
verbs expressing the mode of preparing
animal and vegetal food, all of which,
doubtless, had correspondences in the
Massachusetts dialect, though these are
not to be found in Eliot: e. g. ned'
ahipesi [=net'apepesint], je fais cuire
dans la cendre; ne-bagai<l8n, je fais
cuire (v. g. de la viande); ne-bagagse-
mank penak, je fais cuire des poires de
terre; ned'abamfgSe, je fais cuire sur
les charbons; ne-penakSal>ainfg8f, a
la broche; ne-pexa kgSaltann, je grille
( v. g. un anguille, viande) ; ned-abeSaiin,
je grille de la viande, sans broche;
nSfSebapS'kSe, je nMis, me servant
d'une corde; ned'apsin, ne-pessagSa-
bafm, etc., je r6tis avec une broche, etc. ;
ned'ubann, je rotis (v. g. un lievre); je
le fais r&tir, etc. [Cf. Del. achpoan,
bread, Zeisb.]
*aquaunduut (Peq.), n. the 'blue fish'
[Temnodon saltator, Cu v. ], Stiles. Cf .
*Ofiici'mtuck.
*aqufene (Narr.), n. 'peace', R. W.;a
truce, cessation of hostilities. From
ahrjue (aquit, R. W. ), he desists, leaves
off, refrains,
aquidnet, at the island. Set- uhijuedne.
= fl<7</"'Y, { when he is) clothed. 8ee
hogkm.
as. See ash.
asampamukquodt. See astompamuk
*asauanash (Narr.), n. pj. 'a kind of
dice which are plumb stones painted,
which they cast in a tray ', R. W. 145,
146.
[Abn. ess^San-ar, les grains du jeu
du plat.]
ase-, in comp. words. See hose-.
asekesukokish, day by day. See M*e;
h6gek6eu.
asemuk, suppos. pass. part, of usseii: ne
asemuk, that which is done, Eccl. 8,
17; pi. -lash, v. 16.
asequam, v. t. he sews (it); -- a> >i-nsh-
kanagk, he sews new cloth, Mark 2, 21;
kut-ushquam, thou sewest up, Job 14,
17 (ushquamtinat monag, to sew one's
clothes, C.).
[Abn. ned'&sk&aSaii, je couds chemise;
skSaSan, il lafautcoudre; n(d'askSamen,
je le couds (v. g. canot, item vestem,
ete.).]
ash, as, adv. 'of continuance', 'still',
El. Gr. 21; while, Mark .5, 35; Luke
22, 47 (ash pamcoadt, ' while he yet
spake'): ath pamantam [on], while I
live, Ps. 63, 4 (as pamantam, Ps. 146, 2 ) ;
as yen apeh, 'while I have any beiti;:',
while I remain here, Ps. 146, 2. Cf.
asq.
[Narr. as pummem, 'he is not gone
by', i. e., he is yet going. Micm. eclik,
lorsque, pendant que. Chip. TM maxhi,
ui'if'n'i ndnge, not yet; bwa mashi, before.
Del. es, yet, Zeisb.]
ashabp, ashap. See hashabp, a net.
*ashaunt (Narr.), a lobster, pi. -Inn'it/,
R. W. ; tin so hau nauc hoc, lobster,
Wood. Peq. muschundaug, Stiles.
oshim (?), n. a fountain, Cant. 4, 12 (but
elsewhere tohkekom). The nearest cor-
respondence with this word found in
any dialect of the Algonqnian is Abn.
agiem nel>i, Ml puisedel'eau'; fifilii n< "i,
'vas querir, )mise, <le 1'eau, soil du
ruisseau, soit il la cabane'; in<l-<i'xi/iili<',
'je puise de IVau, fonti vel fluvio.'
Perhaps relate<l to unsam-au, he gives
nourishment to, he provides (?).
lishkon. See nxki'nt.
NATICK-ENOLISH DICTIONARY
15
ashkoshqui, -ki; oshkoski, (v. i. it is)
green; as adj. green, Pp. 37, 2; Jer. 17, 8
(askotque, C. ) : athkothquhkontu, in
green places, ' in green pastures ' , Mass.
Ps., Ps. 23, 2; 'on the green grass,'
Mark (>, 39; suppos. mtknukqiil, when it
is green, Ps. 37, 2 ('the green herb');
inan. pi. nshkoski-yewuh, Esth. 1, 6.
Augui. of cuke, q. v.
[Narr. ask&tki. Del. asgask, Zeisb.]
ashkuhquame, (it is) green, i. e. grow-
ing (of a tree, or of wood), Gen. 30, 37:
onnt-uli imkiihquam-nt, 'like the green
tree', Ps. 37, 35; ut askunkquam-ut,
under a green tree, Deut. 12, 2; 1 K.
14, 23. See askunkq.
[Abu. are'sksakS, arbre vert, qui ne
peut bruler; ska'kSr, bois que n'est
pas sec; (modern Abii. xka-kwam, green
stick, K. A.).]
*ash(5naquo ( Narr. ) , a cap or hat. See
hdHfiatnukco; *onkquet'kh(n.
ashpohtag, ohshpohtag, guppos. of
whpohteau, (when it is) high or (when
it) reaches up to; in height, from bottom
to top, Ex. 37, 25; 38, 1: ne dshpohtag,
the height of it.
ashpukquodt, spukquodt, it has the
taste of, tastes of; suppos. ne dshpuk-
ijiink, ne tpukquok, the taste of it, its
taste. See tpukquotJt.
ashpuxnmeu, adv. as yet. See ash;
pummeu.
ashpunadt, suppos. when it happens to,
or }>efalls (him). See ushpinaii.
ashpunuk, suppos. of luhpunnum, when
lie lifts or hoists (it) up.
ashq. See asq.
ashqshont, suppos. part, he who re-
mains; pi. -oncheg, Kzek. 36, 3, 4.
ashqshunk, n. coll. the remainder, what
is left. Sec ixhknnt; aequnaii.
ashqueteamuk, snppos. jiass. inan. that
which is left. See sequtteaumuk.
ashqunut, snppos. of xeqtmuii; nuh aslt-
i/iiiiii/, he who is left, who remains; pi.
-ntcheij, Neh. 1, 3.
ashqxiosh, pi. of ashq. See <uq.
asinnekous, assunekdaz, has-, n. a
thorn, thorn bush, Is. 34, 13; Exi 3, 2;
Prov. 26, 9; Ezek. 28, 24; pi. -k6sog,
thorns, Gen. 3, 18. From hassunne and
Icoi'tx, stony (i. e. very hard) briar.
aske, (it is) raw, not cooked or prepared
for food (askin, C. ): askeyai'i* [cwke-
weyawi], raw flesh, 1 Sam. 2, 15. The
primary signification is, not yet (see
asq); not yet mature, green (whence
moskeht, grass, etc.); not yet fitted to
to eaten, raw.
[Narr. askitn, it is raw. Abn. skie,
crud; skiSi, cruement, on le mange cru;
fkihan (an.), cru. Del. atkiwi, raw,
Zeisb. Gr. 104; S. B. 14.]
askequttum, n. a snail, Lev. 11, 30; Pg.
58, 8.
askkuhiik. See askunkq.
askon (?), n. a horn (?), 2 Sam. 22, 3;
Ps. 75, 4; 1 K. 1, 29: -ivut-askon, his
horn, Ps. 112, 9; pi. askonog, Dan.
7, 8 (weween, horn, C. ). Cf. rmtskon,
a bone.
askon, ashkon, n. an undressed skin, a
raw hide, Lev. 8, 17; 9, 11; Gen. 27, 16;
(tskon, Ex. 29, 14 (oskon, C.); uiitaskon,
his hide, Lev. 4, 11; pi. -naog. From
aske; aikun, it is not yet (prepared).
Cf. oJikfon.
[Del. askchey, Zeisb.]
askonemes (?), n. dim. a little horn,
Dan. 7, 8.
askcok, n. a serpent, pi. askmkog, Gen.
3, 1 ; Deut. 8, 15. ("Snakes divers; . . .
the general Salvage name of them is
, ascowke." Morton's N. E. Canaan, b.
2, eh. 5.) ashkaok, Mass. Ps., John 3,
14. See aohk; sesekq.
[Narr. askity; moaskug, a black snake.
Abn. xkSk, pi. skSgak. Peq. akoogs,
Stiles. Chip, kenahbeg, J. ; ginnblg, Bar. ;
(St Mary's) Ar nai bik, Sch. Del. ach-
gook (of. tchahaehgekhasu, v. adj. long,
straight, striped), Zeisb. Gr.]
askcotasq, n., pi. -asquafh, Num. 11, 5,
where it is put for 'cucumbers'; mon-
agkwtasqaaxh, 'melons', ibiu. (butmcow-
oskelfiiiink, 'cucumbers', 'or a raw
thing', and ohhosketamuk, 'watermel-
on', C. ) From -asq, n. generic for that
which is eaten raw or green, with askelit,
green (in color); green-colored fruit
which may be eaten raw or unripe.
" Isquoutersquaiilies is their best bread in
summer when their corn is spent; a
fruit like a young pumpion." Wood's
N. E. Prospect, b. 2, ch. 6. See asq.
16
Bl'RKAr OF AMERICAN ETHNOL<X1V
[Bfl.I.ETIX 25
askootasq con t i nued .
[Narr. fixkiittM/ixisli. "their vine ap-
ple, which the English from tliem call
squashes, about the bigness of apples,
of several colors," R. W. Chip. (Gr.
Trav.) athkehihmu, melon; (Sagina-w)
esh-ke-tah-mo, Sch. 11, 462. Shawn.
yesktelahmdikee, melon [cf. ohlioskettt-
muk,C. supra]. Del. ehaskitamank (pi. ),
watermelons, Zeisb.]
askuhhum, v. t. he waits (and watches)
I'm- (it), pi. -hwnwog, John 5, 3; im-
perat. 2d pi. -humcok, watch ye (it),
Ezra 8, 29.
askuhwheteau. v. i. he keeps watch,
watches, 1 Sam. 4, 13; nut-cukuhwhe-
team (-askweteam, Ps. 102, 7), I watch;
imper. 2d pi. -teagk, watch ye, Mark 13,
35, 37. Adj. and adv. -teae, of watch-
ing (with komuk, a watch tower), Is.
21, 5. Vbl. n, -teaonk, watching, a
watch. N. agent, -team, a watchman,
Ps. 90, 4; Judg. 7, 19.
*askun (Narr.), it is raw. See ake.
askunkq, askkuhnk, n. a green tree,
Ezek. 17, 24; 20, 47; cf. kishkunk; rmui-
smouk.
askuwhekonau, v. t. an. (with charac-
teristic of continued action) he habitu-
ally watches or is a spy upon (him).
asmkekodteamco, v. i. he is a de-
ceiver, (habitually) deceives; suppos.
noh ascokekodteamwit, he who deceives,
Job 12, 16. (nut-astHiokekodleam, I
cheat, C.) Vbl. n. -amooonk, -aumuonk,
deceiving, deceit, craft. N. agent.
-ama>en, a deceiver, one who is crafty,
Job 5, 12; 15, 5.
[Narr. kutt asgokakdmme, you deceive
me.]
asoDkekomaii, v. t. an. he deceives,
cheats (him), John 7, 12; suppos.
iioli ascokekomont, he who deceives
(another)^ Prov. 26, 19; pass, noh
iiwnkekomit, lie who is deceived, Job
12, 16.
asootu, v. i. he is foolish, ignorant, sim-
ple, Prov. 14, 15, 18; 17, 7; pi. -uog,
Is. 56, 10. Vbl. n. asmtuonk, folly.
[ Narr. ass6tn and a*goko, a fool. Abn.
azSrjSangan, folie; asSghi, il est fou, il
n'a j>oint d'esprit.]
aspuhquaeU. See uskpuhquaeu.
asq, :ishi|. asquam, not yet, before that,
.Irr. 1, 5; 1 Sam. :'.. 7; Luke L'2, 34.
Opposed to Anue, further, more than.
It is the base of aske, *askiui, it is raw
or not prepared for food: nxhkoshki,
^rct'ii: minke, young, new. In compo-
sition it serves as the n. generic for
whatever is eaten or otherwise used
when green or immature; not yet ripe;
pi. tisffuaxh, whence our 'squash.' See
askmUuq,
[Narr. aitquam, not yet; as pummhri,
he is not gone by; askim, it is raw.
Abn. eskitamtk Sa'saSe, melon d'eau,
qu'on ne fait pas cuire. Micm. echk,
lorsque, pendant que; echkSmenatili, au-
paravant. Cree numma (skii'a, not yet.
Del. esquo, esqiiota, not yet, Zeisb. 111.
ec8n, not yet.]
*asqhuttocx;he, whilst, C. = asq-uttcoche.
assa[au(?)], v. i. to turn back: matta
nut-asgaaop, I did not turn back, Is.
50, 5. See assoushaii.
[Chip, nind ajeta, '1 draw (move)
backwards,' Bar.]
assamaU, v. t. an. he feeds (him), gives
(him) to eat, Ps. 136, 25; imperat.
2d pi. agsamtnk, feed ye (the flock),
Zech. 11, 4; 2d + lst sing. assameh,gi\e
me to eat; sohkomau [^OMoUomoii],
he goes on feeding, habitually feeds
or provides food for (him); uus-sohko-
mon (suppos. when) I feed (the flock),
Zech. 11, 7; imperat. 2d sing, gohkom-
ma> mtt-shepneniesog, feed my lambs,
John 21, 15. From assamau, with char-
acteristic (ohk) of continued action.
[Narr. assAmme, give me to eat. Abn.
ned'a'saman, je lui donne a manger;
ned'asar, je donne a rnanger. Micm.
eshemSey, je donne a manger. Cree
Assamayoo, he gives him food; I'lxsam-
iggoo, he gives himself food, serves him-
self.]
assau. See mut.
assepinum, v. t. he ties (it) together,
binds up; imper. 2d pi. aggeplncok, bind
ye (the tares, in bundles), Matt. 13, 30;
= \mishpunnum, q. v.
assishquttauaog, n. pi. the Pleiades, or
seven stars, according to Eliot, in Job
38, 31; Amos 5, 8; but R. Williams
gives shwishcutlmim.'&uog as the name of
'the golden metewand', i. e. the three
TRl'MBl'I.I.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
17
assishquttauaog continued.
stars in the belt of Orion, and this is
more probably correct, the name sig-
nifying 'three fires', or a long wigwam
in which there are three fires; shu'lsh-
niitmr, R. \V. 47, 80. See (Narr.) chip-
jii'i/mock under chipa/i/m.
assoeposu, os-, v. i. he slides or slips
backward, Hos. 4, 16.
assompamukquodt, asamp-, (suppos.
where he hides,) n. a hiding-place, a
jilace of concealment: tut, 'in a
secret place,' 1 Sam. 19, 2; Jer. 23, 24;
' in a den,' Heb. 11, 38. Adj. and adv.
asgompamukque: ayeuonk, hiding
place, covert, Is. 32, 2.
[Abn. sabkSangan, cache, espece
d'armoire dans un arbre, etc.]
assoushaii, v. i. he goes backward; nut-
assdusham, I go backward, Job 23, 8;
knl-, thougoeth backward, Jer. 15, 6; as-
gotishaog, they go backward, Jer. 7, 24
(aggulishaog, John 18, 6).
[Cree as&che, backward. Abn. as-
'taniSi, d'une facon directement op-
posee; ned-af&'tame, je marche a recu-
lons.]
a'ssownch. See *ausouncti.
asscotamcQonk, n. a kingdom, Dan. 7,
27; Obad. 21; =tahsa)tama)onk, q. v.
C'f. ketassmt.
assuhshaii. See amMsha'ii, he goes back-
ward.
assun. See hamm, a stone.
assunekoaz. See assinnek6us.
asuh, conj. disj. or (El. Gr. 22) ; asv.h mat,
nor, Gen. 21, 23; Matt. 5, 34, 35. Its
primary meaning is 'after' or 'behind.'
Perhaps related to neete, two.
[Cree Ache, Ache, else, other, alias;
f;/iili, or. Chip. ishkv<&-, in comp.
'after, or the end of something';
(ijinniii, behind. Del. sclii, schita, or,
Zeisb.]
asuhkaiiaii, v. t. an. he goes after (him) ,
pursues, follows, Deut. 1, 36; pi. -kau-
aoij: imperat. pi. asuhkiek, follow me,
1 ('<>r. 4, 16; suppos. noh amkiit, he
who follows, comes after, Eccl. 2, 18.
With inan. subj. asuhkom, he goes after
(it); pi. amthkomicog, Jer. 2, 8.
asulikaue, (it comes) after; as prep, and
adv. after; negomte onk nen . . . umj.h-
' uiit; iii'n, )>ef ore me . . . after me,
B. A. E., BULL. 25 2
asuhkaue continued.
Is. 43, 10. From nnuli and ail, with
characteristic of continuing action or
progress (-'k).
asumungquodt, ussu-, it smells of, has
the smell or odor of; pi. inan. -quodtash,
they smell of, Ps. 45, 8; suppos. ne
agumungquok, what it smells of, its
smell or odor, Cant. 4, 10; 7, 8; with an.
subj. wut-issumungcjugsu, he smells of.
Vbl. n. -qusguonk, his smell; manontam
ne ammungquok hoykcoonk, ' he smelled
the smell of his raiment,' Gen. 27, 27.
Cf. matchemunguot, iceetimungquot.
at. See mil.
*atauntowash (Narr. ), imper. 2d sing,
climb (it); nt'&unlawem, I climb. See
umttontauau.
*atauskawaw (Narr. ), pi. -w&uog, -waug,
lords, rulers, R. W. See aht&shkwwau.
*attaboan (Quir. ) , to pray, Pier. 59 ; altdb-
bowaimnk, prayer, ibid. 58, 59.
*attitaash (Narr.), n. pi. 'hurtle-ber-
ries, of which there are divers sorts,
sweet like currants,' R. W. 91. See
saut&uthig.
[Abn. sa'tar, bluets frais, sans etre
sees (sing, sate); lorsqu'ils sont sees,
sikisa'tar (afsitar, les fruits sont murs;
bons a manger). Narr. satdaash, 'are
these currants [these berries are] dried
by the natives.']
attoaii. See adt6au.
attuk. See ahtuk, a deer.
attumunnum, v. t. he receives (it);
takes, as his own, from another; lit.
takes in his hand (-nnum), Gen. 26, 12;
suppos. noh attumunuk, he who re-
ceiveth, Prov. 29, 4; pass. inan. ne at-
tunmnvmuk, that which is received,
2 K. 5, 26. With an. 2d obj. attumun-
numauau, he receives (it) from (him).
[Cree ootinum, he takes it.]
att, au, v. i. he goes thither (to or to-
ward a person or place); opposed to
u'com, mm, he goes thence (from a per-
son or place), Gen. 26, 1; 33, 17; Ex.
4, 18 (atii, he is gone, Prov. 7, 19); pi.
iininj ('they journeyed', i. e. wen't on
their way, Gen. 35, 5), Hos. 7, 11; im-
perat. 2d sing, mish; 1st pi. ohtuh (otuh,
aonotuh, Mass. Ps.), let us go to; 2d pi.
/'.'/'/. go ye, Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16; sup-
pos. vitoh ayui (a6i, Mass. Ps. ), whither
18
BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BVLLETIS 25
aU, &u continued.
I (may) go,_ John 14, 4; may ne dyoi,
the way in which I go, Job 23, 10 (but
a66n, as I go, as I went to, Acts 26, 12;
Mn ntli'li ii-nli <'toi, going whither I may
go, 2 Sam. 15, 20; auon, if I go to, Ps.
139, 8); toh dyfan, where thou goest;
ne aydan, 'in thy way', as thou goest,
Ex. 23, 20; suppos. 3d sing, and part.
ayont (aionl, d6nt), when he goes, he
going, Jer.'41, 6; John 12, 35; 2d pi.
a66g, when you go, Deut. 4, 5; 11, 8;
3d pi. ne dahettit, 'as they went ', \vlien
they were going, Luke 10, 38 (with
inan. subj. auomao; uttoh auomm-uk,
'whither it goeth', Mass. Ps., John 3,
8). From the root of this verb is
formed, by prefixing m' (preteritive?), :
m'ai, may, a path; i. e. where there has
been going (old Engl. gang).
ail or mom was used when going to
or from a place which was spoken of
without reference to the locality of the
speaker; peyau (he comes) and monchu
(he goes) to or from the place of the
speaker, or in which the speaker as- '
sumes to be; amdeii, he absents him- .
self, takes himself away, without refer-
ence to the act of going.
[Narr. yd kutt dunan, go (you) that
way; yd atinta, let us go that way. .
Chip, nind-ezhah, I go (John 11, 11); j
pret. keezhdh, he went to (2, 12); sup- i
pos. azhdhyon, whither I go (8, 14; 14, i
4); azhahwahnan, whither thou goest
(14, 5). Abn. neman neda, je vas la;
nemantei, je vas, je m'en vas. Del. eu
or waeu, he goes (thither, to a place);
suppos. aane, if I go; ate, if he goes;
part, eyat, going; imperat. oak, go ye.]
aucup (Narr.), a little cove, or creek,
R. W. See kuppi.
audchaonk. See n/li-ltuii.
audta. See aiitah.
*auhaqut ( Narr. ) , a mantle. See hogkm.
*aukeeteamitch (Narr. ), spring or seed-
time, K. W. <><(.
*aumanep (Narr.), a fishing line, pi.
-napeath, R. \V. 104.
[Del. a inn i,n I,H; Zeisb.]
*aumatii (Narr. ), he is fishing, 'is gone
to fish'; pi. iiiii,ni'ii, 1 i, they fish; at ni'i-
men, I am fishing; supiK>s. pi. niiiiinrli-
i'-l; (omdcheg, El.), they who fish, fish-
ermen. (N. agent. I'minm, Jil. -. mini/,
*aumafii continued,
fishermen, El.) This verb signifies to
fish with hook and line. It is not used
by Eliot except in the participial I'nini-
>:1tj, and the derived n. agent. (Of.
nmtamogquam, I go a 'fishing.) Its
base is 6m (aum), a fishhook (Matt.
17, 27), primarily a verb signifying 'he
takes fish,' or simply 'he takes' (cf.
am&unum, he takes, with his hand
etc.), which in the suppos. hasdmnik
(dmmdg, 6mmdg), 'when he takes,' and
pass, 'what is taken'; pi. <ffr/</v,
6mmagquog. This suppos. or participial
serves in composition as a noun generic
for ' fish taken by the hook ' , and (in the
singular) fora place of taking fish, 'fish-
ing place'; and it was used by Eliot, in
a wider sense, for all fish, as kehtah-
han-dmaquog, sea-fishes, Num. 11, 22;
mogk-ommdquog, great fishes, John 21,
11; Junv-amag-ffiti, (objective) to any
fish, Deut. 4, 18. See namohg.
[Abn. ned-anme, je pe'che a 1'hame-
con; anmf, il peche, etc. ; ahmai'igim,
on peche la, il y a peche. Del. a-mnn,
fishhook, Zeisb.]
*aumsu-og (Narr.), n. pi. a fish some-
what like a herring, R. W. See 6mmis.
aunag, Snag', unnag, suppos. of inun',
q. v., if itx be so, when it is so; ne
aunag, neaunak, that which is (i. e.
when it is) so or thus; pi. nish annagish,
-kish; used substantively for event, oc-
currence, action; what is to be, or may
be, so, or in such manner: wamt ne aunag
papaume ayeuivuttuonk, 'all the things
concerning the war', 2 Sam. 11, 18;
uttoh aunak, 'how the matter may fall',
Ruth 3, 18; pasuk ne woh aumig, 'one
thing is needful', must be so, Luke 10,
42; ne dunak, 'the color of it', i.e. its
appearance, likeness, Num. 11,7; Ezek.
1, 16. Negat. matin t"iiui>itu<jk t 'if it
were not so', John 14, 12, =;//</ ana-
noog, Judg. 9, 15 (nednag, such, C. ).
As prep, according to, after the man-
ner of. Seen?i; iienni 1 ; niiih.
'aunakesu, he is jiaintt-d. See uniiijkn.
aunchemcokaU, unnaunch.-, v. i. he
tells news, bears tidings, relates, com-
municates information; pi. -kaog, they
tuld the tidings, 1 Sam. 11, 4; />i.*!i kut-
i, thou shall, U-ar tidings,
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLI3H DICTIONARY
19
aunchemcokaii, uunaunch cont'd.
2 Sain. 18, 20. With an. obj. -co/Mi'iui'i,
he bears tidings to, tells news to (him) ;
nutti nun ix-lii' nimkauon&oh mmnaunrhe-
mmkauonk, I told them good news, 'I
communicated to them the gospel',
Gal. 2, 2. Vbl. n. -loknonk, -mkauonk,
news, tidings, 2 Sam. 13, 30; 18, 25, 26
(aehmoowonk, news, C. ). Continuative
of aunchemau (-men), he tells, gives in-
formation.
[Xarr. aundtemdkau; tell me your
news; awaun menh aunchemtikau, who
(has) brought this ni-ws; torkele-dun-
chini, what news (do you tell)? Cree
dchemoo, he relates. Abn. kegSi aritnii-
g8at, quelles nouvelles dit on? Sritan-
gSat, bonnes nouvelles; anttemS, il en
dit, il en raconte.]
*aunckuck (Narr.), pi. -quduog, 'heath
cocks', R.W. Pinnated grouse, prairie
hen (Tetrao cupido, Wils.?), formerly
common in Massachusetts. From
anogku (aunakew., R. W. ), he paints
himself, or is painted(?).
auohquaeu, at the end, or extremity.
See uhqu&eu.
auskomuwaU, aulisk-, v. t. an. he
chides, reproves, scolds (him). Vbl.
n. act. auiiskdmuwaonk, chiding, re-
proof given; pass, auuskontuonk, being
reproved, reproof received, correction,
Prov. 15, 10; 27, 5.
*ausounch, a'ssownch, (Peq. ) n. a
skunk, Stiles. See squnck.
[Abn. segankS, bete puante.]
*ausup (Xarr.), pi. -pannog, the rac-
coon, R. W.
[Abn. tssebanes, 'chat sauvage',
Rasles; modern Abn. asban, raccoon,
K. A. Del. nacheMum, raccoon; but es-
panni-minschi, 'raccoon wood, yellow
wood', Zeisb. S. B. 66. Chip, asseebcm,
Long; aig'se bun, Sch. ; aagebun, Sum.]
*autah, audta. autawhun (Narr.), the
apron or covering worn in front, R. W. ;
for adtau, he hides; and (caus. ) adtalt-
heau-un (adtahwhun) , hidden. Cf. ad-
taJitou. Eliot has nish wut-adtahwhu-
nuhkonnaoash, (of) these they made
aprons, Gen. 'A, 7; i. e. things which con-
tinue to (or permanently, uh-k-), hide.
auwakompanaonk, vbl. n. torment
(endured or suffered), Rev. 18, 7. Sri-
ankapunamttwnk.
auwakompanau, v. i. he suffers tor-
ment, is tormented. Adv. and adj.
auwakompande ayeuonk, the place of
torment.
auwakompunnassu, v. i. (act.) he in-
flicts torment, he tortures.
auwako'ntowa'onk, aiuhk-, vbl. n.
groaning, Ps. 6, 6; 38, 9.
auwassu, auwdsu, awossu, ou-, v. i.
(adj. an.) he warms himself, Is. 44, 15,
16; Mark 14, 54; John 18, 18; nut-
auwdtt, I am warmed, Is. 44, 16 (auwd-
tigh, warm thyself, C. ).
[Narr. aw&ssush, warm thyself. Abn.
aS&sS, il se chauffe. Del. a was gi, warm
yourself, Zeisb.]
auwepin, v. i. the wind ceases, Mark 4,
39; there is a calm (auu-eppdhquol, 'calm
weather', when it is calm; auweptu
ahquompi, a calm season; owwepinnue,
calmly, C.).
[Narr. aw&pu,, a calm, (the calm of)
peace. Abn. aSitien, il fait calme sui
la riviere.]
auwohhdmcoonk, ahhaoh-, ahnau-
woh-, vbl. n. complaining, expressing
of suffering, 'groaning', Ex. 2, 24; 6, 5.
auwohkon, v. i. it is used or made use
of (habitually) ; of the fat of meat, etc.,
Lev. 7, 24; of a sword, Ezek. 21, 11
(auwohkonat, to use, to be used, to weai
clothes out, C. ).
[Del. an wee ke, to use, Zeisb.]
auwohkonche, awak-, adv. scarcely,
hardly (with difficulty), Acts 14, 18,
1 Pet. 4, 18 (auohkonche, hardly; awd-
kAnche, scarcely, C. ).
auwohk<5ntcoau, owohk-, v. i. he
groans (aloud), Joel 1, 18; Rom. 8, 22.
auwohteaongash. See *ompategash.
auwohteau, v. t. inan. he makes use of,
uses (it); pi. -teaag muttinohkou, they
use the right hand, 1 Chr. 12, 2;
yen, stiogkffluiaofik, they use this proverb,
Ezek. 18, 2; suppos. noh auwohteadt, he
who uses, the user, Deut. 18, 10. (nutt-
auohleam, I use; nutt auwohteam, I wear,
C. ). Vbl. n. auwohteaonk, making use
of, using; pi. -ongath, weapons, Gen.
27, 3; 1 Sam. 21, 8. (Cf. ayeuhteau.J
auwdsu. See auwasmi.
awakonche. See auwohkonche.
*a'waumps, a'wumps (Peq.), a fox,
Stiles.
'20
Bl'RKAT OF AMKKICAN ETHNOLocJY
[uri.l.KTlN 25
*awaun (Narr.), someone; intern i-;. win >'.'
= hoiftm, q. v.
*awaus8eus-(Peq.), a bear, Stiles.
[Abn. aScssSf. Menom. ah way gha.
Del. au we sis, a beast, Zeisb. Chip, nli-
u-yee, a wild beast, S. B.]
awossu. See ainrafiiu.
*awwusse (Narr.), adv. farther; mrinix-
gfse, 'a little further', R. W.
[Chip. (St Mary's) waus'suh, far off;
(Mack.) n-iix-xau (w&ssa, Bar.). Cree
mithotr, afar off. Abn. a8am8i, pins
avant, derriere; nailSat, c'est loin;
manda nanSat&i, ce n'est pas loin. (See
noadt; noohleauundt. ) Del. awo'ssi, -iyeu,
beyond, over, the other side, Zeisb.]
ayeu, v. i. ( 1 ) he is here, or there; he is in
a place, is located. (2) he dwells; noh
ayeu kali appn, he dwells and abides,
Job 39, 28; mitt ai, nutt aih, I dwell (in
or at), Ps. 23, 6; Ezek. 43, 9; kutt ai,
thou dwellest; pi. ayeuog, they dwell,
Dan. 4, 12; Is. 30, 19; negat. matta
ayeumog, they do not dwell, do not
have place, 'they were not', Jer. 31,
15; pret. nutt ai-up, I was (there), Acts
11,5 [indef. na mo nutt ain, I was there,
Prov. 8, 27; toh kutt ain, toh kutl ai-in,
where dwellest thou? John 1, 38]; im-
perat. ayish, dwell thou; suppos. 1st
pers. lit toh dyee (dei), where I may
dwell, Is. 49, 20; Ezek. 43, 7; 2d pers.
dyean; 3d pers. nohdyit, he who dwells,
Is. 8, 18; ne ayig, where he dwells, Job
15, 28; pi. (particip.) neg ayegig, neg na
ayitcheg, the inhabitants, they who
dwell there, Ezek. 38, 11; Mic. 7, 13.
Vbl. n. ayeuonk, a place, Gen. 18, 24;
Deut. 12, 21; dwelling place, Num. 24,
21.
[Muh. (suppos.) oieet, he 'who lives
or dwells in a place', Edw. Chip.
<ilii/ah, he is (in a place), John 6, 9; 8,
35, 40; tah ahydh, he shall be (there),
John 12, 26; (ulnn'i mtt'uindahyun, where
dwellest thou? 1, 38); suppos. dhydyon,
while I am ( here), 9, 5; ahy-od, (where)
he is, 7, 11. Cree, net ia.ii, 'I am l>eing
or existent"; i-6w, i-Aoo, he is, etc.;
inan. i-6w, it is, etc. ; suppos. i-l-dn, or
i-a-ydn, if I am, etc.; i-dt, if he is, etc.
(i-d-thlt, if he is, in relation to another).
Hows,. ii:;ii. uis | rc>rards this as "tin-
verb substantive in its absolute form,"
ayeu continued.
and Schoolcraft (n, 436-441) gives the
whole conjugation of the corresponding
Chip, verb, "i-e-rni, to be," as a sub-
stantive verb.]
ayeuhteau, ayeuwehteau, v. i. he
makes war, engages in war, fight"; im-
perat. ayeuhteduash, make war, do bat-
tle, fight, Prov. 20, 18. Vbl. n. ,/,/)-
tfuoni; <i;/i'ii inii-, war, a battle; pi.
-ongash, Job 10, 17. N. agent. n>/i -
teaen, -in, one who fights or makes war,
Josh. 17, 1; 1 Sam. 16, 18. Cf. San-
skrit yudh (pret. dyutsi), pugnare; cum
ace., impugnare; dijudha, arma.
[Narr. (imperat, 2d pi.) j&hetteke,
fight; (1st pi.) juhettitlea, let us fight.
Muh. (suppos.) oioteet, the man who
fights, Edw. Abn. aisdiiak, ils com-
battent; ned-aisdiianman, je combats
centre lui. Cree ooteeten&yoo, he at-
tacks him.]
ayeuqueUk, pi. -queagig, he who is op-
posed, an adversary. See dcoque.
ayeuteaonteowaonk, vbl. n. an alarm
of war, Jer. 4, 19. (From ayeuhteau,
and ontmwaonk, calling out, shouting.)
[Narr. wauwhatitowawdnawat, ' 'tis
an alarm'; wawwhawtowduog, they hal-
loo, shout, R. W.]
ayeuiihkonatt, v. t. an. he goes against,
makes war on (him), Ps. 18, 34; 144, 1.
With inan. subj. wun-nutcheg ayeuuh-
koneau, his hand is against, opposes
(him), Gen. 16, 12; suppos. an. ayeuh-
konont, when he goes to war with
(him), Luke 14, 31. Adv. and adj.
ayeuuhkone, against, inopposition, Prov.
17, 11; Luke 10, 11; (mutual) <ii/i'inih-
konittue, in mutual or reciprocal op-
position, reciprocally against, Matt.
10,35.
ayim, ayum, v. t. he makes (it), Ex.
37, 1; Ps. 78, 16; pi. <iylm>ri/g, they
make (nutt it/am, I make, C. ); with an.
obj. tiyeuaii ahtompeh, he makes a bow
(but i/i/iiii /.i'>nlii/ii(,i!tii.'<li, be makes ar-
rows); suppos. null i/i//7.-, ny'iij, he who
makes (it), the maker. Pass. inan.
(ii/imm, it is made; pret. nyimm-np, it was
made, 'it became', John 1, 14; particip.
(njiiiiniuti, made, built, Deut. 13, 16. [Is
this, in fact, a v. t. inan. corresponding
to iii/t'ii, he places it?]
TBUMBIJLI.J
NATION-ENGLISH DICTIONAKY
21
Ch
[Eliot did not use the letter c, "saving in eh, of which there is frequent use in the language," and
In- L'avc to ch the name of chee (with the sound of eh in cheat, cheese), Gr. 2, 3. Words written by
K. Williams with c hard will be found under k,]
chachepissue. See * chatcheptsstie,
wildly.
chadchabenum, v. t. he divides (it),
Jul i Hi, 12. Freq. of chippinum, q. v.
chadchabenum6onk, chacha-, vbl. n.
a (permanent or continuing) division,
a hound-mark, Hos. 5, 10.
chadchapenuk, (when) he divided (to
the nations) , i. e. set the bounds, etc.,
Deut. 32, 8.
chadchekeyeuau, v. i. he speaks vehe-
mently; (used by Eliot for) he swears.
[''The word we make for swearing
signifieth to speak vehemently," Gr.
21.] More exactly, to te vehement;
the freq. or augment, of cheke-yeu, it is
violent, vehement. Imperat. -yeuash,
swear thou, Deut. 10, 20; suppos. chad-
cheteyeuadt, if he swear, Lev. 5, 4. Vbl.
n. -yeuimoitk, swearing, an oath, Lev.
5, 4. See rliekee.
chagohtag, chik-, suppos. of chikolitrun,
it burns.
chagwas, chauguas, pron. interrog. and
relative, what, Matt. 5, 46; 6, 25. See
teagua*; teagwe.
[Quir. chagwun, that which; pi.
chauyunmth, Pier. Abn. kfgS AsS, qu'y
' a-t-il? qu'est-ce que c'est?; kfgSi ki'ni,
que veux tu dire? Cree kekoo, what?
ki'kii'im, something, anything, whatso-
ever, what? Chip, k&goo, what? any-
thing, etc.]
*chah, inter], (ie upon it! C. See
ijnah.
[Cree eh! ch2! 'expressive of surprise
and disappointment,' Chip. s2, shame!
pshaw! Bar.]
chahqubg. See chohquug, a knife.
chanantam, v. i. he doubts, is doubtful;
-tdiiiiniy, they doubt, Matt. 28, 17 (nnl-
clid minium, I doubt; uliqiie r/iinntntali,
do not doubt me, 'you may take it for
granted', C. ).
*chanisshau, v. i. he reels or staggers
(like a drunken man), C. Vbl. n.
(augm.) chachannissliiii/n/:, staggering,
reeling.
chansomps, n. 'the locust', Joel 1, 4;
2, 25; pi. -xnug, 2 Chr. 0, 28; but 'grass-
hopper', Judg. 7, 12; Jer. 46, 23; Nah.
3, 17. t'f. quaqtuqueshont. The word
'locust' is transferred without transla-
tion in Lev. 11, 22; Matt. 3, 4. chon-
somps, locust, Mass. Ps., Ps. 78, 46; ehdn-
sops quooshau, ' a grasshopper j umps ' , C.
[Abn. tzanres; pi. -nak, sauterelles,
Rasles; choh, cricket, K. A.]
*chatchepissue, chach-, adv. wildly;
r-hatcliepimi, [he is] wild (?), C.
chaubohkish, 'except, or, besides', El.
Gr. 22; 1 K. 10, 15; Judg. 8, 26. From
chippi, separate, apart. (Is it primarily
a plural? nish chaubuk-ish, these thinga
apart?)
chauguas. See chdgwas, what.
chauohpuhteau, v. caus. inan. he puts
it in water; imperat. chuuohpuhteash om,
'cast thou [into the water] an hook',
Matt. 17, 27.
chauopham, v. t, he puts into water;
hence he seethes or boils (it):
weyaus, he boiled the flesh, 1 K. 19, 21.
Cf. tmtopham.
[Narr. chowwopMmmin, to cast over-
board; chouwophash, cast (thou it) over-
board. Abn. tsaSu'pS, il est jett dang
1'eau.]
chauopsheau, v. i. he falls into the
water (by mischance, -/()> Matt. 17, 15;
clinurjpxhash, 'be thou cast into [i. e.
cast thyself into] the sea', Matt. 21, 21.
[Abn. iif-tzaSa'pi'ni, je tornbe dans
1'eau; ttaSapirrf, il tombe, etc.]
*Chauquaquock (Narr.), Englishmen.
See ('hokquog.
cheaouash, cheouash (?), n. pi.
branches or shoots (of a vine, Gen. 40,
10,12).
chechequnaii. See chequnau.
*checout, chequit, n. the name of a fish
(Labrussqueteage, Mitch. ) Fromchoh-
k'i, s].otted (?).
cheeby. See *chepy.
cheke, checheke, adv. slowly, Prov. 14,
2!t; Neh. 9, 17; late (in the day or
22
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN" 25
cheke, checheke continued,
night), Ps. 127, 2. V. i. chekeu, cltrk,
it is late, a long time: newutch cheku,
'after a long time', Matt. 25, 19. See
chequnappu, etc.
[Narr. u-ussaume t&tsha, it is too late
(in the day or night).]
chekee, adv. violently, Hab. 1, 9; Is. 22,
18 [chekeyeu, v. i. it is violent, vehement,
forcible; frequent, and intens. chadche-
keyeu; with an. subj. -keyeaii, q. v.];
chekee usseonk, doing violently, an act
of violence, Is. 59, 6; (chekewae, forci-
bly, C. ) See cheqimau.
[Abn. tsiganSiSi, malgre', a contre-
cceur; par force.]
chekeenehtuonk, vbl. n. pass, for -Utu-
tmk, violence (suffered), Hab. 1, 3 (che-
keittinne-at, to be compelled, C.?).
ch.ekeheaii, v. caus. an. ( 1 ) he forces, uses
force withoron.(him). (2) heravishes
(her), 2 Sam. 13,22; vwt-chekehe-uh, he
forced her, 2 Sam. 13, 14 (nut-chekeyeu-
wae, I compel, C. ).
*ch6kesu (Narr.), the northwest wind;
suppos. chikesitch, when it blows north-
west, R. W. Cf. vntt-cheksuau, north-
westward. From chekeyeu, it is violent.
*Chekesuwand, n. pr. 'the [north-]
western god', R. W.
cheketamcoonk (?), vbl. n. rebellion,
Prov. 17, 11 (cheketamOe, rebellious, C.).
chekham, v. t. he sweeps (it) ; nut-chek-
ham-un, I sweep it, Is. 14, 23 (nut-
jeeskham, I wipe, C. ). Suppos. inan.
chekhikunk, (it sweeps, ) a broom, Is. 14,
23 (checonnachatdonk, C. ). Seejiskham.
[Abn. tsikkehigan, balai; ne-teikekehem-
en SigSam, je balaye la cabane. Chip.
nin tchigat&ige, I sweep; tchigat&igan,
broom, Bar. Del. tschikhammen, to
sweep; ttchikhikan, broom, Zeisb.]
chekhaUsu, -6su, v. i. act. an. he sweeps,
is sweeping; pass, it is swept, wiped,
Luke, 11, 25; Matt, 12, 44.
cheku, 'after a long time', Matt. 25,
19 [?].
chem&u, v. i. he paddles or rows (a
boat); menuhke chemdog, they paddle
hard, with exertion; 'toil in rowing',
Mark 6,48; suppos. noh cliemdit, pi. neg
chemacheg, they who paddle, who ' han-
dle the oar', Ezek. 27, 29.
[Xarr. chemosh (imperat. 2d sing.),
paddle, row; pi. chtmeck. Chip, che-
chemdli continued.
nail, he paddles; imperat. i!d sing. '/'-
main (chemaun, a canoe), Sch. n, 387;
tchiman, canoe, Bar. Del. tschimacan,
a paddle, Zeisb.]
*chenauosue, adj. (an.) churlish, cross,
Cott.
chenesit, (suppos. of chenemf) a dwarf,
Lev. 21, 20.
cheouash. See chtaouash.
chepaiyeuonk, vbl. n. freedom, Acts 22,
28. See chippe.
*chepeck (Narr.), a dead person. See
*chepy.
*chepessin (Narr.), the northeast wind,
R. W. See wutchepwdiyeu ( in the east) ;
wutchepwosh (the east wind). The
cold northeast was perhaps assigned to
Chepy and the spirits of evil, as was
sowaniu, the pleasant southwest, to
Kaui&ntowit.
*chepewftukitauogr (Narr.), v. pi. 'they
fly northward 1 [i. e. to the northeast],
R. W. ; = chepwoi-uhk-it auog.
chepiohke [chippi, ohke], n. the place
apart, place of separation; chepioh-
komuk, the inclosed place \komuk~] of
separation, hades, hell, Deut. 32, 22;
Rev. 6, 8; 20, 13; Is. 14, 9. With locat.
affix, chepiohk-it, chepiohkomuk-qut.
[Del. tschipey-achgink, 'the world of
spirits, spectres, or ghosts', Hkw.]
chepiontup [chippi, oniup], n. a skull,
Matt. 27, 33. Cf. mishkonontup.
[Abn. ttipanantep, tete de mort.]
chepisk. See chippipsk.
chepshatl, v. i. he is astonished, amazed,
frightened, Dan. 4, 19 (chepshi, Is.
50, 7); pi. -dog, Mark 5, 42; Job 32, 15;
Dan. 5, 9. Adv. chepsde, in astonish-
ment, in amazement, amazedly, Ezra
9, 3; Ezek. 4, 16. Vbl. n. chepshaonk,
astonishment, Deut. 28, 37; 2 Chr. 29, 8.
[Abn. IsibaghinangSat, cela est effroy-
able.]
chepshontam, v. t. he fears or is amazed
at (it); pret. nuk-chepsliontanmp, I was
astonished at (it), Dan. 8, 27.
*chepy, cheeby (Peq.), 'evil spirit, or
devil,' Stiles. "Abbamocho or Cheepie
many times smites them with incurable
diseases, scares them with apparitions
and panic terrors," etc., Josselyn's
Voy., 133. From a letter of Hecke-
welder's (quoted in 2 Mass. Hist. Coll.,
TBUMBULI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
23
*chepy, cheeby continued.
x, 147) it appears that the correspond-
ing Delaware word (tschipey) "had been
made use of, even by missionaries, who
knew no better," for "the soul orspirit
in man"; a use, he adds, which "none
of our old converted Indians would
suffer." The word is, in fact, only
another form of chippe (q. v. ), it is sep-
arate, or apart; chippeu, ( 1 ) he separates
or goes apart; hence, (2) he is dead or
separated (from the living); pi. chip-
peog (Xarr. chepeck), they are separated,
the dead; (3) a specter, ghost, or ap-
parition of one deceased; something
separated, and preternatural, as manit
(froiadnue) is something supernatural.
[Xarr. chepeck (pi.), the dead; chcp-
ass6tam, the dead sachem; chep-asqudw,
a dead woman. Abn. UebiSi, spar4-
ment, Rasles (chibai, ghost, K. A. ). Del.
ttchipey. Nanticoke, tiee-e-p, ghost,
dead man.] \
chequit. See *checout.
chequnappu, v. i. (1) he sits still, is at
rest; (2)he keeps silence, he isquiet; pi.
-puog, Judg. 16, 2; Ex. 15, 16; 2 K. 7, 4;
imperat. 2d s\nf..chekunapsh, be still,
Mark 4, 39; 2d pi. -appek, be ye still,
Ps. 46, 10; nanepaushadt chequnappu,
'the moon stayed', Josh. 10, 13; and
nepauz chequnappeup, 'the sun stood
still', ibid, (nut-chequnnap, I am silent,
C. ) From cheke and dppu.
[Abn. ne-tsikdpi, je me tais, taceo;
tfigisi, sans rien dire, en silence.]
chequnau, chechequnaii, v. t. an. he
takes by violence from (him), he robs
(him): neg chechekqunukqueaneg pish
chechequnaog (pass.), 'they that prey
upon thee will I give for a prey ' (they
who rob thee shall be robbed), Jer.
30, 16.
[Xarr. aquie chechequnnuwash, do not
rob me; suppos. pi. chechequnnuw&rhirk,
robbers; pass, chechequnnlttin, there is
a robbery committed. Abn. tuirjai'iSiSi,
par force, malgr<5.]
chequnikompati, v. i. he stands still;
pi. -;<".</, -/mug, 2 Sam. 2, 23; imper. 2d
sing, chequnikompaush, stand thou still,
Josh. 10, 12; and indie, chequnikompau,
(he) stood still, v. 13 [where it was
mistaken for the preceding substantive,
nepauz, 'sun,' by Adelung, who in the
chequnikompatt conti nued.
Mithridates (3 Th., 3 e Abth., p. 388)
has given a place among words of the
"Naticks, nach Elliott" to 'chequikom-
puh,Sonne.' Cf. nanepaushadt chequn-
appu, 'the moon stayed', v. 13]. From
cheke and -'kompaii.
chequnussin, v. i. he lies still; ivoh
nutchequnustin, I would lie still, Job
3, 13.
ehequodwehham, v. caus. inan. he
shaves (it) off, cuts (it) off (makes clean
by cutting; caus. of chekodtam, v. t.
inan. ; cf. chekham, he sweeps or wipes) ;
chequodwehhamwog up-puhkukoash , they
shave their heads (with negat., Ezek. 44,
20). With an. obj. chequodtweyaheau
nashpechequodtiveyaheg,hesha,vea(him)
with a razor, Is. 7, 20 (chequddweehquog,
razor, C. ).
chequttummoo, v. i. he roars (as a lion
or wild beast); pi. -umwog, Jer. 51, 38.
[Abn. zoskademS, (le chien) jappe.]
chetaeu. v. i. it is stiff. As adj.
missittupuk, a stiff neck, Ps. 75, 5. Caus.
inan. chetauwehteau, he stiffens, makes
(it) stiff, 2 Chr. 36, 13. Intr. (adj. an. )
chelauesu, he is stiff, unyielding (nut-
chetaues, I am stiff, C. ).
chetanunaii, v. t. an. he supports (him ) ;
imperat. 2d pi. chetanunook ncochum-
wesitcheg, 'support ye the weak', 1
Thess. 5, 14.
chetimau, v. t. he compels (him), 2 Chr.
21, 11; wut-chetim-o-uh, they compelled
him, Matt. 27, 32 (nut-chetimiiwam, I am
urgent, C. ).
chetuhquab, n. a crown, Cant. 3, 11;
Is. 28, 3.
[Abn. tsf tokkSetriar, parures, soil de
cou, soil de tte.]
*chichauquat (Narr. ), it is day [-break],
R. W. 67.
[Abn. tiif'kSat, il est jour, jour com-
mence.]
*chichegin (Narr.), a hatchet, R. W.
*chickot (Narr.), fire (chikkoht, C.).
From chekee and ohteav, it rages, is vio-
lent. See chikohteuii.
chikkinasuog, n. pi. sparks of fire; with
watde (of fire), Job 41, 19; Is. 50, 11.
chikkup, n. a cedar, Is. 44, 14; pi. -pog,
Ps. 148, 9 (utckttkk&pprmis, cedar, C. ).
Adj. and adv. chikkuppte, of ce<lar, 1 K.
5, 8.
24
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[nn. I.F.TIN Ii5
chikkup continued.
[Chip, jingm'ik, pine tree, Bar.: .-/"//
gwauk, Sch,]
chikohteau, v. i. it burns, as a fire or a
torch, Ex. 3, 2; Dent. 5, 23; Jer. 7, 20;
pret. ncotau ehlkulilnji, the fire burned,
Ps. 39, 3; suppos. ne chagohtag, that
which burns, Gen, 15, 17. From cliekee
and ohteau, it is (by nature, inherently)
violent, it rages, is fierce.
[Narr. chickot (chikkoht, C.), fire.]
chikosum, chikkohsum. v. t. he burns
(it), Ex. 40, 27; Is. 44, 16; with an. obj.
-sau; mtt-chikogg-oh, he burned (him),
Lev. 9, 11. From cliekee, with the form-
ative (-sum, an. -sail) of verbs denoting
the action of heat. Vbl. n. act. chik-
k6monk, a burning, Lev. 10, 6; Is. 9, 5;
vbl. n. pass, chikkosuitttuonk, being
burned, a burn, Ex. 21, 25.
chipappu, v. i. (1) he remains apart,
separate, Prov. 19, 4; from chippi and
appu. (2) he is free, at liberty (i. e.
separated or apart from any tribe, not
the subject of any sachem); chipappu
mwetauomonat, she is at liberty to
marry, 1 Cor. 7, 39. Cf. *chepy.
[Xarr. chippdpuock, the Pleiades, i. e.
they sit apart, form a group by them-
selves.]
chipohke, n. land not occupied; en
chipohk-it, 'into a land not inhabited',
Lev. 16, 22. From chippe and ohke,
separate or free land.
*chippachausin, it divides (as a path
where it forks), R. W. From chippeu.
chippe, -pi, (it is) separated, apart;
chippe ayeuonk, the separate place, Ezek.
41, 13. Adv. and adj. chippiyeue, Ezek.
41, 12; 42, 1, 10, 13. [For derivatives
see chepy, chepiohke, chepiontup, etc.]
Vbl. n. chipaiyeuonk, separation, free-
dom. As n. a part, a portion; piukque
chippi, a tenth part, Ex. 16, 36. Cf.
chanchippe.
[Abn. IsebiSi, tsatttbiSi, tzatzebiSi, sp-
arement. Del. fepiw), <pat, separately;
ttchetech-pi, asunder, apart, Zeisb.]
chippehtam, v. t. he makes (it) separate,
keeps (it) apart, Num. 6, 2; with an.
obj. -ehtauau; suppos. chapehtauont,
Heb. 7, 26.
chippesu. See chippisgu.
chippeu, v. i. he separates himself, goes
apart, Num. 6, 12; Gal. 2, 12; suppos.
chippeu continued.
noh chaptt, he who separatee himself;
pi. neg chapechey , Ezra 6, 21; Jude 19;
freq. chndchapeu; with inan. subj.
-pemm, it divides, marks separation
(or pass, is divided, Hos. 10, 2); im-
perat. chadchapemmudj, let it divide
(one thing from another, Gen. 1, 6).
As adv. wut-chadchaube ponamun, he
put it dividingly or for separation, Gen.
1,4. Perhaps this last form should be
referred to a freq. or augm. of chipappu,
q. v. See *chepy.
chippi. See chippe.
chippinehteau, v. caus. (inan. subj.) it
causes or effects separation. Vbl. n.
chippinutunk, that which separates, a
wall, Ezek. 42, 20 (a hedge, C.).
chippinetu, v. i. he is born free; nul-
chippenetip, I was born free, Acts 22, 28.
chippinuiu, n. a free man, Rev. 6, 15:
-inninnv, he is a free man; sunnummatta
mtt-chippinninnu-co, am not I free? 1
Cor. 9, 1; suppos. pass, chapininni'miit,
when he is freed, 'being free', 1 Cor.
7, 22. Lit. a man apart, not subject to
any sachem or master. Cf. misginnin,
a captive.
chippinum, v. t. he separates (it), puts
it apart. From chippi, with character-
istic (-num.) of action performed by the
hand. Augm. rlinilrlni'ilu nnm [=cha-
chippinum~\, he separates permanently
or authoritatively, establishes a divi-
sion; with inan. subj. -moo, it estab-
lishes a division, it divides. Vbl. n.
-umcoonk, -umoonk, a dividing, a bound-
mark ; -monk, -anaronk, a separation of
animate beings, a tribe, Judg. 21, 3;
Heb. 7, 13. With an. obj. chippinau, he
separates or parts (them); imperat.
2d sing, chippin, Gen. 13, 9; pi. -inneok,
Num. 31, 27; suppos. chapunont, when
he parts (them), Num. 6, 5; Prov.
18, 1.
chippipsk, chepisk, n. a [single or de-
tached?] rock, or crag; for chippi-ompfk;
itl i-ltipjiipxqut, on the rocks, Acts 27, 29.
[Narr. nuichipscat, a stony path; i. e.
may-r]i!ppif<k-ut.]
chippishinneuhtugkf?), n. a bush, Job
30, 7; Is. 7, 19.
chippissu, -esu, v. adj. an. he is sep-
arate, apart; pi. -#11017, a people, a dis-
tini-t race, Gen. 25, 23.
TRUMBULI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
25
chippohteau, v. i. he is (habitually,
by custom) separate; he keeps apart.
Vbl. n. c/ii/i/ifolaonk, a keeping apart,
Reparation, Lev. 12, 5.
chipwuttconapwaii, v. t. an. he kisses
(him); ehlpirodtam, v. t. inan. he kisses
(it); u-ui-chipwuttmnap-oh, he kisses
him, Gen. 27, 27; wut-chipwodtam-
unkquoh uitsxeetash, she kissed (to him)
his feet, Luke 7, 38 (nut-chipwutlaonap,
I kiss, C.).
[Abn. Stsedamen, il le baise.]
ch.ish.kham. See jixkham, he wipes
(it).
chiskenitchohhou, n. a towel, John 13,
5; that which wipes the hands, or
with which the hand is wiped. From
chishkham and nulch, with the inan. in-
strum. formative -ohhou.
*ch6gan (Narr. ), a blackbird; pi. rlin-
ganeuck, R. W.
[Peq. micliugyese; moMowi/ttn, Stiles.
Abn. tsSgheres; tsSghereskS, (jtourneau,
Raales; modern Abn. chog-l&skw, K. A.
Del. tochoquali, blackbird, Zeisb.]
chogq, n. a spot, a bit, a small piece (for
'farthing', Matt. 5, 26). For cliohki
or chuhki, (it is) like a point or spot.
Cf. kodchuki. Suppos. inan. chohkag, a
spot, a blemish; wompe chohkay, a bright
spot, Lev. 13, 4, 19.
[Cree, chA-clidchagoiv, it is striped.]
Cliog'qussuog. See *Chokquog.
*chogset. See *cachauxet, under A'.
chohchohkag 1 (freq. of chohkug, a spot),
that which is spotted, or marked with
spots, Jude 23. See choiji).
chohchohkesu, v. adj. an. (freq. of
chohklm) he is spotted, blemished.
Vbl. n. -e-monk, a spot, mark, or blem-
ish, Jer. 13,23.
*ch.ohchunkquttalihain. See r/i ithrhunk-
fjiiltohham, he knocks.
chohke'su, v. adj. an. (1) he is spotted;
pi. niolnnaoe chohkrtuog, they are thickly
spotted, 'speckled', Gen. 31, 10, 12.
chohkesu continued.
(2) he has a blemish, or deformity,
Lev. 21, 21, 23. Suppos. chohkesit, when
he is spotted; pi. ney chohkestitcheg (freq.
chohehohk-), they who are spotted, Gen.
30, 32, 39.
[Del. chi qua su, patched, Zeisb.]
*chohki, (a point) a minute, C. (=chogq).
uhohkcowaonk (?), vbl. n. a sting[ing],
1 Cor. 15, 55, 56; chohkuhhm, a sting, C.
choh.kush.ik, (suppos. as) n. 'a jot', a
point, a speck, Matt. 5, 18; Luke 16, 17.
chohqubg, chahqubg, n. a knife, Gen.
22, 6; Judg. 19, 29; pi. -gash (cf. keneh-
qwg, a sharp knife, under kenai) ; kenag
chahfjuiig, a sharp razor, Ps. 52, 2.
[Narr. chauqock (for -guockf). Abn.
ntse' k8ak8, couteau; pi. -agSr. Menom.
dJmhuykon.~\
*Chokquog, Chog-qussuog, n. pi. Eng-
lishmen, C. " Engliahmansog asuh
Chohkquog," title-page of Indian laws,
1709. "They call Englishmen Chdu-
(juaf/uock, that is, Knife-men", R. W.
51.
[Abn. ntst'kSakSi, he has a knife.]
chonchippe, besides (praeter), Is. 44,6,
8; 1 K. 22, 7. For chachippe (chad-
chaube?), as implying separation, 'that
apart', besides. Seechippe. The Mass.
Ps. has chippe, 'save' (besides, except-
ing), Ps. 18, 31.
choochoowaog-, n. pi. quails, Ex. 16, 13
(but '(/uttilxog', transferred, Num. 11,
31). See */ifiupock.
chuh, interj. ho! look! dmh, ken, qush-
kiali, 'ho! such a one [thou], turn aside,'
Ruth 4, 1.
chuhchunkquttohiia'm, v. t. he knocks
g.i or upon (it); nut , I knock (at
the door, Rev. 3, 20). For chuh, chilli,
r/itllulthain, he makes a measured dinli
<7m7i,orcallofattention(?). Cf. (Narr.)
popou'iitl&liig, a drum, R. W.
*chunkeo, n. an oyster, C. See oppon-
enauhock.
*eachimmineash, n. pi. (Indian) corn,
C. See weatchiminn&ixh.
*eatawfts (Narr.), it is old, said of cloth;
eatanbana, old traps.
chhoh. interj. 'of exhorting or encoura-
ging', El. Gr. 21, 22.
ehta"!. See oftai, on (at) both sides,
eiantogkonattatt, v. t. an. he mocks at
(him). See 66niuhkonauon(ti.
*eiassunck and wiaseck (Narr.), a
knife, R. W. Peq. irii/auzzege, Stiles,
eiydne (inne, Mass. Ps. ), of divers sorts
26
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
eiyane continnnl.
or kinds; all sort* of; of every kind;
maacheeiytme /). 'store of all sorts of
wine', Neh. 5, 18; wame eiyane, all
kinds of, Dan. 3, 15; iydn-askehtuash,
many (divers kinds of) medicines, Jer.
46, 11. See i</<>.
eiyomp, n. a male deer, a buck. See
nlilid:
en, prep, to, toward (after verbs of mo- i
tion), Lev. 21, 6; Acts 10, 32.
-en, -enin, the formative of verbals de-
noting the active subject, male (nomen
agentis), represents -ninnu (nnln, mm,
R. W.), a male, man. The second
(-enin=-en-utme) is the general or in-
definite form, e. g. adcha-u, he hunts;
adcha-en, he who is hunting, as dis-
tinguished from one who may be hunt-
ing or who habitually hunts (suppos.
an. noh adcha-nont) game; adchahiin
( pi. -eninnu-og ) , anyone who is hunting,
some hunter; wut-u, agit; suppos. noh \
dse-it, qui (quuin) agit, oraget; n. agent. |
uwe-a-en, ille agens. usseahi-in, qui
agens. See *nnln.
*enada (Xarr.), seven (einiitn th*lii\ M.
V. R.v. I.
*enewa'shim (Xarr.), a male (beast).
See ninnu; nomposhim.
*enln (Xarr.), a man. See *nnln.
enneapeyau (unne-), v. i. he sojourns.
Cf. xamshpeyuit; imperat. enneapeyaush
yeu ohke, ' sojourn in this land ' , Gen. 26,
3; unneapeyonat, to sojourn (here), Gen.
47,4; auppos. part, (pi.) Aneapeoncheg,
( who are) strangers, sojourners, Lev. 25,
45; (sing. ) anyeapeont, v. 40; anea-, v. 47.
enniiinedonk, vbl. n. a pestilence, con-
tagious or infectious disease; Lev. 13,
44, 46; Num. 11, 33; Jer. 29, 17 (en
ninnu-og, lici Stfuos, an epidemic?).
See msawhAonk, the pestilence or yel-
low disease.
*ennomai. See unnomdi, a reason.
*eteaussonk(?), pi. -kash, knives, C. Cf.
*ewb (Narr.), pron. 3d sing, he, she;
aw&un ewd, who is that? ewd manit,
this God; ewbuckqush&nchick, they who
fear him, R. W. See yeuoh; noh; -m-.
It is properly a demonstrative.
hahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it), Job
41, 29; -ehtauau, he laughs at (him),
Job 9, 23; suppos. ahanehlauont, when
he laughs at or mocks (him), Prov. 30,
17.
hahanu, ahanu (-nou), v. i. he laughs,
Gen. 17, 17; 18, 12; Ps. 2,4; mattanut-
ahanu, I do not laugh ; pret. kut-ah&nup,
thou didst laugh, Gen. 18, 15; toh-
wutch hahanit (suppos. ), wherefore does
she' laugh? v. 13; ahquompi adt aJibmi-
muk (suppos. inan. or supine), 'a time
to laugh', Eccl. 3, 4.
[Xarr. ahdnu, he laughs; pi. -ttock;
In a hitch ahdnean (suppos.), why dost
thou laugh? Menom. ah-y-afi-nen, to
laiijjh. Shawn. ah-yai-!ee.]
hahanuonk, ahan-, vbl. n. laughing,
laughter, Job 8, 21; Eccl. 7, 3 (ahhanu-
onk, ahanshaonk, C. ).
hashibp, hashdb, n. (1) a net, Micah
7. L"; Luke 5, 5; pi. hashabpog, Ezek.
47, 10; Hab. 1, 16 (dsMp, pi. -ap//.
C.). (2) vegetal fiber or fibrous ma-
terial used for making thread or cord;
hashabp, h.asha'b continued.
hash&bpog, 'flax' (the plant, when in
the field), Ex. 9, 31; hashabp, flax (pre-
pared), Judg. 15, 14; 'tow,' Is. 43, 17;
hashabpe tuttuppun, a tow thread, Judg.
16, 9; hahabp-onak, linen cloth, Mark
14, 51 (hashapvnag, Ex. 35, 25). (3) a
spider's web, i. e. net, Job 8, 14; Is. 59,
5. " Les sauvages racontent que ce fut
Michabou qui apprit iX leurs ancetres a
p^cher, qu'il inventa les Rt,-<, et que
ce fut la toile d'araignee qui lui en
donna 1'idee." Charlevoix, in, 282.
[Narr. ashbp, 'their nets;' ash&ppock,
hemp; masatinock, flax (Canada net-
tle?), R. W. Abn. rh&pe, filets, rets;
tetagSk, espece de chanvre dont on fait
des rets (taghenank, le chanvre). Chip.
assdb, pi. -big, nets.]
liashabuhtugq, -bpuhtugq(?) (hagli-
ulijiiilituijij, ilax-wood), n. stalks of
Hax, Josh. 2, 7; a distaff, Prov. 31, 19.
hashoonukco, n. a hat; pi. hashamukco-
unah, their hats, Dan. 3, 21.
[Narr. ashonaquo, or saunketippo, a
cap or hat, R. W.]
TRl-MBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
27
hasinnekdus. See asinnekdiis.
hassun, n. a stone; hussun, pi. -nosh, El.
Gr. 10; dim. hasgunemes, a little stone,
ib. p. 12; pi. -sash, little stones, 'gravel',
Prov. 20, 17. From a word signifying
to pierce, to cut (?).
[Chip, aggin, pi. -nig (inan.), Bar.;
ossin, asgin, pi. (an.) -neen, Sch. Cree
assinnee; dimin. ass'mnis. Del. achwn,
Zeisb.]
hassunekoaz. See assinnek/iug.
hassunnek, -negk, n. a cave, Gen. 23,
17,20. (That which covers? Cf.hashm-
mikm, a hat. )
hassunneutunk, n. a (stone) wall, Jer.
51, 44; Ezek. 13, 12.
*hawiinshech (Narr. ), farewell, R. W.
hennati, hennou, ahunou, v. t. an. he
calls him (by a name or appellation;
appellat. Cf. ussowenau, he calls him
by his name, nominal); pass, he is
called: pish hennou Ishah, 'she shall be
called Woman', Gen. 2, 23; pish hennau
magaaenin, ' he shall be called Bountiful '
(i. e. the Giver), Is. 32, 5; suffix form
vruttinuh, appellat eum, he addresses
him, he calls him: David nagum wut-
tinuh [=iimt-henna-uh' > .~\ nwn-Manit-
tmm, 'David himself calleth him [my]
Lord ', Mark 12, 37; loh kuttehenit, ' what
art thou called?' Gen. 32, 27; noh ahhenit
(ahhunut, Mass. Ps.) he who is called,
John 9, 11; suppos. dhunont, when he
calls, when calling (him), 1 Pet. 3, 6.
Mutual or reciprocal hettuog, they call
one another, they address one another,
Gen. 11, 3. Vbl. n. hettarwonk, hettu-
onk, mutual address, language, speech,
Gen. 11, 1. See ahenit.
[Narr. tahena [=toh hennau"], 'what
is his name?' how is he called?]
hettam, v. t. inan. he calls (it); pass.
hettamun, it is called [cf. usscowettam, he
names (it); ust&wettamun, it is named];
pi. hettamwog, they call (it), Ps. 49, 11;
pass, mwesuonk hettamun, his name is
called, Luke 2, 21; hettamun, it is called,
Gen. 2, 11, 14; Is. 56, 7.
[Xarr. tahfttamen \=hih hettamun],
what is this called?]
-hk. See -'k-.
*Hobbamoco, n. 'their evil God,' Lech-
ford's PL Dealing, 52. "That we sup-
pose their Devil, they call Habamouk,"
Capt. J. Smith (1631). "Abamocho or
*Hobbamoco continued.
Cheepie," Josselyn Voy. (See chepy.)
"In the night . . . they will not budge
from their own dwellings for fear of
their Abamocho (the Devil) whom they
much fear." Wood's N. E. Prospect,
pt. 2, ch. 8. "Whom they [the In-
dians near Plymouth] call Hobbamock,
and to the northward of us, Hobbamo-
qui; this, as far as we can conceive, is
the Devil." E. Winslow's Rel. (1624).
-hog, -hogk, n. (1) body, corpus, that
which is external or which covers the
living man or animal. For hogki (it
covers), or hogkm (he covers himself,
wears as covering). With impers. pre-
fix, muhhog, the (any) body; pi. muh-
hogkooog, El. Gr. 9. (2) the person;
with the prefixed pronouns it has the
force of ipse; nuhhog [n'hog'], my body,
or myself, ego ipse; kuhhog, thy body,
thyself; ivuhhog, his body, himself.
[Narr. nohdck, my body; wuhbck, the
body (i. e. his body). Abn. nhaght,
ShagM, mon, son corps. Del. hackey,
Zeisb. Cree weydw, the body; ne-y6w,
my body, myself.]
hogki, v. i. it covers, or serves as a cov-
ering; as n. wuh-hogki, pi. imh-hogkiash,
the scales (of a fish), Job 41, 15; sup-
pos. wuh-hogkiit, if it have (that which
has) scales; pi. negvnth-hogkiitcheg,they
which have scales, Lev. 11, 9 ( with inan.
or impers. subj. wuhhogkiegig, v. 10).
So, imih-hogki, a shell (wohhogke, C. ).
Cf. Engl. shell, scale; Germ, schale;
Greek tfo/U<5;, 6Kv\ov.
[Narr. wckauhock [sucki-wuhhogki],
black-shell money, R. W. Abn. Sara-
hdghe, caille de poisson.]
hogkeo, v. i. he clothes or covers him-
self; with inan. subj., it is a covering, it
clothes; sometimes v. t. he wears (or
is covered by) it, Prov. 23, 21; Ext'k.
9, 2; Ps. 93, 1; imperat. 2d pi. hogkmk,
'put ye on', clothe yourselves with,
Eph. 6, 11; suppos. an. hogqut, Aqut,
agquit, when he wears, or is clothed
with, Ps. 109, 18; 68, 13; Dan. 12, 7; ne
Aqut, agquit, that which he wears, which
'is on him', Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30.
Vbl. n. hogkmnnk, clothing, a garment,
Num. 31, 20; Prov. 30, 4; pi. -mganh
(aukmonk, C.). With a subst. express-
ing the thing worn or put on, hogkun-
num, v. t. he puts (it) on.
28
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 23
hog'kco continwd,
[Narr. ac6h, 'their deer skin', which
serves for clothing [ = h<ii/km]; ocfjuash
[_ = hogtuh, El.], put on; auhaijut, a
mantle (i. e. what he wears). Del.
iH-liyiiiiiuiu, he is clothed; e hack quit,
his cloth; e hack quink, clothing,
/.eisb.]
hogkcochin. See ogkcochin.
hohkoon. See ohkam, a dressed skin.
hohpaheau, v. i. (caus. ) he humbles
himself, 2 Chr. 32, 26; Ps. 10, 10; makes
himself small ( ? ) . Cf. pieheau, he makes
him small, or low (see peu); guppos.
howan hohpaheonl, whoso humbleth
himself, Matt. 18, 4.
hohpaii, v. i. he is humble; pi. hohpdog
(indicat. for suppos.), 'the humble',
they are humble, Pg. 34, 2; imperat.
hohpauli, 'humble thyself, be humble,
Prov. 6, 3; suppog. ahhohpdcheg [huh-
pdit; pi. hahpditcheg], Prov. 16, 19;
linhhohpAcheg, the humble, Ps. 10, 12.
Vbl. n. hohpAonk, hohpounk, humbling,
humility, Prov. 15, 33; 22, 4. N. agent.
hohpain, one who humbles himself, a
humble man, Job 22, 29. Adj. and adv.
Inthpde, Prov. 16, 19 (hohpme, C.).
hohtoeu, -t<5eu, adv. ex ordine, in order,
Acts 11, 4; 'from time to time', Ezek.
4, 10, 11. The primary signification of
the verb is, 'it comes next', or 'in
course'; ne hohtaeu, that which comes
next, the second, = nahohtoeti, secondly
(El. Gr. 21). With the formative
(-kin) of verbs of growth, hohlwkin, he
or it grows next, is next in growth;
whence, probably, suppos. noli ml-
ti'n'kit, she who is next in age, 'a second
daughter', Job 42, 14. Cf. mft,' /./'/.
[Abn. ilta&i; flifxnkkf, tour a tour;
iiliuiitxifii, altafiteyhikkSi , de plus en
plus.]
'homes (Narr. ), an old man; pi. //;/-
."*, R. W.[7]
[Abn. nemS/>-Sme, inon grand pere;
nSk-Xntt'it, ma grande mere, etc. Chip.
nimithomm, my grandfather, Bar.]
*hominey. "They beat [the Indian
corn] in a mortar and sift the flour out
of it: the remainder they call IHHH-
miney, which they put into a pot . . .
with water, and Iwil," etc. Josselyn's
Rar., 53. Powhatau. lunnmi;/, broken
maize, Beverley. llmiiini, which is
*hominey c< >n t i n ued .
the corn of that country beat and boiled
to mash." Norwood's Voy. to Virginia
(1649). "They live mostly on ;i pap,
which they call pone or homini, each of
which is made of corn." White's Re-
lation of Maryland (1633). From the
generic for 'small fruit', 'berry', or
'grain', -min-ne, pi. -minneaxli, which
formed part of all names given to pre-
pared corn. Cf. Narr. aupumminnea-
ruuh, parched corn; aupu minea-n<iir-
satimp, parched meal boiled, etc.; .<-
kokkamuck-6mene-ash, new-ground corn;
ew&chi-m' ne-aish, corn, etc. Abn. *l;n-
'imlne, il pile le bl; skamSn-nar (pi.),
b!6 d'Inde (ble pile).
*hbnck (Narr.), a goose; pi. Jionckock,
R. W ; the gray or Canada goose ( Anser
canadensis, L. ). See vwmpatuck (the
snow-goose).
[Del. kaak, Zeisb. ; maereck kituk, gray
goose, Camp. Abn. kadkS(f). Peq.
kohunk, Stiles.]
*hopu6nck (Narr.), a tobacco pipe, R.
W. See uhpaxmk.
*hoquaun (Narr.), a nslihook. See
hose-, ase-, in composition, is a distril)-
utive, signifying each in its turn, one
after another in course: dtt-kemkokuh,
day by day, in daily course, Gen. 39, 1 0;
Matt. 6, 11; fat-nofnp6kish, morning by
morning, every morning, Ex. 30, 7.
htfsekdeu, adv. in course; turn by turn:
- kemtkuiltash, 'day unto day' (kemi-
kotlttxli /ni/i.tiili/ciH'ii, Mass. Ps. ); - nu-
konagh,' night unto night', Ps. lit, L'. Cf.
asuhkmtf, it follows, comes after; i'mh-
xuhque, iti'>nli</in-, to and fro; jin/minii-
xlii'iiu. iiiiliKiiliiine, he walked to and fro,
2 K. 4, :!">; iii'i/i.iilii/Ki-iii'i and nhni'ilixnl.-
queaii, he goes to an<l fro, this way and
that, Job 1, 7; 2, 2 (infinit.); ttliin'ixii/:-
i/tifn Hiiiilii/iHieu, he looked this way
and that, Ex. 2, 12.
[Abn. I'lu'xiikki', tour a tour; t'ln'i<t*'>t-
KiSi, de deux 1'un; t''i, a toute occasion,
ainsi toujours de menie.]
howaas, n. See Muf, a living creature;
a live animal.
howan [rirfi-unni, a>-unni], someone,
anyone; as interrog. who? (El. Gr. 7);
pi. hovanig (<IHHVH, who?atM0on, lin^mi,
anylxxly, C. ). In Prov. 14, 34, the adj.
TKUMBUJ.I.J
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
29
howan run t in ne< 1 .
adv. form is used: liuiriie
any people.
[Xarr. awdim, 'there is somebody';
awAun ewd, who is that? pi. awanick,
'some come.' Peq. Waunnuxuk, 'Eng-
lishmen', Stiles, i. e. 'some men', or
'who are these?'; owanux, Mason's
Narrat. of Peq. War. Micm. Sen, quel-
qu'un, celui qui, etc. Abn. aSmni, quel-
howan continued,
qu'un; aSennaiiga, quel homme est-ce
qui, etc. Del. auu'een; pi. amvenik, who
are they? Zeisb. Gr. 176. Cree ow'enti,
pi. ouinekee, who? whosoever; indef.
ow'euk, someone, anyone. Chip, awe-
nen, who? pi. + ag; awiia, one, some-
body, anybody; awegwen, whoever,
whosoever, I don't know who; pi.
-i, postpositive, gives to the indicative
present, which is in fact a preterit, the
definite and limited force of the truly
present or actual; e. g. au, he goes;
di'/'i, he is going, is now on his way,
Prov. 7, 19; sokanon, there is rain;
sokenoni (scokenonni, C. ), it is now rain-
ing. Though this limited present is
not noticed by Eliot in his Grammar,
and is not often to be found in his
translations, it unquestionably had
place in the Massachusetts, as well as
in other dialects of the same group.
[Abn. e, postposit. significat actuali-
tatem actionis; sSgheranne, il pleut
actuellement; psan, il neige; psannt, il
neige actuellement, etc.]
ian&uwussu, v. adj. an. he is lean; pi.
-suog, Gen. 41, 3; suppos.pl. (particip. )
-stili'heg, v. 4. See tinouwiusu.
idne. See eiyane.
iauussuog, suppos. pi. i&nussitcheg, for
'swarms of flies', Ex. 8, 21, 24, 29;
they are of divers kinds (?), all sorts of
creatures (?).
in, (in fine comp. -hen, -unne) of the
kind or manner of; yeu in kah yen in, of
this manner and of this, 'thus and
thus', 2 Sam. 17, 15.
i<5g-k6sish(5ma>, v. i. onatuh m'echip-
pog-mU, it 'distils as the dew', Deut.
32, 2; it moistens (?). Cf. ogqushki.
*ishkauaussue, (he is) envious; iskou-
oussue, enviously, C.
ishkont, conj. lest (El. Gr. 22), Gen.
38, 9; Luke 22, 46. For ashqunuk,
ashqunil, there remains (ne ashqshunk,
what remains, is left)?
ishkouanatuonk, vbl. n. envy, Prov. 14,
30. Cf. jishanittuonk, hatred, under
jishontam.
ishpuhqudeu. See wlipuhqudeu, he
looks upward.
ishquanogkod, -kot, (after a numeral)
a cubit's length; suppos. ishquanogkok,
measured by cubits, by cubits' length;
with an. subj. -ogkusgu, 2 Chr. 2, 11,
12. Nean ishquanogkok; nequt-ishqua-
nogkod ne nequt ishquanogkod, etc.,
(measured) by cubits; the cubit is a
cubit, etc., Ezek. 43, 13. From misquan
(meek, C., q. v. ), the elbow, and -ogk,
the base of verbs of counting or num-
bering: so many times the length to
the elbow.
jishontam, v. t. lie despises, rejects,
hates (it): nut-teteneam kah nut-jixhon-
tam, I hate and despise (it), Amos 5,
21; I abhor, Ps. 119, 163; Amos 6, 8;
suppos. jishanlog, when he despises, he
despising, hating, Prov. 15, 10. With
an. obj. jishanumau, he despises or hates
(him) ; suppos. nohjishanumont, he who
despises; pass, noli jishannmit, he who
is despised, Job 12, 5. Vbl. n. jishan-
umauonk; pass, jiishanittnonk, hatred,
Ps. 25, 19.
jiskham, jishkham, chishkham,v. i. he
wipes (it); nut-jishkam, I wipe (it); sup-
pos. onaluh woskelomp jighkog vnmnonk,
aw [when] a man wipes a dish, 2 K. 21,
13. With an. attributive, jiskham.au,
he wipes (it) for (him); chiskhamau6p
wusseetash, she wiped [to him] his feet,
John 11,2. Cf. chekham, he sweeps.
[Abn. ne-kamhan, je 1'essuie; ne-kas-
sesitehan, je lui essuio les pis; kassehats,
qu' on 1'essuie. Del. tschiskham-men, to
wipe off, Zeisb.]
30
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
'un-LETix 25
-'k-, -hk-, in composition, denotes the
continued or progressive action of the
verb; a going on, or continuing to do:
e. g. assamau, he gives him food; sohko-
maii [=a8sohkamaii], he supports, or
continues to give him food; petau, he
he puts (it) into; petnhkau, he goes
into; amAeu, he departs; Amamhkau, he
drives (him) away, keeps him going,
etc. See kali.
*cachauxet (Peq.), the name of a fish;
'eunner', Stiles. The 'chogset', Lab-
rus chogset, Mitch. (Ctenilabrua bur-
gall, Stour. ) For chohchohketit, marked
with spots, spotted, or striped.
kachemco, kahche'moa, v. i. inan. it
comes (and continues coming) out
from: nootau kachemm, 'a fiery stream
issued', etc., Dan. 7, 10. See kutche.
kacheu, v. i. he goes or comes out of:
kacheog, they went out of (the ship),
went ashore, Luke 5, 2.
kadshik, when it begins; the beginning
of. See kutchiseik.
kadtupwut, when, or if, he is hungry,
suppos. of kodtuppm.
kah, copulative, and 'k, progressive, in
ita simple separable form, ' it goes on '
or 'continues'. Cf. Greek eri; Sansk.
nil, according to Weber, from root at,
'to go', i. e. 'a going farther.' Sansk.
gd, to go; ga, going, or cha, 'et, que';
Greek Kt, re, Kai.
[Narr. lc&. Peq. quah, E. M. Chip.
gaii (postpositive, prepositive, and sep-
arable), Bar. Micm. ak [=aWt].]
kahche. matta kdche, 'no doubt', it
is not doubtful, Acts 28, 4 (kuhcJte,
Danf.)
kakenumunne, the first-ripe (fruit),
Mir. 7, 1. See keneumunne-ash.
kakenupshont, (when) going very
swiftly; suppos. of kogkennpthau. See
kenupshau.
*kakewau, v. i. lie is mad, Mass. Ps.
See kogkeau.
[kasenussit, suppos. a churl, Is. 32, 5, 7.]
*kask6hat, n. a sturgeon, C. See *km'i-
poeh.
'Vaukoanash (Narr.), n. pi. stockings,
R. W.
[Abn. keni'sSn-nar, chausses, bas.
Peq. cungowuntch, a stocking, Stiles.
Del. kau kon, legging, Sch. n, 472; ga
gun, Zeisb.]
*cau6mpsk (Narr.), a whetstone, R. W.
*kauposh.(Narr.),asturgeon; pi. -sha&og,
R. W. (k6pposha,nd kask&hal, C.) From
knppi (an. adj. kvppesu, he is) shut up,
inclosed, protected, i. e. by his hard
scales or plates (?).
[Abn. kabanne, pi. -sak. Chip, nam ai',
naugh may [i. e. THE fish; namoht, El.,
or n'omojr]. Menom. nah mawe, stur-
geon (nahmaish, fish) . Powh. kopotone,
3. Smith (= close-mouthed?).]
*causkashunck (Narr.), the skin of a
deer, R. W.
'Kautdntowwit (Narr.), "the great
Southwest God, to whose house all
souls go and from whom came their
corn, beans, etc., as they say," R. W.
Cf. Keihtanit [Kehtanit], the great God,
Gen. 24, 7.
kechequabin.au, v. t. an. he hangs (him)
by the neck, Gen. 40, 22: pish kuk-
kecheffuabimik, he will hang thee, Gen.
40, 19; ahhut kechequabenittimuk (sup-
pos. pass. inan. ), that which he is hung
upon, a gallows, Esth. 5, 14; 7, 9 (nuk-
kehchtquabes pemirmeat, I am choked
with a halter, C. It should be rumlijx'
peinunneat).
kechequaQati, v. t. an. he takes him by
the throat; with pron. affixes, iik-
kecheqtwn-uh, Matt. 18, 28; hence, he
embraces (him), (nuk-kehchlkquan, I
embrace, I hold by the throat, C.')
[Abn. ne-keskedSnhian, je lesuffoque. ]
kcdii.su. See kehchistu.
keechippam, kehch-, keihch-, on the
shore, Josh. 11, 4; Judg. 5, 17; John
21, 4; keht(ihhanit,on the seashore,
Gen. 22, 17.
*keegsquaw (Xarr. ), a virgin or maid,
R. W.
[Chip, gigangowi, she is a virgin.
Del. kikorliijui'i'x, a virgin; kick och gite u,
a single woman, Zeisb. ; kigape-u, Camp.
Abn. kigafi1',& young man unmarried.]
TRUMBUI.I/1
NATICK-ENGUSH DICTIONARY
*keesaqushin (Narr. ), it is high water,
R. W., i. e. it is at its full height, full
grown. Cf. kesukun.
*Keesuckquand (Narr.), the Sun God,
a name of the sun, K. \V. [Kesukqu&e-
anit, God of Day or of the Sky]. See
KtvJc.
kehche, keh.cb.eu, v. i. (it is) chief, prin-
cipal, superior (because, ex principio;
cf. ko, kutche); hence, superior by
reason of age, old, ancient; an. pi. keh-
chiog, kutchiog, the old (collectively),
the ancients, i. e. th6se who are from
the beginning, Ps. 119, 100; 148, 12;
Esth. 3, 13; kehchiog waantamwog, the
old are wise, ' with the ancients is wis-
dom', Job 12, 12. In the sing, kehche
ayeuonk, the chief place, 2 Sam. 23, 8;
kehcheu wutmshinneunk, the chief fath-
ers [i. e. fatherhood, n. collect.], Num.
31, 26. Cf. keht-; kehtauail.
kehchemugqwomp, n. chief captain.
See mugqwomp.
kehchesonksq [= kehche-sonksqua], a
queen, Esth. 1, 9, 11. See sonksg.
kelichesuonk, vbl. n. a boil, a sore; pi.
-ongash, Job 2, 7. See kehkechew..
kehchippam. See keechippam.
kehchisqua, kutchisqua, an old woman,
Ruth 1, 12; 1 Tim. 4, 7; pi. -rpwog,
Zech. 8, 4; 1 Tim. 5, 2.
kehchissu, kechisu, kehcliis, v. adj.
he is old, superior by age; as n. an
aged person, Gen. 44, 20; Lev. 19, 32;
nuk-kechiw, I am old, Job 15, 10 (nuk-
kechiseu, Luke 1, 18); kuhchitu-it,
'when he is old', Mass. Ps., John 3, 4.
Like the Latin senex, senectus, kehchis
denotes old age entitled to respect,
without associating with it the idea of
decrepitude or senility. Cf. mahtdn-
tam. "Chise is an old man, and kiih-
chise a man that exceedeth in age." E.
Winslow's Relation (1624).
[Narr. kitchize, an old man; pi. -zuck;
kvichinmi, a middle-aged man (i. e. he
is growing old). Micm. kijigS, vieux;
kijigSuik, les vieux. Del. kikey, old,
Zeisb.]
kehchithati, v. i. he forbears or re-
frains from doing (?): niut-sautmumuji
kehchithoii (intinit. ), matta nuk-kehchil-
tohhou (causat.), 'I was weary with
forbearing, I could not stay', Jer. 20, fl;
kehchithaii continued,
suppos. kehchitha&n, if I forbear, Job
16, 6.
kehkechai, n. a sore, 'botch', Deut. 28,
27.
kehkechesu, v. adj. an. he is sore, 'full
of sores', Luke 16, 20 (augm. of keh-
eMsu). Vbl. n. kehkechesuonk, a (run-
ning) sore, a boil, Ps. 38, 11; 77, 2; Job
2,7.
[Narr. n'chtsammam, I am in pain;
nehesamam n'sete, my foot is sore.]
kehketcohkau, v. i. he goes on talking,
talks much. Freq. of kuttao, he speaks,
with 'k progressive. Vbl. n. kehketooh-
kAonk, keketmk-, talk, loquacity, Prov.
14, 23; Eccl. 10, 13; pi. -ongash, 'bab-
blings', 1 Tim. 6, 20. N. agent, -kaen,
a great talker; pi. -kaenuag, Tit. 1, 10.
See kuttm.
kehkomali, kekomati, v. t. an. he talks
about (him), slanders, or speaks re-
proachfully of: nuk-komuk-quog, they
slander me, Ps. 31, 14. Vbl. n. kehko-
maithi, -mwden, a talebearer, a slan-
derer, Prov. 18, 8.
[Cree keeg&mayoo, he scolds him(?).]
keht-, keiht-, in comp. words chief,
principal, (relatively) greatest. As a
prefix to nouns inan. corresponding to
kehche- before nouns an. See kutche.
[Del. kiltd, great. Abn. "maassa vel
kettt, in antecessum," Rasles.]
kehtadtau, v. caus. inan. he makes
sharp, sharpens, whets (it), Ps. 7, 12;
with inan. subj. -taudmm, it sharpens
(it), Prov. 27, 17; -tauun, he sharpens
it; pass. H is sharpened, inade sharp,
Ezek. 21, 9; suppos. kehtaitawm, if I
whet (my sword), Deut. 32, 41 (ketottug,
a whetstone, Wood). Cf. *caudmpsk.
[Abn. ne-kittadSn, je 1'aiguise; akil-
tadSn, il 1'aiguise; kidadangan, pierre a
aiguiser.]
Kehtanit, Eeihtannit [keht- (in) anit, the
chief or greatest manit], for 'the Lord
God', Gen. 24, 3, 7. With the verb
subst. kehtanitm, keihtannitto, he is (or
it is) the greatest tiumitto; and with the
locative suffix, kehlanito-i.it, the place of
the great manito, or where he is:
hence, probably, Kaut&ntowirit, 'the
great Southwest God,' (R. W.), or
rather his home in the Southwest.
[Del. gttannitotnt, Zeisb. Gr. 37.]
32
BUREAU OK AMERICAN ETHNOLony
iHfl.I.KTIS 25
kehtauatt(?), v. t. an. lie is chief among
or superior to; an n. a chief man; ]>1.
kehtauaog,'' lords', Dan. 5, 23. Rarely
usedandof questionable propriety. N.
agent. ki'lit'imrn,;,. pi. -I'mnnj, 'nobles',
Prov. 8, 18.
kehtequanitch, kehto>q- [keht, vln/nn,:
-nnlch, great, end of, hand], n. the
thumb, Ex. 29, 20; pi. -tchetith, Judg.
1, 6, 7.
[Abn. agliitkXt'-i-etxi, pollex.]
kehtequaseet [kclit, uhquae, -geel, great,
end of, foot], n. the great toe: uk-kehte-
quaseet, his great toe, Ex. 29, 20; Judg.
1, 6, 7.
[Abn. meghitkSesit, ne-ghitkf*it, inon
gros orteil.]
kehtimati, v. t. an. he appoints (him)
over, appoints (him) to office or com-
mand, 2 K. 11, 18; nitk-keitim, I ap-
point (him to rule over, etc.), 1 K. 1,
35; kuk-kfhtim (juoshodtnmwahmog, thou
appointest prophets, Neh. 6, 7. From
ki'lit-, with 'm-au, the formative of an.
verbs of speaking, or of action per-
formed by the mouth; literally, 'he
great-speaks him.'
kehtippitWnaVb, n. an armlet; pi.
-dpecah, Is. 3, 19; 'the bracelet that
was on his arm', 2 Sam. 1, 10; kehtup-,
Gen. 24, 30; kehtettpelendpeash, Ex. 35,
22. From keht-, (m)uhpitthi (arm),
appeu (it remains, or is permanent).
kehtoh, keihtoh, n. the ocean, 'sea',
Gen. 1, 10; Ps. 78, 13; Hag. 2, 6; with
indef. affix, kehtohhan, kehtahhan, any
sea; p\.-hannash, seas, oceans, Neh. 9, 6;
with locat. affix, nnen- kelilnMnnmit, in
the midst of the sea, Num. 33, 8; Prov.
23, 34; kishke kehtnlihuniiit, by the sea,
on the seashore, 1 Sam. 13, 5; Dent.
1, 7. Adj. and adv. krhtahhane, of the
sea: kehtahhan-nuppog, the water of
the sea, Ex. 14, 21. For kehteau, it is
very great, vast; ='k-<i>itt'rni, it is going
on, or is indefinitely extended.
[Narr. kitllum and iivi-lii'-kinii. the sea,
R. W.; kikhonnohk [?], Stiles. Del.
kiilnn, a great river (?); kilfihinni, the
great ocean, Zeisb. (The Del. Indians
called the great river (Delaware) and
bay KiUan ( Kithanne, Hk w. ) ; ' kill lm,>
mink, in the main river', Zeisb. ) Chip.
(Sag.) keteheyalnna, lake; /.r.v/,, -/.v, ,/,,-
kehtoh, keihtoh continued.
gnman, great lake, sea; (Mack.) gitclie-
gumee, sea. Shawn, k'chlkumt'e, sea.]
kehtohhann6muk, n. 'the Hand of the
sea', Ps." 78, 27 (kehtaManomuht,
,Ter. 33, 22;) kclit<tlili<nii<ik, .Mass. Ps.
[=beach(?), 'where the sea goes' (?),].
kehtotan, keiht-, n. a great town, Gen.
10, 12; Rev. 21, 15 (keht-, otan).
[Del. kitdti'ui'y, Zeisb.]
kehtconog, kuht-, n. a ship, Prov. 30,
19; Is. 33, 21; Jonah 1,3; p[.-ogq>i*l<;
keht-mnog, great'vessel (or carrier); cf.
pe-amog. [From verb ' to dig out ' , ' hol-
lowed'; see Ra-sles under 'crever.']
[Narr. kiUmuck; dim. kitonuckfjuese.
Abn. ketSrakS, navire. Menom. kah-
laynemoon. Del. ki totil te wall (pi.)
ships, Zeisb.]
kehtooquanich. See kehtequanitch.
keihchippam. See keechippnm.
keiht-. See keht-.
Keihtamiit. See Kehtanit.
keihtoh. See kelitoh.
kekomaU. See kehkomau.
kekuttoo, v. i. he speaks habitually, has
the faculty of speech. Freq. of kuttco.
kemeu, (it is) secret, private; as adv. 'in
secret', Matt. 6, 4, 6 (kemeyeue, secretly,
C. ; -tit khneayeu-ut, in a secret place,
Job 40, 13); pi. kememgish, secret
things, Deut. 29, 29. With verb subst.
kemeyeum; suppos. kemeyeumuk, or
-yeuuk, when it is secret; as n. a secret,
Prov. 25, 9; Dan. 4, 9. See kommmto.
[Abn. kimiSi, en cachette. Del. kimi,
Zeisb.]
*keminefachick (Narr. ), n. pi. murder-
ers; kuk-kemineantin, you are the mur-
derer, R. W.
ken, pron. 2d pers. sing, thou; XH ken
noh ifoh paont, art thou he who shall
come? Matt. 11, 3; pi. keuaiiaft, you, ye
(El. Gr. 7).
[Narr. kebi; j)l. kn'iioninn.']
kenai, keneh, (it is) sharp, keen, Prov.
25, 18; in comp. kene-, ken-: e. g. /.<-
ompfk, a sharp stone, Ex. 4, 25; keneh-
<ji">//, a sharp knife, Ezek. 5, 1; ki'iki'-
neuhquat/aoyish (freq. pi-), sharp-
pointed things, Job 41, 20 (keniyeue,
sharply, C. ); suppos. kenag, when it is
shar]>, that which is sharp, Is. 5, 28;
Rev. 14,14; 11'ii.wlinik, . . . kenag, the
TKVMBl'LI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
33
kenai, keneh continued,
haft . . . the blade (of a knife), Judg.
3, 22; ihtAitenag, on-both-sides sharp,
two-edged, Prov. 5, 4.
[Illin. nikints, j'aiguise, j'apointis
(Grav. ); kinta, kiiite, kintS, dans la com-
position marquent souvent aiguiser,
apointir. Abn. kaitSix, kaiiSiak, pine;
kanSeio, cela est <5pineux, aigu. Del.
kineu, it is sharp, Zeisb. Voc. 18; kihuxn.
he is sharp (harsh, jealous, etc. ),Zeisl>.
Gr. 167.]
kenaiheau, v. caus. an. he forms (him),
gives him shape, Gen. 2, 7, 19. See
kulikenauweheau (augm.).
keiiam, n. a spoon; pi. -moog, 1 K. 7, 50
(kimndm, quonnam, a spoon or ladle,
C. ). Cf. ken&n; konumuk; koimum.
[Narr. kunfim-miiitog. Abn. ernkSaiin.]
kenau. See kenun.
kenauwameonk, vbl. n. [an arraying or
putting in array (?),] an army, Joel 2,
20; 1 K. 20, 25. Cf. kiihkenauve, or-
derly, in order, in shape.
kenawun, pron. 1st pers. pi. inclusive,
we all of us, i. e. including you to
whom we speak. See nenamm.
keneh. See kenai.
kenepinati, v. t. an. he binds (him), as
by oath or promise, imposes an obliga-
tion on (him); keneep-, keeneep-, suppos.
keeneepinont, Num. 30, 3, 4.
kenepsuonk, vbl. n. a binding of one's
self, a bond or obligation, Num. 30, 3.
keneumunne-ash, n. pi. first-fruits, Lev.
2, 12, 14; augm. kdkeneumunneagh,
Num. 18, 12, 13; kdkenum-, Ex. 22, 29.
See k&kenumunne.
kenogkeneg, -koneg, n. a window.
Gen. 6, 16; Judg. 5, 28; pi. -gatlt, Dan.
6,10 (kenag'kinneg, kunnatequanick, C.) .
kenomp, keenomp, n. 'a captain', John
18, 12; a'brave', a valiant man (kenom-
pde, valiant, valiantly (-paonk, valor,
C.). [Cf. Cliarailii (Caribs), 'magna;
8apienti;e viri', Vespucius, 1497, Nav.
Col., 3, 233.]
[N'arr. ketnomp, captain or valiant
man, R. W. Abn. kinaiibf, kitiai'ihaS
homnie courageux; ne-kinaiilia'i, je suis
brave, geneivux, etc.]
kenompattam, v. t. inan. he looks at, ob-
serves (it), 1 Sam. 1(5, 7.
B. A. E., BULL. 2", 3
kenompsquab, n. an anchor; pi. -abtog,
Acts 27, 29. See ken ithquab; *kunnvsnep.
kenronaii, v. t. an. he speaks (with au-
thority, or as a superior to an inferior)
to (him), he counsels, advises, in-
structs, Ex. 33, 9; Deut. 5, 24; 2 Sam.
17, 15; imperat. 2d sing, kenoas; pi.
kenmncok. Vbl. n. kenoonudonk; pass.
kenm>iinuonk, counsel, advice, Prov. 20,
18. N. agent. ki'naui<ir, a counselor;
pi. -enuog, Job 3, 14 (and kentnsmwa-
enin, Is. 9, 6).
kenugke, 'among', Gen. 17, 10; Lev.
11, 2; kwnmke, Mans. Ps. (Vbl. n. ken-
tigkiyeuonk, a mixture, C. ) The pri-
mary signification is 'mixed' or 'inter-
mingled': kdnukke nmltaanukeg, 'a
mixed multitude', Num. 11,4; =kenuk-
shae mattaiinukeg, Neh. 13, 3. See kenuk-
shaii.
kenuhquab, kenunkquab, n. an an-
chor, Heb. 6, 19; pi. Acts 27, 40. See
tenomptquab.
kenuhtug-quonk, n. 'a nail', Judg. 4,
21; a wooden pin (?) [ken-uhtugq, sharp
wood].
kenuhwheg, n. a nail; pi. -gash, John
20, 25 [kenehlieau, it is made sharp].
kenukkenausu, v. adj. pass, it is mixed
(by animate agency), Dan. 2, 41; as adj.
Prov. 23, 30 (of 'mixed wine').
kenukkinaU, v. t. an. he goes among,
mingles with (them ) ; pi. -aog, Dan. 2, 43.
kenukkinum. See kinukkinum.
keimkshau, kenugshali, v. t. he ia
mixed with (them). From kenugke,
with the characteristic (->h) of invol-
untary action, Hos. 7, 8; Ps. 106, 35;
Dan. 2, 43: ncotaii kenukshau mussegonit,
fire was mingled with the hail, Ex. 9,
24. Adj. and adv. -shde, Neh. 13, 3.
[Narr. wunnlckshan, to mingle; wun-
nickshaas, mingled. Del. gli eke na su,
mixed, Zeisb.]
kenun, kinun, v. t.; with an.obj. kenati,
kinoit, he bears or carries. This ap-
pears to be the earlier form (corre-
sponding to minim, q. v.), from which
kemmnum, -nau, are derived. To it
must be referred uk-kin-i'mli, they bore
him, Mark 2, 4, unless this is mis-
printed for uk-kiiiii.ti-ni'inh, as in Lev.
10, 5; cf. uk-kenin-uh, Is. 40, 11 (nub-
34
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
kem'm, kinun contimiril.
kiiiinn ii-iixkiliiniii. I r:trry a man, C.).
See kdunum.
[Xarr. 'kumi'iifh, I will carry you.]
kenunkquab. Sec /.-< milii/mili.
kenufikwhonk, kin-, n. a pin; pi. -o-
gaah; Ex. 27, 19; 38, 20, 21. From
/term /ami "//itf, sharpened at the point.
kenunnaii, kin-, v. t. an. he carries (an
an. obj.) in his hand or arms; sup-
pos. kdnunnoiit, when he carries (him),
when carrying: - ahtompeh, - a
bow, Amos 2, 15; - rmikkietoh, -
a child, Num. 11, 12. With pronotn.
affixes, iik-kinun-uh, she bears them,
Deut. 32, 11. See kenun.
kenunnum. v. t. he carries or bears
(it) by hand [and therefore improp-
erly used in Is. 53, 4, 11], Mark 14, 13:
kiinnvnum-vp, 'he bare it', Mass. Ps.,
John 12, 6. Of. kenun, koiinum.
keuuppe, swiftly, in haste, Dan. 3, 24;
Is. 5, 26; as adj . -peyeu ; with verb subst.
-peyettco, there is haste, it 'requires
haste', 1 Sam. 21, 8.]
kenuppetu, v. i. he grows fast, Gen. 21,
8, 20; pi. -luog, Gen. 25, 27. From
kemippe, with the formative of verbs of
an. growth.
kenupshau. v. i. he makes haste, he goes
quickly, Eccl. 1, 5; 1 Sam. 17, 48;
imperat. kenupshawh, go thou quickly,
make haste, 1 Sam. 20, 38; 23, 27; sup-
pos. kanupxhont, ki'tuijixhinit, Job 9, 26;
Prov. 7, 23. Adj. and adv. keimpxhi'ii',
swift-going: -- kuhtmnogquash, 'swift
ships', Job 9, 26; kenuppe
peyaog, 'they come with speed swiftly',
Is. 5, 26 (k&nupishAe, very swiftly, Dan.
- 9, 21). Augm. and intens. kogkemtp-
sluiii, he goeo swiftly; suppos. kaki-imj>-
thonl, (when) going swiftly, 'swift of
foot', Amos 2, 15; neg lnl;m n/ixliniili-
chey, they who arc swift, Amos- 2, 14;
Jer. 46, 6.
[Aim. M-ki'rluirXkki; je me depeche it
faire cela.]
kepenum, v. t. he harvests (corn, fruit,
etc.); imperat. 2d sing. /../i..<A, har-
vest it, 'reap', Rev. 14, 15; suppos.
]>ass. iuan. ki-jii'iuiiiiuk, when it is har-
vested, in (time of I harvest. Kx. :>4, 21.
Vbl. n. ki-jn iiiiiiinin ul;. harvesting. the
harvest, Jer. 8, 10; Kev. 14, 15.
[Narr. kepeni'ititiiiln, to rather IMI-II.]
kepshau, v. i. he falls; - ulikeil, he
falls on the ground, Mark il, 20; pi.
kepxImiMj, they fall. Is. S, I'll.
kes-. See knxxi -.
kesanohteau, kesatiooteau, v. i. it is
ripe; suppos. )< /.i-xiimntag, that which
is ripe, Is. 18, 5; pi. nixli tetanmtagitH,
Jer. 24, 2 (h-xniuiijjtii, ripe, ('.).
kesantam, v. i. (and t. inan.) he has a
purpose, purposes, intends: uiikki-xnii-
tam, I purpose, 1 K. 5, 5. Vbl. n.
-tamuonk, purposing, a purpose, Eccl.
3, 17; 8, 6. kexi-, kes- (or kum-, kits-) in
comp. words has the force of 'fully',
'completely ', or sometimes simply aug-
ment., 'very much.'
[Abn. kesi, tres. Del. gixrlii, kixclii,
done, ready, Zeisb.]
kesittae, adj. and adv. cooked, prepared
for eating (i. e. completed or finished;
see kealean): kesittae ireyaug, 'boiled
meat', 1 Sam. 2, 15 (kestae weymis, C. ).
[Narr. nuttlriiij kivn'iti'inann, is there
nothing ready boiled?; u-ugsfninn ////. !*-
(, too much boiled or roasted. Abn.
kixi'ilf- "to, cela est-il cuit? Del. kixflii-
loon, to make (it) ready, Zeisb.]
kesittu, v. i. he is full grown, he has
finished growing, Gen. 38, 14; pi. -nog,
Judg. 11, 2. (With inan. subj. /,rs/.i/,
q. v.) Cf. kesleau, it is finished.
kesteau [knittt'tin'], v. i. it is finished,
completed, made complete: (HKikniixii-
onk kixtn'iii-ini, the work is finished. 1
K. 7, 22 (sometimes used as v. t. inan.;
ke*ti'<tu-tn>, he finishes it, he creates it,
Jer. 31, 22; kexteawmi ii-<ii-tiii<ik<uixiiuk,
to finish his work, John 4, 34) ; suppos.
noh keslewd; he who makes complete,
'the creator', Is. 40, 28. With an.
obj. ke:lie<ifi, q. v. (l.-mt<>iiiiii(il, to fin-
ish, C.)
[Abn. Hc-kfxi'tXii. j'acbcve <|uelijue
chose. Cree ki'i'sflon; he linislu's it.
Narr. irm-ki'txitin ni'i/mii, he made the
litrht: tunum l.-nnHinini-iii ki'i-xiirk, who
made the heavens? Del. ;/i 7i, /,,, it
is done, finished, Zeisb.]
kesteauonk, -teoonk, vbl. n. a making
complete, 'creation', Mark 13, 19.
kesteausu, v. adj. an. it is made com-
plete, 'it is finished', John 19,30; sup-
pos. 1,-i'xti-inixik, made complete, a 'crea-
ture', Rom. 1, 25.
TRUMBl'I.I.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
35
kesuk, n. (1) the visible heavens, the sky,
Gen. 1,1. (2) a day: pagukkeeuk,inose
day, Gen. 27, 45; 1 Sain. 2, 34; i/imuu
kextik, all the day long, Ps. 25, 5; 71, 15;
]>1. -kijnttgh; iiiiiiiatnsli ketukgwuh, many
days, Is. 24, 22 (but more commonly
used, nuochetikquinogok; see quinne)',
suppos. ki'Kid-nk, when it is day, on a
day: ne kemikok, on that day, Gen. 21, 8;
yen kesukok, on (or within) this day,
today, Ps. 95, 7; Ex. 2, 18; pi. kesuk-
nkixli; iisekemtkokish, every day, daily,
Is. 51, 13; Ps. 145, 2. Adj. and adv.
kesiikqude, of heaven, Ps. 78, 23, 24; of
the day, Jer. 31, 3">: kixukijin' m-i/iuti, a
light by day.
kfmik by its form appears to be the
euppositive or participial of a verb ki-xti,
or with inan. subj. kfxin (kniain), it
warms or is warm. Though this verb
is not formed separately in the indica-
tive, it may be traced in the prefix kus-,
kussa- (q. v. ), in the passive form kus-
sittmi, he is heated, made warm (as n.
heat of the sun), and in the verb-adj.
an. kesmsu (kesoosinneal, to be warm,
C. ). Hence in other dialects the name
of the sun as the source of heat:
Abn. kizSs (comp. nekisSSs, je suis
chaudement); old Alg. kijis ( = kezhis);
Chip. ge'zw, kesis (cf. ge'zhik, sky;
ge'zhikod, day); Menom. kay-shoh (cf.
kaij-sha'ick, sky); Mnh. keexogh, Edw.;
Del. ijixrliiii-li, etc. The same radical,
probably, is found in kesaiwhteau
(kesanncuta, C. ), it is ripened; kesteau
(Cree k(esitou-), he perfects, com-
pletes, and with an. obj. kezheail (Cree
ki'fxi'lidi/uo, he finishes), he makes,
'creates', gives life to; kruukin, it grows
to maturity, is full grown, is ripe; and
with an. subj. kt'xiltn in all which
there is an apparent reference to the
sun as the source of vital warmth and
of mature development :>i animal and
vegetal life. Sansk. /.-(is and ktU ( lucere,
splendere); kus (splendere).
[Xarr. kirmick, the heavens, K. \V.
(ki'rxk, Stiles); keesuckqiidi, by day, K.
W. Peq. keezuk, Stiles. Abn. kizSkS,
jour; le ciel, 1'air. Chip, gf'zliik, <j<--
zick, sky. Menom. k<tii/<li<ii<-k, sky.
Shawn. l;e-sa-ke, day. Micm. kixli-
k8k, aujourd'hui. Del. gischuch, sun;
gu, day, Zeisb.]
kesukod, as n. daytime, the day, as a
measure of time (i. e. while day is),
Gen. 1, 5, 13, 16; opposed to nnkon, the
night season, Gen. 1, 5; pi. kmi/.-iiilinf/i,
Dan. 8, 14, 27. Adj. and adv. kimkoMe,
-ddev, in the daytime, by day, Ex. 13,
21; Job 5, 14: kemikodlaeii kn/i ituk-
ktiiuii'H, by day and by night, I's. 1, 2
(kexukoMr knit uukkuiKii'. Josh. 1, 8);
tesuUcAttae, C'.
kesukodtumash, n. pi. days, in the
sense of years [kotitumm-asli] or as
measuring long periods of time, Deut.
11, 21; Job 14, 1 : tohtthiniiuli iik-ki-mikodt-
urnash, how many are his days? Ps. 119,
84.
kesukquieu, (it is) toward heaven,
heavenward (El. Gr. 21).
[Xarr. './,</;, upward.]
kesukun, v. i. it is mature, full grown,
ripe: kepemimmonk kesukun, 'the har-
vest is ripe', Rev. 14, 15. With an.
subj. kesittu (q. v. ); suppos. pajeh
kesukit, till he is (full) grown, Gen. 38,
11.
[Del. gisehi, kischi, ready, done; gi#-
chiecheii, it is ready, done, finished;
gi fchi gu, he is born, Zeisb.]
ketassoot, n. king, Cant. 7, 5; Is. 6, 5;
pi. -/amvog, Josh. 10, 5; Job 3, 14 (tah-
scolamirog, kings, Gen. 35, 11). Vbl.
n. keld^wtammoik, a kingdom, Matt.
5, 20 (assmtamdonk, Dan. 5, 31; 7, 27;
tahsmtammonk, pi. -ongash, Zeph. 3, 8;
Hag. 2, 22).
[Quir. kottaitoodamauok, 'princes',
=Achen>diiauk, Pier. 35.]
keteahheail, v. caus. lie giveth life to,
maketh live, 'quickeneth': uk-ketfah-
o/i, 'he quickeneth them', John 5, 21;
kuk-ketmheli, thou quickeneth me, Ps.
71, 20.
keteahogkou [kelede-hogk], n. a living
creature, a living body or personality
(seeltoyk): ijomantaiim;- keteahogfakmnti,
he becomes (-unmi) a living soul, Gen.
2, 7; /iniiiiiiilaniire kiiii'ilnii/ki'm, a living
creature, Lev. 11, 46; life, Deut. 24, 6;
the soul, the spirit, Is. 42, 1; Gen. 14,
21; 34, 8 (ketfaltngkait, a soul, C.).
keteau, v. i. (1) he is alive, he lives, or is
quick, implying the possession of vital
energy or of animation; comp. fiumnn-
tinii; i 2 I he is in good health, he is re-
covered from sickness, 2 K. 20, 7; la.
30
m-KKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
keteau continued.
:',!>. 1: intij /iixh Ici-teaog, they shall re-
cover, Mark 16, 18; 0*7 komjl. >'/',
(augm.), is he well?; <'*</ kii>'tm, he is
well, (ifii. L'!, 6; sun voh nnk-ki'ti-'im,
shall 1 recover? 2 K. 8, 8, 9. Adj. and
adv.. ki-triii; of life, in life: matug,
'tree of life', Prov. 13, 12; tolike-
kinii, 'fountain of life', Prov. 13, 14;
'quick', Num. 16, 30. Vbl. n. ketea-
onk, living or lieing alive; the life prin-
ciple or vital force; 'the soul' (i. e. the
life), Job 12, 10; uk-keteaank weyaut
wusquelit'niiijinilt, 'the life of the flesh
[is] in the blood', Lev. 17, 11. See
[Narr. nie-keetem, I am recovered;
konkeelfAug, they are well. Abn. kighe ,
il se redonne la vie.]
ketcohomom, v. i. he sings, recites in
song: inik-ketathowom, I sing, Ps. 57, 7;
with an. obj. ketaohomaitau, he sings to
(him) or tells by song; pi. -ainaiidog,
they sing to (him), 1 Chr. 16, 33; sup-
pos. kodtmhamont, pi. -oncheg, Eccl. 2, 8.
Adv. and adj. ketoohomae, -hamwde, of
singing, of song, 2 Sam. 19, 35; Neh.
7, 67. Vbl. n. ketmhomdonk, a singing,
song: wame ketmhom&e uk-ketoohomaon-
gah (pi.) Durid, all the psalms (sing-
ing songs) of David [title of the psalms
in meter]. N. agent. ketoohomwAen
(indef. -watnin), a singer, 1 Chr. 6, 33.
Cf. kuttco, he speaks; ketcokau, he goes
on speaking, he talks. See anmhom.
[Abn. kiSahadS, il chante.]
ketcokau, v. t. an. he tells (him), he
goes on speaking to (him), 2 Sam. 20,
18; imperat. 2d sing, ketmkcuh, 1 Sam.
3, 10; suppos. pass, ahquompi ne adt
kekelmkomiik (freq.), a time for speak-
ing [when it is to be spoken], Eccl. 3, 7.
From kullm, he speaks, with 'k progres-
sive.
[Narr. keknllo ki'innln, let us speak
(talk) together; knllokuxli, speak.]
kezheail, v. t. an. he perfects, completes,
finishes, (him), 'creates', Gen. 1, 27;
5, 1: imk-kezfh, )ik-ke:lierh, I create
him; pret. iiiik-ki':lii'niii/i. Is. 54, 16; sup-
pos. noh kezlii'nnl. he who makes com-
plete, who creates, Gen. 5, 1. With
inan. obj. h'xli-im (q. v.).
[Cree ki'i'xilnii/oo, he finishes him;
O, he begins him. (See in
kezheaxi continued.
Howse, Cree (ir., pp. 19, 20, and 84,
verbs of making' in -ki'i'inn, -kiiti'ii/mi,
and -Maw.) Abn. ni'-kifltin, j'aeheve
quelque chose; (with an.olij.i m--kixi-
Im'ii. \M.kixi-ltilnn.\w makes, prepares
(something) ; ki*<-lii, ready, ddiie: //.<// /-
toon, to make sDinetliing ready: kixflii-
-li,n.\\ is ready, done, linished. Xeisb.]
kinou. See I;, ni'm.
*kinukkinum, v. t. he mixes or mingles
(one thing with another), C. ; suppos.
kiiiiikkiiink, when he mixes it; and sub-
stantively, a mixture, the kliini/.-imiii-
and killikiiinii' of western tribes, to-
bacco mixed with the bark of the red
osier (Cornus sericea) or leaves of bear-
berry (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi). Cf.
l;i'tiugke.
[Del. gli eke ni can, anything to mix
with, mixture, Zeisb.]
kinun. See kein'm.
kinunnail. See keminnau.
kishke, (it is) by the side of, near to, by:
kifhkf may-ut, by the wayside, Gen. 38,
14, 21; ki*hke-tnk, by the riverside,
Num. 24, 6; Ezek. 47, 6, 7; kixhkr i'yau,
he came near to, etc., Dan. 8, 17.
[Abn. kikatsisi, contre quelque chose,
joignant quelque chose, lelongdu bord
de la riviere; ket*!8i, tout proche. Del.
giechgi. Chip. 1<'liiijfii'i or trl<i<j. Cree
rhi'eke, close by, near, nigh, by.]
kishki, (it is) broad, great frdm side to
side: ktitotan mixxi huh kifhkl, the city
(was) large and great, Neh. 7. 7: mixh,--
kithkae, broad, wide (absolutely, or as
opposed to narrow), Is. 33, 21; Matt.
23, 5; suppos. ne kishkag (koxlikaii, knx-
/."'/), the breadth of it, its breadth or
width from side to side, Job 37, 10;
Ex. 26, 2, 8 ( = ne <mmhqiii-kSlikn<j, Ex.
25, 10).
[Abn. StaAmirketktffS, il est troj) large,
trop ample (e. g. a garment); keske,
large, eela Test.]
kishkunk, n. : "I kixlikxiik, under a tree,
(ien. IS. 4, s. See imlitui/.
kishpinum, kusp-, v. t. he ties (it)
firmly, binds close, makes fast. From
kupp! (close, fast), with the formative
(-num. with an. obj. -nau) of verbs de-
noting action of the hand; imperat. 2d
sing. kiK/iiiinxli, I.-IIH/I-, Prov. ti, 21; pi.
kixhiiinirik. 1 Sam. 6, 7; with an. obj.
TRL'MBl'LL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
37
kishpinum, kusp continued.
iik-kigh]>in-mth, they tied them, 1 Sam.
6, 10. ( Vbl. n. kifhphioonk, binding, C. )
kishpissu, -ussu, v. i. he ties or fastens,
makes fast; and pass, he is tied, made
fast, Matt. 21, 2; pi. -anoy, they are tied,
2 K. 7, 10. Vbl. n. kixlipixxn/mk, pi.
-ongnsh, bonds, Ezek. 3, 25; Job 38,31.
[Narr. kspiinsh, pi. kxp/'i nemoke, tie it
fast. Cree ktchepisnoo, he is girt.]
*[kissittashau, v. i. he sweats;] mtfr-
kixxithuthom, I sweat, C. See kuxxitteau.
*Kitan (for Krhtanit), the great god
(ntanit). See*Kaut^in(owirit, Kehtanit.
kitchewewes [kfhchi 1 mires], n. the great
owl, Lev. 11, 17; = kf-hche kaohkmkhaus,
Deut. 14, 16. (Strix virginiana?)
kitchisahshau (?), v. i. he falls into the
fire, Matt. 17, 15.
*kitonckquei (Narr.), v. i. he is dead:
suppos. 2d sing, kiionckquian, when thou
diest [shalt die]; 3d pi. -quthettit, when
they die; pret. (intens. ) kakitimi-lci/iu'-
bmi, 'they are dead and gone'; ptu'ixit-
irnt kit<n'ki]ni"Yi, 'he can not live long'
[he is near dying], R. W. Apparently
from kete&onk (vbl. n. from keteau,
q. v. ), the life, with the formative of
verbs of going; keteaonlcq&eu, life goes.
In the Abnaki, a verb adj., from the
game base, kftai'iSsS, signified both a
dead person and a specter or the appari-
tion of the dead (answering to rhepy,
q. v. ); "nn qui est mort, gi on parle de
lui, dicitnr k<'tui'i<Wn; un mort qui
reviens apres sa mort, k'tai'iSxS" Rasles.
kitshittau, = kutrhixxiltdit, he washes
(it). Sec kllt'-llixxllllKli'l.
kitteamonteanumati, v. t. an. he pities,
is kind to, shows mercy to (him); im-
perat. 2d sing, -inonrh, Zech. 7, 9; pi.
-megk, Job 19, 21 ; snppos. noli kudlmii-
onteiiiniiiKiiit, he who is merciful, who
pities, Gen. 19, 16; Prov. 19, 17. Vbl.
n. pass, kltteiiiiiiiiili'iiiiittiiinik, compas-
gion, mercy, Num. 11, 15 (nuk-kittea-
monteanitteam, \. i. I pity; kittumong-
keneankf/uat, (when he is) miserable,
pitiable; kuttumung, sadly, C. ). See
IcutamunginecKau; tuthtmungee,
[Abn. ne-ketcmanyhfrmaii, j'ai com-
passion de lui.]
kitteashe. tuli kitttnxlir, lull kiittatihifli,
how many times? 1 K. 22, 16; 2 Chr.
18, 15. See
kittumma. See kii
kiyunk, n. 'the cuckoo', Lev. 11, 16;
but in Deut. 14, 15, kukkow is trans-
ferred.
ko, koh, may he regarded as the present
imperfect or continuing present tense
of an irregular and defective verb of
existence. It signifies not merely he
(or it) is, but connotes prior existence,
he continues to be; k, in this as in
derivate verbs, denoting continuance or
progression. Past existence was ex-
pressed by mo (q. v.), which we may
call the preterite absolute of the same
verb, signifying it was and is not, and
therefore not properly employed in
speaking of that which continues to be.
Eliot has in some instances combined
ko and mo, and ko and pish, to express
the past (aorist) and future tenses of
the verb 'to be': nuh koh mo, no koh,
noli paont, ' who was, and is, and is to
come', Rev. 4, 8; so ken nukoh [=noh
koh~\ m6, ken nukoh, kenpadan [and ken
nukoh pi'o/i], Rev. 11, 17; 16, 5; nenukoh
[for nen noli koh], I am, i. e. I who con-
tinue to be; and neen nukoh, I am, Mark
13, 6; monko [for mo ne kohl] nnili, it
wag so, Gen. 1, 7, 9, 11, etc.; knh iil//ih
ko ii-i<t<tf>iii, 'and where is he?' Job. 14,
10, where ko serves as an auxiliary to
irutupin.
kobhamuk, kopp6-, suppos. pass,
(inan. ) of kupp!, stopped, closed.
kobpaonk, vbl. n. an inclosure or shut-
up place, a 'haven', Acts 27, 8; Gen.
49, 13.
kobpog, suppos. of kupp!; as n. a haven,
Gen. 49, 13. See koppomuk.
kobpohsheau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it goes
into a haven or place protected: /,//-
tmwiij kiiti/Kilixlii-ini, 'the ship was at the
land', John 6, 21.
kobshagkinit, suppos. when lie is shut
up; as n. a prisoner; pi. -itclieg, Is. 42, 7.
kobshagkinittuonk, vbl. n. a being
shut up, a prison (pi. -onyasli), Is. 42, 7.
kod, with a verb, signifies intention, pur-
pose, wish, desire, and sometimes gives
to the suppositive present the force of
the paulo-post-future, as uttoli kod iixxcil,
what he is about to do, Gen. 41 , 28; kuil-
ayimog, when you intend (are about) to
build, Luke 14, 28; kod niililing, 'he
was about to sail', Acts 20, 3; with the
38
SCREAK OK AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[nn.i.KTix 25
kod continued.
indicative, nu-tod-waantam, ' I will be
wise'. Bod. 7, 23; sup|M>s. koili'xin,
twheiO'thouseekesttogo', 1 K. 11, 22.
[Xarr. kdtofi eiifecluin; 'she is falling
into travail', i. e. is about to be deliv-
erv<l. Aim. kmli'iffi, inan. subj. h'llitti.
" nota futuri, vel pot ins ad exprimen-
<luin je veux, atin que, sur le point de,"
llasles. Del. ii'gnttu, I will (from ijnt-
tn/iu'ii, to want, will, desire); gottn, he
willeth, Zeisb. Gr. 162. In the Chip,
and Cree M (before a vowel, k(id) or gd
has apparently lost its desiderati ve force
and l>econie a prefix or auxiliary of the
simple future indicative. See Baraga,
88; Howse, 199.]
kode.huki, (it is) a piece, ora part of (it),
Judg. 9, 53; Dan. 5, 5, 24; 'a morsel'
(of food), Prov. 23, 8: h>d<-l,nkMik
(kodeliuki-trinq), '& potsherd', Job 2, 8
(kodi'linhki iri'i/uim, a piece of meat, C. ).
kodsheau, v. i. inan. subj. it falls out (of
it), as a sword from its sheath, 2 Sam.
20,8. C'f. hull hi ii urn, he pulls (it) out.
kodtantam, v. t. he desires, longs for,
wishes (it). From koil, with the form-
ative of verbs of mental state or dispo-
sition; nuk-kodlanturii, 1 desire (it), Job
33, 32; imperat. 2d sing. <tln/i- kndlnii-
tash, do not desire, Prov. L'.S, :i. Ybl. n.
hxttantamoDonJc, desire, will, Prov. 18,-1;
Rom. 7, 18. With an. obj. kodtniniindii,
he desires or longs for (him); suppos.
kodlAnumadt, 'if thou hast a desire unto
her', Deut. 21, 11.
[Xarr. nmltadntnin or iii-nttili-nni, I
long for it. De\.yntt<it<iiiifii. he desires.]
kodtantupont, kodto-, n. the top or
crown of the head, Gen. 49, 2<>: Deut.
33, 16, 20; Job 2, 7.
[Aim. Xxxkitttii'tfhi, au-dessus de la
tete; SskitsiS!, dehors, au-dessus de; b'/ti'
(in antecessum), avant, aujutravant,
Rasles.]
kodtauwompasu (?), v. i. act. he sells or
barters; imperat. 2d sing, -/mxli, > K. 4, 7;
suppos. mih IfMllaiiiiiii/Hixit. he u ho sells.
a seller. K/.ek. 7, 12. N. agent. b,,l-
liiiiiiiii/Hixiii-n, Is/ek. 7, 1.'!.
kodtinneau (?), v. i. he faints: pi. -taog,
Is. 40. :;n.
kodtinnum, v. t. he draws or pulls (one
thing out (jf another i : ii<i
kodtinnum continued.
Hut-tiM/kiiilli'ii. I draw i out i my sword,
Ex. !.">. !l; l:iiilliiniiiiii niii-iin, /.!.-<. he drew
off his shoe, Huth 4, S; snpjKis. noh
Hui-iiKikix l.'inlliiiii/.-. lie who draws off his
shoe, 'that hath his shoe loosed", Deut.
25, 10; imperat. 2d sing. l;i>i/liiiii.*li.
-tiiinixlt; with an. obj. knillinnaii, 1;<><!-
nni'i, he ]nills (him) out; imperat. 2d
pi. tMnmk inttch a>tau-nt, pull him
out of the fire, Jude 23; with pron.
affix, kuil inii'li, pull thou me out, Ps.
31, 4. From kmlt-, with formative of
action performed by the hand. Cf.
koilxlii'tiii, it falls out of.
[Abn. ne-kfteiicmen, je tire (manu),
v. g. line epine du doigt; l;i'tlii</mi, tire-
bourre.]
kodtompskoag, as n. the top of a rock,
the summit of a cliff or crag, 2 Chr. 25,
12.
kodtongquag, suppos. inan. as n. a pile,
that which is heaped high, by placing
one above another, 'a heap', Ex. 15, 8.
From kuilt- and onktrftau. See
quag.
kodtcohamont, j)l. -rmcheg, singers,
Eecl. 2, 8; suppos. of ketmhomnimi'i.
kodtuhk6e (?), suppos. kodtuhkuag, -oh-
ki'iaij, a summit or high place, the top
of a hill, Ex. 19, 20; Cant. 4, 8; Is. 57, 7;
Jer. 49, 16.
*kodtukquom-unat, v. i. to be sleepy, C.
From koil i dcsiderat. ) and iniiiiikquom-
iiinil, to dream; to be inclined to dream.
[Xarr. tikdlni/iinu/ii, I am sleepy.
Abn. taddxS, il a sommeil. Del. n',/ni-
ti'n/ijii-iui. I am slee])_v, Hkw.]
kodtumoo, (it is) a year, Lev. 25, 5;
Deut. 14, 22; Luke 2, 41; pi. -matdxlr,
suppos. ki'iilliniiiik, -rnrnk, 2 K. lit, I'll;
Luke 13, 7. Adj. and adv. kotltinnin'ie,
of a year, yearly, Lev. Hi. .",4; 25, 53:
iiixliu'f kiitltiiniiriii' kogkodtumwae ( fre(|. ),
'three years [i. e. three times yearly],
year alter year', 1 Sam. 21, 1. For
ijiillnnnm, it measures or is a measure;
suppos. /'""'/""<"'/.'(?). See ijiiltiihli/nii.
[Xarr. iii/iiilti-riiiili'iiitiiio, one year.
Abn. iii'kxtxi-i/Hili n. iiiisxi-yaden, one year,
two years. Del. <VI//.T,T//, year, Camp.;
ijni-liliii, /eisb. Shawn. knt'o.~\
kodtumwohkom, v. i. from hnlli'iiiini,
with the formative of verbs of progress
TKl'MBCLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
39
kodtumwohkom continued.
(-)ikom), he goes from year to year;
(with a numeral or indefinite quantita-
tive) he is years old: nabo-neene
kodtumwohkom, she is twelve years old,
Mark 5, 42.
[Narr. toh kutteaxhe kodtumwohkom,
how many years old are you?]
kodtuppoo, v. i. he is hungry, Is. 44,
12; Matt. 4, 2; pret. nuk-kodtup [for
-upup (?)], I was hungry, Matt. 25, 35,
42; suppos. kadlupvul, kodt-, when he is
hungry, Mark 2, 25; Is. 58, 10. From
kod, desiderative, and -uppa> (v. ge-
neric), he eats, he longs to eat.
[Narr. n'cAttup, I am hungry; wun-
nanc&Uup, I am very hungry. Del. knt
to pu 'i, to hunger, Zeisb.]
*kogkah.qutteau, v. i.: nuk-kogkahqut-
teain, I counsel or advise, C. ; with an.
obj. kngkohkooivau, he gives counsel (to
him),C.
kogkeau, kogkewau, v. i. he is mad,
insane, beside himself, 1 Sam. 21, 14;
John 10, 20 (kakewau, Mass. Ps.): kuk-
kogke'i (pres. actual), thou art beside
thyself; matta nuk-kogke-oh (negat. ), I
am not mad, Acts 26, 24, 25; suppos.
noli kogki'nit, he who is mad; pi. -eacheg,
Matt. 4, 24; suppos. pass. inan. as n. kag-
ke&muk, madness, being mad, 1 Sam.
21, 13. Vbl. n. kogkeaonk, madness.
N. agent, kogkeaen, indef. -aenin, a mad-
man. Adv. kogke, kogkee (kogkeae, C. ),
madly, of madness. Vb. adj. kogkeesu,
he does madly, he is actively mad,
'lunatic', Matt. 17, 15.
*kogkeho6ponat, v. i. (infln. ) to be
drunk [?], C.
[Cree kfeekwaypayoo, he is drunk.]
kogkeissippamwau, -amou, v. i. he is
drunk, Ps. 107, 27 (suppos. kiikexup-
/milt, when he is'drunk, Mass. Ps. ); im-
porat. ahijue kogkesupamwish, don't be
drunk, C. Vbl. n. -amtnonk, drunken-
ness, Deut. 29, 19. N. agent, -amwahi,
a drunkard, I'rov. 26, 9.
kogkeusquau (v. i. she is a mad woman),
a harlot, Is. 23, 15, 16; pi. -Sfjuiiog,
Prov. 7, 10. Vbl. n. kogkeiuquawonk,
harlotry, 'lasciviousness', Mark 7, 22.
kogkewau. Si >. kogttau.
kogkohsum, kogoxum, kogkohkus-
suin, kuhkussum, v. t. he cuts in
kogkohsum, etc. continued.
shape, carves, engraves, fashions by cut-
ting (it), Zech. 3, 9; (infin.) Ex. 31,5;
35, 33; suppos. noh n6htoe kohkokAimt,
he who skilfully cuts, who has 'skill to
grave', 2 Chr. 2, 7. Vbl. n. kogoj-um-
monk, carving, 'graving', Zech. 3, 9.
Adv. and adj. kogo.i-umwe, kogoksumwe,
by carving or graving, carved, graven,
2 Chr. 34, 4, 7; Jer. 51, 47, 52.
kogkopsau, (he is) deaf, Lev. 19, 14; Is.
29, 18; suppos. kdkobsarU, kogkobsont,
Ex. 4, 11; Ps. 38, 13; pi. -oncheg, Is.
43, 8 (kogkopsae mehlauog, a deaf ear,
C. ): kohkobsahtauog, pi. -ogash, deaf
ears, Is. 35, 5, = wuhtauogash kuppiye-
uash (closed ears), Mic. 7, 16. From
kuppi, closed, fast, with augm. redupl.
and intr. an. formative, 'su ko-kup'su,
he is shut close. See kuppohoxu.
[Narr. n'cupsa, I am deaf. Abn. ne-
gaghepsa. Del. gegepchoat, a deaf per-
son, Zeisb.]
kogkouequau, -quaou, v. i. he sleeps
(lightly), he slumbers, Ps. 121, 3, 4.
Vbl. n. -quAonk, slumber, light sleep,
Prov. 24, 33.
kQgkounogohquohhou, -ogkahquoh-
hou, n. a thistle, 2 K. 14,9; 2 Chr. 25, 28.
Cf. k6nukkehtuhwhau, he pierces, pricks.
kogkounum, v. t. he withholds (it);
with an. 2d obj. he withholds (it) from
(him); knk-kogkiiiniiniiau, thou with-
holdest (it) from him, Job 22, 7. From
kogkussohkoag, n. a high place; pi.
-gish, 1 Sam. 13, 6. Augm. of kussoh-
koag, suppos. of kussohkdi, high.
kogoxum. See kogkdtisum.
kogsuhkoag, n. ; pi. -+-ish, 'hills', Luke
23, 30 (for kogkwssohkoagish).
koh. See k<i.
kohkatoon, kohketoon. See kuhkuttmn.
kohkodhumaii, v. i. he chews the cud;
negat. mutla kolikodhummou, he does
not chew the cud, Deut. 14, 8, = matta
oncltiUamauco, Lev. 11, 7; suppos. koh-
kodhiiiiiniil, Deut. 14, 6, = otichittamont,
Lev. 11, 3; pi. -oncheg, Deut. 14, 7.
Cf. onchittamau,
kohkoncoaii, v. t. an. he denies (him).
Sec ijiif'iiwirilit.
kohkuhquag [suppos. of kuhkuhqueu, it
goes up], n. the top (of a hill or ascent),
40
BURKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25-
kohkuhquag continued.
a summit, Cent. 34, 1 ; a heap (of
\\ liters), Josh. 3, 13.
kohkuttcon. = kulikuttant, he thirsts.
kohnkan. (there is) drought, v. impers.
as n. Deut. 8, 15; en net'/iimm kunkanit,
in the drought of summer. Cf. knh-
kutlion [kiild--, ii-nttnm, dry, mouth], he
thirsts.
*kohunk (Peq.), a goose, Stiles. See
*honrk.
kommcoto, kummcoto, v. i. and t. inan.
he steals, Gen. 31, 19; Matt. 6, 20; pi.
-towog, Matt. 6, 20; imperat. of prohib.
2d pi. kommmluhkon, do. not steal, Ex.
20, 15; Mark 10, 19; suppos. pass, inan.
ne koinmaotomuk, that which is stolen,
Gen. 31, 39 (wik-kmiimmt, I steal, C.).
Vbl. n. kinnnicotoii'ijiik, stealing, theft,
Ex. 22, 3; Hos. 4, 2. N. agent, kum-
nuDt<nriii:it (indef. -<it'n!), a thief.
From kfmeu, secretly, by stealth.
[Xarr. kuk-ki'/mmool, you steal; l:n-
m6(jlkick (suppos. pi. ), thieves. Chip.
keutoodetUceh, he is a thief; suppos.
chegernoodid, he who steals, John 10, 1,
10. Abn. kemStene, i\ de"robe. Del.
kimochwen, to steal away privately,
Zeisb.]
komuk (?), n. a building, an (artificial)
inclosure. The primary signification is,
perhaps, that which is built, for other
use than for a dwelling place (,"/, i.
Acts 5, 23: w/,7,, /,<,/,//,, the top of
the house, Is. 22, 1; atkulinvli'ae knmuk-
ijt, in the watch tower, Is. 21, 5; <jun-
nunkijue-konutk, high building, 'tower';
meechumee-komtik, food-house, a barn,
Luke 12, 24 (maayen-koiintk, meeting-
house, C. ).
[Narr. Wtnaauchirc6mock,a chimney,
R. W. Micm. cfini/', u harbor, Kami.
Cf. Abn. -kttmit/8, in k< : t<ikitinli/#, the
niainlanil; ptpcunkomlghek) univers (pe-
iiiii'iiiii.ti, par tout); i././,v/;/ii;//;,/,s' l 'ca-
bane de pieux, a la francaise.' HaMes:
Micm. iiKikliamigueS, terre, Maill.]
kongketeau, v. i. he is in good health,
is well, Gen. 2!l, li. Intens. ..I I.; I,, in.
*konkitchea iNarr. ), as, often (?).
konkont, konkontu, n. (onomatope) a
crow, 'raven', ( 'ant. 5, 1 1 : kiili-liikkoiil,-:,,,!
kniikiiiit~\,[)eut. 14, 14, and (pi.)
raven, ravens, Luke
konkont, konkontu continued.
12, 24 (k'liiijhuit. a cmw, C. K SUHSK.
ktikn, l;iii/n: curnix, kt'iram.
[Narr. ttmkoni, pi. -tiivg. Abn. hiru-
'kani'mvsSy (dimin. ), corneille. Chip.
(Gr. Trav. ) kahgahye, crow; knbr/<ili;/i * ,
raven (?). Meiidin. kiilikdliknii-e, raven.
Shawn, kdh ktlltk ee, crow. Onond. ka/i
kah.1
konkuttoonroonk, vbl. n. thirst, Neh. 9,
15. See Iciilikiilliiiii.
*konooh (Peq.?), bear, Stiles MS., 1769,
= ijiin/i/>itrr> (?).
konukkehtahwhau, v. t. an. he pierce>
or pricks (him) with a sharp instru-
ment; lit. he causes (it) to pierce
(him); pi. -whoog, they pierce; and
pass, they are pierced, Acts 2, 37; with
pron. affixes, iik-ki'ninkknlitulnrhiili, he
pierced him with (a spear), John 19,
34 (suppos. instrum. koimuketuhwheg,
ktiiutiikii/itiiliti'lifg, a spear, Mass. Ps.,
Ps. 35, 3; 47,9).
konuksheau, v. i. inan. subj. it pierces, it
penetrates, 2 K. 18, 21; suppos. htniik-
iixliiink, when it pierces, piercing, Heh.
4, 12.
kdnumuk, that which bears or supports:
olike koMirnuk, ' the pillars of the earth ',
Ps. 75, 3. From keni'm, suppos. inan.
pass.
k6nunnont, suppos. < >i 1;< munKiii, he car-
ries (an. obj. ).
*kopiauss, kupyfis ( Peq. ), a frog, Stile-.
koppdmuk [= Miliiimuk], a haven (that
which is closed), Acts 27, 12.
*k6pposh, n. a sturgeon, C. See *k<ni-
kdshkag, koskag, width or breadth.
Sri- kinliki.
kosliki. See kuxlil;!.
kosittag, kasittag, when it is hot; sup-
pos. of itUMtfou, q. v. *
kdskag. Sec klxliki; kt'mhkui/.
kosukquom (?), n. a witch.
[Abn. t8uigmin,k8ui0ann, -nne jong-
lerie,' etc.; 'le feu fausses observations
ill- fiitnni'. Kasles.]
[kottonkquag, a heap. Mass. Ps., Ps. :!::,
7; km/tin ikijitnij, 78, 13.] Cf. k<i<ll<ni<j-
'/''.'/.' kiilikiilnjiii n.
koueu, kouweu, v. i. he sleeps. (Jen. '1.
21; Matt. H. 24; It, 24; (definit. pres.
k<ini"i, he is asleep, he now sleeps, 1 K..
TRL'MBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
41
koueu, kouweu continued.
18, 27); nuk-kauem, I sleep, Cant. 5, 2;
suppos. 2d sing, kafan, when thou sleep-
est, Kph. 5, 14; 3d sing, noli kn'il, kmrit,
he who sleeps; pi. kaecheg. Vbl. n.
koufonk, sleeping, sleep, Prov. 24, 33;
miiilii'-koiieottk, a deep sleep, Gen. 15,
12. N. agent, kou&uen (indef. -enin), a
sleeper, Jonah 1, 6.
[Narr. (pres. defin.) cowwewi, he is
asleep; counvthvock, they sleep; yd cow-
ish, lodge here; (suppos. ) cdirlt, while
he slept. Abn. ne-ka8i, jedors; kuS, il
dort. Del. gauwiu; participle pres.
(suppos.) gewi, sleeping; gauwin, to
sleep, Zeisb. ; n'gduwi, Hkw. (n'gdwe,
Cass), I sleep.]
koiihquodt, kouhquod, kounkq-, n. an
arrow, Ps. 11, 2; Prov. 25, 18; Job 41,
28; pi. -tosh, 2 K. 13, 15, 18. From
kuiis, a thorn, uhq- (rad. of uhqu&t, at
the point or extremity), pointed, and
uhteau (suppos. inan. ), that which has
a sharp point or is sharp at the end.
[Narr. pi. kauqucdath, Peq. kee-
ffuum, khegunt, Stiles. Abn. kanSeio,
cela est pineux, aigu (arSs, fleche
sans tete; pa'kSe, fleche il tete); kanksk-
ar8s, fleche oil il y a des plumes, etc.
Chip. (Sag.) keenowawkoyn.]
kdtlnum, v. t. he carries, supports, holds
in hand; suppos. kounuk (ne kmumk,
what he carried, 'his carriage', 1 Sam.
17, 22); pi. qunuhtukquatti kounukeg,
they who carry spears, 'spearmen',
Acts 23, 23; freq. kogkmmum, he holds
or carries (it) habitually, continues to
hold or carry (it), as a distaff, Prov.
31, 19; with an. obj. kfmnau, kogk6u-
nofi, < inn. 19, 16; Ps. 139, 10; Rev. 20, 2.
k<5Us, n. a thorn, a briar, Is. 55, 13; 2 Cor.
12, 7; Mic. 7, 4; a bramble, Judg. 4, 14,
15: kinhke ktiiis-sehtu, by the (thorn)
bushes, Job 30, 4. See annnekous.
The radical is uhq, pointed (see uh-
quoKU,), with perhaps the vb. adj. form-
ative -ussu, he is sharp pointed (pi.
-soy), which gives the noun the ani-
mate form.
[Abn. kangis, 6pine.]
kouweu. See koueu.
ko). See krnwa.
kcoche. See kuiche.
ko3chteau, v. t. lie adds to or increases
by progression; primarily a causative,
he makes it progress or go on; infin.
-eaunat, 'to add' (i. e. to go from) one
thing to another, Deut. 29, 19; with
an. 2d obj. nuk-kcochte-oh, I add to him
(years to his life, 2 K. 20, 6). From
kcoche (kutche). See kootnuu.
koohkcokhaus, n. (onomatope) an owl,
Deut, 14, 15, 16; Lev. 11, 16; pi. -sog,
Job 30, 29; kehche (and mishe) kmh-
kookhaus, the great owl, Deut. 14, 16;
Is. 34, 15; dimin. kcohkmkhomwem, the
little owl, Deut. 14, 16, = cohcomous,
Lev. 11, 17. Cf. wewes (screech owl).
[Narr. kok6kehom, oh6mous, an owl.
Abn. kSkSkasS, chat-huant (and kSkassS,
le coucou) . Chip, o-ko-ko-o, ko-ko-ko-o.
Del. gokhoos, owl; gokhotit, a little owl,
Zeisb.]
kookookanogs, n. a bell, Ex. 39, 25, 26
\_-orjquwu, owl-like (?)].
koon, n. snow, Ex. 4, 6; Job 6, 16; Pa.
148, 6. Cf. muhpm, sochepo.
[Narr. c6ne (and s6chepo). Del. gun,
guhn, Zeisb. Chip, kon, aw-kone. Me-
nom. i'oon.]
kootnau, kcotnehteau, v. t. he makes
an addition to (it), increases (it) by
adding (cf. kcochteau) : ahque kmtnish,
thou shall not [do not] add to it, Deut.
12, 32; rnatta uk-kootnau-6-un, lie did
not add (anything or more), Deut. 5,
22; uk-kootnthteau-un, he addeth to it,
Gal. 3, 15; imperat. 2d pi. kmtnehteau-
mk, add ye to (it), 1 Pet. 1, 5.
koowa, koo, n. a pine tree, 'fir', Hos.
14, 8; pi. kajirnii/j. From the same
root as koils, the tree, like the English
pine (pin tree), taking its name from
its pointed leaves, epines, or its general
shape.
[Narr. kfivan; a pine tree; dimin.
kowawe'suck (pi.), young pines. Abn.
kiii', pin; kaftSis, e'piiie, Rasles; modern
Abn. ko-u'a, pine tree, K. A. Del. cu-we,
Zeisb.]
kuhhog, thy body, thy person, thyself,
Matt. 22, 39. See -hog.
kuhkenauwehheau, v. cans. an. (augm.
of ktixiililirnii.) he shapes, fashions,
gives form to (an an. obj.), Job 26,
13; suppos. kitlib-itawweheont, he form
42
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[RCLI.ET1N 25
kuhkenauwehheau continued.
ing (when le forms), Is. 44, 10; pass.
ii. he is formed; pret. /-
i. I was sliapcn, Ps. 51,5.
Adv. kiiltki'iiniiiri; shapely, in order,
orderly, Luke 1, 1,8. With inan. obj.
kuMunomoeliieau, lie shapes or fashions
(it) ;pret.)i/W'H/i ki'innni-i lit* up, I formed
(it), Is. 45, 7. Of. ki'iiiiiiii-iniii'iiiik.
kuhkham. kuhham, v. t. he marks (it)
out; vk-kiihkham-uit, lie marks it out
(nashpe pemunneat, by a line, Is. 44, 13) ;
suppos. instr. [kukkheg] kuUteg, that
which serves to mark with, a line; pi.
nuk-kuhheganaxli, my lines, Ps. 16, 6:
ktthliryin-ehlu, within the lines, 'gates',
Deut. 15, 7; freq. and aiigm. kulikuh-
heg, a (land-) mark, hound, limit, Ex.
23, 31; Prov. 23, 10; Matt. 25, 4; line,
Is. 28, 10 (kuhkehlieg, a rule; adj. kuh-
kuhhegane, regular, C. ).
kuhkinneam, v. t. he observes, takes
note of, marks (mentally or by obser-
vation), Lev. 13, 33; suppos. ki'ihkinnuk;
3d pi. kohkinnumohetlit, Ex. 12, 42 (nuk-
keehkeneam, I view, C.).
kuhkinneasu, v. i. he makes a mark,
distinguishes by mark or observation,
Job 33, 11; imperat. 2d sing, kuhkin-
neagish, mark thou, take note, observe,
Ruth 3, 4. Vbl. n. -asuonk, a mark,
sign, token, Rev. 13, 16; 14, 9; Is. 20, 3;
pi. -ongash, Gal. 6, 17; Pg. 135, 9.
kuhkcDtomaii. v. t. inan. and an. he
points (it) out to, shows, makes known
to (him); kitk-kulikcutoiii-oiixli niog<n/ix/i,
I will show thee mighty things, Jer.
33, 3; tik-kiilikifi/iiiiiiiii-iih, he showed
(it) to him, Ex. 15, 25.
[Xarr. Imk-kakdtemaus, I will show
thee (the way); tokotemimnea indyi,
show me the way.]
kuhkootomwehteaii, v. cans. inan. and
an. he instructs him, teaches (it) to
(him) [iiiik-kiilil.-i<iltiiiiii;lili'iuii, I teach,
C.] N. "agent, kuhbotomwehtedtn, a
t.-uc her, 1 Chr. L'o, 8 (a minister or
schoolmaster, C. ). Vbl. n. -ti'inmk.
teaching, instruction, C.
kuhkuhheg, suppos. instrum. a bound,
landmark, limit. See kulikliniii.
kuhkuhhunk, a boundary; ]>]. -kijuxli.
Gen. 49, 26; suppos. of knliknlilii'im, it
marks, [kulikuimunk, a bound,
Ps. 104, St.]
kuhkuhqueu, v. i. lie goes upward, as-
cends, Ex. 24, 15, 18; Judg. 13,20; sup-
pos. liiiiriiii l.;ilil,iiliijiie'il, who shall as-
cend? etc.. Horn. 10,6. AAv.kulikuhque,
above, higher, Josh. 15, 19; suppos.
inan. klik>ili</iuit/ [kottonlcquaf, Mass.
Ps. 33, 7], (that which goes above,) a
summit, a heap. With inan. subj. kuh-
/.n/ii/xliiii, it goes up, Ezek. 41, 7. Of.
kuhkuhqunaii, v. t. an. he draws him
up; pi. -qunAwj nashpe pemuneohtaiitixli,
they drew (him) up with cords, Jer.
38, 13.
kuhkussum. See kogkohmm.
kuhkuttcon, kohkatoon, kohketcon,
v. i. he thirsts, is thirsty [has a dry
mouth, knhnkan tout-tarn], Judg. 15, 18;
John 4, 13: nub-kohtuitam [/i-W/i-
kittoon, C.], I thirst, Judg. 4, 19; sup-
pos. noh kaukuttcog, he who thirsts, Matt.
5, 6; Is. 55, 1; pi. particip. ncy kau-
knltoagig, the thirsty, they who thirst,
Matt. 5, 6. Adv. and adj. kulikuttamme,
of thirst, thirsty, Is. 41, 17. Vbl. n.
-cmuoonk, thirst, Ex. 17,3; Judg. 15, 18;
kdnhtttconcoonk, Neh. 9, 15.
[Narr. nic-cfiwkatoiie, I am thirsty.]
kuhpeau, v. i. he comes to land, lands
(from a boat); pi. kuhpeog, Acts 27, 43,
44. From kujipi.
kuhpinati, kuhpunati, v. t. an. he
draws (him) out [of the water (?)], Pa.
18, 16: - hctshabpoh (an. ), he draws
the net, John 21, 11. [nuk-kuhpunu&
up, 'he drew me out' (of the waters),
Mass. Ps., Ps. 18, Hi; kulijnui-iiji nxlm-
poli, 'he drew the net', Mags. Ps., John
21, 11.]
kuhpohke, n. [kuppi^oliki', jirotected or
inclosed place] the landing place, the
shore; kuhpohke-it, on the shore, Matt.
13, 2. Of. kobhamuk.
*kuhpohhonk, n. a ladle or spoon (?), C.
kuhp<5hkomuk. See kii/i/ii'ilik<>iiiiik.
kuhpoohhamowonk, a haven, Acts 27,
12. See kiililiiniink; /.ii/ijinlilniiii.
kuhpunati. See kiilipimtii.
kuhquttum, v. t. he designates, appoints
(marks out); inik-kiilii/iilliiiii mjeuonk, I
appoint a place, 2 Sain. 7, 10. Adv. and
adj. kiili'/iilttnitini_', of appointment, des-
ignated, Jer. 8, 7. Of. i]iittuhham, he
measures.
kuhtoonog, =k(littmir>g, a ship.
TRCMBCLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
43
kukkehtaii, kukkeihtati, v. t. an. he
gives attention to, hearkens to, observes
(him). From knlikhani, lie marks(?).
Imperat. 2d sing, tutteitath, Ps. 45, 10
\ahchunutoA, Mass. Ps.]; (2d+latring. )
kukkehhw, hearken to me, Num. 23, 18;
2d pi. noli kakki'itok, to whom, hearken
ye, Dent. 18, 15.
[Narr. kihkiln, hearken thon to me.
Abn. ne-'kiktam, je suis attentif, j'ecoute;
iniperat. kftu, kekSittaiimi, je t'coute,
je t'obeis.]
kukkonashquae(?), adv. and adj.:
m&UOnkqiMminneaeh, 'full ears of corn
in the husk'. 2 K. 4, 42.
kukkow. See kiyunk.
*kumma, adv. lately, C. See kuttumma.
kummcnto. See kommmto, he steals.
*kunam ( Narr. ), a spoon; ph -im'inoy, R.
AV.; ktatndm, yuonnam,C. See kfin'nn.
kunkohteddteae, adv. and adj. of dry-
ness, dry: ohke, dry (i. e. parched
by drought) land, Jer. 50, 12. See
ki'thnkan, (there is) drought.
*kunnatequanick, n. a window, C. See
tenogkeneg,
*kunn6snep (Narr.), n. a killock or
anchor, R. W. See kenuhquab.
kuppadt, kuppad, n. ice, Job 6, 16; 38,
2!t. From kuppi-ohieau; lit. 'when it
is covered' or 'closed up.'
[Peq. kuppat, Stiles. Narr. capAt,
R. W. Del. k' /Kitten, it (e. g. the river)
is frozen up, Zeisb.]
*kuppaquat ( Narr. ) , ' it is overcast ' , i. e.
when it is cloudy, = Jfuppohquodt.
kuppi, (1) (it is) close, shut in, inclosed.
(2) thick, close together. (3) as n. a
thicket (a place where trees grow close
together), a 'wood', Eccl. 2, 6; 'grove',
1 K. 16, 33; 2 K. 21, 3; ktippuhtu, in
covert, Job 38, 40; 'in thickets', Jer. 4,
29; Is. 9, 18; pi. kuppiyeuash, 'groves',
2 Chr. 31, 1. (Sansk. kumb or /,/,,
tegere; Greek Kvnca, 6Ke7r&>; Engl.
keep, cooj). )
[Narr. cuppl-mach&ug, tliick wood, a
swamp, R. W.]
kuppog-ki, (it is) thick: kvli]>f>i/l:n /mli-
kenni, (there is) thick darkness, Deut.
4, 11; p/ixnl; menutcheganil /////,7,-/i//c
kuppogki, (it is) a hand's breadth thick,
2 Chr. 4, 5; suppos. ne k/'ili //at/ok, the
thickness of it (</t'ili/>ogok, K/ek. 41, 9).
Adv. kiijijiiii/ki', Ezek. 41, 2(i.
kuppogki continued.
[Aim. kepaght, (bois) ^pais, en plat;
suppos. kepaghtk. Del. knii<'likn; an.
kopachlcitto, Zeisl i. ]
kuppohham, kuppuh.h.am, v. t. he
stops, stays, closes (it), 2 Chr. 32, 30;
pi. -2 K. 3, 25; Heb. 11, 33; suppos. kob-
hoy, when he stops (it) : noh kobhog, he
who stops (it), Job 38, 37; pi. neg kob-
hogey, 2 Chr. 32, 4; pass. (inan. subj.)
kobhamuk, when it is closed, when it
closes, Josh. 2, 5; Titus 1, 11; with an.
obj. kuppohhai'i, kuppuhhou, he stops
(him). Vbl. n. kuppohhaniooonk, -m6-
ii-nnk, a stopping (place), a 'haven',
Acts 27, 12. From kuppi + mm (ohham ) ,
he goes, [nuk-kuphnni, I shut, C.]
[Narr. kuphomiuin, to shut the door;
k&phash, shut the door, R. W. Abn.
ne-kephamen, je le bouche (un trou).
Del. kpa-lii, shut the door; kpa-hoon, a
door, Zeisb. Voc.]
kuppdhkomuk [kuppi-komuk], n. (1) a
place inclosed, shut in; (2) a place
which is thick-set, where trees are close
together, Deut. 16, 21.
[Narr. cappacommock, "which sig-
nifies a refuge or hiding-place, as I con-
ceive." R. W.]
kuppohosu, kuppuhhausu, v. adj. he
is stopped, stayed, shut in, 1 Sam. 23, 7;
Rom. 3, 19; and v. i. he stops or closes.
Cf. kogkopmu, (he is) deaf.
[Narr. n'eApsa, I am deaf. Abn. ke-
bahaiisS, il bouche cela; gagli/pse, il est
gourd. Del. kpali/isn, Zeisb.]
kuppohquodt, (when it is) cloudy
weather, when the sky is overcast.
Adv. and adj. -rjnurllAe, -ijuodte (?),
cloudy, Ezek. 30, 3. '
[Narr. ki'ippuqn<it.~\
kuppuhham. See kiippuhhinii.
kuppuhhausu. Sec kuppohosu.
kuppuhhou, n. a door, Prov. 26, 14. See
tuppohham.
[Del. kpa-hoon, Zeisb. Voc. 8.]
kupputtoon [=ku}>/>i-i'-iii/ivn, closed
mouth], v. i. he is dumb, speechless:
pish kiikkupputtmn, thou shalt be dumb,
Luke 1 , 20; pret, ktipputtam-up, he was
speechless, Luke 1. 22.
kupshagkineasuonk, vbl. n. imprison-
ment; pi. -ongnuli, Heb. 11, 36.
*kupyas. See kopiauss; cf. mohinoskuh-
44
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
kushki. lit is) rough (it scratches is
harsh): ~- >i<>i/knt<>iik. a rough gar-
ment, /cell. 13, 4; null/null, rough
ways, Luke:',, .'i; with an.suhj. (v. adj.)
htthkesu, he is rough.
[Cree, toio'fwi'. lie is rough; k<ixk<;*kn-
hitm, he scrapes it. Aim. kiikhii/mi,
la gratte, instrument a gratter les
pcaux.]
kuepinum. See kith/iinn/it.
kussa-, kusso-, in comp. words, hot,
warm. See mdhtusta.
kusse-, kes-, (augm.) in cornp. words,
very much, fully, completely. See
kemi/taiit.
[Abn. ke#i (partic. ) tres.]
kusseh, interj. lo, behold, El. Cr. 22.
[Del. sche, scheln, see there! Zeish.]
kussehtanip[pe], -tanup, n. a stream,
a current, Ps. 124, 4; Is. 30, 28; pi.
-peagh, Is. 34, 9. For kussehtan-nippe,
flowing water, Is. 30, 25. Hence (adv. )
kufsehtanne sepuese, the stream of a
brook, Job 6, 15; anuvuichiiieane kus-
sehtanup, an overflowing stream, Is.
30, 28.
kussitchuan, -uwan [kii.ttf-utchitan],
v. unipers. it flows in a rapid stream or
current, it continues flowing; as n. a
rapid stream, a current, Ps. 46, 4; 78,
16, 20; pi. -nosh, Cant. 4, 15.
[Abn. keni (partic.) tres; kesfrt', il
va tres vite; tetittSaAn, ketltafin, elle
(la riviere) est rapide.]
kussitteau, -tau, v. i. it is hot; as n.
heat (of the sun, or natural heat), Job
24, 19; 30, 30; Is. 49, 10; suppos. kdxit-
tay, kotitlag, when it is hot, in the heat
of the day, Gen. 18, 1; 1 Sam. 11, 11.
For kuss-ohleau (pajeh kuwoht&-ul, 'till
the sun be hot", Neh. 7, 3) ; suppos. k6s-
ohtag, Ex. 16, 21. (With -xii, of invol.
action or of derogation, kinxiltaihau, he
sweats, C. )
[Narr. kutn'tttalt, it is hot: kiiusittekx,
hot weather; mefe-guMtttdwmtm, I sweat.
Abn. keiridf. vel keml/< /'. cela est chaud.
Del. ktchttte!:, warm, hot. Zeisb. (ir. 42;
Mtitttii, warm, hot (it is); v. adj., ibid.
163.]
kusso-. See kutsa-.
kussohkoi, n. a summit, point of rock
or earth, a crag, 'high hill', K./.ek. (i,
13; ilMoAioi-omjM/t, 'a sliai'p rock',
kussohkoi continued.
1 Sam. 14,4; kiimtoliki'iiiiftii ".'/ ii'miiiiiiit,
'in the top of high ] daces', the high-
est place, Prov. 8, 2; i-Jwwo/iWi'//' 1 '" 1 "'/-
chu-itt, 'into a high mountain', Is. 40,9
(knsmilikiit' imili-liii. lii.L'h hill, Mass. Ps.,
Ps. 104, IS). Cf.tohkiiit'iiiiiHii kmviiin/i.'!/.--
koi-yi'ii-i(t, ' they climb upon the ro<^ks ' ,
Jer. 4, 29.
kussompskussum, v. t. he heats or
makes hot (an oven, furnace, etc.);
infinit. -umunat, Dan. 3, 19; suppos.
kuffiiiii/ixL-iiKxiil:, when he heats (it),
Hos. 7, 4. From I.-KXXII, onipsk (astone),
with the formative of verbs denoting
action of fire (-'sstim): he makes the
stones hot (for cooking in the Indian
manner).
[Abn. l,-ex<ipxke(i{, pierre chaude.]
kussopitteau, v. i. it is very hot, heated
(by fire, or beyond natural heat) ; sup-
pos. kftssopittag, koitopittaf}, when it is-
very hot; as n. great heat, Deut. 29, 24;
2 Pet. 3, 10; Job 6, 17. Adv. and adj.
-jiillae, -pi'tae, hot (by the action of fire,
etc.), 1 Sam. 21, 6; Ps. 6, 1: - ague,
for 'fever', Deut. 28, 2. (Vbl. n. /./.-
gopclli'iilianiii; fervency, heat, C. )
kussoppussu, -pissu, v. adj. an. he is
hot; pi. -snog, Hos. 7, 7; suppos. kusso-
posuk, when he is hot: nepauz kxxi>-
pamk, when the sun is hot (?), 1 Sam.
11, 9 (mtk-kixHi'ijiix, T am hot, C. ). Vbl.
n. kuxKoppissiionk, heating, heat, inflam-
mation, Deut. 28, 2. From kii>i and
*kussunnashaonk, n. 'fever', Mass. 1's.,
John 4, 52 (ii;xiin.iliiiiiiik, EL).
kutamuiigineaeau. v. t. an. he pities
(him), Joel 2, 18. Cf. kitteamonteiiini-
mau. .
kutche, kooche [};'m<-he, /,'///<//(] sig-
nifies, ]>rimarily, it proceeds or makes
progress from; hence, it logins, has its
origin or source; but while nmrlu is
used with reference to a beginning or
starting point, present or past. /../A,
or kulflii' connotes progression or the
going on from a beginning or origin in
the past to the present or future, or the
relation of a cause to its effect in the
present or future. Eliot does not ap-
pear to have made this distinction in
all cases; e. g. kitrlnt, he began (to curse,.
TRl'MBl'LI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
45
kutche, kcoche rontinueil.
etc.), Matt. 215, 74; but naji'hf in the
corresponding verse, Mark 14, 71. Ne
mitche kutche, 'then began', i. e. there-
from went on, Gen. 4,26; mi . . . knoclt,
therefrom (will he gather you together ),
Deut. 30, 4; yen kcoche omohkimmun,
fur this cause I raised thee up, Ex. 9,
16; koache-kekonan, kmehe-mamonchaiuiii,
hjochu uiitohkinaan, kaoche-kinnean, 'in
him [from him] we live, we move, we
have our being ... we are his off-
spring', Acts 17, 28. (kutche, begun;
kcoche, more, C. ) Cf. k'; kacliema)
(suppos. kahche-moouk) ; kehche; ki'lit-.
[Xarr. nen kitche, I begin, or nuk-
kitcheussem. Abn. kette, in antecessum,
avant, auparavant. Micm. kicli et kigi
[=kitche], servent jl former des terns
anterieurs; kich repond aussi ii notre
oui, ou deja, pour le temps passe, Maill.
Cree keeche-tow, he begins it; kutche
(conj. causal), that, to the end that.
Chip, ktja, in advance, beforehand;
kitchi [after, in time], Bar.]
*kutchinnu (Narr. ), a middle-aged man,
R. W. See kehchisgu. Eliot has keih-
rhenuog, 'the aged men', i. e. those who
are growing (-innuog) old, Tit. 2, 2.
kutchiog, pi. old men, Ps. 148, 2;'keh-
cheiorj, Esth. 3, 13. See kfhche.
*kutchisliin, v. i. (inan.-subj.) it begins,
Man. Pom. 88; opposed to wohlcukquo-
ghin, it ends.
kutchisqua. See tehchitqua.
kutuhissik, k&dshik [suppos. of kulchin-
xiii or -Min"], when it begins; as n. the
beginning (of that which continues to
be or to act): weske kuichissik, in the
(very, or new) beginning, Gen. 1,1;
iriiicln' kutijiixsik auk i/i'ii ii ii'fhqshik, from
the beginning to the end, Eccl. 3, 11;
k&dsltik inuttaok, the beginning of the
world, Is. 64, 4. Cf. kehchissu.
kutchissumau, v. t. an. and refl. he
washes himself or another, 2 Sam. 12,
20; John 9, 7; nuk-kutchtSMfm, I wash
myself, John 9, 11 (nuk-kitisuin, I
wash, C. ) ; pi. -wog unit-hasJiabpmoh
(an.), they wash their nets, Luke 5, 2;
imperat. 2d sing, -mush, wash thyself,
2 K. 5, 10; suppos. tutehasumog nuhhoy
nippe, if 1 wash myself with water,
Job 9, 30. Vbl. n. kiiti'liixxiniK'Mik, wash-
kutchissumaii con tinned.
ing one's self or another, Eph. 5, 26;
Tit. 3, o. With inan. obj. kutchisgittau,
kitxlilttini, he washes (it), Gen. 49, 11;
1 K. 22, 38; imperat. 2d sing, kutchis-
sittaush, 2 Sam. 11, 8; pish l.iik-kitxh!t-
tau-un, thou shalt wash it, Lev. 6, 27.
Vbl. n. kutehiiaittfonk, Neh. 4, 23.
[Abn. ne-kesigSa, je me lave le visage;
ne-kesiretsa, les mains; ne-keseseg-
henan, (v. g. une chemise). Del.
kxchiecttsu, v. adj. clean; kschiechem,
wash him; kschiechtool, wash it, Zeisb. ]
kutham. See kuttaliham.
*[kuthani, ] v. t. he hollows out, makes
a hole (?) ; nuk-tuthdm, I make a hole, C.
[Abn. kegS'maSa Saiirke taSan (ou)
iSnSanrktttSn, avec quoi creuseras-tu?]
*kutquauss (Peq.), a partridge, Stiles.
See pahpahkshat; *paupock.
kuts, kuttis, n. the cormorant, Lev. 11,
7; Is. 34, 11; huttuhsti-og (pi.), Deut.
14, 17.
[Narr. (pi.) kitsuog.']
kutsh&mun. See ukkutsJiaumun.
kuttahham, kutham, v. t. he digs (it),
he digs (it) up or out, or digs into (it),
Prov. 16, 27 ; Job 24, 16 (pi. ) : uk-kuthdm-
un, he digged it (a pit, Ps. 7, 15).
kuttaihe, (it is) thine, belongs to thee;
kuttahein (incl. pi.) it is ours, belongs
to us. See wuttaiheau.
kuttinne, thou thyself, tu ipse, the em-
phasized pronoun of the 2d pers. sing.
See vmttinne.
kuttinsh, lst + 2d sing. I say to thee,
Matt. 5, 26. See u-ultiiiuh.
kuttis. See kuts.
kuttoo, v. i. he speaks, utters speech,
1 K. 8, 12; Job 3, 2: kutlco kah nmwau,
he spake and said. Freq. [kekitttoo];
suppos. pi. k&kuttatg, k&kettoog; negat.
mat kakultmg, mo-k&kuttmy, when they
speak not, the speechless, the dumb,
Ex. 4, 11; Ps. 38, 13. With k' progres-
sive, ketmkau, he goes on speaking, he
talks; and freq. kekelmkau, he converses,
narrates. See ketmkau. Vbl. n. kuttco-
ironk, speech, utterance ('the Word',
John 1, 1); pi. -ongash: kuk-kuttanum-
gaah, thy words, thy speech, Job 4, 4;
Is. 29, 4; ketcohkaj kuttanixmk, 'let him
speak a word', Gen. 44, 18 (kuttco-
onk, C. ). Cf. kehketcohkaonk, continued
46
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bn.LETIN l!5
kutto continue*!.
speech, talk, narration; lullinii-niik (see
henunil), wmoniOHcaonJt, language, mu-
tual speech. ( Sansk. gad (dicere, loqui )
and kalh (loqui) ; repet. gadgada (lallans,
balbutiens. )
[Aim. ketSangan, parole. Chip, ikito,
he says; gtgilo, he speaks, Bar. (fkidoo,
J. ). Cree ketfo, he speaks; suppos.
kuttumma, kit-, adv. very lately, El.
Gr. 21 (kumma, C.).
[Xarr. kittummil;i, even now; kiltHiii-
ydi toktan, as soon as I wake.]
kuttumma, kit-, conj. unless, El. Gr.
L'L'; John 3, 3, 5; Acts 8, 31 (kitlumma,
C.). [=qut matta (hut not), without,
i. e. unless there Ix.-, Job <>, 6.]
kuttumungeeC.'), low, poor, pitiable (cf.
kitlcmnrnili'iniiiiiiiii'i ): kiiltuiiiinii/i'i /<W.v-
tomp, 'a mean man', Is. 31, 8; l;ut-
tumungkosketomp-aog (pi.), 'men of low
degree', Ps. 62, 9.
[Chip, kitimagad, it is 'poor, mean
(of a house, e. g. ); an. /.Himni/ifi, he
is poor, Bar. Del. ktemaxu, he is poor,
miserable, Zeisb.]
k'wutche. See kutche.
M
m' (or, as written by Eliot, m followed
by a short vowel) is an indeterminate
and impersonal prefix which may be
translated by 'spine,' 'any,' or occa-
sionally by 'a,' 'an,' or 'the.' Du-
ponceau (notes to Eliot's Gr. xiv)
mistook this prefix for 'a definite arti-
cle', as Howse (p. 245) has shown.
It is found with substantives signify-
ing the body and its parts, with the
names of a few objects which were
regarded as specially belonging to the
person, and with some concrete and
material nouns, e. g. m'askeht, grass
(from askehteau, it is green ) ; m'ay, path,
way (from am, he goes); m'in, a fruit
(from -in, formative of verbs of grow-
ing), etc. In all these it retains its
primary signification as a negative or
its secondary as a preteritive particle
(see mo). It negates the personal re-
lation or appropriation which the pro-
nominal prefixes affirm, e. g. mil-lull
(n'liih), my heart; kiitluli (k'tuli), thy
heart; mllah (m'tah), heart, not mine
or thine, but some or any heart. It ha."
in no case a definite or determinate
force, but always the opposite.
machemohtae, lasting, enduringly. ><<
auehtmohteau.
*ma'chequoce (Xarr.), n. a girdle of
wampum, R. \V.
[Abn. skSafiiS, collier de porce-
ma'chipsqueht-uash, n. pi. 'rough
places', Is. 40, 4.
mdchipsqueht-uasli continued.
[Xarr. machipscat, a stone (stony?)
path.]
machish. See mahche; majish.
macbuk, suppos. of matche, bad.
maggcokinont, pi. -ontheg, 'the spoil-
ers', Jer. 51, 48; suppos. of mukkmk-
inai'i.
magkkinnum, = ntiikkinmim, he col-
lects or gathers.
magoadtik, (that which is) precious,
2 Chr. 9, 1; suppos. of in6goa<lt"' .
magoo, magou, v. t. (1) he offers or
presents (it), he gives (it), Esth. 2,
18; Ps. 147, 1(5 (mtikm,-, Mass. Ps.):
num-mag, I present (it); imperat. 2d
sing, mayish; 2A pi. vtagtiik; iiiii-iiitig-im,
he offers it. (2) he gives in exchange,
he sells; pi. magcoog, they sell, Ex. 21,
35; suppos. noh maguk, he who sells,
the seller, Is. 24, 2; freq. mah/magiD;
pret. mahmagvp, he sold often, 'was a
seller of, Acts 16, 14.
[Xarr. mini kg, give thou; iiK'nii/nki;
give ye. Abn. ne-mcghen, je donne.
Cree m&ygu, he gives; miimiiygu, he
gives with iteration; m&ygaytlat, lit-
gives very often, habitually. Chip.
mtgewain, he gives it, J. Del. mt~/:ni.
he gives away, parts with (it), Z.'isli.
Gr. 144.]
magraonk, vbl. n. a giving, gift, offering,
Ex. 23, 8; (Jen. 33, 12: magoo magm-
ongaah, he gives gifts, Esth. 2, 18.
[Quir. miiugauki/', his gift, Pier. 51. J
TRU.MBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
47
mahche (nearly related to if not identical
with HKilttshmit, it passes away, is gone),
( 1 ) after, in time, Luke 6, 1 ; mahche
guinnuppekompaiuetm, after thou art
(mayest be) converted, Luke 22, 32.
(2) it serves as the auxiliary of the per-
fect and past perfect tenses, and, com-
bining with the verb, receives the pro-
nom. prefix: um-nt/ilirln iixxen, he hath
done it, Is. 44, 23; ne mahche, that which
hath been, Eccl. 3, 15; mahche ivunna-
munuh, (he) had blessed them, Gen.
24, 1. Cotton, strangely enough, asso-
ciates this word with "ahlijufinat, to
have, to be had," and gives "num-
iniilic/ie, I have or had; kum-mahche,
thou hast, thou hadst," etc. Cf. am&eu,
he departs; Narr. m&w.
[Narr. munch or nu'xli: lasliin mesh
com-matig, how much have you given?
Cree ghee (auxil.), have. Chip, ke or
ge, 3. ; ki- (suppos. ka-), sign of the per-
fect and pluperfect, Bar.; masht, yet
[i. e. until now] ; ka m'asM, not yet.
Del. ma-tschi, already, Zeisb. Voc.]
mahchekussum, -kissumoDmco, v. t.
(fire) consumes, burns (it) up, 1 K. 18,
38; 2 Chr. 7, 1; with an. obj. mah-
chekusivaii, (tire) consumes (him), Job
1, 16; um-mahchekusw-oh, it consumed
him, 2 K. 1, 10; with an. subj. (v. adj.)
mahchikkussii, he is consumed (by fire
or heat); pi. -ussuog, Deut. 32, 24.
From maliche, kussa.
mahchepo), v. i. (1) he has eaten, has done
eating; (2) he makes an end of eating,
i-ats (it) up, Ex. 13, 32; infinit. -pun-
neat, Luke 17, 9; imperat. 2d sing, mah-
chipmish, eat it up, Rev. 10, 9 (num-
mahchip, I devour, C. ). With an. obj.
mahchipwau [mahaheppaxtu], he de-
vours (him), i. e. eats him up, makes
an end of him, Ezek. 19, 6. From
mahche and -uppco, formative of verbs
of eating.
[Narr. mai'ichepmtt, when he hath
eaten; mauchepweian, after I (shall)
have eaten.]
mahchi. Seemohchi, (it ia) empty.
mahchinau, v. i. he is sick, Gen. 48, 1;
2 Sam. 13, 1; num-mahchinam (mn
mcorhinaiii, Cant, 5, 8), I am, or was,
sick, Matt. 25, 36 (num-mahcheem, C.);
mahchinau continued,
suppos. mahchintult, Lev. 15, 33; pi.
, the sick, Matt. 9, 12. Vbl. n.
k, sickness, 1 K. 8, 37.
[Narr. num-maiichiiem, I am sick;
mauchinaui (pres. defin.), he is sick
(mohchinna'i, C. ).]
mahchishq, n. an empty vessel (mohchi-
u-ixhq) ; pi. -quaith, Judg. 7, 16; 2 K. 4, 3.
See irixhij.
mahchumoo, -ummu, v. i. (inan. subj.)
it is waste, barren, deserted, Nah. 2,
10; Ezek. 29, 9 (machimm, Is. 19, 5).
Adv. and adj. mahchumme, mohchumooe,
of waste, of barrenness, waste, barren,
Is. 52, 9; 61, 4; Zeph. 1, 15. Vbl. n.
-mmooonk, a waste, desolation, Jer. 49,
13. See mehcheeu; mohchi.
mahchumwehtau, v. caus. inan. he
wastes (it), makes (it) waste; pi. -ehttiog,
Jer. 2, 15: num-mahchumweht-oh, I make
thee waste, Ezek. 5, 14. Vbl. n. mah-
chumwehtoonk, wasting, a making waste,
Is. 59, 7.
mahmuttattag 1 . See mohmultahtag.
mahshagquodt, n. (a time or season of)
famine, Gen. 12, 10; 26, 1. From maht-
sheau. Adv. mahsliogrjue, Ps. 17, 19.
mahshe'tahshik, suppos. of mwhetashin,
there is a tempest, a great wind.
mahtantam, mohtantam, v. i. he is
old, implying decrepitude, senility,
and decay. Cf. kehchissu. From muhl-
(mahche) and -antam, the formative of
verbs of mental activity, he is past-
minded or failing-minded: num-mah-
tantam, I am old, Pg. 37, 25; suppos.
mahtauntog, when she is old, Prov. 23,
22; 'full of days', Jer. 6, 11; 'stooping
for age', 2 Chr. 36, 17. Vbl. n. mah-
tantamdonk, (infirm) old age.
[Narr. miittafintam, 'very old and de-
crepit.']
mahtohqs. See ma/okas, a cloud.
mahtco, v. i. he ceases, is done, makes
an end (of speaking); suppos. anij ma/it-
mog, 'before he had done speaking',
Gen. 24, 15; (isqmahtmaon, before I had
done speaking, v. 45 [num-mahteaim (?),
I cease, C.].
mahtshanco, mohtshanro, v. i. it grows
less, gradually fails or wastes away,
1 K. 17, 14, 16.
48
BURKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[m-i.i.ETiN 25
mahtshancD, mohtsha'nOD continued.
[Del. gchauii'tittfii, it is faded, Zeisb.
Gr. 164.]
mahtsheau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it passes
away, fails, perishes, comes to an end
(as the grass or a flower), James 1, 10,
11; (man's life,) Job 14, 10; (his
strength) decays, Neh. 4, 10; suppos.
ne malilshnnk, 'that which is past",
Eccl. 3, 15; nippe mahtshttnk, when the
water fails, Job 14, 11. Adv. and adj.
mahtsh&e, John 6, 27. See mahche;
*mii'hokat.
mahtxig-. See mehtug.
mahtupahteau. See moMuppeau.
ma!. See may.
majish, adv. at the last: ne kesukok,
in the last day, John 6, 39, 40, 44; 7, 37;
ogguhsentese majish, 'yet a little while',
John 13, 33 (majjisheyeue, 'lately', C.).
Intens. maumajish, maumachish, at the
very last, last of all a sign of the sec-
ond future, when it shall have been.
From mahche, with which cf. pith.
mamahche (augm. of mahche), a sign of
the pluperfect: u-aehkomop, he had
called (them) together, Acts 10, 24.
mamahche kesuk, the air, the atmos-
phere, 1 Cor. 9, 26; Rev. 9, 2; Prov. 30,
19. [For mumehcheu (intens. of mih-
che'eu), it is empty, void(?).]
' mamaskishau-i ( Narr. ) , v. i. he has the
(small-?) pox [redness(?)]. Vbi. n. ma-
misk-isha&onck, the [small-] pox, R. W.
mamatchenaii, intens. of matchenau.
mamatcheii. See mntrhe.it.
mameechumit, n. the mole, Lev. 11,30.
From ma-meechu, intens. of meechu, he
eats(?).
mameesashques, n. the swallow, Is. 38,
14 (leamttashquigh, 'swallow', Prov. 26,
2, but wameshashr/ttegu, 'sparrow', Pa.
102, 7, and mamt'xliiix/ii/nixh, 'spar-
row', Ps. 84, 3, with papaxkhas, 'swal-
low', ibid.); mafhtshasques, swallow,
Jer. 8, 7. Cf . pahpahkuhas ( ' partridge ' ,
Jer. 17, 11).
mamonauantam. See inomonoii'antam.
mamonchu, v. i. (freq. of monchu, q. v. )
he moves, habitually or repeatedly;
imperat. mamonchifh, move, 'stir up
thyself, Ps. 35, 23; suppos. noh ma-
monchil, he who moves. Ezek. 47, i).
With inan. gubj. m<tini>i<rlu'iii<n; pi.
mamonchu continued.
-emronith, (the waters) move, or 'are
moved', Jer. 46, 8.
mamontunnum. See momfmtunnum .
mamontam, [v. i. he is] 'a wizard,' 2
K. 21, 6; pi. -mag. Vbl. n. mainniit-
amdonk, pi. -m6a>ongash, enchantments,
2 K. 17, 17. Cf. mom In.
mamoiitunuk, when he moves (it); sup-
pos. of llliiliii'iiililiiiiilin. (]. V.
mamossompsquehtu, n. [in?] 'gravel',
Is. 48, 19. See moosompsq, a smooth
stone, pebble.
mamunappeht, n. a spider, Prov. 30, 1.
Adv. and adi. mamunapitteae hashabp,&
spider's web, Job 8, 14.
[Abn. mhnesurabikkt. Chip, assabi-
keshi (Bar. ),i. e. net maker.]
mamussf , adv. (in) all, (of) the whole,
wholly, Cant. 4, 7; Matt. 22, 37: md-
muftse ohke, the whole earth, Is. 4, 20
(mamfisstynte, wholly, entirely, C. ).
From mixsi, musm, it is great; by augm.
reduplication, ma-mussi. Cf. rnutiigse.
See rnusxi.
[Narr. misiesu (an. ) the whole of him.
Abn. mesgiS!, tout.]
mamussu, v. i. he commits adultery,
Matt. 5, 32; suppos. noh mamussit, he
who commits adultery, Lev. 20, 10;
imperat. negat. (or prohib. ) 2d sing.
mamuszekon, thou shalt not (do not)
commit adultery, Ex. 20, 14; Deut. 5, 18.
Vbl. n. mamusxuimk, adultery. N. agent.
mamtmtruaen, indef. -abiin, an adulterer,
Is. 57, 3 (manixliijiiii/iiiimen, an adulter-
ess, Lev. 20, 10. See manisquadsu).
[Narr. mammatigu, (he is) an adul-
turer; suppos. pi. mammausachick, adul-
terers.] ,
mamuttattag. See molinuittahtag.
"manisimmin (Narr. ), to cut ormow(?).
manisquadsu, v. i. she is an adulteress
or a harlot, 'plays the harlot', Ezek.
23, 3, 5; pi. -xiint/; t.-iiiii-iiiiiuxrjiK'ix, thou
committest fornication, Ezek. 16, 26.
N. agent, mtmuhtfuaauiuen, Lev. 20, 10.
[Is here Chip, (prefix) and Del. iin'm,
m&na, "bad"?]
manit, manitto, (usually translated)
God; but Eliot more often transferred
the names 'God' and 'Jehovah' to the
Indian text. He has, however, M/inil
wawe tiHisugkcnuk, 'God Almighty',
TBl'MBl'l.I.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
49
manit, manitto continued.
Ex. 6, 3; and in the 7th v. neen Jehovah
kum-JfamttatmwD, 'I am the Lord your
God' (lit. 'I the Lord urn your God'),
and neen kunt-Manilteomtrm, 'I will be
to you a God' (lit. I am your God),
ibid.; nen Manitto, 'I am God', Is. 43,
12; pi. manittmotj, 1 K. 20, 23; 2 K. 18,
33; with keht-, Keihtannit, 'the Lord
God', Gen. 24, 7, i. e. the great manit.
From emeu, or an-u, he exceeds, is be-
yond, superior to, or more than (aitw)
another person or thing; suppos. anil,
when he is superior to or more than,
etc. (cf. dnin; suppos. tmeuk, that
which exceeds, hence that which rota
or becomes corrupt); with the inde-
terminateand impersonal prefix, m'unil,
he who (or that which) exceeds or
passes beyond the common or normal,
the preternatural or extraordinary.
manitto is the verb subst. form, he or it
is maiiit: They ' 'cry out Maniltoo, that is,
It is a god," "at the apprehension of
any excellency in men, women, birds,"
etc., R. W. 111. Possessive form, nn>n-
iiianiUann, my god; twn-manitU&m-vxo,
your gods, etc., the suffix an denoting
that "the person doth challenge an in-
terest in the thing", El. Gr. 12.
[Xarr. inatilt; pi. manitldwock. Peq.
mundtu. Stiles. Chip. mon-e-do, mun-
e-do; Kitchi Manila, Great Spirit, Lord
God (Bar.); kesha-munedoo, J. Del.
manetto, god, spirit, angel, Camp. ; ma-
nitto, get-aimitlo, Zeisb. Muh. mannito,
'a spirit or spectre', Edw.]
manitowompae, adj. and adv. [god-
man-ly,] pious, religious. Used with
potnantamoonk (living, life), as the title
of Eliot's translation (1665) of "The
Practice of Piety", holy living.
manittowomp \jntmiUoe-omp], man of
God, godly man, 2 K. 4, 7, 9.
*mannotauban.a ( Narr. ) , ' embroydered
mats which the women make" to line
thewigwain, 'hangings', R. AV. 47. Cf.
manmt.
manontam, munn-, v. t. he smells (it),
Gen. 27, 27; Job 39, 25 (menontam, he
smells; mnn-minonlam, I smell; mun-
namitaiiiminik, [the sense of] smell, C. ).
See -imtngauot.
B. A. E., BitLi,. 25 i
mauontam, munn continued.
[Abn. nf-meran'damen, je le flaire;
(3d ]>ers. ) amer-. Del. mellnam, to
smell, Zeisb.]
maiicoham, v. t. he ransoms or redeems
(it) by payment, he buys (it); suppos.
manmhuk ohteuk, if he redeems the
field, Lev. 27, 19; kod-manmlnik week,
if he will (desires to) redeem this
house, ibid.; with an. obj. mananrhau,
he ransoms (him), Lev. 25, 49; suppos.
mttni&whonl, Lev. 27, 13. Vbl. n. manm-
whdonk, a ransom, Ex. 21, 30; Matt. 20,
28. Cf. imnnmhaiii, he values, fixes the
valuation of (with an. obj. vuitnco-
U'hau), and vunnaoirai'i, he makes a
treaty or covenant with.
[Narr. kinn-manoliaii/in, have you
bought it?; kum-man6ham6ush, I will
buy of you. Abn. ne-ma8liai't, j'a-
chete (v. g. un esclave); ne-man8li8-
maSan, j'achete de lui; ne-manSh8si,
je m'achete; i>e-mnnSh8man$i, jetraite.]
manonau, n. a cheek; nan-namat-ut, on
my cheek, Job 16, 10; kon-nmnau-'/xli,
thy cheeks, Cant. 1, 10 (kondnut, on
thy cheek, Luke 6, 29, = kon-nmnau-t,
Matt. 5, 29); irannamau, his cheek,
Lam. 3, 30 (wonnunou, C. ). Perhaps
from namim, it sucks; perhaps from
onconmi, it sjteaks.
[Abn. nianSf, joue; iinnSf, ma jnue;
(3d p.) SanSe.l
manconsk, n. clay, Jer. 18, 6; 'mortar',
Nah. 3, 14; p\.-gkog, ' bricks ', Gen. 11,3;
a<lj. mimomke, Job 13, 12.
mancot [ = ?n'nco(], n. a basket, Gen. 40,
17; Judg. 6, 19; Jer. 24, 2; bag, Luke
12, 6, 33; kencot fjt'norf], thy basket,
Deut. 28, 5; pi. -tash. "Instead of
shelves, they have several baskets,
wherein they put all their household
stuff; they have some great bags or
sacks made of hemp which will hold
five or six bushels. " R. W. 50. ' ' No-
tassen or bags, which they plait from
hemp which grows wild. ' ' Megapolen-
sis. From naot-in, he lifts or takes up (a
burden).
[Narr. munndte, a basket. Peq. mun-
notgh, Stiles. Abn. menStt, sac; mnin-
ai'iSIS, une charge.]
50
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BVI.I.KTIM 25-
mansk. manshk, n. ;i fort, Is. 25, 12;
Mirali 7, 12; /r/i/i/.v iiniiiKknnli, 'strong-
holds'. Lam. 2, 5.
[Narr. aum&ugk, a fort, K. AV. Del.
iHH-iiuclik, a fence, a fort, Zeisb.; Jftn-
i<-lik!iik (the Delaware name of Pitts-
burg), 'at the fort', IIk\v.]
manumulikemcDuk, suppos. of nut mi -
iniilikt HUH, it rushes. Is. 17, 12, 13.
manunnappu, v. i. he remains quiet
or patient, he sits patiently: ttthkcotg
HII'IIIIIIHI/HIIIIII/. the waves are still, are
quiet, Ps. 107,29,30.
manunne, (it is) slow, soft, gentle; adv.
slowly, patiently, softly (maninne,
gently, C. ): neen manunne nuttam kah
manunne neenan, I a.Ti glow of speech
and slow of tongue, Ex. 4, 10. Adj.
manunniyeii. N. agent, -yeuenin, one
who is slow or patient, a patient one,
Eccl. 7, 8. Vbl. n. -yeuonk, patience,
Heb. 6, 12.
[Abn. menni, belleinent.]
manunnohteau, v. i. he is quiet (i. e.
has quietness), is undisturbed, Prov.
1, 33.
xnanunnussu, -nissu, v. adj. an. he is
(i. e. acts) patient, gentle, slow; im-
perat. 2d pi. manunnussek, -nitnegk, bo
patient, Rom. 12, 12; 1 Thess. 5, 14.
Vbl. n. -nussuonk, (the exercise of)
patience, Luke 8, 15; Rom. 5, 4.
[Narr. mauunshesh (iormanunsheshl),
go thou gently, slowly.]
*manunushae nippe, 'still water ', Mass.
IV., Ps. 23, -2.
*manusqussed-ash. ( Narr. ) , n. pi. beans,
R. AV".; kehtohteae mtinatquiueet, an In-
dian bean, C. Cf. tufpuhquam^uh.
[Peq. mushtfuigseden, beans, Stiles.
Chip. (St Marys) miskodi'inmin; (Gr.
Trav. ) nith-ko-dc-ce-min, Sch. Menom.
mansh-ko-che-nhiiik. Shawn, m'xkochee-
thah. Chey. tuoitixk, pi. iinmixki, Hay-
den, 295. (Abn. meskStiftar, gros
i online feves de terre. ) Del. (pl.)mo-
lacluiquall, Zeisb.]
*maquamittiniyew, (from) the west,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 3. Cf. puMadtwtivtu,
(from) the west, ibid., 75, 6.
"masnCmook (Narr.), flax, R. AV. See
jft'IMttttHJ.
maseg-ik, suppos. of misseyeti ( mixm-l. in t ,
it bears or produces much.
masheshashques (?), n. the swallow,
Jer. 8, 7. See. motMetctshques,
mashq. Sec IHDW/.
mashquaiioii, n. a hawk, Job 39, 26.
Cf. ow6hshaog; ffuawnnni.
[Del. meechgalrninf, hawk, Zeisb. i i. <.
broad-tail).]
maskeht. See )>n>xki'lil, .urass.
maskehtu. See mnxkehtu.
maskdacheg, suppos. ]>1. they who boast
boasters, Ps. 49, 6; Rom. 1, 30. Set
DttU&dOtt.
maskog, suppos. of inixkinn, <\. v.
mascotamauut, suppos. of musmtaiii'i".
he pierces (him). See mugwait.
masq, mashq. See most].
massonog, n. 'nettles', Prov. 24, 31; Is.
34, 13; but 'nettles' is transferred in
Job 30, 7, Hos. 9, 6, and Zeph. 2, 9.
Comparing (Narr.) majm&nock, 'flax',
R. AV'., the name may probably be as-
signed to Urtica canadensis, the Canada
nettle or 'Albany hemp', the fibrous
stalk of which was used by the Indians
for baskets, mats, and nets. From
mussa), it pricks. Seenmsmtam; mummi'i.
[Chip, mus-z&n, muhzon, nettle; <jfi -In-
muhzdii (great nettle), thistle, Sch. n;
ma&n, nettle, Bar.; mahzahn, thistle,
Sum.]
*massowyan (Peq.), a blackbird [?],
Stiles.
masugkenuk, (he who is) mighty, pow-
erful, very great, Luke 22, 26: 31<tnit
wane masugkenuk, God Almighty, Ex.
6, 3; suppos. of missugken.
masugkenutche, (participial) adj. chief
('eldest', Gen. 24, 2).
mat. See matin.
*matasquas, n. a mat [bat?], C.
matchaog, 'adv. of denying', no, El.
Gr. 21: olttoou matchaog, he has noth-
ing, Prov. 13, 7, = ohtoou mo ti'tnj, v. 4.
See iiiiiltti.
matche, (it is) bad; as adj. anil adv.
bad, badly: matche meenan, 'a naughty
tongue', Prov. 17, 4; matche anamaenin,
a wicked messenger, Prov. 13, 17; sup-
pos. machuk. (as n. ), that which is bad,
evil, Prov. 17, 13: na machuk ohtmn,
there is an evil, Eccl. 6, 1 [mute/n't,
'adv. of quality', El. Gr. 18]. Intens.
of matta. (Cf. Engl. not, nought,,
naughty. )
TRTJMBULI,]
NATICK ENGLISH DICTIONARY
51
matche continued.
[Narr. mafcAiV, ' naught, or evil.' Aim.
matsigheniS, cela est mal, cela n'est pas
bien. Del. nedhik, (inan.) bad, evil;
machtit, bad (it is), Zeisb.]
matcheku, v. i. he is poor (lit. he grows
badly or becomes poor, Prov. 10, 4);
Deut. 15, 4; 2 Sam. 12, 1; pi. -uog, Prov.
10, 15; Matt. 26, 11 (matcliek&e, poor;
noh malchekfo, he is poor, C. ). Vbl. n.
matchekuonk, poverty, Prov. 13, 18. N.
agent, malchekuen (indef. -enin), a poor
man, Ex. 23, 3.
[Narr. num-macheke, I am poor.]
matchemuiigquot, n. a bad smell, Ps.
38, 5; Ex. 7, 18. For matchemungtjuoh-
teau, it smells badly; from matche, with
formative of verbs of smelling (machu-
monquat, 'a stink', C. ).
[Narr. machemoqut, it stinks. Abn.
matnimangSat, cela sent mauvais. Del.
machtschimaquot, Zeisb. ]
matchemuiikqussu, v. adj. an. he smells
badly. Vbl. n. -qussuonk, making a bad
smell, Joel 2, 20 (num-matchimunkqus,
I stink, C.).
[Narr. machemoqugsu, 'a vile or stink-
ing person ' , K. W. Abn. matsimaiigSsS,
il sent mauvais.]
matchenSneteau, y. i. he curses; pi.
-eaog, Ps. 62, 4. Vbl. n. matchendne-
te&onk, cursing, Ps. 59, 12.
matchenantam, v. i. (and t. inan.) he
thinks evil, is evilly-minded (matche-
antam); imperat. 2d pi. -antamook,
Matt. 9, 4. Cf. mishanantam.
matchenau (intens. mamatchenau) , v. t.
an. he curses ( him ) ; suppos. noh ma-
matchenont, he who curses, when he
curses, Ex. 21, 17. See malcheu; mat-
tdnumaii.
matchesu, v. adj. an. he is an evil doer,
he does evil, is (actively) bad. Vbl.
n. malciieseonk, wickedness, evil doing,
Prov. 14, 17; 10, 16. N. agent, matche-
teaen (indef. -aenin), an evil doer, Prov.
13, 6, 21; pi. -a&nuog, Prov. 14, 19.
[Cree, midchimi, he is wicked. Del.
mattauchniwi, sinful, Zeisb. Gr. 104;
machtism, he is bad, Zeisb. Voc. 21.]
matchetou, v. i. he is bad [inherently
or by nature, matche-ohtau], Prov. 13,
5, 22; pi. -tcowog, Prov. 14, 19. Vbl. n.
matchet6onk, -towonk, badness [of heart
matchetou continued.
or purpose (inactive)], Prov. 8, 7; Keel.
3, 16.
[Cree mathdtissu, he is bad. ]
[matcheti, matcheyeu,] intens. ma-
matcheii, -eyeu, v. i. he curses or
swears profanely: kitchu mamatcheyeu,
'he began to curse', Matt. 26, 74; im-
perat. 2d pi. ahque mamatcheunaok, curse
not, Rom. 12, 14.
matikenro, matukkenco, v. i. he is great
(primarily in stature), pi. -ncoog, Deut.
9, 2; suppos. noh malikenuk, pi. -key,
Rev. 19, 18; great men, 2 Sam. 7, 9;
Job 32, 9; matikkenitcheg, 1 Sam. 30, 2.
matohtetfeyeue: en matohtedeyeue oona-
uhkoiyeu-ul, ' into a rough valley ' , Deut.
21, 4.
matokqs, mahtohqs, n. a cloud.
[NOTE. Thisdeflnitton was not completed.]
matta, mat, adv. no, not; compounded
with teag (thing, res) : matta teag, matteag:
matchaog, nothing, rien, Luke 22, 35;
Prov. 13, 7. Apparently a contraction
of mohteau (mo privative and ohteau),
it is not; cf. mo, monteag. In some
dialects the particle undergoes further
contraction, as in Del. la, 'a lazy no'
( Hkw. ) , as in the French ' point ' for ' ne
point ' . In composition, mat, as a prefix,
has a privative and sometimes a direct
negative force, sometimes is the equiv-
alent of matche, bad.
[Narr. machdug, no, not (machdge),
nothing, not so, R. W. ; mattuks, no,
Stiles. Abn. manda, non. Micm. m8 t
point; mltkSech, rien, ne pas; maSen,
personnes. Cree nummti, no, not;
nummdnta (strong neg. ), no; numma-
nisse (soft neg. ), no. Del. makhta, tah t
Zeisb.; matta, no; id, a lazy no; tagu,
no, not; atta, ta, no, no, Hkw. Powh.
mattagh, Smith.]
*mattaasu ( Narr. ) , not far off, near by,
'a little way', R. W. 76: mattdsu, nole-
shem, 'I came from hard by', ibid. 28.
*mattagehan (Narr.), there is a cross
(i. e. a head) wind; suppos. matl&ge-
hatch, when the wind is cross. See
*immndgehan.
mattamog-, mattamag (?), suppos. as
n. one who is foolish, a fool, Eecl. 6, 8;
7, 9; Ps. 14, 1; pi. +wog, Eccl. 7, 4, 5.
Adv. and adj. mattamogque, -magwe?
BI T RKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bl'I.I.ETIX 25
mattamog, mattamag continued,
foolish(ly), Prov. 17, 25. Vl>. adj.
mattamagquebttu, -my//r*, he does
foolishly, is foolish [ actively I. \'hl. n.
mnlliiiiiiii/iiKiiik, folly (abstractly), Prov.
15, 14; 1 Cor. 3, 19; mHfim/v.i< mil,;
-i/iifiinfa-unk, foolish doing, folly acted,
Prov. 14, 17, 18; 1 Cor. 1, IS.
mattanittuonk, vl>l. n. pass. l>eing
cursed, a curse, Gen. 27, 12, 13; Xeh.
10, 29; Prov. 26, 2 (tniillaiiniitliiitnlc, C. ).
From maU&numau.
*mattannauke (Narr.). |>l. -<nik<t<ixli, 'a
line sort of mats to sleep on', R. \V.
[Abn. iniitkiiiiit, luitte, peau, etc.; snr
ijuoi on s'assoi; nedandke, j'ai une
natte snr quoi, etc., Rasles. Del. a nn
rax, mat, Zeisb.]
mattannit, n. the bad spirit, the devil;
pi. -I6og, El. Or. 9 (Imoy, James 2,
19); maltand, .Gookin. From mat
( match?) and m'anit.
[Mnli. inttmdoii, Kdw. Chip, inithje-
munedoo, J. (IIM chf im'm e d<>, Sch. n,
458). Abn. ketsiniSi-nkS, dieu, le grand
ge'nie; maisiniSeskS, diable. Del. mal-
schi (or macliteclii) mannitto or mach-
tando, Hkw.]
mattantam, v. i. and t. inan. he grudges
(it), is unwilling. From matin and
-nntam, be is not-minded; adv. mat-
tanlamuv, 'grudgingly', 2 Cor. 9, 7.
mattanum (?): iium-iiifilliinniii, I am un-
worthy ('to unloose', etc., Mark 1, 7);
elsewhere, nul-la/ieHum.
mattanumaii. v. t. an. he curses (him),
speaks evil to (him); iin]H'rat. 2d pi.,
iiialti'iiiiniiruk, curse ye (Mero/), Judg.
5, 23; 3d sing, iiuitti'iiiitmtij, let him be
cursed, Deut. 27, 14; malannmire wmu-
intcli, let (him) be as cursed, Jer. 20, 15; i
uttamuniirli, let (it) be cursed. Cf.
iiiiilcln'; liiiltclii'iiiii'i.
'iii:ittiij>eu (Narr.), 'a woman keeping
alone in her monthly sickness', R. \V.
[mat-aptii, 'she is not at home', R.
\V., or iinittit/>i>n, she sits apart (?).]
mattappasquas, n. a bat, Lev. 11, 19;
indttalHtxIiquax, Is.. 2, 20; initlali/mxi/im,
Deut. 14, 18. See mithaJbolujwu.
*mattappu, v. i. he sits down; pitthmal-
lnp/tiiiMj, they shall sit, Ind. Laws, xvi,
xii. Cf. tutmmatappineoL
[Narr. ui(itl<i/i*li i/olnj, sit by the lire.]
matteag:, nothing. See innlln.
inuttompog, snppos. as n. war: ijnag-
</iiii.ihii-iiiii>iiiii<i,l; Hiiilloiii/iiMj, prepare ye
war, Joel 3, 9; wdccmlogig ninth, mpog,
they who delight in war, 1's. fiS, 30.
Adv. and adj. nHilltim/Hii/iiv ke&ikwl, day
of war or battle, Job 38, 23.
[Abn. iniillnnbfkS, la guerre; ninllan-
hfgSi-areiiiii'ilinL, les guerriers. Micm.
maltn.k, 'to beat': mflltole, 'I leatthee';
, 'I fight', Rand. Del. mach-
k, bad time, wartime (marhtapan,
bad morning weather), Zeisb.]
mattiihquab, n. skin (of a human being),
Lev. 13, 34-38; Ezek. 37, 8; nattiili-
tjuab, my skin; ii'it<ltnlii/iial>, his skin.
For in' adt-uhquAe and nppu, that which
is (permanently) upon the outside.
*[mattuliteau, v. i. he quarrels;] 1111111-
iitalluhleam, I quarrel, C.
matug. See meliluy, a tree,
matukkenco. See m<itikena>.
*[matwakau, v. i. he dances;] <iltr/ue
mattvdkesh, don't dance, C. Vbl. n.
matlwakkdonk, dancing, C.
matwaii, (he is) an enemy, Ex. 15, 9;
Is. 59, 19; pi. nidtimog.
[Xarr. mnlvm&og, 'soldiers.']
*matwauonck (Xarr. ), vbl. n. a battle,
mail, v. i. he cries, weeps, 2 Sam. 13, 19;
pi. iiiatiog, v. 36; suppos. noh mauiig, he
who weeps, Ps. 126, 6; suppos. pass.
iniii'niiiik, when there is weeping, Keel.
3, 4; suppos. pi. (particip. ) ne<j maugig,
they who weep, 1 Cor. 7, 30 ( ncg mogig,
Matt. 5,4); free), iiiiiiieiiutii (he mourns).
Adj. and adv. IIKIIIHY, Num. 25, (i (mintr,
2 Sam. 3, 16). Vbl. n. umitonk, weeping.
[Xarr. niauo, 'to cry and l>ewail.'
Abn. inanSf, il pleure il cause, etc.; ne-
maS'ighf, je pleure. Chip. kt'-iuliwe
(pret. ), he wept, John 11, 35; suppos.
iiKiliinil, when she wept, John 20, 11
(J.).]
*mauchauh.om [he has gone], 'the dead
man'; pi. maucha&homwog, the dead,
R. \V. For iniihche-mm.
*mauchepwut (Xarr.), when he hath
eaten; maacHepueim, after I (shall)
have eaten, R. \V. ; suppo-i. of niiilirlif-
JHD, he has eaten.
mauemati, v. t. an. (freq. of mcru) he
mourns for (him), (ien. 37, 34; pi.
-maog, they mourn, Num. 20, 29; im-
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
53
mauemaii continued.
perat, prohib. mauemuhkon, mourn thou
not, Ej,ek. 24, 17. Vbl. n. mauemanonk,
mourning, Zech. 12, 11.
[Abn. ne-nmSimari, je le pleure.]
maumachi (?) is put for 'household
itutf', property, Gen. 31, 37, but more
often in the plural, inmtmachiash, goods,
effects, movables, Nah. 2, 9: leaguash
asuhnucumttchiasli, ' money or stuff' , Ex.
22, 7. The primary meaning is perhaps
'things taken.' Cf. maummmi, it is
taken (as spoil, 1 Sam. 4, 17, 19).
[Xarr. maumacMuath, goods; nu-
ijnii'ijn, household stuff, R. W.]
maumachish (intens. of machish, ma-
jish), at the very last, Gen. 49, 19; 2
Tim. 3,1; Prov. 5, 11: nen mauntacltiali,
I (am) the last, Is. 41, 4 (momnrhiiihene,
lastly, finally, C. and Danf. ; ut mo-
m&ush ne kesukok, at the last day, Jno.
C. ). See majish.
maumunni, -nal, v. i. (pres. def. ) it is
taken (away), 1 Sam. 4, 17, 19; Prov.
4, 16. Of. arnaeu, he departs (Xarr.
mdw, he is gone, i. e. is dead); nemun-
num, he takes it; amaunum, he takes
(it) away.
rmaumuttam, v. i. (and t. inan.?) he
mourns: - mttch, he mourns for
(him), 2 Sam. 19, 1; num-momuttam, I
I
lament, C. Cf. man, mauemau.
[Abn. iie-iiinS'id&men, je pleure quel-
que chose.]
*maunetu (Xarr.), a conjurer, R. W.
= >niinfln, Kl.
*maunuwau. See mynoom, he hisses, C.
*maut (Narr. ), denotes completed action
or cessation of activity. See imi/ir/ie.
*mautabon (Nan-.), 'it i.- day.' See
iiinliliiiii/iiiii, morning.
may, ma'i, n. way, path: a;/!m may, he
made a way, Ps. 78, 50; neen may, I
am the way, John 14, 6; with locative
or directive affix, mniiut, in, to, or by
the way; kishke may, by the wayside;
iniiikniilii, in (or among) ways, Is. 42,
Hi; iiniii-iiiiilliniiiiiiixhum may, 'I run in
the way' (of thy commandments), Ps.
119, 32, = num-mutlHmmriomaxhoiitam
iniii/, Maw. Ps. ) . From a-u, he goes to
(ad-it), with the impersonal prefix (?).
See /)'.
[Xarr. mi'ii/i: inni/i'in. Is there ;i way?
may, mai continued.
mat iiiai/iiiii'nino, there is no way, R. W.
(Cf. suppos. negat. matta mdanoy and
mo a<lt mancuk, where there was no
way, Ps. 107, 4, 40. ) Quir. maouk, in
the way (to), Pier. 29.]
*mecautea ( Xarr. ) , a- fighter. See me-
konaii.
meechu, meech, v. t. inan. he eats (that
which is inanimate, primarily vegetal
food; but sometimes weymw, flesh, is
the object of the verb; cf. mmwhau,
he eats what is alive): num-meech, I
eat; ummeechin, he eats it, Gen. 3, 2;
Is. 7, 22; guppos. noh meecliik, meechuk,
he who eats (it), John 6, 58, 51; pass,
inan. meechumm, meechummu, it is eaten,
whence meechum, ' victuals', Gen. 14, 1 1.
Vbl. n. meechummuonk, fruit, vegetal
food, Gen. 3, 3; Amos 8, 2. See meetsu.
[Xarr. meitch, eat thou; teaqua kurn-
meich, what wilt thou eat? Abn. ne-
mitsi, je mange cela; ne-milsegi, je mange
(v. i.); ne-mShan, je mange (an.obj.).
Micm. migichi, je mange. Cree meechu,
he eats (it) ; freq. m&miechu. Chip, me-
jim mahjeyon, food to eat, John 4, 32;
mahjid weyos, (he who) eats flesh, John
6, 56; ne-mejem-im, my meat, John 4,
34, J.; nin midjin, I eat (it), Bar.]
meepit. See mepit.
*meesk, n. elbow, C. See ishquanogkod.
[Abn. neskSan, mon coude; 3d pi.
SskSilnar. Del. wi squon, (his) elbow,
Zeisb.]
meesunk, meis-, meyaus-, n. coll. the
hair (of the head), Is. 50, 6; Ezek. 39,
17: um-meetunk, her hair, John 12, 3;
pasuk meyamunk, one hair, Matt. 5,
36. (Cf. weshdyctii, hair on the body
or limbs, the hair of animals, and qu-
nCniilii/iiniiii, he has long hair.) This
word has the form of a noun collective,
and is perhaps from mcoxn, he cuts close
or shaves off, primarily he smooths,
signifying that which is cut off, in dis-
tinction from the long or scalp lock,
qunonukt]u6onk,
[Abn. m'-mSsan, je le tonds; ne-mSri,
je me tonds, je me rase les cheveux;
chevelure d'ennernis; ne-
f, je Icve la clievelure. Menom.
HHiixli, head: IIKII/-IIIII/-IIHIIII. hair, Sch.
11, 470. Del. mi Inch, hair; micch hee
54
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[IH-I.LETIN 25
meesunk, etc. continued.
ken [cf. irexhagan, El.], hair or wool,
/.isb.]
meetsu, metsu, v. i. he eats, he takes
food, 1 K. 19, 6. Active intrans. form
(or verb adj. an.) of meech-u, as if
meech-egu. Imperat. meetsifh, eat thou;
pi. meetiek; suppos. noh meelmt, he who
eats, 'the eater', Is. 55, 10. Vbl. n.
meetsuonk, food ('meat', Matt. 6, 25).
Cf. meechu, mmwhau (v. t. an.).
[Narr. asc&meteslmmix ( = aq kum-
metesimmw), have you not yet eaten?
kom-metesimmin, your eating (infinit. 2d
sing.). Abn. ne-mitsesi, je mange. Micm.
migichi, je mange. Cree mtchesoo, he
eats; mt?ches6osu, he eats a little, phip.
wewn, he eats. Menom. mee-tee-shin.
Del. mitsu, Zeisb.]
meetwe, metwe(?), n. a 'poplar', Gen.
30,37; Hos.4,13.
*meeun, meun(?) '(Peq., Groton, 1762),
n. the sun, Stiles.
mehcheeu, mehcheyeu, (v. i. she is)
barren, Gen. 25, 21; 11, 30; Luke 1, 7
(mehchiyeue, barren; mohchiyeue, empty,
C. ). Vbl. n. mehcMyeuonk, barrenness,
sterility, 2 K. 2, 21. See mahchumm;
mohchi.
melimelishanoin ( ? ) . v. i. he pants: num-
mehmt)i#hanAi-up (pret. ) I panted, Ps.
119, 131. Cf. sauuhkisgu.
[Abn. mnmantsi rt: nereSangan, le
cojur me bat.]
mehquantam, -oantam, v. t. he re-
members (it); num.-, I remember, Gen.
41, 9; imperat. 2d sing. mehquantash,
Ex. 20, 8; Deut. 5, 15; suppos. meh-
quontog, when he remembers, 2 Cor. 7,
15. Vbl. n. mehquantamaxmk, remem-
brance (of inan. obj.), a memorial,
Eccl. 1, 11; Neh. 2, 20 (ivunnegen meh-
quontamftonk, 'a good memory', C.,
should be wunne mehquontamaxmk).
With an. obj. mehqudnumait, he remem-
bers (him), Gen. 19, 29; with affixes,
kum-mehqudnumaush, I remember thee,
Ps. 77, 3; imperat. num-mehqudnum-eh,
remember thou me. Vbl. n. mehqudn-
umiionk, memory, remembrance (of an.
obj.), Jol> 18, 17; Prov. 10, 7. From
ahquantam [ulique-antam], he refrains
from thinking of, with nogat. prefix;
mo-iili'/ii<iiiliiiii, In- diH's not refrain, etc.
mehquantam, -oantam continued.
[Narr. kinn-iin -i/ini irmiiii-e, dost thou
remember me? Abn. ne-mik8itehan'-
damen, j'ai la memoire de cela, je m'en
souviens; (with an. obj.) 'iii'-mi'ksitehan-
maii, ne-mi'kSereman.J
mehquau, mequau, n. the thigh, Kzek.
24, 4; agwe neequa-ul, under my thigh,
Gen. 47, 29; wehqwtu, his thigh. Cf.
mobpee, hip, upper part of the thigh; '
mohpegh, shoulder.
mehtauog, n. the ear; pi. -ogwasfi, El. Gr.
10, -ogquash, Rom. 11, 8; nehtauog, my
ear; 2d pers. keht-; 3d pers. wcht-. From
wahteou, he understands, knows (?);
suppos. wautog, he who knows, under-
stands, the knower(?), or perhaps from
the causative form, it makes (him) un-
derstand. Cf. nmtamun&t, to hear.
[Narr. wutt&wwog, pi. -guAsh. Abn.
metaSakS; 3d pers. SlaSakS; pi. -ag8r.
Peq. kuttuwannege, your ear, or 'what
you hear by', Stiles. Muh. towohque,
ear, Edw. Del. (3d pi.) whitlawak-all,
Hkw. ; htitaock, ear, Camp. Cree me-td-
lad-ki, ear, Harmon.]
mehtug, -tugq, mahtug, n. (1) a tree,
wood; pi. -ugquash, El. Gr. 10; metng-
kmkontu, 'among thick trees', Ps. 74, 5;
dimin. mehtugques and meltiugquemes, a
small tree, El. Gr. 12. (2) small wood, a
stick, a twig (muhtaikoomfs, a stick, C. ) ;
pi. mehtugkoomesash, twigs, Gen. 30, 37;
withes, Judg. 16, 7, 8. In compound
words, -uJitug or -ulilugq, tree, wood;
-unk, a tree (while standing or in the
earth). See agivonk; kishkunk; mus-
smonk; qunuhtug.
[Narr. mihtiick, pi. -f- quash. Chip.
mitig, pi. -gog. Cree mistlck, dimin.
mistickoos. Del. tachan l='lugkun(?)],
wood (me to chan, firewood); mehittuk,
a tree, Zeisb.]
meisunk. See meestmk.
mekaussu, v. i. act. he strives, contends;
suppos. mehkaiisil, Is. 50, 8.
mekonau, v. t. an. he contends with
(him), strives against (him); imperat.
2d pi. mekantok, contend with, do bat-
tle with (him), Deut. 2, 9, 24; suppos.
noli inekonont, he who contends with,
Is. 45, 9; mutual, mekonittitoi/, they con-
tend one with the other, they strive
together, Lev. 24, 10; 2 Sam. 14, (>.
TRL'MBUU.J
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
55
mekonaii continued.
[Narr. kum-mecaulc h , yon are a quar-
reler. ]
mekonteau, v. i. he contends, makes
war, James 4, 2 (with ayeuwohteau, he
fights).
[Xarr. mecauntilea, let us fight; me-
caulea, a fighter.]
menadchu, n. the left hand; um-menad-
chu, his left hand, Dan. 12, 7 (menatche
menitcheg, the left hand, C. ) . Adv. and
adj. menadchee, left, of the left:
umgseet, his left foot, Rev. 10, 2; of inan.
obj. menadcheinniyeu, (it is) on the left,
Zech. 4, 3, 11.
[Xarr. yo nmi'mnatch, (there, to) the
left hand (of the path or way).]
menadtam, v. t. he vomits (it) up, Lev.
18, 25; Jonah 2, 10. Vbl. n. menad-
tamcoonk, menatammonk, vomiting, Jer.
48, 26.
[Narr. n 'munn6.iUom.min, I vomit, R.
W. Del. melandam, he vomits, Zeisb. ]
menan, n. the tongue; pi. menanash,
James 3, 5, 6; Acts 2, 3; winan (weenan),
his tongue. [Related to annm, unnau,
he speaks, commands (?).]
[N'arr. weenat (misprint for weenant).
Abn. mirarS; 3d pers. SirarS. ]
*meninnunk, n. milk. In the title of
the Indian translation by Grindal Raw-
son of Cotton's "Milk for Babes." In
the quotation from 1 Peter 2, 2, on
the title-page, the adv. and adj. menin-
nunnue (of milk, milky) is substituted
for Eliot's iogkodlungane. Participial
or suppos. inan. from namau, he sucks,
with m' prefixed, that which he sucks
[cf. sogkodtunk; or is it ' what is given '
(rnem'n-)?]. See nconontamun&t; noon-
un&t.
[Narr. munnunnug, (woman's) milk;
wunnundgan, a breast. Abn. merendkSs,
du lait; nenSni, je tete; nSnanmaii, je
la tete.]
mendgkus, n. the belly, Job 3, 11; the
bowels, 2 Chr. 21, 15, 18; ki;,i',gkun,thy
belly; wunnogkuK, his l>elly, Lev. 11, 42
( munnogs, bowels, C. ) . Cf . wonogq, a.
hole, a pit.
[Narr. wunn&ks. Abn. nanigan, ( inon )
ventre. Del. wach ley, Zeisb.Voc. 12.]
*menontam, C. See manontam, he smells.
menuhkequog, n. 'steel', Jer. 15, 12
menuhkequog continued.
(with missehchuoy, 'iron'), but not else-
where. It signifies a very hard knife
or cutting instrument. Cf. chohqubg;
kenehquug (under kenai).
menuhketeou, v. caus. inan. he makes
(it) hard or strong; pi. -teoog, Jer. 5, 3
(num-menehketeo, I fasten, C. ).
menuhkeu, -ke, -ki, (it is) strong, firm,
hard ('menuhke or menuhkv, adv.
strongly', El. Gr. '21), Ex. 6, ] ; 1 K.
19, 11; Ezek. 3, 9; suppos. menuhkehik,
when it is hard, Job 37, 38; with an.
subj. (v. adj. an.) menuhkettu, he is
strong, Is. 40, 26. N. agent, menuh-
kesuen, a strong man; pi. 'mighty men
of valor', 2 Chr. 32, 21. Vbl. n. me,,,!!,-
kesuonk, strength, might.
[Narr. minikesu, strong; ininioquf,su
[dimin. little strong], weak. Abn. ne-
merkasani, je me sers de force, j'emploie
la force. Micm. menakdi, je suis presse
(adv. menakt); melkei, je suis dur (adv.
melki).~\
meiiuhkinnum, v. t. he takes a strong
hold of, holds (it) fast; pi. -umvxtg, Jer.
8, 5; imperat. 2d sing, menuhkeni.ih,
hold (it) fast, Rev. 3, 3, 11. From
menuhkeu, with formative of verbs of
action performed by the hand.
[Abn. ne-merkenaii, je le tiens forte-
ment, fermement; (with inan. obj.) ne-
merkenemen."]
menuhkonog, n. a stronghold; pi. -og-
qnasJt, -ogwosh, Judg. 6, 2; 1 Sam. 23, 29,
= menuhke manskash, Lam. 2, 5.
menuhkoshketomp [= menuhke-mnke-
tomp], n. a valiant man, 1 Sam. 16, 18.
menukque, n. the armpit: agwe inenuk-
quti, under the armpit, Ezek. 13, 18
( ' to armholes ' ) ; agn-e kenukr/tie-it, under
thy armpits, Jer. 38, 12.
[Abn. neregSi, mon aisselle; SregSi
(son aisselle).]
*menuks, n. a brant, C.
[Narr. munnilck*, pi. -suck, R. W.
Del. iiiiini'nirkiiK alms ( = bad fowl), 'a
blackbird nearly twice as large as a
duck', etc. Camp.; masreck kaak, 'gray
goose', ibid.]
menutcheg, n. the hand; pi. -eganh, El.
Gr. 10; nunnntcheg, my hand; wun-
nutcheg, his hand, often in contracted
form, menutch, nunnutc/i, u'uimutch,
5(5
Bl'RKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
menutcheg continued.
round-hand'), the fist, Ex. 21, 18; anom-
iiiniii-liiii {iitii'inn; within), the inside of
the hand, the palm, the hollow, Lev. 14,
15,26. See inu/rmno/iA-i'/ii, the right hand;
menadchu, the left hand ( nii<-ln-<j, C. ;
n'liiiiiifluk, my hand, E. M. ).
[Xarr. wunnickeke, (his) han<l; pi.
-i-heytnuih. Abn. neretfi, ma main; 3d
pers. Sretfi. Chip, ni-nindj, my hand,
Bar. Del. iiachk, my hand, Zeisb.]
menwee, n. the navel; Ictnwee, thy navel,
Prov. 3, 8; Cant. 7, 2; weenwee, his
navel, Job 40, 16. For m'nSe, the mid-
.dle(?).
[Abn. Sin, noinbril ; nanSiSi, milieu. ]
mepit, meepit, n. a tooth; pi. -lash, El.
(Jr. 10; -teaxh, Cant. 4, 2; neepit, keepit,
n;, '/ill, my, thy, his tooth.
[Xarr. wepit', pi. -leimh. Peq. ntebut,
(my) tooth, Stiles. Abn. 3d pers.
S'ipit.']
mequau. See mehquau.
mequn, n. (1) a feather; (2) a pen, 3 John
13; pi. -unog: um-mequog, his feathers,
Ps. 91, 4. Adv. and adj. mequnne,
feathered, Ps. 78, 27; wn-mequnne, Ezek.
39, 17; matchekiqunau, HIM/I/I/IUHIK, (he
is) much feathered, full of feathers,
Ezek. 17, 3, 7.
[Chip, me'gtrun. Shawn, mii-k n m'ih.
Del. mi gun, Zeisb.]
metah [m'tah], n. the heart, 1 K. 3, 12;
Is. 1, 5; pi. --luuh, Rev. 2, 23; mMah,
kiittnh, inillnli, my heart, thy heart, his
heart [nogcug, (my) heart, Wood].
Adj. and adv. mc/n/i/mimc, of the heart,
1 ( 'or. 4, 5. Cf. iiiitidilii; it is mine (be-
longs to me); irtiituilu; it is his (belongs'
to him).
[Xarr. ii-nllnh, (his) heart; itlttSi, my
heart. Muh. uloh, Edw. Del. (3d pers. )
a-' tin, /cisl). and llk\v. ( = ' /;/); at,;,
my heart, /cisli. Chip, an-iliii, ,,-l,ni.
Meii'.ni. //mi/ /d/i. Shawn. iMi ee.~\
*meteauhock (Narr. ), "the jK-riwinkle,
of which they make tlicir in/////i/i//
[w6mpam, p. l.Sli] or white miuicv."-
R. AV. 104. Pyruhi ru-ira or 1'. caiiali-
culata (?). From mi'lilm'tiii/ (Abn.
///.^(,-,s'(i/.vvi. an car i '.'), ear-shaped shell.
*metewis i Narr. ), 'black earth': "From
this. Hii'/ddX is an linlian town, a day
*metewis continued*
and a half's journey, or less (west, from
the Massachusetts) called Meteii't'im'-
nii'k." R.W. Plumbago or graphite (?).
metsu. See meetsu.
mettasash. See multasash.
metugkookontu. See mehlug.
*metup-peash, n. pi. brains; waantam
ii-ntliiii, a wise brain, C. Xarr. -U'lilli/i.
the [his] brain, R. W. Cf. niiin/i ( Abn.
Step), his head.
[Abn. aSiritebait, ('ervelle; nuli-ji,
tetc.]
metwe. See uinln, .
meun. See *mfeun.
meyausunk. See rneesunk.
m'hogk. See muhhog.
miae, miyde, mode, mdeu, adv. to-
gether, Is. 45, 8, 21; Job 41, 15; Deut.
33, 17; m6f, Acts 1, 6; moeu, El. Gr.
21; moym, C. : mode paxootshagk, draw
near together, Is. 45, 20; moaeu, v. 16;
nauwaeog moeu, they bow down to-
gether, Is. 46, 2.
[Abn. mai'ifii, miiSiS!, ensemble.
Micm. m8, nin8i, ensemble, tout a la
fois. Chip, iiiainrnii. Bar. Cree m<i/<-
moii 1 , all together, collectively.]
miaeog-, miyaeog, v. i. they are as-
sembled, are together, Num. 20, 2; (iinii-
i/ni'og. Rev. 19, 19); miyaweog, 'they
gather together', Is. 49, 18; imperat. /i-
i/i'n'k, uliiit'k, assemble yourselves, (Jen.
49, 1; Is. 45, 20; Zeph. 2, 1. With inan.
subj. nipjn- iiniii'iiini, the water is gath-
ered together, Ex. 15, 8; mnkkliiiiiniik
HHH'inm, Lev. 8,4 ( miyaemtD, Judg.
'20, 1), the assembly is gathered to-
gether; pi. mAeinoash, Prov. 27, 25.
[Xarr. utltiirene, 'a court or meeting';
iiiini/'i'iiifk. let ua meet. Abn. intiii'xxiii'iu,
on s'a.ssemble. Quir. /im/m-i"//'!////,-, a
congregation, Pier, til.]
mianati, mdunail, etc., v. t. an. he as-
sen ililes. gathers (them) together, 1'
Sain. \'2. 21); supjios. iitdi/niink, 'if he
gather together', Job 11, 10; imperat.
I'll sing. Hii'i/i, mii/un, iiioin, gather thou
(them i together, 2 Sam. 12, 28; Esth.
4, Hi; Xuin. 21, 16. Augm. and freq.
HIII/I/HI'II'II/IIH, .Mark 13, ^7. With inan.
dbj. [///I'(I///IH,//] ///.'HI/IH/H, he gathers (it
or inan. things). See iiiijuiiuiit. This.
TBUMBl'LL]
NATtCK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
57
miaiiau, motmaii continued.
verb has the formative of action by the
hand, and perhaps Eliot was wrong in
using it in the sense of calling together
or causing to assemble. In the same
sense Ragles (as Abn. below) employs
the caus. an. form.
[Abn. iie->iiai' / i/!<int<ii'ik, j'assemble
(les homines).]
*michacliunck (Narr. ), the soul. R.
Williams (113) says this word "is of
affinity with a word signifying a look-
ing glass, or clear resemblance, so that
it hath its name . from a clear sight
or discerning." Pierson's Catechism
in the Quinnipiac dialect has mitta-
chonkq, soul. The word has no discov-
erable affinity with either of the two
names (kaukakineinniick and pebenoeh-
Ifliiiiiiiiniiiirk.') which Williams gives
(p. 136) to 'looking glass'. Elsewhere
(p. 116) Williams writes pi. niicltichmick-
qnog.
[Chip, wabmotehiichaffwan, Bar. 46.
Del. me txclti txrhank, soul, spirit, Zeisb.]
michemappu [=rich&iM-aj>pu], v. i. he
abides forever, Is. 40, 28; suppos. Mir-ln-
mnpit Manit, 'the Eternal God', Dent.
33, 27.
micheme, misheme, adv. forever, ever-
lastingly, Matt. 6, 13; Philemon 15; Ps.
90, 2 (so Cotton).
[Narr. mirlifme. Abn. mi'txintlSi, tou-
jours. Micm. mech, d'avantage, en-
core, de plus. Cree moottik, always.
Del. ametsclihni, often (?), Zeisb.]
michemohteau [=micheme-ohteau],v. i.
it is forever, endures forever; supp, >s.
ne mirhnniilitng, that which is forever,
'eternal', Rom. 1,20 ( = ui'n-hinie nlila;/,
Ps. 145, 13). Adv. and adj. michemoh-
tae and nuK-lii'inoliti'ii; everlasting(ly),
Deut. 33, 15; Hah. 3, 6.
*michokat (Xarr.), a thaw; mii-li'/kntili,
when it thaws, R. W. = f/m//.-7n </<.<//.
when it melts away, vanishes. Cf.
mahieheau.
[Del. iiioBchharjititti 'the river clears
up, is getting free of ice', 'the weather
dears up', Zeisb. Or.]
*micuckaskeete (Xarr.), a meadow,
R.\V. See mukkoshqut, a plain.
min, n. gen. a fruit; restricted in its ap-
plication to the smaller fruits, such as
min continued.
corn, berries, nuts; pi. minnendi. Not
used by Eliot except in compound
names. It appears to be formed by
prefixing the indef. particle i' to -in,
the formative of verbs of growing,
that which is grown', or which results
from growth. See irtntchimin (corn),
iri'tiiiiiiiniii'Kah (grapes), kmeii-iiiniinenith
(first ripe fruits), wfimpi-minntath
(chestnuts, 'white nuts'), etc. Eliot
has always the inan. plural. In some
other dialects names compounded with
mm (or BMRM) have occasionally the
an. form.
[Chip, mffn; pi. inan. mmi-nn, ber-
ries, Sch. n, 368; but nuniM-mhi, pi.
tm.-minag, corn; miskv'i-min, pl.-mi'rm;/,
raspberries, etc. Cree mtni*, a berry.
Del. mihn, 'huckleberry', Zeisb.]
misashq. See m ishrtxhrj.
mishabohquas, -bpuhquas, n. 'mouse',
Lev. 11, 29; Is. 66, 17. Properly the
great mouse (rnhhe-ttbohqutu) or rat.
Cf. mattappagquat, bat.
[Abn. SfiiibigSsffsS, souris. Chip.
iminiliiijHiiiiiIji, mouse, Bar. T>e\.poijnex,
a mouse, Hkw.; rich po queen, Zeisb.]
mishadchu [*^mwhe-tmdchu], n. a great
mountain, Luke 3, 5; Rev. 8, 8.
mishadtuppoj, -pu [ininhe-fidl-uppa>], v.
i. he feasts, Prov. 15, 15. Vbl. n. -pm-
onk, a feast, Ex. 23, 16; 34, 22. Caus.
mifhadtupweheau, he makes a feast, he
causes (others) to feast, (ten. 40, 20;
Dan. 5, 1.
mishanamco (?), v. i. he groans, John 11,
33; pi. mi#h&nAmaK>g (ntithondntaeog,
Job 24, 12); num-miihanCmumun, we
groan, 2 Cor. . r >, 2, 4.
mishanantam, v. t. lie despises, con-
temns, thinks meanly of (it); with an.
obj. itii*ltiiiti'iiiiiiiini'i. hedespiseth (him),
Prov. 14, 2, 31. Vbl. n. act. niiflinii-
, dishonoring: pass, uiixlinii-
, being dishonored, contempt,
disgrace (passive), Ezra 4, 14; Ps. 3o,
26; Prov. IS, 3 (mehanantamire, 'mean-
ly', C.). Cf. matchenantam.
*mislianneke (Xarr.), = iiiilii--niitii-k, a
squirrel; pi. -m-i/mirk. It. W.: -xln'innii-
i/n,, Stiles ( ' mixliinniek, C. ). [The root
is 'claw' or 'scratcher' (?).]
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN l!. r >
*mishdnneke^tont i n ur. 1 .
[Aim. mi'kOe, ecureuil; jir/'nilcS, me*-
i'inik8, 'ces'dcux nut un lieau poil';
anikiiteis (dimin.), suisse [chipmunk].
Etch, mekoo, red squirrel. Miami ne-
kieairh, squirrel. Shawn, an-eek-wah.
Del. luni'ic'iuiii, Camp.]
mishanogqug [= mwhe-anogqit, great
star], n. the morning star, 2 Pet. 1, 19;
Rev. 2, 28.
mishautam, missautam, v. i. and t.
inan. he thinks much, meditates, is in-
tent upon (it); Jer. 49, 30; Dan. 6, 3.
Vbl. n. -tamanconk, much thinking,
meditation, Ps. 119, 97.
mishantoowau, -ontcowau, v. i. he
shouts, cries out with a loud voice, Jer.
25,30; impers. (?) miehontcowi, Is. 30, 7;
imperat. 2d sing, mithantanixuh, cry
aloud, 'lift up thy voice', Is. 40, 6, 9.
Adv. and adj. mishantaoiiiie, with loud
voice, loudly, Ps. 150, 5; Prov. 27, 14.
Vbl. n. mishantancaonk, -ontam-aonk, a
shout, a loud noise (mixhontrndnat, to j
roar, C. ). From mishe and -oniootuau \
(he utters). See*misho>ita)ahpiihsu,he \
howls.
[Xarr. mithtt&ntomuh, speak out.]
mishashq, misashq [= miihe-m' askeht or
mishe-anJiq, great grass], n. a rush, Job j
8,11; pi. -quog, rushes, 'flags', Ex. 2, 3.
Adj. and adv. miha*hque, of rushes,
'of bulrushes', Ex. 2, 3. Cf. ivekinasq;
tiiiMhashquobok.
mishasketomp, n. 'champion', 1 8am.
17, 4, 23, 51.
*mishaupan (Narr. ), a great wind, R.
W., i. e. it blows greatly: niixln-mn'ijiitn.
See indban.
mishe. See mistri, great.
mishe-abohquas. See mighabohquas.
mishe-adtdau. See mi*lii'><nliit<'.
mishe-adt-uppoo. See ii/ixhnilt/i)MD.
mishe-annek. See *misli&nneke.
mishe-anogqs. See migh&nogqtts.
misheashkco. v. i. (and t. inan.) he
swallows it (completely), swallows up,
Rev. 12, 16; ne masheasht/ut (suppos. ),
that which he swallows up, Jer. 51, 44;
with an. obj. milheathqumuau i mime-),
he swallows (him) up. Cf. ./".,, ix/,/,v,).
mishe-asbq. Set' iiilxlmxlu/.
mishegski. See 7/1 id/i (foijfcj.
inishe'huiiu, v. cans. an. he makes (him)
great, exalt." (him), 1 K. 1, 15; mtm-
misheh, I exalt (him), Ps. 89, 19; sui>-
IM>S. null iiii.li<-li<iint,he who exalts, L'
Cor. 12,20; snp]>os. pass, (part.) /.<//<-
hit, made great, exalted, 2 Cor. 12, 7;
with inan. obj. m!>hehteau, he makes
(it) great, increases, enlarges, exalts
(it), Hoe. 12, 1; num-mishteoh, 'I mag-
nify' (it), Rom. 11, 13; suppos. noh
in*l<ti.'ii>ik, Prov. 28, 8.
mishehtashin, v. i. it storms, there is a
tempest; as n. (mixhehtash), a tempest,
a gale of wind, Job 27, 20; Is. 29, 6;
inin/uiii inixlixlii'hliisli, ' there arose a tem-
pestuous wind ', Acts 27, 14; wutch mishe
tahshinit, 'from the storm', Is. 25, 4;
suppos. mahshetahshik, Acts 2, 2. [The
separation of words in the last example
implies that Eliot understood misheh-
tatliin to be formed of mishe and tahshin
(it lifts up), i. e. 'agreat uplifting.' It
seems rather to be from mishehtecm, with
(the characteristic of violent action, sh,
and) the formative of verbs denoting
action of the wind, -shin, 'the wind in-
creases greatly.']
[Xarr. mishildshin, there is a storm.]
mishekishki, -koi, (it is) broad, wide
(minlii'-l.-ixh/ci, great from side to side),
Job 11, 8; Is. 33, 21; mishshilkskoi, Matt.
23, 5; mighnhekski, Ps. 119,96; missi kah
mighigski kehtoh, the great and wide sea,
Ps. 104, 25; migliekinke-maogMitu, 'in
the broad ways ' , Cant. 3, 2. See kithki.
mishe-m'askeht. See mishaslif/.
misheme. See micheme.
misheu, (it is) great; adv.' greatly, 1 Chr.
16, 25. See M!**/.
mishe-wadchu. See misliadchu.
mishikski, mishegski (?), (it is) 'fro-
ward'; snpi.os. nmxliixkag, when it is
froward, 'frnwardness', Prov. 6, 14; 10,
32; with an. sulij. mixlu-i/skiiicuog, 'they
are froward '^ Prov. 2, 15.
mishketu (?), ]>1. mixhketuog, (they are)
'new-born babes', 1 I'et. 2, 2.
mishkom. See miskom.
mishkoiidntup. n. a skull, John 19, 17
(mtutonontip, C. ); inixkoni'iiitii/), (his)
skull, 2 K. 9, 35; Judg. 9, 53; Mark 15,
22. For musbiK-i'iiiiti/i. bone-head. Cf.
*mishkouantam, v. i. he rejoices, C.
See mutkouantam,
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
59
mishkouwutchinncD-we kous, a prick-
ing briar, Ezek. 28, 24.
niishdadtue, adv. of great price, precious;
suppos. mishoadlik, I Pet. 3, 4. From
mishe-adt6au. Seemagoadlik; rndgoadlue.
mishonogod, (it is) wide, broad; suppos.
-ogok (of a gate or way, Matt. 7, 13).
*mislionta)alipuhsu, v. i. he howls;
num-mishontcoahpuhs, 1 howl, C. See
mighanianoau, he shouts.
mishontoowau. See mishantmwau.
*mishcon, n. a chin, C.
mishcon, n. a boat. See mfishmn.
*misliquammag, pi. -mauquock (Narr.),
n. salmon, red-fish, R. W. 103 ( = mish-
qui-dmaug).
[Abn. meskSamegS; pi. -gSak.J
*mishquashim (Narr. ), a red fox, R. W. ;
mishquissups, a fox, Stiles.
*mish.quawtuck (Narr.), a (red) cedar
tree, R. W. ( = mishyui-uhtug).
[Del. me hok lio eus, Zeisb.]
mishqui, (it is) red. Seem&gqui.
*mishqushkou, n. a trout, C.
[Abn. (pi.) skStam-Sk. Del. meschil-
ameek, a trout, Zeisb.]
[mishuntugkco, it is much wooded, a for-
est?] -kaoco, 'it is a wood', Josh. 17, 18.
miskaUaii, mussuhkauau, v. t. an. it
happens to or befalls (him), it is found
by or comes by chance to (him): mah-
chukish . . . pish um-miskauduh, evils
shall befall them, Deut. 31, 17; suppos.
mussuhkunk, Gen. 42, 4.
miskom, mishkom, v. t. inan. he happens
upon, finds (it); woh kummishkom, thou
shalt find (it), Matt. 17, 27; suppos.
maskog, when he finds (it), Ps. 119, 162;
Matt. 13, 44.
[Abn. -ne-meskamen, je trouve ce que
j'avois perdu (with an. obj. ne-mes-
kaSan) ; ned-askamesi, j'ai fais une bonne
trouve, Rasles. Cree mizkum; with an.
obj. miskawayoo. Chip, mekahwon, (he)
found him, J.]
missantam. See mishantam.
taissegen, mussegen [v. i. it grows or
produces abundantly, =miwekiri], it is
plenteous, abundant, Gen. 41, 29, 31;
suppos. ne masegik, that which yields
abundance, plenty, i. e. plenteous har-
vest, Gen. 41, 30, 34. Adv. and adj. ill
missegene ohke-it, to a plentiful land,
Jer. 2, 7; 48, 33.
missehchuog, n. 'iron', Josh. 8, 31; 2K.
6, 6; Job 28, 2; missehchuog kah menuh-
kequog, iron and steel, Jer. 15, 12; mis-
sehchuogijue, made of iron, Deut. 28,48;
1 K. 6, 7. In other places mmoshog (or
moushag), q. v. , is used for ' iron. ' Cot-
ton has mitafhchaoog, mines.
*misssu (Narr.), v. adj. an. he is whole
(the whole of him). See miCssi.
*misshat, n. belly, C. Probably 'gros
ventre' ; for mishe-ohteau, it is great(?).
missi, mishe, misheu, missiyeu, (it
is) great, Ezek. 17, 3; 1 Chr. 16, 25;
pi. missiyeuath kut - onkquaiunkanash,
your rewards are great, Matt. 5, 12;
ndno mwsi, it is more and more great,
'it increaseth', Ps. 74, 23; Job 10, 16;
suppos. mohmg, when it is great, a great
thing, Ex. 15, 7; Deut. 4,32; Matt. 23,
17, 19; Anue moheag, (that which is)
more great, the greatest, Matt. 22, 36.
[Narr. mishe, missi. Abn. mese;
nemeseghikSi'tSn, je le fais plus grand.
Cree missdw, it is large. Chip, milcha,
it is big, large, Bar. Del. m'cheu, big,
large (it is), Zeisb.]
missm, mussin, (he is) a captive, Is. 49,
24; 51, 14; 2 K. 5, 2: missinn6ou, mis-
sinnd, he is taken captive, becomes a
captive, -Gen. 14, 14; Lam. 1, 3; pi.
-n6a)og, Lam. 1, 5. Vbl. n. missinn6a>-
onk, captivity.
[Narr. missinnege, num-missinn&m
[-ncom] ewo, this is my captive.]
missinnin, n. (from missin, with indef.
affix) a man, homo, i. e. any captive
or tributary, in which classes were in-
cluded all men other than those of the
speaker's nation or race (viri). Of.
wosketomp, omp. PI. missinninnuog,
people, oi ito\\ol, Ex. 24, 2, 3; Deut. 4,
33; Num. 22, 5; missinnin kahpuppina-
shim, man and beast, Gen. 6, 7; howae
missinnin ken, of what people are you?
Jonah 1, 8; lit. what kind of slave are
you? (missinnin or missinninnuog, a
people; ivunnissue missinnin, a pretty
fellow, C.).
[Narr. ninnuock, ntrmi-mittirmUneock,
men, folk, people.]
missiuohkau, v. t. an. he carries (him)
away captive. See 2 K. 15, 29.
missinum. See mussinum.
60
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
missippano sokanunk (?), it [a cloud]
rains rain,, IH. 5, 6. Cf. mtuauppfg, a
tear. See -.<iy</ .
*mi8sippuskun.nicheg, n. the wrist, C.
For mvMipskonmitcheg, the bone next
to (joining) the hand. Cf. miissliisk.
-missis, -musses. See um-mistes-oh.
missishin, v. i. it touches. See muffin urn.
*mississikkoshk, n. a shin (bone), C.
missittipuk. Sec mnxxittipuk, a neck.
missiyeu. See miff!.
missohham. v. t. he announces, makes
public (see mustuise) ; imperat. 2d -f- 1st
pers. sing, inissohamuli, tell me, Gen. 24,
23; with quoshae (beforehand), he
prophesies; pi. quoshae mimohhamwog,
they prophesy, Num. 11, 27. Vbl. n.
quoshae mismhliamoonk, prophecy, Prov.
30, 1; 31, 1; with an. obj. (remote) -oh-
Itamaii, he announces to (him).
missohquam. See muw(>hquam[in~], an
ear of (dried) corn; missitnkquamin, a
(full) ear of corn.
misscoimk. See munscaunk, a dry tree.
*missuckeke (Narr. ), pi. -kequock, bass,
R. W. (wckequog, Stiles); striped bass
(Labrax lineatus)? Peq. m' ssugkheege,
Stiles.
missug-ken[oo], missuken, v. i. he is
great, powerful, mighty, 1 Chr. 16, 25:
anue migsuken onk neen, he is more pow-
erful ('mightier') than I, Mark 1, 7;
suppos. matuffkenut (q. v. ). Vbl. n.
muatffkenmmt, greatness (in power,
importance, etc., relatively), Egth. 10, 1
(miKfi'i/kiti-m lit, toabound; rnissekin-neat,
to increase, C. ). From mixtri, with ap-
]i:irently the formative of verbs of phys-
ical or inanimate growth (-kin); but, if
so, this verb could not properly have
an animate subject.
[Aim. ni-mi'xi'ijliii-, je suis grand; 3d
pers. imxi'i/liir; suppos. nn'sii/liirik, but
mflwi/.vi'N.v, il cst gros, or im'-m'-yS. Cree
ininnliiiiiltn, he is large. I >i-l. m, , i-lnjili'ik,
the big, great one, Zeisb. Voc.]
missuhkauau, missuhkomco. See ,,nix-
nMconuo.
missunkquamin. mus-, n. a (full) ear
of corn; pi. -/(//( <;.//, -mitimxli, -niin-
(uh, Dent. 23, 25; Gen. 41, 5, 7, 22. Cf.
munnequomin,
\ I'd. mi fi I/IK 111, a corn car. 7/cisli.]
missunum. Sec /,/.-.-//(////,. he touches.
mittamwus. -wussis, -wossis, n. (1) a
woman, mulier, Deut. 21, 11; 28, 56;
Gen. 2, 22; 3, 2 (cf. aqua, femina); (2)
a wife, uxor, Gen. 12, 14; Deut. 22,
14; 1 Cor. 7, 16; numm-, my wife;
knmin-, thy wife; um-mittamwut-toh, his
wife, the wife of (him), Gen. 12, 12;
19, 26. Cf. iniKMi, (she) is his wife.
[Narr. iititttiiiin.*; kamm&lanuu or ko-
n'eeiro, thy wife; tnuiun ilium nn or wullo-
, my wife, R. W. Chip, ne-minde-
, my wife (Sch. n, 458); minda-
nw!e, 'an old woman', Bar. 26. Miami
metaimnaJi, woman; ne-u'e-ii'ult, my wife.
Menom. metanio, woman; nayon, my
wife.]
mittamwussu, v. i. she is a wife; suppos.
mftttanwwiii miknloy, if she be the wife
of another, Jer. 3, 1; um-mtttamtotlMU,
-irnsgium, he takes to wife, 2 Chr. 21, 6;
Gen. 25, 1.
miyae,. See mide.
miyaeog. See mideog.
m'noot. See manatt.
mo, adv. 'sometimes signifieth not', El.
Gr. 21; mo leag, nothing, Is. 40, 17,
= moitieay (Is. 41, 17), malleag (Luke
22, 35). . See matla. Negation appears
to be the primary signification of this
particle, or rather of its base, i" (q. v. ).
With the formative of the verb suli-
stantive (m-co, wo) it came to have the
force of an affirmation of past being
(fuit) by denial of present, and thus
supplied the preterit of the defective
verb of existence; ko, it was and con-
tinues to be; mn, it was and is not ;/'/(,
it will be. (The limited or definite pres-
ent, 'is now', was market! by the affix
-a> for verbs of l>eing, -;/(' or -/ for verbs
of an. or inan. action. For the former
class, see El. Gr. 16.) Eliot some-
times combined mo with ko to form an
aorist (/,W/ '/, iiii'niki'i. See l:o'\. For
the force of m' as a prefix, indeter-
minate and impersonal, see in': nn
n in nin'ini-ii/liiiiii/,-, there was a battle,
1' Sain. -, 17; mo n'l'i/nni, there was
light, Gell. 1,3; b'n mo n-uniiun iinliii.
thoii wast a servant. Dent. 5, 17; ntij mo
mi-moloi/, these (who are dead) were
my brothers, .Indir. 8, l!l; mo tn/<'u<iu, he
was made, etc.. I Cor. 15, 45. -mo or
-mm, the characteristic of active in-
TRCMBCLLl
NATICK-SNGLISH DICTIONARY
61
mo continued.
transitive verbs when their subject is
inanimate, is nearly related to the im-
personal prefix m' for example, nmkeu,
he descends; naike-mm, it descends or is
letdown; own, he goes; mmm, it goes.
[Micm. m8, point; maSen (de mS et
Sen, quelqu'un), personne.]
moae. See mine, together.
*moamitteaug (Narr.), "a little sort of
fish, half as big as sprats, plentiful in
winter." R.W.105. Perhaps the smelt
(Osmerus eperlanus), but the name
may be applied to any species which
'goes in shoals' or 'a great many
together.' It has been corrupted to
mummgchaugend mummacAoy, by which
name several species of small fish are
popularly known, especially the orna-
mented minnow (Hydrargyra ornata,
LeSueur). From mohmoeaH; pass, and
mutual torn\,^moliinoilteauog, they go
gathered together or in great numbers.
*moattoqus (Narr.), 'a black wolf, R.
W. 95. See mukquoshim; niittathqux.
mobpee (?) , n. the hip, the upper part of
the thigh, the ham, Gen. 32, 32; pi.
-pi&og; 2d pers. kobp-, kupp-, Num. 5,
21, 22; 3d pers. wob]>ee (tiapwas, a hip,
C.). Cf. mehqiiau, thigh; mohpegk,
shoulder.
[Narr. aporne, thigh.]
moehteo'mco, v. inan. (pass.) cans, it is
made to be together, it is put together;
suppos. moehteomuk, when it is 'framed
together', 'knit together', Eph. 2, 21;
Col. 2, 19.
moeu. See mi&e, together.
moeuwehkomati, v. t. an. hecalls (them)
together, he assembles. Vbl. n. -ko-
monk, an assembling, assembly, Num.
20, 6.
[Quir. mauweu'htkomunk, the church,
Pier. 63, 64.]
mogki, mogke, mogge, (it is) great (of
its kind or comparatively). Adv. and
adj. great; mogke (jtuiukquaruuh, great
stones, Josh. 10, 11; 1 K. 5, 17;
mtii-oiii'ixli, great houses, Amos 3, 15;
mogkit/eu, it is great; pi. -yeuwh, Gen.
41,5 (of ears of corn, they are 'rank');
suppos. pi. mogagisli, mayagisli, great
things.
mogki, mogke, mogge continued.
[Del. anuingi, great, big, large, Zeisb.
Gr. 168; maclnreu, great, large, Zeisb.
Voc.]
mogoadtue, adj. and adv. precious, of
great price, 2 Chr. 20, 25. See mcigoad-
t!k; mlshnadtue.
mogquan, -quon, n. the heel; pi. -nash,
Job 13, 27; 3d pers. icogquan, -n'ogquoan,
his heel, Gen. 3, 15; 25, 26; 49, 17.
[Abn. magSaiiit, nagSann, mon talon.
Menom. wahquoon, (his) heel. Shawn.
okimmv. Del. IKHI quon, the [my?]
heel, Zeisb.]
mogqueen, -quen, n. a boil, a swelling,
2 K. 20, 7; Is. 38, 21; Lev. 13, 10, 19.
From mog'fueinnu, it grows large, en-
larges (mogqufnuat, 'it became a boil',
Ex. 9, 10).
[Abn. magSin, enflure. Del. ma?h-
quin, swelled, Zeisb.]
mogque'in, -quen, v. i. it swells, en-
larges, Num. 5, 27; mogqueinnu, it be-
comes large or swollen, Dent. 8, 4; with
an.subj. mugfjuesu, he swells, is swollen
(nohmogquemi, he swelleth; num-mok-
ques, I swell, C. ).
[Narr. mocqutxui, he is swelled; num-
mdckquese, I have a swelling. Del.
macliweu, great, large, Zeisb. Voc.]
moliehi, (it is) empty, unoccupied (moh-
chiyeue, C. ) ; mohchoi kmsh week, is there
room in thy father's house? Gen. 24,
23. Cf. mehcheeu.
mohchumco. See mahclmmm, it is waste,
barren, made desolate.
*moliewonck (Narr.), a ratrcoon-skin
coat, R. W.
[Abn. tndiSak, rote de ]>eau de cerf,
de chat-sauvage, etc.]
mohkas. See muhkox, a nail, a claw.
*mohkodtaen-in, a widower, C.
mohkont. See muhkonl, a leg.
mohkussa, mohkos, mukos, n. a (burn-
ing) coal; pi. -Muwh, Is. 44, 12; 'coals of
fire', Prov. 26, 21; vl inohkomiltlu, upon
[among] hot coals, Prov. (i, 28; Is. 44,
19; anue mcoi onk >ie molikux, blacker
than a coal, l^am. 4, 8. For m'klltta,
the hot (n. concrete)? or if Rasles'
translation of the corresponding word
in Abnaki te correct, from ma>i and
kniaat, black-burned (?), or (Abn. mkanf)
merely 'it is black' (?). Cf. kuxnitteau,
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25'
mohkussa, etc. continued.
i'ti'.; "mocassa, the black of the nail",
Wood.
[Abn. mkage, charbon eieint (?);
mkast-skStai, charbon ardent. Del. me
huckachtey, a coal, Xeisb.]
mohmoeog 1 , freq. of moeog ( = r>Meog,
q. v.), they go often, or habitually, to-
gether, 'they often met', El. Gr. 17.
mohmoskuhteas, n. a frog (obj. pi.
-teasii, Ps. 78, 45, a misprint? Mass.
Ps. \\asmahmoskohleaseuh). Elsewhere
Eliot has Iin6gkukquam-og, frogs. Cf.
Peq. kopiauss.
mohmdimum. freq. of mounum, he gath-
ers together.
mohmuttahtag, mamuttattag, mah-,
(suppos. as) n. lead, Kzek. 22, 18, 20;
27, 12; Ex. 15, 10; Zech. 5, 7; 'tin',
Num. 31, 22, but not elsewhere.
mohpanag, muh.-, -og, n. the breast
[mammae], Joel' 2, 16; Hos. 9, 14; noh-
panag, my breast, Cant. 1, 13; wohpanag,
wuhp-, her breast, 'bosom', Prov. 5, 20
(mohpdnneg, C.).
[Narr. mapamtog, the breast; wun-
nunnbgan-ash, breasts. Menom. oh-
paun. Shawn. 6p(lh la.]
xnohpegk, muhp-, -peg, n. theshoulder,
Lev. 8, 25; 9, 25; oftener without the
impers. prefix, uhpegk, Num. 6, 19;
18, 18; Ezek. 24, 4; nauwdnau uhpequa-
nuh (accus. pi.), 'he bowed his shoul-
ders', Gen. 49, 15; nashaue ohpequan-it,
between his shoulders, Deut. 33, 12.
Cf. muttugk.
[Narr. upptke, shoulder; pi. uppe-
gtidck. Chip, pekwun, pikqun, the (up-
per part of the) back. Del. ho pi quon,
the fore shoulder, Zeisb.]
mohsag, suppos. of mitsi, great.
mohshequssuk, n. a 'flinty rock', Deut.
32, 13 ( = mmdhshi-fjussuk) . See qussuk.
mohshipsq, n. flint stone, Is. 50, 7 (=mat-
6hshi-pwk, iron stone) .
mohtantam. See mahtdntam, he is old,
decrepit.
*[mohtanuh.kussu,] num-mohtaiiuh-
kus, I finish or conclude, C. [?]
*mohtchinau [ = mahchinatt\, he is sick;
iiuin-mohtchinam, I am sick, C.
mohtompan, (it is) morning, Ezek. 7, 7;
Buppos. -ompog, when it is morning; as
n. Gen. 1, 5, 8, etc.; en (or pajeh) moh-
mohtompan continued.
iniii/Hiii-it, till morning, till the morrow,
Ex. 23, IS; /c|.h. 3, 3.
[Narr. iiKiiiliilum. it is day.]
mohtshanoo. Sec mulitxlidnm.
mdhtukquas-og, n. pi. 'conies', Ps.
104, 18, and <>gko*h<[ung, Prov. 30, 26.
[Abn. matfeg8t8-ak, lievre.]
mohtupohsin, v. i. it lies waste, Is. 15, 1.
mohtuppaeu. v. i. it melts or vanishes
(as ice by heat or a cloud by the sun);
pi. -aeog, Job 6, 17; pass, -aemm, it is
melted, made to vanish, Job 7, 9; 6, 17;
Josh. 5, 1. Cf. mahtsheau.
mohtutteau, v. t. cans. inan. ; pass, it is
consumed or made an end of, melted,
Jer. 6, 29 (of lead, by the fire); act. it
consumes, makes an end of, Deut. 32,
22.
mohwhaii. See mmu'huu, he eats (him).
mokaketcomuk, (when he is) dumb,
Ps. 38, 13; suppos. of mokakuttoo = mat
kttkultm, he does not sfieak, he is mute,
dumb; pi. -ta>g, Ex. 4, 11; Matt. 9, 33;
mo nuk-kaketaop (pret. ), I was dumb,
Ps. 39, 2, = mat mk-kaketmp, v. 9.
mokus, mokis, (indef. ) -sin, a shoe
(moccasin); pi. mokuisinash, moxinash,
AmosS, 6; Matt. 10, 10; um-mokis (-us),
his shoe, Deut. 25,9, 10; pehtoxinash, put
on your shoes, Ezek. 24, 17; nukk6nok-
kugsinaih, old shoes, Josh. 9, 5.
[Narr. mocussinass and moctuuin-
chass, shoes which 'they make of their
deer skin worn out ' , K. W. Peq. muck-
agons, Stiles. Abn. mkesen, pi. -nor;
ne-mekessen, mon soulier; ne-maksem /.<',
j'en fais. Micm. m'keshen, pi. -ml.
Chip, (pi.) makisinan (mtkisiniked, shoe-
maker), Bar.; m&ketin, pi. -nun, Howse.
Cree mutkegin, pi. -es'ind.]
momanch, mcomansh, adv. at times,
now and then, often, Prov. 7, 12; Judg.
13, 25; Matt. 17, 15; at intervals.
[Cree mummdin, here and there one.]
momonchu. See mamonchu, he moves
about.
momdnu, (it is) 'freckled'; mom6ne
i/inhki, 'it is a freckled spot', Lev. 13,
39.
momonehtauaii and momontati, v. t.
an. he makes sport of, mocks at, de-
rides (him), Neh. 4, 1; pi. -taudog, 2
Chr. 36, 16; suppos. momontauont, when
TRL'MBL'I.I,]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
63
momonehtaiiatt, etc. continued.
he mocks at, mocking, Gen. 21, 9; Job
12,4.
momdnesu, v. adj. an. he is spotted, is
black or dark colored here and there, in
spots or stripes. Freq. distrib. of moo-
esu, he is black; pi. momonesuog, they
are 'grisled', Gen. 31, 12; suppos. m.6-
ini'iiK'xit; pi. part. -s'Ucheg, 'speckled',
Gen. 30, 32, 39 (wmm momoeesit, when
he is round-about dark-marked, 'ring
streaked', Gen. 31, 8). Cf. m6mmechoh-
kfxii.
momonowantam, mamonau-, v. i. he is
scornful, a scorner, Prov. 9, 7, 8; 15, 12.
Adv. -tamwe, 2 Chr. 30, 10.
momdntunnum, mamdnt-, v. t. he puts
it in motion, moves (it) about:
nippe, he 'troubled the water', John
5, 4; suppos. mamontunuk wussmittco-
nash, when he moves his lips, Prov.
16, 30.
momdunog, n. pi. the eyebrows; 3d pers.
ummomounog (accus. -oh, Lev. 14, 9),
his eyebrows.
[Abn. manmann, sourcil, le poil, etc.
Del. mamawon, Zeisb.]
momcoechohkesu, v. adj. an. he is black-
spotted, has dark spots; pi. mtimcoechoh-
kesuog (mohmaoe chohkesuog, they are
speckled, Gen. 31, 12); suppos. pi.
(part. ) mommecliohkt'silcheg, ( when they
are) spotted, Gen. 30, 32; speckled, Gen.
31,8. From mmi (it is dark colored),
with freq. or distrib. reduplication, and
chohkem, he is spotted or has a spot.
[mdnde, mcona'e, there is much, there
is abundance;] pi. nemo mainaash, they
are increased, Jer. 5, 6; monaash, they
are many, ibid.; suppos. monak, when
there is abundance, when it abounds,
Ps. 72, 7; 1 Pet. 1, 3; yen, monak, 'this
great store', 2 Chr. 31, 10; with an.
subj. monnog, (they are) many persons
(El. Gr. 8), Ex.-l,"9; Dan. 12, 4; Matt.
7, 14; suppos. pi. monaeheg, Is. 60, 5; 2
Cor. 4, 15 ; suppos. 3d pi. monahettii, when
they 'are increased', become many,
Hos. 4, 7. Vbl. n. monaonk, abundance,
Deut. 33, 19.
[Narr. wuseaume maurtdwg, 'they are
too full of people.']
monak, mconak (in compounds, -dnnk,
-6nagk,-6nag), n. (1) cloth, 2 Sam. 20, 12;
Matt. 9, 16; Judg. 16, 14: hashabp-onuk,
linen cloth, Mark 14, 51; wtwk-onagk,
new cloth, Mark 2, 21; womp-onak,
(white) cloth, Deut, 22, 17; kuhpogk-
onatj, a thick cloth, 2 K. 8, 15 (maaak
monag, black cloth, C., but better, ma>-
dnak). (2) a garment of cloth, as dis-
tinguished from ne d(jut or hogkcoonk (cf.
ohkoon), a covering of skins: 'coat',
Dan. 3, 21; 'cloak', Matt. 5, 40; 'vest-
ure', Dan. 22, 12.
[Narr. maunek, 'an English coat or
mantle', R. W. 107.]
monakenehheau, v. cans, trans, he
makes cloth, he weaves; pi. -heaog, Is.
59, 5; with inan. obj. monakenehteau, he
weaves (it). N. agent, monakenehteaen
(indef. -fnin), one who weaves, a
weaver, Ex. 35, 35; Job 7, 6.
[Narr. ko-maunekunntio, have you any
cloth?]
monanehteau, v. i. he is merciful, Num.
14, 18: num-monanehleam, I am merci-
ful; intens. num-momonanelfam, Jer. 3,
12. Vbl. n. numaneteaonk, mercy, Ex.
34, 7; Neh. 9, 32; Ps. 145, 8. Cf. kit-
teamcmteanumau.
mondnumau, v. t. an. he compassion-
ates, is merciful to (him); iiiuiiiiiond-
num, I show mercy to, Ex. 33, 19; im-
perat. mondnumonch, Zech. 7, 9; with
suffix monanumeh, be merciful to me,
Ps. 119, 132.
monaskcotasq-uash, n. pi. melons,
Num. 11, 5 (nuonosketHmuk, cucumbers,
C. ). See askoolasq.
monasquisseet. See *manusqutsfd-ash, ,
beans.
mondt, (it is) abundant, (there is) much,
Ps. 37, H;wohmonAt, (it) mightabound,
2 Cor. 4, 15; maacheke monat, exceed-
ingly abundant, 1 Tim. 1, 14; pish monat,
it shall be increased, i. e. become abun-
dant, Dan. 12, 4; pi. monatasli, Prov. 15,
16; 2 Chr. 9, 9. From manaohteau.
[Narr. mdunetash, 'great store",
abundance.]
monchanamukqussu, v. i. he does that
which is wonderful, he works wonders:
with an. obj. -quwniau, he does, etc.,.
BUREAU OK AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
monchanamukqussu continue' 1 .
t<> i him); whence, n. agent, -I
a ' wonderful one'. Is. 9, (i. From ni/ni-
<-li<tamk, suppos. o. mofichaintiniiii ( t.
an. form of >iiii!i<'l>nii<i/tiin). ami tixxu.
monchanatam, -um, v. i. (and t. inan.)
he is astonished, he wonders (at it), he
is surprised, Is. 59, 16; pi. -oi "</.
.Matt. 22, 33 (=chepih<iog, Mark 1 1, 18) ;
monchantcush, 'marvel (thou)', John 3,
7 ( = muhchania*h, Mass. Ps.). Vbl. n.
-tinnawnk, wonder, amazement, Acts 3,
10; and causat. -tamteahmDaonli, caus-
ing wonder, a marvel, a wonder, Deut. ]
13, 1, 2. From nuriich-u, he moves,
with fonnative of verbs of mental ac-
tivity, he is startled or disturbed in '
mind.
monchanati, v. t. an. ( 1) he moves ( him ) ,
carries (him) away, Gen. 31, 18; with
affixes, 1 Sam. 30, 2. (2) he conducts or
guides (him): uiii-monclnni-uli < : n may-
ul. he guided them in the way, Gen.
18, 16.
[Narr. moiV/m, lie my guide (im- ;
perat., = monchwiish, from monchussu, I
v. i. act. he acts as guide, he guides) ; j
ktnn-matichan-uh, 1 will conduct you.]
moiichu, v. i. he goes, se mo vet (denot-
ing merely the act of going, without
reference to its end or aim); hence, he
departs, goes away, removes, Matt. 25,
18; Gen. 24, 10: num-moncliem, I go,
Matt. 21, 30; pret. num-monchip, I went,
Jer. 13, 5; suppos. noh monchit, he who
goes, Jer. 22, 10; imperat. monchish;
pi. monchek, go; freq. mamonthu, q. v.
Related to am&eu, he departs (?).
Cf. Sansk. manch (ire, se movere);
nintuli, math (commovere, agitare);
Lat. motus, mittere.]
[Xarr. maurhfi (pres. defin. = mon-
rhu-i), he is gone; muiirhinh, be going
(imperat. ) ; num-mauchUnin, I go. Abn.
ne-inanisi, je vais; ne-maii neda, je vais
la. Cree dchee-oo, he moves. Chip.
aunjfh, Howwe 194; ma'ja, he goes,
Soli, u, 469. Del. inntuchiu, he is gone;
suppos. matuchit, Zeisb.]
moneaii, monneaii, monunneati, v. t.
an. he look* (intently) at, observes
(him); um-iiii>iiii>iiirni'i-i>li, he looked on
them, -2 K. 2, 24; imperat. (affix) ion-
neaJi, look thou on me, Ps. 119, i:il'; pi.
moneaii, etc. continued.
niiiiiiii'ii I;. HKiiiiiiiiti'ii-k, look ye, Job6,28;
sHpjxw. inoneaumit, Matt. 5, 28. With
iiiiin. ol)j. m/'iiiiiiiii'iiin, iiii'iiiiiinii'iiiiiii, he
looks at (it), Ps. 104, 32; Ezek. 21, 21;
Ex. 14, 24; suppos. >mh ///'./'////. mj, he
who looks, etr.. Num. 21, 8. Cf. kuti-
Ic/lllll-lllll.
monetu, v. i. he is a diviner, a magician.
Vbl. n. monetuonk, 'divination', Deut.
18, 10. Cf. Miiiiiiiiiiniii.
[Xarr. mmim'tu, a conjurer, R. W.]
indnko. See mo and kn.
monneaii. See mi'iin'iii'i.
mdn6i. See mmnui, it is deep.
monomansuonk, vbl. n. a vision, Dan.
8, 17, 26; 10, 14.
*m6noowau, he hisses; infin. maunu-
ii'i'iiinl. to hiss, C.
monopuhpeg, n. a trumpet, Neh. 4, 20;
Ps. 150, 3: puhpequath monopu/i/ni/,
sound a trumpet, Matt. 6, 2. Cf. pnli-
pegk.
monsh, n. a cock or hen, Luke 22, 34,
60, 61 ( m6nish, ndmpash, a hen, a cock,
C. ). R. Williams (p. 56) has "chicks, a
cock, or hen: a name taken from the
English."
monteag, nothing. See matta.
monunks, n. the ash tree, Is. 44, 14.
[Abn. angmakS, frene. Chip, papag-
imak. ( Baraga has agimak, ash tree [cf.
agim, snowshoe], and three "other
kinds", viz. gawAkomij, papagimak, and
wimagak. ) Del. pachgammak, black ash
tree, Zeisb.]
monunueail. See mfaeitl't.
mos, "a word signifying futurity" (El.
Gr. 20), corresponding to the auxil-
iary 'must' or 'shall' before a verb in
the indicative: inosnunitup, I must die,
Deut. 4, 22; mmche mos nut-ahquoutn-
maii, how often shall I forgive him?
Matt. 18, 21; ne mos nnili, it must needs
be so, Mark 13, 7. See mahche; m>.
[Narr. moce, mesh: mesh iiooiir/nni
peyaum, I could not come; morf-nnnip-
ptvniii, I will come by and by.]
moskeht, maskeht, n. grass (El. (ir.
10), Gen. 1, 11; Is. 40,7,8; p[.-ehtuash,
Dan. 4, 25, 32, 33 ; ' pasture ' , 1 Chr. 4, 39,
40; tiiHxkehtuash, 'b&y'iwodoothlcehtuaik
(=wuke-08kehluash), 'tender grass',
Prov. 27, 25; inish-anlikehtiiai ne uli/e,
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
65
moskeht, maskeht continued.
'there was much grass in that place',
John 6, 10 (oskosk, grass; /yW,v//mx//,
hay, C. ). Vbl. subst. moskehtuai, he
is grass, Is. 40, 6. Dim. moskehtuemeis,
El. Gr. 12. From askehteau, it is (lit. it
makes, caus. inan.) green, with the
indetenn. prefix, that which is green.
See <mk<'.
[Narr, maskituaxJi , grass or hay. Abn.
meskfkSar, herbes. Del. masgik, Zeisb.]
moskehtu, mask-, n. (the same word
as the preceding) is used for medicine,
physic, i. e. herbs; onatuh moskehtu-ut,
like a medicine; iyan-askehtuagh, many
(kinds of) medicines, Jer. 46, 11.
[Narr. masldt, physic. Chip, mash-
kild [-keke], Bar.]
mosogque, adv. and adj. adhering, stick-
ing to [v. i. it sticks close, adheres],
Prov. 18, 24; Jer. 42, 16. Cf. musginum,
he touches; missimn, it touches.
mosogquehteau, v. caus. inan. he makes
it adhere, joins it to; imperat. mosog-
quetemtsh, join them together, Ezek.
37, 17.
mosogqunmun, v. t. (inan. obj. ) he joins
or puts together; suppos. moiogqunuk,
when he joins together, Matt. 19, 6.
See mussuhkomm.
mosq, masq, mashq, n. a bear, Prov.
17, 12; Amos 5, 19; 1 Sam. 17, 34, 36
(moshq, C. ). The base is the same as
that of naisquodtamwn&t, to lick, and the
name signifies 'the licker,' from the
bear's habit of licking his forepaws
(see the Abnaki below); [or is it from
(Cree) ntdkwa-num, he squeezes (hugs)?
(Howse 93).] Cf. *awausseus; *pauku-
nawaw.
[Narr. mask, or pauk&nawaw. Muh.
w<iro7t,Edw. Del. machk, Zeisb. Abn.
aSessSs, ours; mSikSaSirlsfh^xS [ = m8n-
kSa-Sre/siar], il se leche les pattes; me-
k8c, peau d'ours. Chip, makwd (m&k-
u-ali, Howse). Cree mfakwah.]
m6unatt. See mianau.
mounuin, v. t. he gathers together (inan.
obj.); kum-mounum, thou gatherest,
Matt. 25, 24. Freq. mohnwunum. Vbl.
n. mui.mumi'xmk, mouurmummonk, (a
gathering,) tribute, custom, 1 K. 9, 21;
Matt. 17, 25. With an. obj. mianau,
q. v. Cf. mukkinnum.
B. A. E., BULL. 25 5
mounum continued.
[Narr. mmeinnee, he gathers (fruit, or
inan. obj.); moteinna&og, they gather.
Abn. mai'tSiSi, ensemble; iit-iiiaiistne-
men, je les mets ensemble; maSine, il
cueille, il ramasse. Del. ma^(>mu, as-
sembled, Zeisb.]
moushag. See iiicounhog, iron.
moxinash, n. pi. See mokus, a shoe.
moyeu. See inaoi, ordure.
moyeu, m6eu. See mitie, together.
mooche, as an auxiliary of the future
tense, expresses obligation or necessity
(=mos mlche)', mmche nutlabuttantamau-
6mun God, 'we are bound to thank
God', 2 Thess. 1, 3; mcoche kenpannup-
wusham, 'thou art [must] pass over',
etc., Deut. 2, 18 (cf. nmche mos, it must
needs be, Matt. 18, 7); mmche mos nut-
ahquontammt, (how often) must I for-
give him? Matt. 18, 21. Cf. mos; a>che.
[Quir. mfiuche, there must be, Pier.]
mcocheke, "a word signifying more,
much," used to express degrees of
comparison, El. Gr. 15; anue mao-
cheke, much more, Rom. 5, 9; 'more
exceedingly', Gal. 1, 14; nano mmcheke,
more and more, Mark 15, 14; mmcheke
mmcheke, exceedingly, very much, Gen.
17, 2, 6, 20; mmcheke onk, more than,
Matt. 10, 37 (mmchekeyeuuk, excess-
ively, C.).
moochekohtau, v. t. he has more, adds
to his possession of (it); noh mmche-
kohtunk (suppos.) ivahteauonk, mmche-
kohiau unkquanummonk, he who increas-
eth knowledge increaseth sorrow, Keel.
1, 18.
mcoee. See moot, ordure.
mooi, (it is) black, El. Gr. 13; dark
colored, Matt. 5, 36; Esth. 1, 6; pi.
mmiyeuash, Jer. 4, 28 (not mmeseuash,
as in El. Gr. 13, by typographical
error probably ). With an. subj. inmesu
[v. adj. an. he is] black or dark colored;
pi. mmesuog, El. Gr. 13.
[Narr. m6wi, sucki, black; mowesu, a
black man.]
mooi, moDee, moyeu, n. ordure, dung,
Ezek. 4, 12; 1 K. 14, 10; um-moyeu,
their dung, 2 K. 18, 27; um-mme, Lev.
4, 11; 8, 17.
moomansh. Set- imimumh.
KI'KEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
mcomcDskomaii [ n
mw/'/H</.-<ji-('>/i, they murmured against
liiin, Ex. 15, 24 (nwn-mamtOMJhBwain, I
inurniur, C. ).
mcomcoskcoau, -kcowati, v. t. an. he
murmurs at (him); pi. -kaowaog, they
murmur, Ps. 106, 25; suppos. pi. nojr
maommskancacheg, they who murmur,
Is. 29, 24. Vbl. n. inmmmtkanminik,
-i/utyeuonk, a murmuring, John 7, 12
mtomaottwoMnaont, Ex. 16, 7).
mcomcoskquenau [= woomcosA'eDflii?]:
mmmcoiti[iiendog, they murmur at ( him ) ,
Ex. 17, 3 (mmmmfjuenmwAruit, to mut-
ter, C.).
[Abn. ne-m8k8trdam, je gronde, suis
fache; ne-m&kSerman, je le gronde.]
mcomcDsqheati, freq. or intens. of moos-
qhenu, he provokes (him) to anger.
Vbl. n. pass, mmmcosr/uettuonk, provo-
cation (received), 1 K. 21, 22.
moomcosqueuttam, v. i. he murmurs,
mutters, grumbles. Perhaps not rightly
used in John 6, 61; cf. um-momoskh'e-
l<iu-<mh, 'he gnasheth upon him with
his teeth', Ps. 37, 12, and num-mau-
nnmkelunkquog, 'they gnash upon me',
etc., Ps. 35, 16.
[Abn. ne-manniaskig8itassi, je fais des
grimaces.]
moonae. See mun&e.
*mconaeech (?), a dish or tray, C.
mconaeu. See mam6i.
incoiiak. See monak, cloth.
mconoi, -naeu, (it is) deep, Ps. 140, 10;
Eccl. 7, 24; Lam. 3, 55; as n. the deep,
Gen. 1, 2; a gulf, Luke 16, 26; depth,
Eph. 3, 18; mmnfii onk, it is deeper than,
Job 11, 8. Adv. and adj. mamoe nippe-
ash, deep waters, Ezek. 34, 18; suppos.
ma>ny, when it is deep; pi. (with
intens. redupl. ) mammnoagislt, (very)
deep places, Ps. 135, 6. In compound
words sometimes oondi-, mnou-.
mconokoi, n. a valley, Deut. 8, 7. See
*mo>nopagwut, in deep waters, Mass.
Ps., P.. 69,2.
mcoohshog. Sec mmfahog.
*mcoonk, vbl. n. weeping, C. See man.
mcooshog, mcoohshog, moushag, n.
iron, Num. 31,22; Is. 60, 17; 1 Tim. 4, 2.
Adj. and adv. -nli<i</i/w, -thaffque,ol iron,
Deut. 8, 9; Is. 45, 2, etc. Cf. missehcltuog;
mcooshog, etc. cdii tinned.
[Xarr. moin'islnn'k. Abn. san'gherf,
cela est dur; cf. stogke, toggohfank (the
name apparently si^nitics black metal;
cf. * ii'iniifinjiahog). Del. tUcJxuAfUn,
[black stone,] iron, Zeisb. Voc. 29.]
mcoosketomp, n. a black man ['.'], El.
<ir. 15. Cf. ivosketrjin/i.
moopau, -p6, -paog (?), n. the cater-
pillar, 1 K. 8, 37; 2 Chr. 6, 28; Joel 1,4;
2, 25; assamau mcopoh (aeons. ), he gives
food to the caterpillar, Ps. 78, 46 (mm-
paut, Mass. Ps. ).
moos, n. The name of the moose (Cervus
alces, L. ) is used by Eliot in the pi. ;
mmsoog for. 'fallow deer', 1 K. 4, 23;
"moos, a beast bigger than a stag," etc.,
Smith's Descr. of N. E. (1616). "Which
thesalvages call amose", Morton's N. E.
Canaan. "The beast called a moose",
Wood's X. E. Prospect. The plural
indicates mmsm, or mmsu, as the orig-
inal form of the singular, a name given
to the animal from his habit of strip-
ping the lower branches and bark from
trees when feeding; mms-u, 'he trims'
or 'cuts smooth', 'he shaves.' See
mmsum.
[Xarr. mods; pi. -sow/. Abn. mSs;
pi. -sak. Chip, mows (Bar.) ; mdz, mooze
(Seh. n, 464). Cree mongsoa. Menom.
monsh. ]
mcosi, (it is) smooth, primarily made
smooth (by cutting?); bald, C. ; mm-
cheke moosi onk pumm.ee, smoother than
oil, Prov. 5, 3; mcoseu ktu+eqvmtkquoff,
they leave thee bare, Ezek. 16, 39;
mmse qiwsukrjuanestixh, smooth small
stones, 1 Sam. 17, 40; maon-ompskquelilu,
among the smooth stones, Is. 57, 6.
Adj. inan. [moMteii] matsiyeu; pi. -i/nuixlt,
Is. 40, 4.
mcosompskinausu, it is paved, a pave-
ment [i. e. an extension of smooth
stones, mooxi-ompifk-kin-UKSu], Esth. 1,6.
mcosompsq. a smooth stone; mcosomp-
tguehtu, among the smooth stones, Is.
57, 6; intens. mumossoipsr/uehtu ( 'grav-
el'), Is. 48, 19.
mcosontupau, -ppco, v. i. he is bald [on
the forepart of the head], 'he is fore-
head-bald', Lev. 13, 41 (cf. mukukkon-
tiijMiii, he is quite bald, his head is
bare). Vbl. n. -ontttppdonk, baldness,
TRUHBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAKY
(57
moosontupau, -ppoo continued.
Jer. 47, 5; Mic. 1, 16 (niuHuntip, a bald
head, C.).
[Del. mo schant pe u, Zeisb.]
mrosqheaii, -quehheatt, v. t. an. he pro-
vokes, vexes (him); infin. 2d pers. sing.
kum-mmxqlifouitat, Lev. 18, 18. Freq.
mcomwsijltedii, q. v.
mcosuhq, n. a fly; pi. -quog, Ps. 78, 45.
Dimin, mmtetAhq-uog, Ps. 105,31. For
mmi-sogke, black biter (? ) . Cf . sogkerwm,
gnat.
[Chip. Amonssag (pi.), little bees or
flies, Bar.; missisawk, misisaitk, wasp.]
mcosum, v. t. [he cuts smooth] he
smooths (his head), he shaves off or
removes (his hair or beard), 'he polls
his head', 2 Sam. 14, 26; pish maosum
Wm-metsunk, 'he shall shave off his
hair', Lev. 14, 8; imperat. mcosunmsli,
'cut off thy hair', 'poll thy head', Jer.
7, 29; Mic. 1, 16; suppos. maasuk, when
he, etc., 2 Sam. 14, 26. With an. obj.
mustvau (for mmnehheau, causat.?), he
cuts or makes smooth (an an. obj.);
tcuh-hugkuh, he shaves himself,
Lev. 13, 33; xhepsoh, he shears sheep,
Gen. 31, 19; 38, 13. Caus. inan. maaseh-
teau, he makes it smooth; suppos.
inmsitteunk, when he, etc., Is. 28, 25.
Intrans. act. maosu, he smooths, cuts or
trims smooth.
[Aim. ne-m8gi, je me tonds; je me
rase les cheveux; ne-m8xaii, je le tonds.]
mcosummu (?), v. i. (adj.) he is jealous;
num-nuDcheke-matmimmuam, 1 am very
jealous, 1 K. 19, 10; suppos. iioh nnn-
eumonl, he who is jealous, Num. 5, 14.
Vbl. n. pass. ma>sitteama>onk, jealousy,
Is. 42, 13.
mcDsumwaehquok, n. a razor, Num.
8, 7. From a causative, perhaps framed
by Eliot, mmsumvjarhheaii, and the gene-
ric determinative -qtwk (-ifuog),a. knife.
mcowhaii, mohwhaii, v. a. an. he eats
what is alive, devours, as a beast of
prey, Gen. 49, 27; 1 K. 13, 28; ,//,//-
wJiouli, (the beast) devoured him, Gen.
37, 20; askmk um-mmirhoh, a serpent
bit him, Amos 5, 19; subj. ne imh mco-
U'hut, that (flesh) which may l>e eaten,
Lev. 11, 47; uuh niaoifhoiit, he who eats,
v. 40; noh mmhhukque, ' he that eateth
me', John 6, 57. Cf. meetgu.
moowhaii, mohwhaii continued.
[Xarr. innlio, to eat (alive), K. W.;
<'it>ii-nt<'iliiic(juock, they will eat you;
.Vnlioinitiggiirk or Mnin/iiiiuog, "the
Canibals, or Men-eaters, up in to the
West" (Mohawks), free m6owdyoo,
' he eats him', Howse.]
*msickquatash (Narr. ), n. pi. 'boiled
corn whole' (i. e. mo-tohquttahhaeh, not
broken small or, pounded?). See soh-
quttahham. AVhen broken, sohquttah-
hash without the prefix. Hence the
common name succotash, improperly
applied, however, to the unbroken
corn.
[Abn. mesikStar, b\& entier, qui n'est
pas pil^. Del. mesittewall, boiled corn
whole, Zeisb.]
msque. See iiiiuqui, red.
msqueheonk. See munrjutheonk.
msqui. See m&gqui, red.
m'tah. See mltah.
*muckko-wheesce (Peq. ), the whip-
poorwill, Stiles.
*'muckquetu (Narr.), he is swift; kum-
mummuckijuetf, you are (very) swift,
R. W.
mugquomp, mugrwomp, n. a captain,
>fark 6, 21; Dan. 2, 15; Luke 22, 52; an
officer, 1 K. 2, 9; 2 Chr. 13, 12; 'duke',
Gen. 36, 40-43; augm. mummugquomp,
Acts 5, 26; kehchemugyuomp, chief cap-
tain, Gen. 21, 22 (kelichum-, Acts 21,
31; kitchum-, v. 33; pi. kelirliiminuij-
quomptxiy, Rev. 6, 15) [umukquompae,
valiantly, C.]. = mogki-omp, great
man (?).
[Narr. muckquomp-adog, captains or
valiant men.]
muhh<5g- \_=tn'lio<jK], n. the body, El.
Gr. 9; Matt. 10, 28; kuhhog, thy body;
H-iilihog, hislwdy; muhhogkwtk, n. col-
lect, (an indef. number of) dead bodies,
corpses, Nah. 3, 3. See -hog.
muhkont, mohkont, n. a leg, El. Gr.
10; Is. 47, 2; pi. -tah, Prov. 26, 20; 3d
pers. wuhkontaiih, his legs, Dan. 2, 33.
[Narr. mohkbnt-ath. Abn. Skaht, son
jambe.]
muhkos, muhkas, n. a nail, a claw,
talon, or hoof; pi. -kowog; wuhkassoh,
his nails (accus. -noh, Dent. 21, 12);
Dan. 4, 33; 7, 19; kuhkossoy, thy hoofs,
68
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
(BULLETIN 25
muhkos, muhkas continued.
Mic. 4, 13; //)/ . -/.(/, horses' hoofs,
Jiidg. 5, 22. Sec iiniki/H and uhquAe.
[Xarr. iiinkiixKiii'k. nails. Abn.mekcu;
pi. -sak; 3d pi. Sk&sar. Del. muckoos,
awl, nail, Zeisb.]
muhkos. See m6hkun<a, a coal.
muhpanag. See mohpamag, breast.
muhpegk. See inohpegk, a shoulder.
muhpeteog, -eag, n. a rib, Gen. 2, 22
(mehpetKak, C. ) ; 3d pers. wuhpeteog and
uhpeteog, Gen. 2, 21 ; pi. -(/os/i, Dan. 7, 5.
[Narr. peteatigon, petedgon. Abn. ne-
pigaigan, ma cote, mon c6t; 3d pere.
Spigalgan. ]
muhpit. n. an arm (mthpU, C.) ; pi.
-pitteticuh, El. Gr. 10; 2d pere. kuhpit;
3d pere. uithpit; pi. -ittenagh, Gen. 49, 24.
[Xarr. tiwppittene, -enash, (his) arm,
arms. Abn. pedin, bras; ne-pedin, mon
bras.]
muhpOD, v. impers. it snows (mawpaw,
Wood ) ; pres. def . muhpari, it is snow-
ing (muhpaow, it snows; gun muhpco,
does it snow? C. ). Adv. and adj.
muhpcoe kesukod, a snowy day, 1 Chr.
11, 22. Cf. *s6chepo.
[Cree mispoon; suppos. mlspook.]
muhpuhkuk. See muppuhkuk, a head.
muhpuhkukquanitch, -iiutch, n. a
finger or finger's end; uhp-, the tip of
his finger, Luke 16, 24; pi. -niicheash,
fingers, Dan. 5, 5. FoTmuppuhkukqut-
vnmnulch, head of (his) hand.
muhpuhkukquaseetash, n. pi. the toes,
Dan. 2, 41, 42; 3d pere. uppuhk-, his
toes, 1 Chr. 20, 6. For muppuhkukque-
ivusseet-a&h, head of (his) foot (muppuh-
kukquaset, C. ) . See kthtequateet, the great
toe.
muhpuhkukqut. (upon the head, as n. )
a helmet or covering for the head; more
often with prefix of 3d pere. uppnh/;-,
Is. 59, 17; Ezek. 27, 10; muppuhkukqut
ohtag (that which belongs on the head),
'mitre', Ex. 28, 39; pi. uppuhkukqut
ahhohtagish, 'bonnets', v. 40; Lev. 8, 13.
mukkatchouks, mukkut-, n. a son, 'a
man child', 1 Sam. 1, 11; Job 3, 3.
[Narr. num-muckquAchucks, my son;
muckquachuckqu&mese, a little boy. Peq.
muckachux, boy, Stilea. L. Island, ma-
cliuchan, boy; machaweeskt [=mukkige,
El.], a little boy, S. Wood.]
mukkee. n. z scab, I>ev. 13, 7,8.
[Abn. mti/lii, tiale.]
niukki. n. a (male) child; pi. mukkiog,
Ps. 148, 12; 2 K. 2, 24; Gen. 33, 5; di-
min. iiiiikkii'H, a little child, Prov. 20, 11;
Matt. 18, 4; 'babe', Ex. 2, 6 (iMwVx,
C.); pi. -sag, Matt. 18, 10. Vb. adj.
mukkiesu, he is a child; suppos. mog-
1,-iiKueon, when I was a child, 1 Cor. 13,
11. Vbl. n. mukkiemcDonk (mukkoiesu-
<mk, C. ), childhood, Eccl. 11, 10. [From
ni/ikiikki. This word has been displaced
by itaumon, etc., in theCree, Chippewa,
and western Algonquian.]
[Narr. num-muckiese, my son].
mukkinnum, magk-, v. t. he collects or
gathers (inan. objects); infinit. -umunat
herbs-ash, to gather herbs, 2 K. 4, 39;
ni iikkinumook, gather ye (the tares, Matt.
13, 30); mukkinilch, let him gather
(the manna, Ex. 16, 16); suppos. noh
magunuk, he who gathers up, Num. 19,
10. Cf. mdunum.
[Abn. ne-megheneman, je le trie. ]
mukkoshqut, n. a plain, Gen. 11, 2; 13,
10; mukotthkut, Gen. 19, 25. From mogki
and oshk ( = a$hkoshki t green; m'oxkelit,
grass), with the locative suffix, the
great grass place; mukoshfjut&e, plain
(as adj.), Jer. 48, 21.
[Narr. micuckaikeete, a meadow. Abn.
meskikSikS, place where grass is. Micm.
m' skeegooaicadee, meadow.]
mukkcokin, v. i. he bares himself, un-
clothes; imperat. 2d pi. miikkmkik, -eg,
be bare, 'strip yourselves', Is. 32, 11;
with an. obj. mukkmkinau, he strips,
makes (him) bare; imperat. prohib.
ahquf mukkmkin matcheku, do not [strip]
rob the poor, Prov. 22, 22; suppos. mag-
gmkinont; pi. -oncheg, 'spoilers', Jer.
51, 48. N. agent, mukkmkinnuwaen, a
plunderer, a robber; pi. -enuog, 'extor-
tioners', Is. 16, 4 (suppos. mukkookin-
nuwaenuit, 'if he rol>', i. e. if he be a
robber, Ind. Laws, xvi).
[Abn. ne-meg8gnan, je le pille.]
mukkukkontup, n. a bald head, Lev.
13, 42 (locat. +6unit).
mukkukkontupaU, v. i. he has a bald
head, Lev. 13, 40, 42. Vbl. n. -ppdonk,
baldness, Is. 3, 24. Cf. mmsotriupaii.
mukkutchouks. See mukkatchoukt.
TRUMBL'LL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAKY
(59
mukkuttuk, n. the knee, Is. 45, 23; pi.
-ukquog, Job 3, 12; Is. 35, 3; 3d psrs.
ukkuttuk, his knee. For m'rjHttuk (from
qutt(tu-eu, or rather from the same base ) ,
that which sinks down or noes down.
[So, Aug. Sax. cneow, Goth, hneigan,
Engl. knee, and Aug. Sax. hnig-an, ineli-
nare, incurvare.] Nwh noli imikkutiuk
nanwaeu, every knee bows, Phil. 2, 10.
[Abn. nekedeks, mon genou. Del.
gutgit, Zeisb.]
mukos. See mohkitxsii.
mukqs, n. an awl, Ex. 21, 6; Deut. 15,
17. From uhqutieu, it is pointed. Cf.
muhkoe.
[Narr. (pi.) muck-suck, awl blades.
Del. rnuckoos, awl, nail.]
mukquoshim, n. a wolf (El. Gr. 9),
Is. 65, 25; Jer. 5, 6; mummugquoshum,
Gen. 49, 27; mukquisshum,C. (who has
also naitcolujussuog, wolves). For muk-
quostrim the Mass. Ps. (John 10, 12) has
nattmhcfus. From mmhwhau, he eats
live flesh, with (-oshim) the generic de-
terminative of the names of beasts.
[Narr. muckquashim, pi. -mwock;
itiotitttiqus, a black wolf; natoqus, a wolf;
nat6quashunck, a wolf-skin coat. Peq.
mucks, Stiles. Chip, making gun, meert'
gun, maw e lean (maheengun, J. ), Sch.
n, 464. Menom. manh-wawe. Shawn.
m'w&i wah. Mex. mayaquen [qu = k~].
Otomi mu/<u.]
mukquttunk, n. the throat; kuk-quttunk-
anit, to thy throat, Prov. 23, 2. From
the same root as mukkuttuk; m'qiMunk,
the going down (the swallow? or the
bending of the head?).
[Narr. yutluck. Abn. mekSlangan,
gosier; 3d pers. akSdangan. Del. gunta,
'swallow it', Zeisb.]
mukukki, (it is) bare, bald, destitute of
covering, Jer. 48, 37.
[Narr. muckucki, bare (without nap,
said of cloth).]
muramishkod, n. abundance, 'great
store'; meechum, 'store of victual',
2 Chr. 11, 11. From missi; augm. ma-
mixxi, very <;reat.
-mungquot, -quodt, suppos. -mungquok,
tbe generic determinative of verbs of
smell. See asuhmungquodt; matchu-
mungquot (it smells badly); weetemung-
quot (it smells sweetly), etc.
munnannock (Narr.), a name of the
sun and of the moon, R. \V. 79. From
(iiii'ii/ijn, star (or from its radical), with
a prefix of which the significance is not
clear [or from munnuh, island (?).]
*munnaonk, n. the throat, C. (?) Cf.
manw/i/ii'i.
*munnawhatteaug (Narr.), "a fish
somewhat like a herring," R. \V.
Probably Alosa menhaden, Mitch., the
'bony fish', 'hard head', or 'mun-
haden' of the fishermen; called also
in the northern parts of New England,
pauhagen. Both names have reference
to the use of this and other species of
herring as fertilizers; mimndhquohteau,
he manures or enriches the earth, and
Abn. "pakkikkcmri, on engraisse la
terre," whence "pSkaftgfin, petit pois-
6on."
munnequomin, n. corn or grain when
growing or in the field, Hos. 14, 7; pi.
-minneash, -munneash, green earsof corn,
Lev. 2, 14. (Cf. missunkquaminneash,
-rnunash, full ears, ears of corn, Gen.
41, 5, 7, 22.) [Manured corn (?).]
*munnogs, bowels, C. See menogkus.
muimoh, n. an island, Acts 28, 1; Rev.
6, 14; with the locative affix, munn6h-
hannit (menoh-, munn&h-), to, at, or on
the island, Acts 13, 6; 27, 26; 28, 7, 9,
11; pi. -dhhaiuuh, Ps. 97, 1; Is. 41, 5.
Adj. and adv. munnoh-lumne, of an is-
land, Is. 13, 22; 34, 14.
[Abn. menahan, ile; -hanSk, dans
1'ile. Chip, min is, me niss. Menom.
may nainsh. Shawn, men a Me. Del.
mun clh tahe, Sch. n, 462, 47-i; me na tey
(and -te u), Zeisb.]
munndhquohteau, v. t. he enriches the
land, fertilizes, manures; pnjeh munn6-
quohte&an, until I dung it, Luke 13, 8.
munnoiitam. Seemfinoiilaiii, hesmellsit.
*munnucks (Narr.), the brant goose
(Anser bernia) ; pi. -suck, R. W.
[Peq. a'kobyeeze, brante, Stiles. Mass.
menukg, a brant, C.]
*munminnug i (Narr. ), milk. See menin-
mink.
muiiumuhkemco, v. i. it rushes (makes
a rushing sound?); suppos. inan. subj.
iiniiitiiiiiilikemanik, when there isarush-
ing (of mighty waters), Is. 17, 12. Vbl.
n. iimnumuhk'ionk, a rushing, ibid.
BL'RKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bt LLETIN I
*[mununneet (?), n. the bladder;] adj.
-t/ie qusstik, stone in the bladder, Man.
Pom. 88.
[Abu. manSfteli, manSe, les fesses.]
muppuhkuk, muhpuhkuk, n. a head,
Is. 1, 5; Amos 8, 10. Rarely used with
the impers. prefix; more commonly
(3d pers.) uppuhkuk, (his) head, Lev.
1,4; 3,2; Job 41, 7; Ps. 68, 21 ('scalp').
See -onluji.
[Xarr. uppaqufatup, the head; mup-
pacuck, a long lock.]
muppusk, -pisk, n. the back, Eom. 1,
30; Jer. 18, 17; nuppisk, my back; 2d
pere. kup-; 3d pers. uppM, uppitthk;
uppisquanit, at, on, or to the back, Prov.
10, 13; 19, 29; anaqitabeh kah nuppis-
quanit, before and behind me, Ps. 138, 5.
From pozke,. bare, uncovered.
[Xarr. vppngifuAn, the back. Abn.
peskSan, son dos; ne-peskSartek, derriere
mon dos; ne-pagki-peskSan-enan, je d<j-
couvre lui, le milieu des paules. Chip.
pek ii'un', pe quo;/ nong, pik men.]
*mu8chundaug (Peq. ), a lobster, Stiles.
See *ahaunt.
*mushoshketomp, n. [great man], 'a
noble man', Mass. Ps., John 4, 46.
mushcon, mishcon, n. "an Indian boat,
or canow made of a pine or oak, or
chestnut-tree," R. W. 98; a boat, John
6, 22; Acts 27, 30; pi. -nah, John 6, 23;
ut um-mishmn-vt, into the [his] boat,
John 6, 22; kannsham, thy boat, Samp.
Quinnup. 156; musshoan, boat or canoe,
and permtaem, C.
[Xarr. minJiodn; dim. -memese, a little
canoe. Abn. nniasSr; pi. -Srar, canot
de bois. Peq. meshwe, Stiles. Chip.
chemaun, Sch. ; tchiman, Bar. Del. a mo
chool, Zeisb.]
mushqun, n. the liver: nushqun, my
liver, Lam. 2, 11; wuvjun, mtthqun, his
liver, Prov. 7, 23.
[Chip, koon, quoon, oquoyn, Sch. n,
458. Miami haw ko ne. Shawn, oh
l;nue.~\
muskesuk, n. (1) the eye, El. Gr. 10;
Job 10, 18; Matt. 18, 9; pi. -ukquash.
(2) the face, Ezek. 10, 14; nusk-, kwk-,
vnukesuk, my, thy, his face or eye.
(Sansk. ihih, videre; uksha, oculus. )
[Xarr. in/4vVr/.- (his) eye. Peq.
skeezuvk, eyes, Stiles. Muh. hkeesque,
muskesuk continued,
eye. Aim. //.--x/xiv/.vA-, ma face; Ss-, sa
face; ne-ts'tsekS, mon ceil. Chi|>. *lit.r:l>
ig, skezh ig, eye, face. Menoin. nmisli
kn;i xhiiirk. eye; <>x/i knii shayko, (his)
face. Shawn, o skein a ktree, (his) eye.
Del. wiuchgink, (his) face, Zeisb.]
muskoau, v. i. he boasts, he speaks
boastfully, Ps. 10, 3; suppos. 2d pers.
ken, mdskoivaan, thou who (when thou)
boaateth, Rom. 2, 23; pi. (part.) neg
mdskoacheg, they who boast, boasters.
Vbl. n. musk6aonk, misk-, boasting.
muskodtuk, n. the forehead, Lev. 13,
42; nusk-, kusk-, miskodtuk, my, thy,
his forehead.
[Xarr. mscdttuck. Abn. metk&tegSl,
front; 3d pers. 8sk-.~\
muskon(?), n. a bone; pi. -nash, Prov. 14,
30; but usually in 3d pers. icmkon, (his)
bone, Job 2, 5; Ezek. 37, 7; pi. Judg.
19, 29 ( wishkon, weshkeen, C. ) . Cf . dskon,
a horn; askdn, a hide, undressed skin;
inishk6nontup, skull.
[Xarr. imskan. Chip, ok&n, his bone.
Miami kau- ne. Menom. uh konne.~\
muskon-ontup. See nmhkondntup.
muskouantam, v. i. (1) he is boastful,
Ps. 34, 2. (2) he rejoices, exults, is very
glad, Ps. 14, 7; imperat. -antash, rejoice
thou, Joel 2, 21; 3d pers. -antaj, let him
rejoice, Ps. 48, 11. See miukomt.
muscotam. v. t. inan. he pierces (it) with
an arrow, dart, or other sharp instru-
ment; with remote an. obj. -lamait, he
pierces (it) to (him), makes (it) pierce
(him); suppos. masintamauut unisqun,
'when a dart strikes through his liver',
Prov. 7, 23. The base or primary ver.i
(musco, it pierces) is not found in Eliot;
massonog (a nettle; masafinock, R. \V.)
is formed from it.
musquantam, v. i. [mtwguumtam, blood-
minded] he is angry, Jonah, 4, 1; 2
Sam. 13, 21; suppos. musquantog, if he
be angry, when angry, Prov. 14, 17; im-
perat. prohib. ii/n/ii,' iinixi/iiitiitdxh, 13 not
angry, Eccl. 7, 9. Vbl. n. act. -tammonk;
pass, -nitlnonk, anger. Bee't^udntam.
[Xarr. num-muxquantum, I am angry.
Abn. ne-niSak&trdam, je suis en colere,
je suis fache.]
musquanumau, v. t. an. he is angry at
(him), Lev. 10, 16; imperat. prohib.
TRCMBl'M.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
71
musquanumau continued.
ahque musquamnn, do not fret thyself,
Ps. 37, 1, 7, 8; ahrfue moxquanumeh, do
not l>e angry with me, C.
[Xarr. ki/in-iiiuxi/iKii'iii/nii-ixli, I am
angry with you.]
*musquash, the muskrat (Fiber zibethi-
cus): innskqitash, Josselyn's Voy. and
N. E. Rar. 53; musquaxsus, Smith's
Descr. of X. E.; muski-iraghe, Morton's
N. E. Canaan; 'civet scented musquash,'
Win id's* X. E. Prospect, [innsqui-oshim,
red animal (?) or mcoskou (?).]
[Abn. mSskSesiS. Del. damaseus,
Zt-isb.]
musqueheonk, msq-, vbl. n. [from
causal, musquehheau, it makes him red,
it reddens,] blood, Deut. 12, 16, 23;
Acts 17, 26; 28, 8; nmsqh-, my blood;
kcosqh-, tliy blood; v-utq- or cosq-, his
blood. Adj. and adv. muaqueheonganf,
bloody. Of. *neepuck.
[Xarr. mishqutand neepuck, the blood;
misqntnash, the veins. Chip, mis'ki/f,
blood; uskwai aub, (his) vein. Shawn.
mk u$e, blood; m'shks mah, vein.
Menom. mainh kee, blood. Abn. mesig-
SaghenS, il est tout couvert de sang.
Del. mhuk, blood, Zeisb. Gr. 104.]
musqui, mishqui, msqui, and -que, (it
is) red, Ex. 15, 4; Josh. 24, 6; Esth. 1, 6;
suppose, mosquag, moshquag, when it is
red, Gen. 25, 30; Ex. 25, 4. In comp.
words, musqu-, msqu-; msquonagk, -ak,
red cloth or clothing, Matt. 27, 28, 31
(see m6nak). With an. subj. (v. adj.)
mitsquetu, (he is) red, Gen. 25, 25; Zech.
1,8.
[Narr. msqiti. Peq. mesh'piou [scar-
let?] , Stiles. Abn. mksighen i8, cela est
rouge. Cree mithkw6u; it is red; mlth-
koii, blood. Chip, misqua, misquoze (an. ) ;
radix, mink, Sch. n, 466. Shawn, m' sh-
im li ire. Menoin. mainh kien: Del.
muchkeii, v. adj. red (it is), Zeisb.]
musseet, n. a foot; pi. -fash, El. Gr. 10;
nun-, kui-, vius-seet, my, thy, his foot;
tDusseetcooash, their feet, Josh. 3, 15
(intsneet, a foot, C. ).
[Narr. uwssete. Peq. kuzseet, (thy)
foot, Stiles.]
mussegan, -ekon, n. the loins, Ezek. 23,
15; Nah. 2, 10; nusaeganohtogq-ut, in my
loins. Ps. 38, 7; (.- m'k<ni<>1iti>ri<i, my
mussegan, -ekon continued.
reins, Prov. 23, 16); kit*-, in or from
thy loins, Gen. 35, 11; wussekonnhtogqut
mshofi, in the loins of his father, Heb.
7, 10.
mussegen. See missegen.
mussegon, v. impers. it hails; as n. hail,
Ps. 148, 8; 78, 48; minnerjun, Rev. 16,21;
sup])i>p. miseegog, Is. 32, 19.
[Abn. s/'/rfivi/', il grele. Chip, sesse-
gan, Bar. Cree siysiykun. Miami me
ze kwait'.]
musses. See um-miasis-oh.
mussi. whole; suppos. (?) nuk-keteaonk
ash mussit, ' my life is yet whole ' , 2 Sam.
1, 9. (Not found elsewhere. The pri-
mary meaning is 'great'. See misgi.)
muss in. See wixxiii.
mussinum, mis-, mussunnum. v. t. he
touches (it) [he smooth-handles it;
from mow, with the formative of verbs
denoting action performed by the
hand] ; suppos. noh masunuk, he who
touches it, Lev. 15, 7, 12; Amos 9, 5;
freq. mohmwsunnum, he touches (it)
often, he handles (it). Vbl. n. mussun-
nummonk, touching, touch (missinu-
mmonk, C. ). With an. obj. mussu-
nau (mis-), he touches (him); suppos.
noh masunont, he who touches him,
Lev. 15, 11, 19; with inan. subj. missis-
sin (-iahin, mus-), it touches, adjoins,
reaches quite to; missizhln kesnkqut, 'it
reached unto heaven', Dan. 4, 11; mis-
sussin giusipponkomuk, it reached to the
wall of the house, 2 Chr. 3, 11, 12; mis-
gishin kuhlamog, the ship touches, is
aground, Acts 27, 41.
mussippeg. See mmxuppeg.
mussipsk, n. the ankle; -kut, to the
ankle, ankle deep, Ezek. 47, 3; 3d pers.
wuswpskon, his ankle Iwne, Acts 3, 7.
(Strictly the back and sides of the ankle
joint; mugsi-poske-Oi-koii., where the
bones touch behind. So, Abn. "ne-
rfctpsW'fcsV, moil cou derriere, metabskS-
'kSe, le derriere et les deux cotes du
cou." Cf. misgippuskunnicheg, wrist
(the back of the wrist, C. ).
mussisse, adv. in public, publicly (?),
Matt. 1, 19. Cf. m&musse, mux>i.
[Micm. m'shet, tons; m'sheda, tons
ensemble. Narr. misslxu, adj. an. the
whole. Abn. messiSi, nii'xetmi'iSi. tout
72
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[nn.LETiN U
mussisse continued.
entier. Del. mc.wi.wi, whole;
. wholly, entire, &isb.]
mussissittcon, n. a lip (missuxtam, ('. i:
pi. -nosh, El. Gr. 10; 3d pers. w-H.wV,
his lip, Prov. 12, 19; 17, 4. For /-
fiffi-inHtt'on, it is close to the mouth.
[Del. u-ffhelon, lip, Zeisb.]
mussittipuk. n. a neck, Ps. To, 5; Is. '>".
28 ( niixxHtfijijieg, C. ); pi. -kaixixh, Judg.
5, 30; kussittipuk, thy neck, Cant. 7, 4;
-, hia neck, 1 Sam. 4, 18; musgi-l-
mulipeg (upptke, R. W. ), joining the
shoulders.
[Narr. itcMpwk.~\
mussohquam[in], inissoh-. mus-
sunk-, n. an ear of ripened corn, Lev.
2, 14; Mark 4, 28; pi. -munneash, -/////<-
neash, Gen. 41, 5, 7; 2 K. 4, 42. From
mufgao (dried), with the formative of
verbs of growth; -quam; mussohquamin,
it grows dry or ripens by growth.
[Abn. megaxkS, pi de b!6.]
musscoonk, missoounk, n. a dry tree,
Ezek. 17, 24; 20, 47. Cf. askunkq (a
green tree); kishkunk.
[Abn. mesSakS ab&si, arbre sec; areek-
sakS, arbre vert, qui ne peut bruler.]
musscopohteau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it
becomes dry, 'it withers', Hag. 1, 4;
suppos. -ohtag, when it dries or withers,
Is. 27, 11.
mussuhkaiiaii. See nmkauau.
mussulikomoo, mis-, v. t. he goes on
touching (it), Dan. 8, 5; with an. obj.
-I'hkaitau, he reaches or goes on to touch
(him), 2Chr. 3, 11.
[Abn. ne-sanmenemen, je le louche
(tango).]
mussunkquamin. See musunkquamin,
a (full) ear of corn,
mussunnum. S<-c iininninum.
mussuppeg, mussippeg, pi. -pequash,
-plgmuh, n. tear, Lam. 2, 18; Mai. 2, 13;
ntw-, my tears, Job 16, 20; Ps. 6, 6. Cf.
miegippano and -xl/i/im .
[Abn. meseliigSan; pi. -nar, larme;
n&telAgSani, j'en verse. Del. (///'-
gnaI((pL).]
muswaii, v. t. an. he pierces or wounds
(him) with an arrow or other missile,
1 K. 22, 34; 2 Chr. is,: ; and pass. !,,
is hit nr woundi-d, etc.
muswaU continuol.
[Abn. inLtni'i. vel mes8(hii'i*, il eft
tilfsse d'une tiallc i>u fleche; mesS, il est
hk-HS,-.]
mutchaht, -oht, n. a sinew. Is. 48, 4;
pi. -ttwh, Job 10, 11; 30,17; Kzek.37, 7;
3d pers. mtichnlit.
[Abn. Stsit, nerf du corps, de I'homme
ou des animaux. Del. wtteheet, sinew.]
mutchdn, n. the nose, Is. 3,21; Prov. 30,
33; the muzzle or snout of an animal,
Prov. 11, 22; nutch&n, tutchAn, / -In'm.
my, thy, his nose; ut mttch&n-it, into
his nostrils, Gen. 2, 7.
[Narr. H-IK-IKU'IH. IVij. kucliijiige,
(thy) nose, Stiles. Abn. ne-kftan, mon
nez; mXx'ttini, le inufle.]
muttdag, -agk, n. a standard, a banner,
Ps. 60, 4; Is. 59, 19; Jer. 4, 21; 50, 2;
51, 12; pi. -akinash.
[Abn. meteStghen, etendard.]
nmttaancoog, -anwog, [they are very
many], John 21, 6 (of 'the multitude
of fishes'), Ezek. 47, 10; Xah. 3, 3;
v. i. from muitAe; not used in the sing.
muttae, adv. exceedingly, very much,
very; wunnegen, (it is) exceeding
good. Num. 14, 7; mmcheke, ex-
ceeding much, 2 Sam. 8, 8; wim-
netu, very beautiful, 2 Sam. 11, 2.
muttannunk, muttannong [n. coll.
from muttdeu, a very great number, a
multitude, an. or inan.], a thousand;
nequt mnltannunk, one thousand, Num.
31, 4. Adj. and adv. -ngane; pi. an.
muttannongan-ogkussnog, neqn' muttan-
",'/["'] nmttanonganogkusKHog, a thou-
sand thousand (persons), 1 Chr. 21, 5;
pi. inan. -ogko'ltavlt, 1 Chr. 22, 14. (See
-ogkodt-. )
[Jsarr. n'quiUe iiiittflnnng, one thou-
sand. Abn.mtara, ten; negMainkSaki,
one thousand.]
muttaohke, muttaok, n. the world,
Luke 16, 8; John 14, 27. For muttae
nhk(, very much land.
muttasash, met-, n. pi. [Ic^jrinjrs],
'hosen', Dan. 3, 21; 'greaves', 1 Sa:n.
17, 6; 'sandals', Mark 6, 9; ntulliinxn^li,
stockings, C 1 . C'f. kaut6anath,
[Chiii. iiu'tfa, legging; (Sag.) in. /.///
mm, (his) legging. Menom. me teesh
flif/n. Shawn, -in tit <i tith. Miami tnw-
sanui.~\
TKUJ1EVLI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
73
muttasonitch, n. the little finger; iiinii-
mat-, my little finger, 1 K. 12, 10; 2 Chr.
10, 10. For matta-atuh-nuieh (menut-
cheg), the last of the hand [no hand
after (?); last (or least) of the hand (?).]
muttasons, n. the youngest son, Gen.
42, 13; 2 Chr. 21, 1"; 22, 1; -oh, Judg.
9, 5. From mat-asnh, not after (?). See
the Abnaki below.
[Abn. ne-medttxtfinSi, je suia le cadet
de tons, 'posito quod nullus alius sit.']
muttinnohkou, muttinuhkou, n. the
right hand; nutlinnohkuii, my right
hand, Ps. 73, 23; wut-, his riht hand,
Dan. 12, 7; (unninuhkoe menitcheg, the
right hand, C.)
muttinnuhkouneiyeue, adv. on the
right hand, to the right, 2 Chr. 23, 10.
[Narr. yd mtunnock, to the right!
Abn. arenakaisi, la main droite.]
muttinwhunutch, n. a finger. See .trf-
tinwhunitch.
muttompeuk (?), -pek, n. the jaw; 3d
pers. wuttompeuk, -pek, his jaw, Judg.
muttompeuk (?), -pek continued.
15, 15, 16, 19. Adj. and adv. n-ittom-
jutkune, Prov. 30, 14.
[Del. ta mini pi can, the jawbone,
Zeisb.]
muttoon, n. the mouth, El. Gr. 10; nut-,
kiit-, ii-uttcon, my, thy, his mouth; pi.
-nasli; 3d pi. wuttconcowQash, their
mouths, Ps. 78, 30; Heb. 11, 33.
[Narr. wutlune, (his) mouth. Peq.
kuttoneege, (thy) mouth, Stiles. Abn.
ne-dSn, ma bouche; 8d8n, sa bouche.
Chip, nindon, my mouth (Bar.). Del.
wdoon, (his) mouth, Zeisb.]
muttcounnussog, n. pi. the kidneys, Ex.
29, 13; Lev. 3, 4; the reins, Jer. 17, 10;
nut-, my reins, Ps. 26, 2. Cf. wunnui:-
smog, testes.
muttugk, muttukki, n. the shoulders
(upper part of the back); ut nuttukee/,
on my shoulders, Job 31, 36; kuttugk^l,
on thy shoulders, Josh. 14, 5; irtMugl.il,
on his shoulders, Luke 15, 5 (wvUwl'.l,
Judg. 16, 3); mitik, a shoulder, C.
na, demonstrative particle, there: na lit
(and naiit), thereat, therein, thereon,
Is. 42, 11 ; Luke 13, 6; na uittche, there-
from, thence, hence, Ex. 11, 1; na
ohteau, there is, Eccl. 6, 1; na mo, there
was, 2 Sam. 2, 17; Gen. 1, 3. Cf. lie,
nenan, noli, nan.
[Del. ma, 'there it is', Zeisb.]
nabo, nab, a particle which, "from 10 to
20, they add before the numeral " : nabo
nequt, eleven; nabo neese, twelve, etc.,
El. Gr. p. 14 (nobo nee, twelve, Mass.
Ps.). Cf. napanna and Chip, nabino-
tawan, 'he repeats his words'; nabaan,
'he fastens it (or puts it) to the end of
something,' Bar. [From neepau (?).]
[Narr. piuck-nab-naquit, eleven ;piuck-
nab-neete, twelve. Peq. piug-nanlmt-
iut, eleven, Stiles. Abn. -neySd-
o, eleven; nw-aiinkao, twelve.
Chip, midagsici athi bejig, eleven ;
ashl nij, twelve, Bar. Cree met&tat-
jii'yakoo-ndup, eleven; iiteehoo-xaii/i,
twelve, etc.]
nabohteai, n. dry land, Hag. 2, 6. Cf.
nunnobohti:i'ion.
nadtauwompu, natt-, v. i. he looks (for
the purpose of seeing some object,
looks for or at an object; cf. nuhquainat,
to direct the eye or look in that or
this direction), 1 K. 18, 43; 19, 6 (nata-
wompu); pi. -puog, they look, 2 Sam.
22, 42. See wompu. With inan. obj.
nadtauwompadtam, he looks for (it);
suppos. 2d pi. nadtauwompadtamog we-
quai, while ye look for the light, Jer.
13, 16. With an. obj. nadtauwompainaii,
he looks for or at (him).
[Abn. nederanbadAmen; (with an.
obj.) -baman, je le regarde.]
nadteoh, nedteuh, as prep, since, Deut.
4, 32: ne kesukok, since that day
when, 1 K. 8, 16; nadteoh pa6on, since
when I came, Gen. 30, 30; -kddsliik
rnuttaok, since the beginning of the
world, Is. 64, 4 (nateah, lately, since, C. ).
[Abn. naight, niaga, netsi, pour lors,
lorsque.]
nadtippaeu. See nehtippaeu.
nadtuppoo, natuppu, v. i. he feeds (as
an animal, other than man): pigsog
natuppuog ut wadchu-ut, swine feed upon
74
BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BV.-LLBIJS '25
nadtuppoo, natuppu continued.
tin- mountain, Luke S, :>:.'; b-tidamu-
mo<j /'ixl< iiinlin/i/iiDog, thy cattle shall
feed, Is. 30, 23; with inan. obj. innltn/i-
pcoii-iiiitniit. lit- feeds on (it), Jer. 50, 19;
with an. obj. n<iiliii/i/>i/>n-iii'i. -/<(/, he
prepares food (?) for or feeds (?) him;
ini]>erat. lM :!il sin;:. /m/(////r/i, 'dress
liim meat', 2 Sam. 13, 7; cf. v. 5, u'tin-
neltteauitch meet/monk, let her dress the
meat [food]. See -uppco, determinative
generic of verbs of feeding.
[Narr. nati'tpirock, (animals) feed.]
naehtau, v. l. L causat. inan. from nd-um,
he sees (?)], he appears, shows himself
to (him): monchu nafhtanAnat (infin.),
he went to show himself to, 1 K. 18, 2;
pret. naehtuomp, he appeared to, 2 Chr.
3, 1; with affixes: kc-inii'ilitiiiikm, I ap-
pear to you, Lev. 9, 4. Cf. nahlinaii, he
shows (it) to; nahtuistt.
nag, suppos. of na-um, he sees, when he
sees (it).
nag. See neg, they.
nagont, nagunt (?), n. sand, Heb. 11, 12;
1 K. 4, 20; naguntu, -ontu, in or on the
sand, Deut. 33, 19; Matt. 7, 26. See
kehtohhanndmuk, 'sand of the sea' (keh-
tahltannomuhk, Mass. Ps.), Ps. 78, 27.
[Abn. nega'kS, sable. Del. le kau,
Zeisb.]
nag-um, pron. 3d sing. an. he, El. Gr. 7
( = o/t, q. v.); pi. nagoh ( = nahoh),
they.
[Narr. mn'igom, his own. Del. m : ka
or nekama, he, Zeisb. Gr. ]
nag-wutteae, adv. continually, all the
time, always, Job 7, 16; 27, 10; Prov. 17,
17; 19, 13.
[Abn. nekSlena, quelques joursensuite
(in posterum).]
nagwutteaeyeucoonk, vl)l. n. continu-
ance, 'perseverance', Kph. 6, 18.
nagwutteohteau [>ta</iruUde-ohteau],\. i.
it continues to be, it is continual,
1 Sam. 13, 14.
nahen. adv. almost, El. Gr. 21; Judg.
19, 9; nearly, nigh to, Phil. 2, 27, 30:
run nahen nun-nup, ' I am at the point
to die', Gen. 25,3:!: miln'ii mippa), 'he
is at the point of death', Mark 5, 23.
Cf. lii'n; ii'iiin.
[Narr. went (of a dyinir man), 'he is
nahen continued.
drawing on.' Abn. nheni, tdt, bien-
tot. Crci- ni-ee, 'exactly.']
nahnagki^e. See nohnagkii'ii .
*nahnaiyeumooadt(?), a horse, C. See
iiiii/i-iiiituk; inn/i nlfim.
nahnashail (freq. of nashaii), v. i. he
breathes; 3d pers. infinit. vunnahnagh-
t'niut, to breathe, Josh. 11, 11; -anenl,
v. 14; suppos. nanashont (naltneuhant,
Deut. 20, 16) and nanashonit, when he
breathes; pi. (part.) neg nanashonitcheg,
they who breathe, Josh. 10, 40 (nen
nunndgsham, I breathe, C. ). See
nashaitonk.
*nahog', they t them; ul nahog, to them,
C.,=itahoh, , El. Cf. noh.
nahohtdeu [= ne hohtoeu, the next in
order], adv. secondly, El. Gr. 21:
ompdsik, the second row, Ex. 28, 18;
afterwards (i. e. next after), Deut. 1,8;
Luke 23, 26. See holttueu.
nahomiushagk. See nohnushagk, ' fare-
well.'
[NOTE. Definition not completed.]
nahrosik, a 'pinnacle', Matt. 4,5; Luke
4, 9; suppos. from a verb form nai-ussu
(inan. subj. -usseu), he makes pointed
or tapering; ne naluogik, that which is
made pointed. See nd'i.
nahtinau, noht-, v. t. inan. and an. he
shows (it) to (him); he makes (it)
appear to (him), Esth. 4, 8 (infin.):
kenahtinush, I will show to you, Judg. 4,
22; howannahtinukcjueog, who will show
(it) to us? Ps. 4, 6; suppos. nolitinont,
Judg. 1, 25. Cf. nafhtau; namehfaii.
nahtussu, .v. t. he shows, makes appar-
ent (-uwu, performs the act of show-
ing); imperat. nahttis, show thou (it),
Ezek. 43, 10; with affix, nahtusseh l.-i/nt-
mayash, show me thy ways, Ps. 25, 4
(nahtuhseh keek, show me your house,
C.).
nl, v. i. it makes a point or angle, it is
angled or angular: y<me na'i, it is t'onr-
angled, scjuare, Ezek. 45, 2; ut yaw HH* e,
on the four corners, ibid.; suppos. m";/.
naiyiig, when it makes an angle; as n.
a corner, an angle: i/aur >iii/<nj n-iiu,
the four corners of the house (lit. where
the house four-corners), Job 1, 19,
= i/nii a-,' m'liing, Ex. 27, 2, and yaue nah
mil/nil ( fn-ij. all the corners), Acts 11,5.
SfC HHxIlill.
TRVMBULI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
75
naihaue, nauwae, adv. in the middle,
Cant. 3, 10. See iiijen.
*naim (Narr.), by and by; (suppos.)
nanritrli, R. \V.
naicomau. Sec m'liieumau.
nairamuk. See wiyeunink, [when he is
carried,] when he rides. -
naj, 3d i>crs. sing, imperat. of nano, it is
the same, it is so. See nan.
nameheau, namheau, v. t. an. he finds
(him), discovers (him) [makes him
visible: causal, an. form from nnu, he
sees him; cf. iiahtinaii, naehtmtj: ne-
namhfli, ne-namehheh, I find him (-nam-
meh,Hos. 9, 10); kenamheh, thou findest t
me; ke-namheah, I find thee, 1 K. 21,20;
suppos. itmnehfont, when he finds, he
finding, Prov. 18, 22; negat. nen wnttn
namhe6h, I did not find him, 2 Cor. 2, j
13; with inan. obj. namehteaii, he finds |
(it), Prov. 18, 22; 17, 20; suppos. na-
mehteinik, Luke 15, 9 (nun-ndmeehteo, I
find, C.).
[Abn. ne-namftlSn; (an. obj.) ne-na-
miliaii, je decouvre, je vois; ne-namih8e, :
je vois.]
namohkaeihheau, v. t. [causat. form of
namohkau], he lends to (him); -kaaih- j
huau, Ps. 112, 5; -kohheau, Prov. 19,
17; imperat. 2d pi. nainohkaeihuugk,
lend ye, Luke 6, 35; namakoulie (?),
lend it to me, Luke 11, 5. See nogkoh-
k&eihhmmat.
[Abn. ne-nemeka8ihan, je lui prete;
imperat. nemekaSi or kaSihi.]
namohkali, v. t, he borrows (from or of
another); imperat. -kmuh, borrow, 2 K.
4, 3; suppos. ndmohkauonont, when he
borrows, Ex. 22, 14. Cf. nogkotikouundt.
namohs, n. a fish (ndmds, C. ); pi. -sog,
El. Gr. 9, Matt. 17, 27; Ex. 7, 18, 21;
dimin. namolisemes, pi. -mesog, Matt. 15,
34. [The first letter does not belong to
the root, but represents the determina-
tive particle. It is not found in com-
pound words (see -dmag). The base is
the same as in aum; trans, aum-aii, he
fishes. In the Old Algonkin and in
some modern dialects the determinative
prefix is given to the sturgeon as the fish
par excellence. The final represents
the an. adj. form -em, or what is equiv-
alent to it, o<ias, animal, animate being. ]
[Narr. nammauus, pi. -suck. Abn.
namohs continued.
names, pi. -sak. Old Alg. J.-icons (na-
main, sturgeon). Chip, ke'go (nam ai',
naughmay, sturgeon). Menom. nah-
maish (nahmawe, sturgeon). Del. na
mees, pi. -sak. Powh. noughnuuts, J.
Smith. Micm. nemesh, Maillard.]
nampoohatn, v. i. he answers, replies:
kah nanvnu, he answered and said,
Job 15, 1; 16, 1; with an. obj. -harnaii,
he answers (him), Gen. 41, 16. Vbl.
n. -hamaonk, an answer, Gen. 41, 16;
2 Sam. 24, 13. From nompe, in turn,
reciprocally.
namshpeyau, v. i. 'he sojourns' [visits,
remains for a time (?)], Gen. 20, 1. Cf.
enneapeyau.
nan, a particle denoting likeness or
identity, the same as, or such as: noh
nan, the same person, Heb. 13, 8; Pa.
102, 27; ne nan, the same thing, Dan.
5, 5; John 4, 53 (nenan, nnih, nonl nee,
'the same', C.) ; ne nnn qusmk, that
same stone, Matt. 21, 42; pi. inan.
nanoash, such (things), James 3, 10;
with verb subst. ne nano, it is the same,
it is so: noh nano (nnoh), he. is the same
or such; matta ne nano, it is not so, Acts
10, 14; yeush matta woh nanoash, these
things ought not to be so, James 3, 10;
imperat. 3d sing, ne mij, let it be so,
'even so', Matt. 11, 26; Luke 11, 2;
Rev. 22, 20; ahque ne naj, 'not so',
Acts 11, 8; suppos. ne nag, if it be so,
Dan. 3, 17; matta nanmg, if it be not
so, v. 18. Cf. Aunag, neane, nnih. [All
these have the same base, and it is im-
possible to distinguish always the forms
of each under Eliot's varying notation.]
[Narr. mat endno, mat edno, it is not
true.]
nanaanont, pi. (neg) nana&noncheg; sup-
pos. of nanauimnau, they who rule,
rulers, Ex. 18, 21; Is. 52, 5.
nanaanum. See nanatijunnum, he bears
rule, he rules over (it).
nahabpi, -peu, (it is) dry. See nunobpe.
*nanagkcoonk, vbl. n. 'snorting', C.
nanahkineg-, (as n.) a sieve, Is. 30, 28.
See nmhkik; nunnohkinnum.
nana[h]konchiyeu-ut, in a narrow
way (passage), Num. 22, 26; in a strait
(place), Job 36, 16: mo adt nanakon-
chanmg, 'where there, is no straitness',
7(5
IH'REAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
nana[h]konchiyeu-ut continued,
ibid.; [niiii-]iiiiiinlikiiii/ti/i, I am in a !
strait (betwixt two), 1 Phil. 1, 23.
nanamunnuin qunuhtug, he bran-
dishes ('shakes') a spear, Job 41, 2!i.
nanaseu, adv. one by one, Mark 14, .19; j
Is. 27, 12: nax&te, John 8, 9. Freq.
from inixxii. niiKxeu, alone.
naiiashont, suppos. of nahnathait, he
breathes.
nanashwu, v. i. he prepares, makes
ready; imperat. 2d sing, -teish, prepare
thyself, be ready, .Jer. 46, 14. With
an. obj. iiiniiinliii-eau, he prepares or
makes (him) ready; with inan. obj.
nanaehmtam, he makes (it) ready; sup-
pos. nanashiretdg, when he prepares
(it), Prov. 8, 27; with inan. obj. and
an. ending, -wetamafi anvetuonk, he pre-
pares a habitation for (him), Ex. 15, 2.
nanashwunnum, v. t. he prepares (it);
nunnanashwunmim, I prepare it, Matt.
22, 4. (With formative of verbs de-
noting action of the hand. )
nanaunum. See nnnaw-unnum.
*nanaw6hteou, he keeps [safely, makes
safe] ; nun-ndmmeehloo, 1 keep, C. See
nannowe, nanomlea.
nauawunnum, -a&num, -aunum, v. t.
[primarily to keepsafely,] he rulesover,
governs (it), Dan. 4, 17; 5, 21: ke-nanau-
num, thou rulest (it), Ps. 89, 9. With
an. obj. nanawunnau, -dunnaii, he rules
over orgoverns (him), Ps. 59, 13; Rom.
7, 1: pish ke-nanauwunuk, he shall rule
over thee, Gen. 3, 16; suppos. nana-
irunonl, naiw&nont, he who rules; pi.
-oncheg, they who bear rule, rulers, Ex.
18, 21; Is. 52, 5 (nananuacheg, magis-
trates, rulers; title- pageof Indian Laws).
N. agent. naniiinimiiKifn, nananuwaen,
iiiniini mien, a ruler, Num. 13, 2; Ex. 22,
2K; Jer. 51, 46; 'a nobleman', John 4,
46, =muhohketomp, Mass. Ps. (nan-
auonnufmat, to rule or govern; ndnd-
irnnumeeh, keep thou me, C. ).
[Narr. neen miiiim-in'mm uum, I over-
see, I look to or keep; na/ii/7im/
(and iiiiiiiiiiiirti-K i. a keeper or nurse, an
overseer and orderer ( of their worship),
K. \V. .V_>. 112.]
nanepaushadt, -pauzshad. n. the
moon, Gen. 3:?, 14; 37, 9; Josh. 10, 12,
13; iii'/>i'tn:i<li<i<l. IV. 14K, 3. ('f. nepdnn,
the sun; also a (lunar) month.
nanepaushadt, -pauzshad continued.
[Xarr. nanepailtJwU, the moon, the
moon god (and iiniimaniujck, a name of
both the sun and the moon). Aim.
kizSs (le soleil ou) la lunc: nilmi'iki :*'.*;
la lune (nibtti'i-ki:,^, nibaniSi, de nuit;
ne-nilxti'i*', 'je marchede nuit'). Chip.
kee zis (Sag.), r/i'zis (St Marys), ((/'mix*,
Bar.), sun; If be ke sif, dib' ik <ji' :/*
(night sun), moon, Sch. Del. ni ;'
hum, the moon; nipahwi, by night; iii-
/ a i n'oochwen, to go, to travel, by night,
Zeisb.]
nannahkinnum. See mmnohkinnum.
nannowe, nanouwe, adv. freely. Matt.
10, 8; Rev. 21, 6; safely; nanmviyeiie,
in safety, Lev. 25, 19 (nanauwe, free;
-auwiyeue, safely, C. ); nannotre, volun-
tary, of free will, Deut. 16, 10.
nannukshonat. See nunnnkkuslionat.
uaiinumit. n. the north wind, Cant. 4, 16.
[Narr. namimmalin and Mamddtn.]
iiannummiyeu, -mau, adv. at the north,
northward, Gen. 13, 14; Is. 14, 31,
ii-iilch nannummau, from the north, Ps.
107, 3.
[Del. lou-amu, v. adj. northerly,
Zeisb. Gr. 164; lo wan a chen, north wind,
Zeisb. Voc. 44.]
nano, (it increases) more and more, in-
creasingly; used as an adverb of com-
parison: nano missi, it increases (be-
comes more and more great), Job 10,
16; nanomaonatash, they (inan.) increase
in number, are more, many, Ezra 9, 6;
nano waantam, he is more and more
wise, increases in wisdom, Luke 2, 52
(ndn6, moreover, C. ) ; nanomux>ntqua>
nmw nunkquaath, 'heaps upon heaps',
Judg. 15, 16.
*nan<5ckquttin (Narr.), the southeast
wind, R. W. Cf. tiiiiiHi<k<]iiinltiit.
nanohkinum,v.t. he seethes (it), boils (?)
it; imperat. and suppos. <i/iA/.-///-
mmk toh tcoh ;/eu nanohtiriwnug, 'seethe
ye that ye will seethe', Ex. 16, 23.
nan<5monkquodtau, v. t. (freq.) he con-
tinues to heap up, he piles (it) up, Job
27, 16. See nomunkr/utig; /w/.--
rjuau.
iianompanissuonk, vbl. n. idleness, C.
See the following:
nanopassumaii, he supplicates of, en-
treats (him). See nanumpagsumau.
nanouwe. See
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
77
*nanowetea, nandu- (Narr. ), a nurse or
keeper, an overseer and orderer (of
their worship). For nanmi'ehteau, he
oversees or directs. See nanawunnum.
*nan6wussu (Xarr. ), vbl. adj. an. it is
lean. See iinouwugsu.
*nanpeh, very (used in the comparison
of adjectives): nanpeh peissism, (he is)
very small; ;ci///).A., 'mostly'; nan-
pehijeu, 'especially', C.
[Cree ndspich, very, Howse.]
nanukquok, when there is danger; sup-
pos. of nunnukrjuodt.
nanukqushont, suppos. of nunnuk-
qushau, he trembles. See nunnukkush-
on&t.
nanumpassumaii, nanop-, v. t. an. he
entreats, supplicates (him) : nan-nan inn-
pamim, I pray [supplicate] (him),
John 14, 16; vwnnmche nanopasumMi,
they began to entreat him, Mark 5, 17
(ken-nanndmpasgwmugh, I pray or en-
treat you, C. ).
nanunkqussu, nanunkqsu, v. adj. an.
he is palsied, Matt. 8, 6; Mark 2, 3;
suppos. ndncmkwgit, v. 4; suppos. part.
-kunrinitche, v. 10. Of. mmnukkushondt,
to tremble.
nanwe, adv. and adj. common [from
nan, the same, such as], general, usual,
normal; hence native or indigenous,
as opposed to pen6we, strange, foreign,
of another kind: nanire missinninnuog,
common people, Mark 12, 37; pe-
tukquneg, common bread; vmt-
Epistleum Jude, the general Epistle of
Jude (nanwe wosketomp, any man, C. ).
See nnih; nnm.
[Del. lenni, original (?), common;
lenni m'bi, pure water; len-achpoan,
common bread; lenachsinnall, common
stones, Hkw. ; lenee, common, "applied
to such objects of nature or of art as are
of common occurrence"; lenee augh-
kweeyun, "common cloth, such as the
Indians ordinarily use," Cass in N. A.
Review, No. 50, p. 68. Abn. areni;
areni Sdamaii, du petun [tabac] com-
mon du pays; ned-aren-ande, je parle
Abnaqui; aren-aiipe [=Del. len-dpf],
homo (seen-anpe, vir). Mic. In8, man.
The Iroquois equivalent is onSe, e. g.
"onkSeonSe, sauvage, homme vrai."]
nanwetu, v. adj. (he is common-born, )
a bastard, Deut. 23, 2; Zech. 9, 6 (ncm-
n'ilue,C.). From nanwe, with the form-
ative -etu of verbs of production and
growth.
nanwiyeu, v. i. he wanders about (has
no specified place), strays; pi. -yeuog,
they wander ( ' through all the moun-
tains', Ezek. 34, 6). With sh of invol-
untary action or mischance, nanwus-
aluin, 'he wanders, i. e. is lost', C.
nanwunncodsquaaU, -squauwau, v. i.
she is a harlot, a common (nanwe)
woman. Vbl. n. -sijuauonk, harlotry,
fornication, Acts 15, 20; 21, 25; Matt.
5, 32. N. agent, -squauwaen, Deut. 24,
17. See na>dsqua6nat.
nanwunnoodsquaausu, -squauSsu, v.
_adj. an. she is a harlot, practices har-
lotry. N. agent, -suen, Lev. 21, 14; Prov.
23, 27; Is. 57, 3.
narosukomurmeat. See nGmsukomun-
neat.
*napaj, until, C. Seepajeh.
napanna. num. five; tahshe is to be
added unless nabo or nab is prefixed,
El. Gr. 14: napanna tahske; pi. an.
tahsuog, tohsuog; pi. inan. toh-
suash or tah$hina$h. Nabo napanna, fif-
teen ; tahshikquinne, for fifteen
days, Gal. 1, 18.
[Narr. napanna. Peq. nuppau, Stiles.
This is Chip, nabane, 'one side', i. e.
one hand; nabanedagge, 'he has one leg-
ging on'; nabanenindji, 'he has only
one hand', Bar.; nabanenindj, 'the
other hand.']
*napeh, 'if you dare,' C.
napehnont, "adv. of wishing"; 'O, that
it were': vtinam, 'I wish it were', El.
Gr. 21, 34; Deut. 28, 67. It serves as
an affix in all numl)ers and persons of
verbs in what Eliot calls the optative
mood.
*nSppiyeue, adv. narrowly, C.
napweoacheg, suppos. pi. part, of nup-
?/<(. See nupwodonk.
nashauanit, the spirit of God (manit),
Matt. 4, 1; cf. mattanit, the devil, same
verse. [Oftener with adj. "Holy"
prefixed or "God" added (?)]. See
-anit.
uashaue, prep, between, Dan. 8, 5; Mic.
7, 14; in the middle, Jer. 39, 3;
78
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
nashaue continued.
li, l>etween the ways, 1 Sam. 14, 4;
'iuiii-nii kah ten, between us
an<l you, Luke 16, 25; nanohkntni> mi-
xlnini' iifeninaxh, I am in a strait betwixt
two, Phil. 1, 23; ne penowomdinaxlitmr
Hiiiiiiittiniiti-iiiutiit kah penomp, there is a
difference between a wife and a virgin,
1 Cor. 7, 34; naxhaue ken k<ih imgum,
between thee and him, Matt. 18, 15;
Cf. nfau, in the middle, and nishwe or
nashire, third. To the latter (nathwe)
nashaue is nearly related, as are both
these to neese, two.
[Chip, n&ssawaii, between, Bar. ; ne-
sahwahyet, J. (Cf. Del. kchauwaak, a
fork; Irchetiim, breadth.).]
nashauonk, vbl. n. [from nathau, freq.
italuiadiaii (q. v.), he breathes]: (1) a
breathing, breath, Gen. 2, 7; Ezek. 37,
9, 10; nashaonk, Job 4, 9; nushAonk, Job
41, 21. (2) the spirit of man, Prov. 18,
14; IThess. 5, 23; a disembodied spirit,
1 K. 22, 21; 2 Chr. 18, 20; Job 4, 15.
[Abn. ne-nfsKt', je respire.]
nashin, [v. i. it is between or contained,]
it makes an angle or corner: yauut
niixliln, it is 'four-square', Rev. 21, 16,
= yauut nagun, Ezek. 43, 16, = yauut
nashinit, v. 17; suppos. nashik, wnere it
makes a corner; as n. a corner or in-
cluded angle: adt nashik, at the corner,
Mark 12, 10, = adnahMk, Ps. 118, 21;
Acts 4, 11; yauut naxhik ohke, in the
four corners of the earth, Ezek. 7, 2.
Adv. and adj. luixhhme, of or at a cor-
ner: qttgsuk, corner-stone, Job 38, 6;
gqwmtam, corner gate, Jer. 31, 38.
Cf. ,<;.
nashomuk, suppos. pass, of muhau, he
kills. See iiiixlu'mat..
nashpe, prep, by means of, by, with (an
inan. agent, instrument, etc.), Ps. 78,
26; 1 Chr. 12, 33-37; Eccl. 2, 1.
[Quir. ape, Pier. Del. nachpi, Zeisb.]
nashqunanum, v. t. (with nmtau) he
kindles (a fire), Lam. 4, 11: nunnashq-
undnttm nmteau, I kindle a fire, Jer. 21,
14; 43, 12; 49, 27; suppos. noli nashqun-
n&nua, he who kindles (a fire), Ex. 22, 6.
nashquneau, v. i. it burns: mjjhru nash-
'initmu, a fire burns, ' is kindled ', Deut.
32, 22; Jer. 15, 14. Adv. -unat, burn-
ing: luixlujuiu'it nwtau, burning tire,
nashquneau continued.
Dan. 7, 9; u<i>lik"t*!<li, burning
coals, Ps. 140, 10; mitnechuug, red-
hot iron, Indian Laws, i.
nashqussum, v. t. he lights (a lamp,
candle, torch, etc.), he sets it on fire
(kindles a fire, Jer. 17, 27); pret. -Hump
lamps-axli, he lighted the lamps, Ex.
8, 3; suppos. nashqugguk n-i'i/ii/iinniteg,
when he lights a candle, Luke 8, 16.
nashqutteau, v. i. it burns, it is burn-
ing: nammiide wntln/ntti'iiK, it burns
with a flame, 'a flame burneth', Joel
2, 3; suppos. ne nathquttag, that which
burns, fire: onatuh wuttuhq en nashqut-
tag, 'as wood to fire', Prov. 26, 21.
Of all these forms the base is the
name of fire which Williams writes
nqi'ttta, but which is not used separately
as a substantive by Eliot. Of the three
names for fire which appear to have
been most frequently used, nmtau or
nmteau was apparently restricted to fire
kindled for domestic use or for the
service of man; chikoht (Narr. tjiickot),
from cheke, fierce, violent, to fire as a
power or in action; and >ia.</i</tittii (squt-
ta, R. W. ) as nearly equivalent to our
characterization of "the devouring ele-
ment," or fire as an enemy. Cf. nash-
qutlin.
[Narr. squtta, fire. Abn. tkdtai, feu;
fkStaSio, il y en a. Rasles.]
nashquttin, [v. i. there is] a destructive
tempest, a violent storm, Is. 28, 2; 29,6;
suppos. naahquit, Job 27, 21 (>iaghqn it-
tin, a northerly storm or a tempest, C. ).
naswaeu, -wayeu, v. i. it is scattered;
adv. nawAe, -inii/eiie, Is. IS, 2, 7; Jer.
50, 17. [?] See xeahham.
natauwompu. See nadtauw6mpu, he
looks.
natmneahteau, natinahteau, v. i. he
seeks, makes search; pi. -aog, they
sought, 2 K. 2, 17. Vbl. n. -teaonk,
seareli, Kzra 4, 19.
natinneham, v. t. he seeks (it), Prov.
14, 6; 18, 1; Job 39, 29; pi. -hamu-og,
they seek (it), Heb. 11, 14; imperat. 2d
pi. -hammk, seek ye, Matt. 7, 7; suppos.
noh iialiiiniihliiii/, lie who seeks, Matt.
7, 8; with an. obj. n<ititinewi:hau, he
seeks (him), 2 Chr. 26, 5; -irliooii, Rom.
:!, 12; with affixes, ;/<-/
TRUMBfLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
79
natinneham continued,
he seeks (him), Matt. 18, 12; snppos.
noh natinnewhrmt, he who seeks (him),
Lam. 3, 25.
[Narr. iiatinnehas, search (thou); tea-
qua kun-n&tinne, what do you look for?]
natippaeu. See nehtippaeu.
natcotomaii, v. t. an. hequestions (him),
asks (him) a question; (natmtamaiiau)
Matt. 16, 13; -mauoh, Matt. 22, 35;
with the characteristic (-hk) of con-
tinued action, natmtomuhkau, he makes
inquiries, goes on asking questions (of
him); infinit. -konat, to inquire, Ezra
7,14.
[Xarr. kun-nittotetm, do you ask me?
n'natotemuckaun, I will ask the way.
Cree unlow-ethemayno, he looks for,
seeks (him); untow-ethetum, he seeks it.]
natootomuhteaonk, vhl. n. (from -uh-
teiru, v. i. he asks) a question, Mark 11,
29; 12, 34 (naltmtuimrehttaonk, C.).
nattauwtfmpu. See nadtauirfonpii.
*natteohqus ( Mass. Ps. ), a wolf, John 10,
1 2 ( nattaxfunxu-og, wolves, C. ) ; ontoquos,
a wolf, Wood.
[Narr. natoqna, wolf; moatt6qu, a
black wolf, R. W.]
natuppu. See uaiJtuppao, he feeds.
natwontam, v. i. and t, inan. he consid-
ers, meditates, devises, Ps. 36, 4: nun-nal-
ii'ontam, I meditate, Ps. 119, 15; I de-
vise, Mic. 2, 3; imperat. 2d sing, -ontaxh
nun-natwontamoii'fmk (vbl. n.), 'con-
sider my meditation', Ps. 5, 1.
na-um, v. i. he sees, Job 28, 24; Matt. 12,
22; and t. inan. he sees (it), Job 34, 21:
nunnaum, I see, Jer. 1, 11; John 9, 25;
suppos. nag, when he sees (it), Gen.
42, 1; 3 6 (naik, Matt. 21, 19); imperat.
2d sing ndifh, nauxh, n&sh; pi. naum-
mk, see, behold. Vbl. n. n6.urn.monk,
sight, Deut. 28, 67; Luke 4, 18. With
an. obj. ndai'i, nauau, he sees (him),
(Jen. 42, 7; John 1, 29; imperat. 2d pi.
n6k, Is. 42, 1 ; suppos. nauont, when he
sees (him), 2 K. 4, 25; with affixes, ke-
in'i-eh, thou seest me, Gen. 16, 13; noh
naiit, he who seeth me, John 12, 45;
14, 9. Of. nogque, wompu.
[Aim. ne-namih8e, je vois. Del. ne
men, to see, Zeisb.]
uaumatuonk, vbl. n. a law, Deut. 1, 5.
pi. -on/jitxh, Ex. 16, 8. Cf. ncowaonk,
wuMittumun&t.
-naumon (not found without the pro-
nuiii. prefix), son. See wunnaumonuh.
*naunt (Xarr.), alone, only. See nont.
naiit [tin xt~\, adv. of place, El. Gr. 21;
therein, thereon, thereat, Is. 42, 11: na
ut ahqiiompag, at that time, Dan. 3, 8;
null ut, thereon, Luke 13, 6.
uauusukomunneat. See n6oo,wkomun-
nfitt.
nauwae. See naihaue.
nauwaehtamuneatt, v. t. inan. he bows
down to (it); infln. 2d pi. Lev. 26, 1.
nauwaeu, v. i. (1 ) he bends down, bows,
stoops, Judg. 5, 27. (2) he worships,
Ex. 34, 8; pi. -aiog, they worship, Ex.
4, 31; they bow down, Is. 46, 2; im-
perat. 2d pi. nauwaegk, worship ye, Ex.
24, 1. Adv. n&uw&e, Gen. 49, 15.
nauwakompau, v. i. he stands stooping
or bowed down; suppos. -pauit, when
he stoops, Luke 24, 12.
[Del. nuuimqatpm, to hang the head
down, Zeisb.]
nauwanum, v. t. he bends or bows down
(his person, head, face, etc.), Ex. 34, 8;
pi. -umirog, Ex. 4, 31; Luke 24, 5; pret.
nattwanumfanp Judah, I have bent Ju-
dah, Zech. 9, 13.
nauwosu, -seu, v. i. act. he performs
the act of bowing or stooping, he bows
or stoops, Is. 46, 1; John 20, 11; suppos.
nddusit, when he stoops, John 20, 5.
nauwot, nauwut. See nAidt.
nawhutche [na unitche, therefrom or
there out of], some of, a part of, El.
Gr. 8; Is. 44, 16, 17: kesukodtcuh,
some days, Dan. 8, 27.
*nawwauwquaw (Xarr.), afternoon.
From imun'aeu, he goes down, stoops.
n&yeumau, naicomaU, v. t. an. he tears
or carries (on his back or shoulders) an
an. obj.; infin. 3d sing, wu-n&yeu-
mdnat yokoh (an.), to bear the yoke,
Lam. 3, 27.
nayeumuk, naicomuk, which has the
form of the suppos. pass, participle,
'when he is carried or borne' (on the
shoulders of another), is used by Eliot
for the indicative v. t. he rides upon:
nayeumuk anx-oh, she rode upon an ass,
1 Sam. 25, 42; cherub, on a
cherub, 2 Sam. 22, 11 ( = nayeumugk,
Ps. 18, 10); pi. -ukquog, they rode
upon (camels), Gen. 24, 61; suppos.
part. pi. neij mitnnmkqutrheif, they who
80
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[nri.LKTix 25
nayeumuk, naieomuk continued.
ride upon (asses), Judg. 10, 4; hortman-
i,,/ nageu/mukquichey howx-ah, 'horse-
men [when] riding upon horses',
Ezek. 23,6; sing. nol iminiinihinl homes- ;
oh, he who rides horses. Amos 2, 15 i
(beiux naimaiyeumooadt, 'a horse or a
creature that carries', C. ).
[Xarr. kini-niixh, I will carry you (on
my hack); naynayo&mewot, a horse;
vinmia naynai/odmeimt, he rides on
horseback. Abn. ne-nah8man, je le '
porte sur mes epaules; 3d sing. 8nah8-
man; ahassS, cheval; ne-nah8mSk8
ahassS, j'y vais; -nSihSmanoune-nanhS-
maii, je charge 1'enfant, je le porte (sur
le dos). Del. nech na yun gee>, a horse;
na yu mau, he is carried; na yu mule, he
carries me; na yun dam, he carries a
load, Zeisb.]
nayeutam, v. t. he bears or carries (it)
on his person (on his breastplate, Ex.
28, 29): pish nayeutam mweanun, he
shall bear his own burden, Gal. 6, 5;
suppos. part. pi. nayeiitogig, they who
bear [are 'laden with'], Is. 1, 4. [From
nauwaeii, nauwaehtam, he bends or
stoops to it (?).]
[Narr. niautash, take it on your back;
nidutarmrock, 'they are loden'. i.e. carry
burdens.]
ne, demonstrative and directive particle
or pron. inan. (El. Gr. 7) this, that;
pi. nih, these, those: ne teag, this thing.
ne adt, thereat, at that place, Ezek. 6, 13.
neane, neyane(l) [net/Hoc, like this, of
this kind, such as this], so, such, in the
same manner as, as, El. Gr. 22; Luke
22, 27, 29; Mark 4, 26; suppos. nedunak,
-ag ( when it is so, or such as ), accord ing
to, in accordance with, like: neaunak
wii i-anakausuonk, according to her work,
Jer. 50, 29; unnaumatuonk, accord -
' ing to the law, Ezra 10, 3 (ntdiuig, such,
C. ). (2) as n. the appearance of a thing,
its likeness: ne Aunak'onatuh ne aunak,
'the color thereof as the color of,
Num. 11, 7; neaunag yen ui>itt<ti>k. 'the i
fashion of this world', 1 Cor. 7, 31;
neaunak menutcheg, 'in the form of a
hand', Ezek. 10, 8. See aunag, and cf.
tin; nan; tniili; nf>; nnli; nun, 1 .
[Del. nahanne, 'so, so it is', Zeisb.]
neanussu [ne unnusau], v. adj. an. he
neanussu continued.
i- such a> <>r <M' the kind, he is like
(gee iniiiii!>iiin\ sup]K!s. iii-i'ninxxil. when
he is like, of the kind of (nrijitiiu*it,
'after its kind'. Lev. 11, 16, 19; pi. ne-
ii. after their kind w. 14, 15):
i'tniii/). rinili inn-nil niil.-i'Kii-
niil:. as is the man so is his strength,
Judg. 8, 21 ; neanuMtt wosketomp. in the
likeness of man, Phil. 2, 7.
*necawnauquanash, 'old barns' (pi.).
See HHijHHii'ixli, R. W. 93. Illin. (Ms.
Diet.) "naganari, naganara, (pi.) viel-
les cachis dont il ne reste que le trou" ;
"naganaki iiimirigSa, il m'a donn6 son
champ qu'il abandonne."
nechippog. See neechippog.
nedteuh. See nAdteoh, since.
neechan, v. i. he or she issues from or is
given birth; as n. issue or offspring
(without regard to sex or age); pi. nee-
chanog, they are children (i. e. issue):
ke-neeehanog, thy children, Rom. 9, 7;
thy issue, Gen. 48, 6; suppos. neechiiiiit,
when he or she is a child, Rom. 9, 8; pi.
part, neg neechdnuicheg, they who are
children or issue, ibid.; wun-neechan-oh,
the issue of (him), Rom. 9, 26,27. N.
collect, vmnneechd-neunk, his issue, col-
lectively, Rom. 9, 8. See onto-".
[Abn. nSnitzannl, j'ai un enfant; 3d
pers. SnitzannS; 3d pi. -nnar, ke-nitzan-
nnk [suppos.], tes enfants. Del. nitsch,
nitschaan, child, Zeisb. Voc. 6, 10.]
neechau, nechau, v. i. and t. an. she
gives birth to a child, is delivered, is in
labor, Is. 66, 7; Gen. 4, 17, 22; 35, 16;
suppos. neechadt, when she is in labor,
Gen. 38, 28: sun nun-neecham, shall I
beara child? Gen. 18, 13; pret. neechop,
she was delivered, she gave birth to (a
child), Heb. 11, 11.
[Narr. neechaiv, she is in travail;
pnugcolche nechatiwaw, she is already
delivered. Abn. ne-nighihe, ne-iiiixi',
j'eufante.]
neechippog, nehch-, n^ch-, n. dew,
Dan. 4, 15, 23; Gen. 27, 28, 39. Cf.
nehtippaeu.
[Narr. neechipog, R. W. 82.]
neek, nek, iny house, my dwelling. See
neekin, nekin, v. i. he or she is born.
[Regularly the formative -kin denotes
TP.l'MBfLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
81
neekin, nekin continued,
the growth of inanimate being, as does
-fin that of animate: netu, he grows;
in'khi, it grows; but from Eliot's use of
these t\vo forms it appears that nekin
had the force of an an. passive, he
is born, he is grown ; netu an. in-
trans., which we may nearly translate
by 'lie has birth', 'he grows.' See both
forms in the same verse, John 3, 4]:
vnli-li iifkiii-nefit (infin.), from birth,
Hos. 9, 11; ntkin, (a tree) grows, is
grown, Ezek. 17, 6; Dan. 4, 33; (of the
hair), Judg. 16, 12; suppos. nekik, negik,
when it grows or is grown, Dan. 4,
33 (nekuk, Matt. 13, 32); pi. an. -kig:
m'keekig, Rom. 9, 11; pi. inan. -kixh:
neb/k!sfi, 2 K. 19, 29; (pass, form) nekit,
when he is born, John 3, 5, 6; pi. neg
nfkitcheg, John 1, 13. Cf. adlcmnegen;
sonkin; tannegen, etc.
[Abn. nigS, un enfant est n, il est
sprti; izanigS (cf. tannegen, EL), il cesse
de croitre.]
neempau, v. i. it thunders; as n. thun-
der, Ps. 81, 7 (nimbau, thunder, C.):
ken-neempomog, 'thy thunder', Ps. 104,
7; 77, 18.
[Narr. neimpduog, thunder.]
neemskom (?), v. t. he brings (it, i. e.
food or drink?): nunneemskompetukqun-
iieg, I fetch bread, Gen. 18, 5; imperat.
1st pi. neentskomuttuh, let us fetch (it),
1 Sam. 4, 3. With an. 2d obj. neemsko-
iinih nippemes, bring me a little water,
1 K. 17, 10.
neen, nen, pron. 1st sing. I; pi. inclus.
l-fiifiirun, exclus. neenaiwm, we, El.
Gr. 7: nen nnoh, I am he (who), Is.
41, 4; nanashaue nenauim kah ken, be- i
tween us (exclus. pi.) and thee, Luke
16, 26; but nanashauf kenawun, between
us (all of us, inclus. pi.), Judg. 11, 10.
The pronoun in the singular has the
form of the noun agent, with n' direc-
tive or demonstrative as the base.
[Del. ni, I; niluna, we (exclus.); ki-
Imia, we (inclus.), Zeisb.]
*neepSnon, n. a shower, C.
neepattau, -padtau, v. t. inan. (1) he
stands (it) upright, erects (it), e. g. a post
or column, 2 Chr. 3, 17. (2) he boils or
cooks over a fire, i. e. sets up the pot
for boiling: neep&tau s&baheg, he 'sod
B. A. E., BULL. 25 6
neepattau, -padtau continued,
pottage', Gen. 25, 29; imperat. nepa-
tnnxh iwlxihfg, 'seethe pottage', 2 K. 4,
38, and with an. obj. nepas [=nepaush]
niixlif olikutik, 'set on the great pot',
ibid. (nepattohtuhquonat, to boil the
P ot(?),C.).
[Abn. nibadene, leve cela; ne-nibade-
nakSn, je leve un pieu. Del. nipachton,
he raises or sets up (e. g. a post, a pole),
Zeisb. Gr. 160.]
neepattunkquonk, nepattuhquonk,
n. a post or stake, 1 Sam. 1, 9; Is. 33,
20; a pillar, 1 K. 7, 2, 17, 20, 21; an
image (statue), pi. wun-neepatlunkquonk-
anog, their images, Ex. 34, 13 [nepatuh-
quonk-ash, (printers') ' columns ', Mass.
Ps. title-page].
neepau, neepoh, v. i. ( 1 ) he stands, holds
himself erect; and, as implying a change
of posture. (2) he rises, erects himself,
Ex. 2, 4; 24, 13; pi. -pdog, Ex. 32, 6;
imperat. 2d sing, nepaush, 'up', stand,
Judg. 8, 20; pi. -peak, -puk, stand ye,
1 Sam. 12, 16; Nah. 2, 8; suppos. noh
neepauit, he who stands, Deut. 1, 38
(nun-neepoo, I stand, C. ). [Cf. Chip,
and Alg. niba, nipaia, he sleeps, and
Mass, nuppm, (he is) dead.]
[Narr. yd neepoush, stay or stand
here. Del. ni pu, he stands; pret. ni
poop; imperat. 2d sing, ni pa mil, Zeisb.
Cree nepowoo, he stands.]
*neepuck (Narr.?), blood, R. W. Per-
haps the Pequot (Muh. ) name. See
musqufheonk.
[Abn. neba'kkanSm, mon sang; 3d
pers. aba'kkanSm, ba'gakkann, sang.
Miami ne pe kon m, blood.]
neese, num. two, El. Gr. 14; an. pi.
neemog, Deut. 22, 30; inan. pi. nee-
sinash, Cant. 7, 3; suppos. neefit nornpe,
when it is two times, when it is
doubled, Gen. 41, 32 (neese tahfhe,
twice as much, Job 42, 10).
[Narr. netsse. Peq. naez, neese. Del.
ni xchi, Zeisb.]
*neeshauog (Narr.), eels, R. W. ; nee-
shuongok, Stiles. [Xeese-auog, they go
by twos or in pairs, they couple; cf.
Abn. nwsSSak, ils sont mari^s. See
ntquitteconnau-og.~\ The name of 'ne-
shaw eel ' is yet retained by the fisher-
men of Marthas Vineyard and perhaps
82
BUREAU OK AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
*neesliauog continued.
elsewhere in Massachusetts for the sil-
ver eel (Mura-na argentea, Le Snetir).
lam inclined to Iflieve that it origi-
nally belonged to the lampreys (Petro-
myzon americanus, Le Sueur), which
may appropriately he called 'pairers'
or 'couplers' in distinction from the
'single going' eel.
[Peq. neetli, pi. needum";/.''. Stiles.]
neesin-wog, v. i. (pi.) they lie two to-
gether, they couple, and v. t, they lie
with, have carnal connection with,
1 Sam. 1, 22; sing. >ietsin, he (or she)
lies with, Gen. 19, 33; 35, 22; imperat.
1st pi. neenintuh, let us lie together,
(Jen. 39, 7, 12; suppos. iioh iieesuk, he
who, etc., Lev. 20, 13; Judg. 21, 11.
From neete, two, with the formative
(-sin) of verbs of lying down. Vbl. n.
neetinnmonk, coupling, lying with an-
other, Num. 31, 18.
[Abn. nixSxinSda, nuSrinSk, nous
couchons deux ensemble (de duobus
viris non male audit, de viro et fsemina,
male).]
neesnee'chag, nesnechag, num. twenty,
El. Gr. 14. Adj. pi. an. kotltog;
inan. kodtash. From neese and
nutcheg (hand; see menutcheg), the sec-
ond time of employing the hand in
counting, twice [the number of fingers
on each] hand.
neesukossont, suppos. part, parting the
hoof, Deut. 14, 6. From neese, two, and
mi'ilibm, nail, hoof.
neeswe, both, the two, Matt. 15, 14; Luke
6, 39. See neexe.
neetskehheaii, v. cans. an. he makes
(him) well, heals, cures: k<-ii-n<-<-ixk<li-
hesh, I heal thee, 2 K. 20, 5; imperat.
neetskeh kuhhog, heal thyself, Luke 4,
23 (niin-neetkeh, I heal; neetskeh, heal
thou [me], C. ). Vbl. n. wi-ixMiiiirn-
onk, a cure, Jer. 33, 6. With inan. obj.
neetskehteaii, he makes (it) well, he
heals or cures (it), e. g. a wound, a dis-
ease, etc., Ps. 103, 3.
neetskesu, v. adj. an. (he is) cured, re-
stored to health, Jer. 46, 11. Vbl. n.
-k'Knoiik, a cure, health-giving, I'rm.
4, _'L'.
neetu, v. i. (1) he (or it) grows, as a plant
or animal, Job 8, 11; I's. !2, 12; pi.
neetu continued.
-nog, Jer. 12, 2. (2) he is born, Prov.
17, 17; Job 5, 7; Is. 9, 6; cf. neekiit.
This word is not easily translatable;
it signifies he comes into life, has birth,
but it also (with an an. subj.) con-
notes the coming into the family or
tribal relation, domestic lifeandgrowth.
Cf. Vi'1,1.
neg, nag, pron. demonst. they (who),
El. Gr. 7: imnie neg, all they who,
Lev. 11, 9, 10; accus. nagoh, they whom,
them. Cf. no/i, nagum.
negonne, 'adv. of order', first, El. Gr.
21. Like nequHa (one), of which it is
the ordinal, negonne appears to be
nearly related to nukkfine (Abn. ne-
gannie), old, ancient, and so first in
order of time. See nukkomauonat; /</.-
kfme; pttxnk.
[Narr. necAwni. Abn. nikkanniSi, de-
vant, par avance. Del. nigani, at the
first, Zeisb.]
negonshail, v. i. he goes first, he is in
advance; v. t. he goes before (them).
[The characteristic -sh denotes going
swiftly, as in 2 Sam. 18, 27: suppos.
noh negonshont, he who runs before or
foremost.] N. agent, negonshaen, a
leader (indef. -enin), Acts 24, 5.
negontcoau, v. t. he sends a message to
(him), i. e. sends word before or in
advance of coming, 2 Chr. 2, 3 (nun-
iiiki'iiii'liiiiini, I send, C. ).
negonuhkaii, v. t. an. he goes onward
before (him), continues to go before or
in advance of [with the characteristic;
(-uhk) of progression] : ii'ioi-ttef/uiiiihkau-
oh, he goes before them, John 10, 4.
[Abn. ne-nikkannSsse, v. i. je marche
devant.]
negdshkag, =>> kMikay, its breadth.
See kuthki.
nehchippog. See itci'/'liippog.
nehenwonche, (1) his own, their own,
2 Sam. 12, 3; 2 K. 18, 27; Prov. 14, 10.
(2)of himself, of themselves, suasponte;
nixli nehtnuonche m'kukixli. thinjrs which
grow of themselves, spontaneously, 2
K. lit. L'!l.
nehnekikom, -ekugkom, v. t. he tears
or rends (it), Josh. 8, 7: u-ini-iu lim'kik-
(nii-ini, he tears it in pieces (of a wild
beast, Mic. 5, 8); nen nehnekuqkom, I
TRr.MBri.].]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
nehnekikom, -ekugkom continued.
rend (it), Hos. 13, 8. With an. obj.
iii-liiii'kiikk<ii'i, he tears or rends (him),
as a wild beast his prey; with affixes
irini-nehnt'knkkiii'i-uli, he tears him, Luke
9, 42; suppos. unit iii-liin'l.-iil.-iinoiit, he
who tears (when tearing), 1 K. 13, 26.
Intens. from a primary nekaeu, with
the characteristic (-uhk) of continued
action. From the same primary are
formed iiek-uss6gu, he cuts or gashes;
neh-nekshaeu, it rends or tears; neh-nek-
inum, he tears (it) by hand, etc. See
the following.
nehnekikosu, v. i. act. he goes on tear-
ing, continues to tear; infin. -6mnneat,
Jer. 15, 3; pass, he is torn; suppos. neh-
negikausik, when he is torn, Ezek. 4, 14.
See nehnikikom.
nehnekinum, v. t. he rends or tears (it)
in pieces; with an. obj. -kinau: nun-
nelmtkinvk, he pulls me in pieces (as a
lion tears his prey), Lam. 3, 11 (nun-
negunum, I tear, 0. ) . From nek-aeu,
with formative (-inum, -inau) denoting
action performed by the hand, and
intens. reduplication.
nehnekshaeu, v. i. it tears; from neh-
nekaeu, with characteristic of involun-
tary or violent action. As n. a rent, Is.
3,24.
nehnekugkom. See nehnekikom.
nehneteapoo (?), v. i. he devours, Dan. 7,
19; (v. t. ) imperat, nehneeteapsh weyaus,
devour thou flesh, v. 5.
nehneyai (?), 'cloven', Acts 2, 3.
nehteau (?), v. i. [he procures food by
hunting or fishing, etc.?]: wanne teag
nehteau-m-og (pi. neg. ), they caught
nothing (by fishing, John 21, 3). Cf.
nmtanuigquAeu, ' I go a fishing'; natin-
neham, he seeks for.
[Abn. ne-nalelnka, je vais chercher
de la mangeaille.]
nehtippaeu, natip-, v. i. it is covered
with water; pi. -paash, they (inan.) are
covered, etc., Gen. 7, 19, 20; [suppos.
ni'tijipog, = nee.chippog, dew?].
[MAKGINAL NOTE. "Wrong; see
--/</;" ihofiki". offqwnnedll) .]
nehtoe, adv. and adj. skilful[ly], 2 Chr.
2, 8; n6M6e and nuhtoi; v. J, intcns.
nunnehtde, 1 K. 5, 6. The base (related
to ii-<tliti'nii, he understands) signifies
nehtoe continued,
knowledge orskill acquired by practice.
The primary verb (nnhtean, nolitmrnl)
I have not found in Eliot.
nehtonum, v. t. he handles (it) dexter-
ously or skilfully, he is practiced in
the use of (it); pi. -umwog, they han-
dle, i. e. know how to use (swords,
Ezek. 38, 4); suppos. noh nohtonuk, he
who handles (a sickle, Jer. 50, 16); pi.
neg nohtonukeg, they who (know how
to) handle (shields, spears, etc.), 1
Chr. 12, 8; 2 Chr. 25, 5. From nohtoe,
with skill, and the formative (mini) of
action of the hand.
[Del. nita, I can, Zeisb. Voc. 10.]
nehtuhtau. See netuhtuu.
*neimpafiog (Narr.), thunder, K. W.
See neempau.
neit [ttf, with locat. affix], then, at that
time, Judg. 8, 21, 22; Luke 22, 36.
nek. See neek.
nekin. See neekin.
nekittomashik (?), suppos. where it
parts or divides: adt neekiitomaahik may,
' at the parting of the way ' , Ezek. 21, 21.
Cf.. adt neesinash nogkishkaiiadtummuk
mayash, 'where two ways met', Mark
11, 4. [From nequtta, where they be-
come one (?).]
*nekus, adv. there (?), C.
nemehkuh, 'adv. of likeness', so, El. Gr.
22; but in his translation it is used as a
conjunction: nemekeh, so (accordingly),
Gen. 37, 14; nemehkeh neit, so then,
1 Cor. 7, 38.
nemompa'ai (?), v. i. ' he has taken a bag
of money with him', Prov. 7, 20.
nemunnum, v. t. he takes (it) in or with
his hand, Ex. 24, 6; Is. 40, 15; Mutt.
14, 19; pi. -umwog, they take (it), Josh.
4, 8; imperat. 2d sing, nenmnunh; pi.
-nummk; with an. obj. nemunaii, he
takes (him), Josh, 2, 4. Cf. muumuimi,
it is taken away; li/hi/-iiiiiium, he catches
or takes hold of it, etc. The formative,
-inumm fan. obj. -unaii), denotes, gen-
erally, action performed by the hand;
more exactly, physical action per-
formed directly upon the object with-
out the intervention of an instrument
or agent.
nen. Sec /< //.
84
WKKAT <>F AMERICAN KTHNOLOUY
[P.ri.l.KTlS 'J5
ne naj, let that lie so, so IK- it. See nan.
[NalT. . <'i/,-/mr< m'lli-l, l;,',,i unim-i'iiinm.
[let it be as you command,] 'your will
shall lie law.']
neuan. the same (thing), Phil. 2, 2. See
ne nogque, 'that way-ward', El. Gr. 21;
toward that. Sec tiogtpu.
*nenoohque, adv. so, C. Cf. anailx/m:
See nogque.
nepattuhquonk. See neepattunkquonk.
nepaus, -pauz, n. (1) the sun, Gen. 19, 23;
37,9; Josh. 10, 12, 13; Ps. 89, 36. (2)
a month,~Ex. 12, 2; Rev. 22, 2; pi. (an.)
-zaog, -zsaog: ne&niog nepauzaog, two
months, Judg. 11, 37. Cf. kemk, nane-
pauthadt.
[Narr. nippafat*, -pdteus, the sun;
patistick npatiw, one month. Abn.
kizSs, le soleil; nibadSsse, il eclaire, il
marche.]
nepauzshad, n'. the moon. See nane-
pauthadt.
nepeunk, n. a bush, Ex. 3, 2, 3: ut ne-
pmnkquamit, in a bush, Acts 7, 30; Luke
20,37.
nepun, n. (the latter part of) summer,
Gen. 8, 22 ; Jer. 8, 20. Cf . tequan. ' ' The
earing of their corn [the Virginians
call] nepinougli, the harvest and fall of
the leaf, taquitock." Capt. J. Smith's
Virginia, b. 2, p. 28. Adv. and adj. ne-
punn&e, in or of summer.
[Narr. neepun and qiuiqusguan, sum-
mer. Abn. nipenf, l'6t& passe; nipen,
l'et present; nipeghf, l't prochain;
nipeniSi, pendant 1'ete. Creentpin; sup-
pos. iifpeek. Chip, n? bin. Del. nipen,
Zeisb. Cf. Abn. mibi, leaf. Lescarbot
gives Souriquois [Jlii'inac] nibir betour,
when spring comes; lit. when the leaf
comes, p. 697 (repr. in, 671).
*nequitteconnau-og ( Narr. ), n. pi. eels,
R. W. [literally, 'they go one by one',
or 'singly', i. e., are not seen in pairs.
Cf. neeshailog; and see Narr. Club ed.
of Williams' Key, note 251]; nequttika,
an eel, C.
nequt, num. one, El. Gr. 14 (see Pick-
ering's Notes, xliv-xlvi): nequttn tdltxhr
(1+5), six, Job 5, 19; ii<'/nlln tli*)iin-
rhag, sixty, 2 Sam. 2, 31. Cotton makes
this distinction !>et ween (<//// and / /.-/,
(q.v. ): "neqni, a thing that is past:
nequt continued.
/Hful:, a thine in belli-:." which, though
not absolutely correct, is )K>rhup. ety-
inolociciilly well founded. Xrqiit ap-
pears to be nearly related t" m-ynme,
first in order, and to unkkniif (another
form of the same word), old, or left
behind; perhaps also to nekin, it is born
or Ix'-rins to be. The primary mean-
ing is that which begins a series: one,
as a Ixjginuing of numeration, while
pamk signifies one by itself, a unit.
[Narr. nqu'tt. Peq. Mn/ui'it, Stiles.
Abn. pezekS, one; nekSdai'i*, six; iirySda-
'tegSe, one hundred, etc.; nekSiniSi,
uniquement. Micm. nekSt, tin, une fois;
adv. settlement, Rasles.]
iiequtchippai, n. the portion or share of
one person, a share, a part, Prov. 17, 2.
From nequt and chippe.
nequttekesukquashonat, (infinit. as)
n. one day's journey: ai'i , he goes
on one day's journey, 1 K. 19, 4.
[Narr. nquitlakeesiqufakat, one day's
walk.]
ne-sahteag, as n. its length (see sohteaii,
it extends): aetaeu riesahteag, on its two
ends, i. e. on the two sides long-wise,
Ex. 25, 19.
nesausuk, num. seven, Mark 8, 5; usually
with Inlighf or adtahshe: nesAusuk titlixlir,
seven, Ezek. 45, 23; an. pi. -tahsiiog,
ibid.
[Peq. nezzAvgnsk, Stiles. Narr. enada.
Abn. tanbaSans. Cree neexhwdsxik or
teijjmckoop. Chip, nijwdssu'i, Bar. ; nizh-
irassu-i. Del. ni schasch, Zeisb.]
nesnechag. See necnin'i'i-lnnj.
netassu, v. adj. (as n. ) a domestic ani-
mal; pi. netassuog, 'cattle', Gen. 6,20;
Ps. 148, 10 (netas, C. ). From nefln and
(the base of) axxamaii, be feeds him:
house-fed animals.
[Narr. netaxfiug, cattle; "this name
the Indians give to tame beasts, yea,
and birds also which they keep tame
about their houses." R. W. 95.]
netatup, -ppe, adv. like, so, El. Gr. 22;
Luke 22, 31; in such manner, Matt. 5,
12; iirmie, . . . netntupjie, as ... so,
Prov. 26, 21. For ne tntn/ipi-, it is equal.
[Narr. netdtup, 'it is all one.']
neteag[ = )ic to7</], this or that thing: yeu
iiiolixaij neteag, 'this great thing' (mat-
TRl'MBrl.!.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
85
neteag cuntiniu'd.
ter, fact), Dent. 4, Ml' (mii-<i<i nn,//,-i,,lii'i-
//</., it thing left, C. 172).
[Del. iiieillincle, 'matter', Zeisb.]
netomp, my friend. See ireetomp.
netompas, my sister. Sec ii'iclonipas.
netuhtou, nehtuhtau, v. cans. inan. he
learns (it), acquires skill in (it): nun-
netulitoti-un, I learn it, (ten. 30, 27; num-
iiinlii-lii'-iii'ti'ilitop (pret. ), I have learned
(it), Phil. 4, 11; pi. nehtuhtauog, Deut.
31, 12; -tuog, they learn, are skilled
in, Dan. 1, 17. Vbl. n. -tuonk, -tuuonk,
learning, skill, Dan. 1, 17; John 7, 15.
X. agent, -turn (indef. -ttienin), a skil-
ful man, 2 Chr. 2, 13.
neuantam, v. i. and t. inan. he grieves, is
sorrowful, he grieves for (it), 1 Sam.
20, 34; imperat. of prohib. ahque neuan-
tammk, do not grieve, Gen. 45, 5; pret.
-iniiiiji, -<imop, I was grieved. Vbl. n.
-iinionnk, grief [grieving], sorrow, Prov.
15, 13; Is. 53, 3. See noiiiimwinneat.
[Xarr. n'nowantnm, I am grieved for
you.]
newutche [m- uiitche, that from], adv.
for, from, because, El. Or. 22; there-
fore, Eccl. 2, 1; because, Is. 7, 5;
yen, for this cause, because of this,
Eph. 3, 14 (nauwiteh, thence, C.). Cf.
miwhutchf, therefrom.
[Del. newentxchi, Zeisb.]
*neyanat, last year, C.
neyane. See neane.
*neyhom (Xarr.), a turkey; pi. -om-
mduog.
[Abn. ni'htmJ! (and ehamS), coq.]
*nickommo (Xarr. ), a (solemn) feast or
dance.
nikkumme, nuk-, easily, James 3, 17;
with an. subj. nikkumesu, Matt. 11,
30; suppos. (?) nvkkiiniiiiKl: anue nuk-
kummat, more easily, 'sooner', Luke
16, 17; uttoh ne nukkummat, 'whether it
is easier' (to say, etc.), Mark 2, 9; /</.-
hcmHMtta, 'rather than', (this) 'and
not' that, preferably to, Prov. 8, 10.
ninyeu, nunneyeu, n. urine, 2 K. 18,
27; Is. 36, 12.
nippe, nuppe, n. water, Deut. 23, 4;
Judg. 5, 25; Ps. 78, 16, 20; pi. -petixh,
Ps. 105, 29. From a root 'pe, 'pi (not
found separate), with the directive and
determinative ne. In compound words
uippe, nuppe continued,
the suppos. '/)o</ is employed, as in soii-
iippoij [ronqwi-pog], cool water, i. e.
water when cool. See -pog.
[Peq. )ic///(, iiii/ij>!i, Stiles. Quir.
nip'p',V\er.'2'2. Xarr. nip. Abn. nebi,
eau; ti'kelti, eau froide. Cree nijtpee (in
com] i. -lijipu-uoy,' liquor '.liquid). Chip.
m'lithjj.; ne'M, Sch. Del. m'bi, Zeisb.
(and me nitp peek, a lake or pond).]
nippisse, nips (dim. of nippe, small
water), a pool or pond, John 5, 2, 4, 7,
as adj. and adv. mippisse nippe, water of
the pool; nippeanh, waters of the
pool, Is. 22, 9, 11; pi. -sash, ponds, Is.
19, 10 (nippis, Mass. Ps., John 5, 2).
[Xarr. niplwese, 'some water' (for
drinking); nips, a pond.]
nippissepog, nup-, n. a pond or small
lake, Xeh. 3, 16: en nuppitsepag-wut,
'into a standing water', Ps. 107, 35;
'into the lake', Luke 8, 33. From nip-
pisse and -pog.
nips. See nippisse.
nish, pi. of ne, these or those (inan. ), El.
Gr. 7; Luke 15, 16.
nish. See nishwe, three.
nishkeneunkque, -ungque, (it is) un-
clean, filthy, Lev. 5, 2; 1 Tim. 3, 3, 8;
suppos. -nnkrniok, when it is unclean,
Lev. 5, 2; ne , that which is un-
clean, filthy, 'abominable', Jer. 44, 4;
Lev. 7, 21. With an. subj. nishkeneunk-
qussu, v. adj. an. he is unclean, (one
who is) unclean, etc., Lev. 11, 5; 12, 2;
Job 15, 16; suppos. -usstt, Lev. 5, 3.
Vbl. n. -itssiumk (an.), uncleanness,
Lev. 5, 3; Col. 3, 5. With inan. subj.
nishkeneunkfjuodlau, it is unclean or
filthy. Adj. and adv. -odtde, Zech. 3, 3, 4.
[Del. nis km, nasty, Zeisb.]
nishkenon [v. imp. it drizzles], as n.
fine rain, drizzle, 'mist', Acts 13, 11;
'vapor', James 4, 14. N. collect, nith-
kenunk, 'small rain', Deut, 32, 2. Cf.
sokanon, it rains.
[Chip. mMdad, the weather is very
bad, Bar. 532. Del. niskelaan, foul,
rainy weather, Zeisb.]
nishketeau, v. cans. inan. obj. he makes
(it) unclean, defiles (it); pi. -eauog,
Jude 8.
nishketeauundt, v. act. todefile, to make
unclean: nishkelmuog, they defile (it),
86
HI 'BEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[m'l.I.ETIX 25
nishkete auunat cont i n in < 1 .
Jude 8; <i/iy< niithkhikoak, do not de-
file yourselves, Lev. 18, 24; yewh //-
nithkukiiunmih, these thingsdeflle (him),
Mark 7, 15.
[Del. niskUon, he dirties, tewrays
(it), Zeisb. Gr. 160.1
nishnoh, each one, everyone (an.), Lev.
11, 15; Is. 6, 2; (inan.) Ps. 119, 101.
*nishquekinneat, to rage, C. 206; nun-
iiixliijutt, I rage, ibid. 205. Cf. nashquttin,
a tempest.
*nishquewam : nen nunnishquewam, I
chide or scold; nishquemittinneat, to be
chid, C. 185. See auskomuwau.
nishwe, nish, num. three, El. Gr. 14;
Ex. 21, 11; nishweu, 1 Cor. 13, 13; pi.
an. niehuog; inan. nishwinash, shwinash,
IChr. 21,10. More exactly niih, three;
nishwe, adj. (inan.) the third, Rev. 6, 5;
2 K. 19, 29; (an.) Dan. 5, 7; Rev. 4, 7;
and adv. thirdly, 2 Cor. 12, 28: nashwe
kodtumco, the third year, Deut. 26, 11;
nithwu, "adv. of order", thirdly, El.
Gr. 21; suppos. (an.) nashmti, when he
is third, he who is third, Rev. 16, 4, =
nashoout, Rev. 14, 9, =nasheucout, Matt.
22, 26; nishwudt nompe, three times, at
the third time, Ex. 23, 14, 17; Ezek.
21, 14. Cf. nashaue, between.
nisohke, adv. all the while, so long as,
ne sohke, 1 Sam. 25, 7: nisohke poman-
tog, 'all the days of his life' (so long
aa he may live) , 2 K. 25, 30; tohmhke
ohkecok, 'while the world standeth',
1 Cor. 8, 13.
[Cree s6ke, extremely, very greatly;
moosiik, always, Howse.]
nissim. I say. See it&sin&t.
n naj, let it be so. See nan.
niiih, v. i. it is so, it is like or the same
as (with an. subj. neanussu, q. v. ): ne-
anussit ivosketomp, nnih um-menukesu-
onk, as is a man so is his strength, Judg.
8, 21; m6nk6 nnih, it was so, Gen. 1, 7;
nnih, 'it came to pass', Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1;
Matt. 7, 28; ne yeuyeu nnih, that now is
(so), Eccl. 3, 15; uttoh woh yeush en
nnih, how can these things be (so)?
John 3, 9; suppos. nna<j: miili mahche
yeu nnag, 'it came to pass after this',
i. e. it was so after this was so, 2 Sam.
13, 1; pret. nniyeup, it was so, Eccl. 3,
15; pi. yeuah nniyeupeuh, these things
nnih continued.
were so, Is. 66, 2; nemo* tmili, it must
needs be so, Mark 13, 7. Sec neane,
unne.
[Del. leu, 'true', Zeisb. (Jr. 173; 'it is
SO', Xrisl.. Vor. 9.]
[NOTE. " nnih not separable from wnni."]
nnih, (it) 'was so', Gen. 1,7; 'it came to
pass', Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1; Matt. 7, 28; 'is',
Eccl. 3, 15; unne, q. v. Apparently
a verb substantive from nan or neane,
literally 'it (was) so', or 'it (is) so' :
nmw&og nennih, they said these things
were so, Acts 24, 9; uttoh woh yeush en
nnih, how can these things be (so)?
John 3, 9; nnih mahche yeu nnag, 'it
came to pass after this' (it was so after
this was so), 2 Sam. 13, 1; ne mahche
dnagkup, ne yeuyeu nnih, that which
hath been is now, Eccl. 3, 15; ne pish
dnak mahche nniyeup, that which is to
be hath already been, ibid.; yeush
nniyeupash, these things have been, Is.
66, 2; nniyeup, 'it came to pass' (was
so), Neh. 4, 12; ne mos nnih, it must
needs be so, Mark 13, 7; wohnniyeuash,
(all things) 'are possible' (may be so),
Mark 10, 27 (nenih, that is, C. 181; ne
ennih or nemehkuh ne (conj. ) so that, C.
234). Seeaunag.
[Narr. etu or nntu, is it so? R. W. 29;
nni, eiu, it is true, ibid. 63.]
[This second definition of nnih appears in
the unrevised portion of the manuscript be-
tween the term nithk and P, and, although it
repeats to some extent the references contained
In the first (revised) definition, it is here in-
serted in full. The first definition of nnih oc-
curs in the revised manuscript, where it follows
the term *nickdmmo.]
*nnln (Narr.), man; pi. nnlnnuog, R. W.,
who also writes enln, man, and pi. nln-
nuock, a "general name belonging to
all natives". Related to ne, neen (I),
nanwe, and unne (of the kind or spe-
cies), the radical meaning of nnln or
nnlnnu is, 'he is like myself, or 'of
the same kind'. This word could
properly have no place in Eliot's trans-
lation. It is, however, once or twice
introduced, as in Mark 10, 6: ninnuoh
(accusat. ) kah squa, 'male and female',
i. e. man and woman. The Indians
restricted its application to men of their
own race or like themselves. (See
nanwe.)
TEVMBUI.I.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
87
*nnin continued.
[Quir. ren, pi. renawawk. Abn. aren-
aiibe, homme; ned-aren-ahdiie, je parlt-
Abnaqui. Chip, inini, Bar. ; eninnee, J.
Cree ethinu, homo, an Indian. Shawn.
ee len ee, man; len Ah wai, an Indian.
Micni. InSi, homo. Del. lenno, man;
lenApf: [=Abn. arenanbe], a Delaware,
vir; lenni, a man, Zeisb. (see nanwe);
litt ni le no, pe, 'Indians of the same
nation', Zeisb. S. B. 70.]
n<5 (?), adv. and demonstr. pron. (?) at
that (place), that; yen uhiju&eu, . . . n6
uhquaeu, on the end on this side, . . .
on the end on that side, Ex. 37, 8; nd
pajeh, until (that), Matt. 11, 13; 18, 22;
= noh pajeh, Is. 5, 8 (n6 pajeh, until,
C. 234). Seen6msukomunneat,na>hqueu.
*n6, adv. far off. (The idea of motion is
associated, going far off or to adistance;
noadt, at afar off, at a distance, is used
when distance in time or place is ex-
pressed absolutely. )
*n6, for no/i, nahoh, or nagoh (?), Luke 23,
28; n6 aush, go (to him), Matt. 18, 15.
noadt, noadtit, ncoadt, adv. afar off,
Ex. 2, 4* 24, 1; in old time, Josh. 24, 2;
Neh. 12, 46; Ezra 4, 15; Mic. 7, 14:
nomtahtah, remove it far from me, Prov.
30, 8 ( nauwut, noadt, far, C. ; noadtit, a
great way off, ibid.). See nmhqueu.
[Xarr. nauwot, a great way ; ndwwatick,
far off at sea, E.W. 76. Del. lawat, long
ago, Zeisb.]
noadt uck, adv. a long time (El. Gr. 21).
noahtuk, iioohtuk [n6eu-tuk~\ , the mid-
dle of the river, Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9, 16.
noappit, ndahpit, the Highest, the
.Most High, Ps. 18, 13; 46, 4; (he who
is) afar off, Prov. 27, 10; suppos. vocat.
pi. noappeogish, ye that are [dwell]
afar off, Is. 33, 13.
n6e. See .
ndetipukok, nouttipukok, n. mid-
night, 1 K. 3, 20; Ex. 11, 4; pajeh
nfautipukkok, till midnight, Judg. 16, 3;
ndetipukodaeu, at midnight, Judg. 16, 3
[tuM'u-poh-kenae-kod, the middle of the
dark hours or time].
[Xarr. nanashowatippocat, R. W. 61.
Del. la wit pi knt, Zeisb. Voc. 44. Abn.
nanantebtkat, Rasles.]
n6eu, n<5e, adj. in the middle, the midst,
Ex. 15, 8; Judg. lt>, 29: en noeu, in the
noeu, nde continued.
midst, Prov. 23, 34; Matt. 10, 16, =ut
n6eu, Ps. 78, 28; noeukomm.uk, 'in the
midst of the hall' (i. e. inclosed place),
Luke 22, 55; vrushou noeu Samaria kali
Galile, went through the midst of Sa-
maria and Galilee, Luke 17, 11; wvtch
noeu- asinnekoussthiu, from the midst of
the bush, Ex. 3, 2; ut noeu adtanohke-
teamuk, in the midst of the garden,
Gen. 2, 9. See nashaue.
[Abn. nanSiSi, le milieu, au milieu.
Del. lelau-i, half way (?), Zeisb. Gr. 176;
the middle, half, Zeisb. Voc. 20. Chip.
nawagam, 'in the middle of a lake,
bay, of a river, etc.'; nawaii, center, in
the center, middle, in the middle;
nawaiiwan, it is the middle, the center;
nawakwa, 'in the midst of a forest';
nawakwe (from naokwe), 'it is mid-day
or noon ' ; ndwabik, ' in the midst of an
object of metal'; now, ndiva, n&wi, "in
composition, signifies in the middle, in
the midst of", Bar.]
nogkislikaudnat. See nogkushkauAnat.
[nogkohkdeihhuunat, v. t. to lend:]
namohkaeihhuunat pish kenogkoh kou-
weh, thou shalt lend to, Deut. 15, 6
(-ogguhkoue, Deut. 28, 12); noh nogoh-
kouheoncheh, that which is lent to, 1
Sam. 2, 20. Vbl. n. nogohkoonit, -kouhu-
adt (after noh), he who lends, a lender,
Is. 24, 2; Prov. 22, 7. See namohkaeik-
heaii.
[nogkohkouuna't, v. t. to borrow:] nog-
ohkou, he borroweth, Ps. 37, 21; matta
piah kenogkohkdcoh, thou shalt not bor-
row, Deut. 15, 6; nogkohkauunah, it was
borrowed, 2 K. 6, 5; nogkohkouaen-in,
a borrower, Is. 24, 2, =nogkuhkau-
waen-in, Prov. 22, 7. See namohkau.
nogkus. See menogkus, the belly.
iiog-kushkauonat, nogkusk-, nog-
kish.k-, v. t. an. to meet (anyone),
Jer. 51, 31; Matt. 25, 1; kenogskimk-
qunat, to meet thee, 2 K. 5, 26; wun-
nogskaudnat, to meet him, 2 K. 5, 21; 2
Sam. 19, 24; wunnogskauoh, he met him,
1 K. 18, 7 (ivunne nogkislMadtuonk,
'well met' (as a salutation), C. 225).
[Narr. nokuskduattet, meet (thou)
him; nockuskauatitea, let us meet; neen-
meshnockuskaw, I did meet. "They
are joyful in meeting of any in travel,
88
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bn.I.ETIX 25
nogkushkau<5nat, etc. continued.
and will strike fire eitlier with stones
or sticks, to take tobacco, and discourse
a little together." R. W. 75. Cree
n&ffge-tkow&yoo, he meets him. Chip.
ndh#ethkoodAMeteug, they meet one an-
other, Howse 85.]
nogque, (prep.) toward, Cant. 7, 4; yen
nogque, hither, 2 K. 2, 8 (see y6di); en
niiijqne, toward (the east, Zech. 14, 4).
From nauonAi, to see (?) : n6k, behold
ye; muxkesuk nogqueon, 'when the eye
saw me', Job 29, 11; neh nogqut,
the eye which saw him, 20, 9; noh nog-
queh, who seeth me [whom I am in the
presence of], Gen. 16, 13; nng-
qufan, when he seeth thee, Ex. 4, 14;
nogqueon, when it sees me, Job
29, 11; howan kenogkumun, who seeth
us, Is. 29, 15; matta kenogkwun, he sees
us not, Ezek. 8, 12 ( wunnaununun,
9, 9) ; matta nogkco, it does not behold
him, Job 20, 9. Hence, "to the sight
of." It can hardly be the contracted
form of ne ogque. See ne nogque; nuh-
quainat.
[Del. loquel, see thon; pi. 1oqueek,see
ye, Zeisb. Gr. 174.]
nogquenumunat, v. t. to yield or de-
liver up (inan. obj.): ahque nogquenu-
mmk, do not ye yield up (inan. obj.),
Rom. 6, 13.
nogqueonat, v. t. an.: nogquegk, yield
yourselves up (to him), Rom. 6, 13.
* nogquissinneat, v. i. to appear, C.
180: nunnogquix, I appear; -f siimun,
we appear, ibid.; ne oggiihte nogquok,
which appeareth for a little time, James
4, 14. See anogkenai; anmhque; dnuk-
quok.
nogqussuonk, n. appearance or looks,
C. 180; woekeche nogq&ssuonk, apretence,
ibid.
[Cree nok-oomt, he is visible; nfik-inin,
it is visible, Howse 114.]
noh, nagum, pers. pron. 3d sing, he, she,
him, her (El. Gr. 7); noh is also, and
perhaps in strictness always, a demon-
strative pronoun: this (man), he who
(El. Gr. 7). See *nahog. In Luke 3,
23-38, it is used for the Greek rov ( with
v iov understood), ' the son of ; lien nnoh
(nen ne-noh or nan-noh), I am he (that
or the same he), Is. 41,4; utnoh, in him,
noh, nagum. continued.
C. 178; naslipe ndgmn, with him; ut
iiiiitniii, to him, ibid. 178, 231.
*nohhamumundt, v. t. to sail to (to go
by water?) =nohhanmnul:<ii uoMinnnni,
to sail to, Acts 20, 16; nuUmhriniiiinun,
-homumun, we sailed to, Acts 27, 4, 7;
>talihamti:og, they sailed to, Acts 13, 4;
kod niilihiKj, he was about to sail to,
Acts 20, 3; m&nunnohhomorj, when \ve
sailed slowly.
[Del. nahimen, to go down the water
(river, creek); nahihilleen, to sail down
the water; nattahhemen, to sail up (the
water, river), Zeisb. Gr. 242.]
nohkog [ = nukonAe], by night, in the
night, Job 5, 14: ne nohkog, in that
night, Dan. 5, 30. See ndetipukok; nuk-
/:i>i/<u'ti; nukon.
nohkononat. See nwkononat.
nohkdu, n. the right hand (noh kounuk,
that which carries (?) ; from kenumunu-
n&t ) . See ivuttinnohkou; allied to men ith-
keu, strong.
nohnogkide meenan, a stammering
tongue, Is. 32, 4; imliiMijkii'ti', stammer-
ing(ly), Is. 33, 19. See mi'min.
nohnompit, adv. oftentimes, Job. 33, 29.
From nompe.
nohnushagk, farewell.
[XoTE. Definition not completed.]
nohshamwehteunk (suppos. ), when it
is 'compacted' (united firmly?), Eph.
4, 16.
*nohtimwinneat, tosoborsigh: tumnoh-
tumiip, I sob or sigh, C. 209. See i/ei'i-
antam.
nohtinaii. See nahtinaii.
nohtoe, skilful, skilled, 2 Chr. 2, 7; neh-
t6e, v. 8; nGhtoe, miJitoe, v. 7; nehtiihto (?)
v. 14; nunn-, skilfully, 1 K. 5, 6.
nohtomp, in comp. words, one who leads
or directs: nohtompeantog (q. v.), one
who leads in prayer, a minister; noh-
tompulypequiodi (q. v.) , one who leads in
music, a chief musician.
*nohtompeantog, n. ministers, C. 213;
but sing, a minister, Rawson, Nash.
Men., title-page; 'abishop', 1 Tim. 3,2.
nohtompuhpequodt, n. a chief musi-
cian, a player on instruments of music
(title to Ps. 75 and 77) ; pi. nohtompuhpe-
quodcheg, Ps. 87, 7, = nohtbepequasheg,
Gen. 4, 21.
THl'MBl'LI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
89
noht(5nukqus, n. a brother (?): nunnoh-
tonngqus, my brother, Gen. 20, 13; -
nohtonugqugoh, her brother, (ien. 24, 53,
55; noli tmmnohtonuhjuioh (constr. ),
whose brother, Acts 11, 2; nohtonuki/ux.
my brother, v. 21; kenohtinukqut, thy
brother, v. 23. [Employed only by
females or to express the relation of a
brother to a sister. See weetuksquoh. <
In the translation of John's gospel
printed with the Massachusetts Psalter
(1709), vetahlu is substituted for wun-
noht6nukijussoh of Eliot.] Cf. weemnt;
weetomp.
nohtomununat, v. t. to handle(?), to
carry in the hand(?), to use habitually,
to be skilled in the use of: nehtfmumicog
togkodtegash, they handle swords, Ezek.
38, 4; noh nohtonuk, sickle, he who
handleth the sickle, Jer. 50, 16; neg
nohtonukeg, they who handle (shield,
spear, etc.), 1 Chr. 12, 8; 2 Chr. 25, 5.
See nohtoe.
nompaas, adj. male, Num. 3, 15; 5, 3;
31, 17; Matt. 19, 4; pi. nompaesog, Ex.
13, 15; nomposhim, a male animal,
Deut. 7, 14; pi. -umssog, Ex. 13, 12.
[Narr. enm&shim, R. W. 96.]
nompakou, nump-, n. a jewel, a pre-
cious thing, Prov. 11, 22; Ezek. 16, 12; j,
a 'treasure', Matt. 13, 44; pi. + una.th,
Prov. 10, 2; Gen. 24, 53.
nompatauunat, v. t. to put in the place
of, to substitute ( one thi ng for another ) ,
1 Sam. 21, 6.
nompe, adv. again, Gen. 26, 18; instead
of, Gen. 4, 25; Judg. 15, 2; Num. 8, 16
( = vnUch nompe, v. 18); repeatedly, ex-
pressing with a numeral the number
of repetitions or ' times ' : nishwudt
nompe, 'three times' (to the third
time), Num. 22, 28, 32; nemumk tah-
shit nompe, seven times, Lev. 8, 11; 14, 7; '
mmchekut nompe, oftentimes, Luke 8,
29; freq. nonompu, nohnompit (q. v. );
noh nompeyti ne teag, 'he who repeateth
a matter', Prov. 17, 9; sun nen nunnom-
pin Uod, 'Am I in God's stead?' Gen. ]
30, 2. See nampmham.
[Del. lappi, again, Zeisb. Gr. 171;
'once more', ibid. 175. Abn. naiibi, j
rci proquement. ]
nompennumundt, v. t, to restore, to
render back: nompennwh, restore thou
(it), Judg. 11, 13.
nompoaeu, nompoae, adv. early in the
morning, Neh. 4, 21; Hos. 13, 3; Prov.
27, 14; Ps. 127, 2; early on the mor-
row, Ex. 32, 6.
nomposhim, adj. male, Deut. 15, 19; pi.
-wog, Gen. 32, 14: pish nompaiyeum kah
squaiyeuco, ' they shall be male and fe-
male', Gen. 6, 19. Cf. *nnln; xquaghim.
[Cree n&pdyoo, man, vir; ndp<ii/n'i><>,
he is (a) man, Howse 17 (rather, he ia
male).]
nompuhkeik, adv. on the morrow, 1 K.
3, 21; Esth. 2, 14; =?ia nompuk, Acts
10, 9; =na nompunk, Acts 20, 15.
nomshd-f , v. i. to drift, or be driven be-
fore the wind (?) : nomshdog, they 'were
driven', Acts 27, 17; nunnomthdmun,
'we let her drive', v. 15. [From noh-
ham, he sails, with sh' of violent mo-
tion.]
nomunkquag, nomungquag, n. a heap,
Gen. 31, 46, 51, 52; Ruth. 3, 7; num-
wonkqu&u, Deut. 13, 16; Josh. 7, 26; num-
munkqu&e, heaped, Cant. 7, 2; nanom-
wonkquaeu nano nunkquath, ' heaps upon
heaps', Judg. 15, 16. From numtr&e,
full of. See numu'onkquttauundt.
nomwausseonk: unsetip mnomwaugse-
onk Jehovah, 'he executed the justice
of the Lord', Deut. 33, 22.
nonche: noh nonche pabuhtamnnadt,
'thou art come to trust' (condit.), Ruth
2, 12; nonche mma#smme6g, 'if ye be
come to betray me ' , 1 Chr. 12, 1 7. See
* nont.
nonkane. See nunkcme.
nonompu, adj. instead of, Is. 55, 13.
*nonsiyeu, all alone, C. 232. See muuu.
*nont, used by Cotton sometimes for the
verb to be, often, apparently, as an ex-
pletive (see nont below) : nen nont, I be;
ken nont, thou art; nohne, he is; nenih,
that is, C. 181; kenauun yeu, we are;
kenmma, ye are; mlgna, they are, ibid. ;
nagum nont, he was; nenauun nee, we
were; kenau ne, ye were; ndg ne, they
were, ibid.; napeh nont ne unnioog, O
that we were (such), ibid.; nont kuppe-
y6mp, thou didst come, p. 185; nont
wane nmmuppumim, we must all die,
p. 188; nont noowonteap, I did dig, ibid. ;
mukkitchogq&issog nont puhptiog, boys
will play, p. 204; nont pasivee nitppaoan,
thou must shortly die, p. 237; nont
woh sampmau, he must confess (his
90
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
*nont continued.
sins), p. 252; iifimi/ l.-imiont kuMampoo-
antniintnanonate, 'we must therefore
ackn.iwU'dirt''. ('. Math. Notit. Ind.55;
80, in title to Incl. Laws, nish nashpe
nananuacheey kvumnit tamoatahamuiQg,
'by which the magistrates are to [i. e.
must] punish ', etc. ; nont iroh sampaxiu-,
he must confess, C. 252.
nont, only: webenont (Hod, ( who can . . .)
but God only? Mark 2, 7; pamknont
God, 'there is but one God', Ind.
Primer, 19, 31; pish nagum nont
hmeauneum, him only shalt thou serve,
Matt. 4, 10.
[Narr. pauwck na&nt manU, there is
only one God, R. W. 114.]
nontaua-hettit. See *atduntmvagh; wut-
tdntauunat, to climb.
nontsipamohettit [ = nonche-sippam +].
See missippano.
*nontweantamunat, to wish: nunnont-
wedntam, I wish, C. 216. See kodtan-
tam, he desires.
*no6hkeyeue, adv. softly, C. 230.
*noohkie. See noohki.
n66hteauunat, v. i. to be far off; inan.
subj. n66hteau, it is far from us, Is. 59,
11.
nddhtuk. See ndahtuk.
*noonapuock [= namappuog] (Narr.),
'they have not room one by another',
R. \V. 65.
*no<5natch (Narr. ), a deer: "nodnatch, or
nllitck ntiyu, I hunt venison", R. W.
143; noughitch, nogh-ieh, deer, Stiles
(Peq.); [a doe with a fawn(?), "when
it gives suck."] See ahtuk.
*n6osuppauog (Narr.), beavers, R. W.
See twnmdnk. Cf. *a(isup, raccoon.
nocosukomunneat, naco-, nauus-, v. i.
to be at a distance, to be far from,
Lam. 3, 17: kenammkom, thou art far
from (it), Is. 54, 14; matta kendmsuka-
mm, thou art not far from (it), Mark
12, 34; naatsukonqueog, (it) is far from
us, Is. 59, 9; n6oogukcmgqu#h, be it far
from thee, Matt. 16, 2; n6a>suk6k, 'get
ye far from (him) ', Ezek. 11, 15; ayeu-
onk wussaume namsukoman (and nam-
sukongquean), 'if the place be too far
from thee', Deut. 12, 21; 14, 24. See
ncohyueu (anuckquaque, R. W.).
nocosukomunneat, etc. nmtinui'd.
[Del. mi x,-li<-liki, adv. (?) so far,
Xi-ish. (Jr. 174.]
n(5padtinayeu(?), adv. south west ward,
Acts 27, 12 [titnnushin en t<i'i/iin/tiiiayeu
and irnti-lii-kitiiitti, "itlieth to the south-
wi-st and northwest", A. V.; "looking
northeast and southwest", Rev. Ver. ;
("looking down the southwest and
down the northwestward", Greek);
"toward the southwest and by west
and northwest and by west", L. Tom-
son, 1596.]; nopatunnieic, eastward (or
northeastward ) (?) , Mar. Vin. Rec. 1685.
[Narr. nopdtin, the east wind, R. W.
83.]
nosweetauonat, ncoswet-, nosweht-,
v. adj. an. to serve, Deut. 10, 12; to
obey, Prov. 30, 17; 2 Cor. 10, 5; nos-
wehtamunAt, with inan. obj. to obey the
words of, commands of, etc., 1 Sam. 8,
19; noosti'etauonadut, to serve them,
Deut, 4, 19; nosweeta&h, obey thou, Gen.
27, 8; nmmvetah nen, yield yourself to
me, C. 216; natswetammk, obey ye, Deut.
13, 4; noswehtok, obey ye (them, an.),
Eph. 6, 1; nooiwetamftnate, to obey; ken
nmsu'etah, obey thou me; nmnvehtaw
manit, obey God, C. 202.
noswehtamdonk, ncoswetamcoonk, n.
obedience, 1 Sam. 15, 22; mat nmsweh-
tamdonk, disobedience, 2 Cor. 10, 6 (nms-
m'tituimonk, C. 202).
noswehtauonat. See nosiveetau6nat.
*nottomag > , mink. See Judd's Hadley,
355. Cf. Del. gunnamochk, Zeisb.
( = quinndmaug), otter (see his nktke).
nouttipukok. See noetipukok.
*nowweta (Narr. ), no matter, R. W. 54.
ncnadt. See ndadt.
ncoche, for na each, adv. thenceforth,
therefrom, from that time. Often used
interchangeably with kcoche, kiitche; but
while both are inceptives, ncoche seems
to appropriately mark the time and
kutche the occasion of beginning of
action, as umtche does the cause of
action. [NOTE. On further examina-
tion I do not find this distinction
well founded. See each.'} yen ke/tukok
ncoche kummwhsesh, 'this day will I
begin to magnify thee', Josh. 3, 7;
ncoche wekitteau, he began to build;
neg nagig nmche untttcontohkonouh, they
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
91
nroche continued,
began to mock him, Luke 14, 30, 29;
yen nmche ussmadut, this they began
to do. [matin nmche peyoh, ' I am not
come', Matt. 9, 13; ncochi Jeliorah, 'I
am the Lord's' (i. e. I proceed from
the Lord), Is. 44, 5, in which places
nmche is perhaps used for men mch.~\
See tahnaoche, causelessly, ' in vain', and
kutche.
[Del. nutschi, at the beginning, Zeisb.
Gr. 177.]
*noochum, I blame; iromwutchumonate,
to blame, C. 182.
ncochumwesuonk, n. tenderness, weak-
ness, Deut. 28, 56.
nCDdmmwetancDwaoiik, 11 co c h u m -
wehtahwhuttuonk, n. a wound; pi.
-ongash, Prov. 26, 22; 27, 6.
ncDchumwi, adj. weak ( El. Gr. 13) , Num.
13, 19; primarily, weak, because in its
beginning (from nmche): nmchumu-e
wunnepog, moskehtue, the tender
herb, Deut. 32, 2; Job 28, 27; pi. na>-
churmmyeuash; an. nmchunmiesu, (he is)
weak (El. Gr. 13), tender, Gen. 33, 13;
1 Chr. 22, 5; noh ncochumwesit, he that
is tender, Deut. 28, 54, 56; he that is
lame, Prov. 26, 7; pi. Matt. 11, 5 (noo-
cKtmwe, maimed, C. 172; nmch&miiri,
tender, ibid. 175; nmchimooe, weak, ibid.
176).
[ncodsqua<5nat, v. act. an. to seduce, to
commit fornication with:] nmdsquad-
noni, 'seducing', Ex. 22, 16. See nan-
wunnmdsquaau.
*ncoh.chumwesu, adv. weakly, C. 230.
noohki, nookiyeue, adj. soft, Prov. 25,
15; Job 41, 3; pi. inan. nmkkiyeuath, j
Ps. 55, 21; an. nmhkesu, tender (soft,
as a young animal), Gen. 18, 7 (nooh- '
keshak&nash, soft wool, C. 175; noohkie
monag, limber cloth, ibid. 172).
noohkik [that which is softened or made
soft]: "Nocake, as they call it, which j
is nothing but Indian corn parched in I
the hot ashes; the ashes being sifted
from it, it is afterwards beat to pow-
der." Wood. It is used by Eliot for
'meal' (1 Chr. 12, 40), 'flour' (Lev.
2, 4, 5, 7; 24, 5), and 'ground corn'
(2 Sam. 17, 19). naokhikanehteush,
iicohkik continued.
'grind thou meal', Is. 47, 2.] See
nanahkineg; nunnohkinnum.
[MARGINAL NOTE. "From a word which
means 'to sift', sifted. Cf. sieve. From
JMOtaft"]
[Narr. "ndkehick, parched meal, . . .
which they eat with a little water, hot
or cold", R. W. 33; pwhquehick, un-
parched meal, p. 36. Del. lo-cat, flour,
meal, Zeisb. Voc. 9 (cf. lo ka hel la, to
let it drop, p. 44).]
ncohqueu, noohque [no uhqu&eu. See
n6; n6msukomunneat~\ : umunhqueu, so
far as, at such a distance, Acts, 28, 15;
na ncohque, so far distant, Ps. 103, 12;
wussaume ndohk, if it be too far dis-
tant, 'if the way be too long for thee',
Deut. 14, 24 (uttoh unnuhk&hquat, how
far? C. 228). Cf. anmhque; nuhquainat;
wehque.
[Narr. ton nuckquaque, how far? R. W.
72 (how much, 137) ; tou anuckquaque,
how big?; yd anuckquaque, so far, ibid.]
ncokeontamunat, v. t. to descend to or
upon: nmkeontam, (he) came down
(upon the mount), Ex. 19, 20; wunnco-
keontamun, he descended on (it), Ex.
19, 18; ncokontaudog, they descended
(upon it, i. e. a ladder), Gen. 28, 12.
ncokinat, v. i. to descend, to go down:
nookeu, he descended, Ex. 34, 5; (from
heaven) Matt. 28, 2; she went down,
Gen. 24, 16; nmkoop, he descended
(pret. ), Eph. 4, 9; nmncokeog, they shall
descend, John 1, 51; nmch naokem kesuk-
qut, 'I came down from heaven', John
6, 38; noh nmkit, he who descends, or
descended, Ps. 133, 3; Eph. 4, 10; nat-
khno, -mm, (pass. ) it was let down, Acts
10, 11; 11, 5; Rev. 21, 10; nmkitch, let
him descend or come down, Mark 15,
32; nmkinuk wunnutchegash, when he
let down his hands, Ex. 17, 11. From
ncokimtm.
[Del. nahik, nahiwi, down, below;
(whence) nahoochwen, to go down or
below, Zeisb. Gr. 180.]
ncokinumunat, v. t. to pull down, Jer.
18, 7; to lower (inan. obj.) with the
hand, to pull down; ncokinum, she let
it down, Gen. 24, 18; piish rmkinnum-
wog, they shall take (it) down, Num.
4,5; nmkinnummk, 'razeit'.Ps. 137, 7.
92
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BVI.I.ETIN 25
ncokohteauundt, to cofteu or make soft:
nmkohteau, he softens (it), Job 23, 16.
See nmhkl. '
ncnkompandnat, v. t. an. to let or lower
(one) down, as by a cord, etc.: wun-
naokompanuh, she let them down (by a
cord), Josh. 2, 15; [nun]na>icampanit, I
was let down (from the wall), 2 Cor.
11, 33.
iiojkouoiiat. nohk-, v. t. an. to cast
down, to throw down (an. obj.): wut-
tiimohkonuh ohkeil, he cast him down
to the ground, Dan. 8, 7; mmnmkuh-
k<mu)i, he cast them down (from the
rock), 2 Chr. 25, 12. Cf. penohkdnau.
See unnfihteamidii'ii.
ucokshinat, v. i. to cast one's self down:
nmkshau, she fell down, John 11, 32.
ncokuhkonaudnat, v. t. an. to cast or
throw down from a high place: inm-
nrnkuhkonAuh, they threw her down,
2 K. 9, 33; wuttinulikonduh, they cast
him (into the sea), Jonah 1, 15; wun-
ncokuhkonuJi, he cast them down, 2
Chr. 25, 12. Cf. penohkdnau.
nconamontukquoliwlionat, v. t. an. to
owe to, to be indebted to: paguk nm-
namontiikquohwhau, one owed (him so
much), Luke 7, 41. See unnontukquoh-
wh6nat.
noonau, noonoo, cheek. See manaonau,
(rn'ruDnau).
name: nmne quthummonk, scant measure,
Mic. 6, 10.
ncononat, v. act. an. to give suck, to
suckle, 1 K. 3, 21: wunmnuh, she gave
him suck, 1 Sam. 1, 23; nam&og, they
give suck, Lam. 4, 3.
[Cree ndonu, he sucks, Howse 81.]
nconontamuiiat, v. t. to suck, to obtain
by sucking, to imbibe (naminneat, C.
211) : pih keruonontam wohpanagunw,
thou shalt suck the breasts, Is. 66, 16
(in this place Eliot has given to this
verb the meaning elsewhere appropri-
ated to namunAt, and vice versa; see
example under nmnunAt); nconantam,
he shall suck up, Job 20, 16; namontam-
woh, they shall suck up, Job 39, 30
(mukkoies namtintam, a child sucks, C.
211). Cf. munnontam, he smells. See
nanmnat, and *meninnunk, milk.
noonco. See namau.
iiconoonae. nconcouna'e, adj. flaming,
Is. 29, 6; Kzek. 20, 47; Nah. 2, 3: na>-
iniHK' nuit'iii, flaming fire, 'fiery flame',
Dan. 7, 9.
nooncnuneau, n. flame, Judg. 13, 20; Job
15, 30; nmnatndut, in the flame, Judg.
13, 20.
nconuk, n. a suckling, one who sucks or
is suckled, Deut. 32, 25; Jer. 44, 7;
Lam. 4, 4. Seenawiontamirmi;,- itnommdt.
nconukae, adj. sucking: mjonnkan nuik-
kits, a sucking child, Num. 11, 12. See
namun&t.
[Narr. nunnese, a baby, Stiles; noousu
nondnnis, a sucking child; munnunnug,
milk; wunnunn6gan-axh, breasts, R. W.
126. Peq. nuzaug, 'sucklings of men
and beast', Stiles. Del. no ne tgchik
(pi. ), suckling babes, Zeisb. Voc. 25.]
namuniunat, v. i. to te unable: iiama-
num, I can not, Luke 11, 7; 16, 3; noo-
num, he was not able, he could not,
Num. 14, 16, =nmnunum, Deut. 9, 28;
namanumumun, we are not able, Ezra
10, 13; u'unnaonuh, they (inan.) could
not, Ezek. 31, 8; (mhean ('imaoohkau-
(mai, he could not drive (them) out,
Judg. 1, 19 (iiamat, 'to be wanting, or
defective', C. 214).
[Narr. nondnum, no6mhem, I can not,
R. W. 30. Del. nol hand, lazy, Zeisb.]
nconuna't, v. t. to suck: (nunnconwml, I
to suck, Job 3, 12, with prefix of 1st
pers. ;) nunnatn, I suck, C. 211; pigh
kenmn, thou shalt suck (the milk), Is.
60, 16; pith namwog, they shall suck,
Deut. 33, 19; rug iwmwiitogig, they who
suck (the breasts), Joel 2, 16 (naonu-
nutchf, a sucking child, Is. 49, 15, = no-
ndnete, R. W. 45). See nmnontaimm&t.
noxSnat, noowonat, v. i. to say (with
reference to the thing said), Luke 14, 7.
It is used by Eliot as synonymous with
the irregular verb ussin&t, to say, but
the latter appears to have been used
when attention was to be called to the
speaker or the person spoken to. Cf.
nnnm, he says to; kenmnau, he speaks
with authority; kuttm, he speaks, utters
speech; ketaokau, he goes on speaking;
kehketmkan, he goes on talking; vttind-
, not, to say to; nmwau . . . Jehovah toh
IEUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
ncojnat, ncowonat continued.
anukque, ne nusnin, he said . . . 'What
the Lord saith [may say] to me, that
will I speak', 1 K. 22, 14 (cf. Num. 24,
13); nmirnu, he said, Gen. 27, 35; 1 K.
8, 15; nmvnp, he said, 1 K. 8, 12; 2 Sam.
13, 28 (anancop, he said to, 2 Sam. 13, 35;
unnun, he said to, or saith to, ibid.);
nmtraog,- they say or said, Is. 41, 7;
nrnwafth, say thou, Prov.' 20, 22; Luke
7, 7; naowagk, say ye, Lev. 11, 2 (unnok,
speak yeto, ibid. ) ; ihque kutchenmwagk,
do not begin to say, Luke 3, 8; nmadt, if
he say, Gen. 24, 14; nmwaan, if thou
sayest, Prov. 24, 12 (unnmwdnat, to say,
C. 207).
[Quir. ruwan, to speak, Pier. 52. Del.
lu-e-u, he says, Zeisb. Voc. 9, 20; lu-eep,
he said (pret. ); lu-f, say on, tell.]
nrosh. my father. See aoshe.
ncosquodtamunat. ncosquat, v. t. to
lick: pi*h noosquottamwog, they shall lick
(thy blood), 1 K. 21, 19; nmsquodtog,
when he licks (grass), Num. 22, 4;
nmdtquam&og wame, they lick up all,
Num. 22, 4; freq. nconmsquodtamundt,
-quatamunAt, to lick often or habitually;
pish nammsquadtamu-og (-squatamwog)
puppigsai, they shall lick the dust, Mic.
7, 17; Ps. 72, 9; Is. 49, 23; (nmtau)
nammsquodtam nippe, the fire licked up
the water, 1 K. 18, 38. See moaq.
noDsukauonat [= asukaudnat (?); cf.
omUouau], v. t. an. to follow, to pursue:
wunncosukmu>h, he followed them, Luke
22, 54; noosukauont, pursuing, Judg. 4,
22; sun woh nunnaosukdu, shall I pursue
(them)? 1 Sam. 30, 8; noosukau, pursue
thou (them), ibid.
ncosuttahhoawaonat. See nmswultah-
wh>iu6nat.
nrosuttahwhaudnat. See nooswuttah-
wTiauonnt.
*nooswenat, v. i. to yield; nunnmsweem,
I yield, C. 216.
ncosweonk, n. yielding, submission,
Keel. 10, 4.
*ncDswetamooonk. See nonvehtamdonk,
obedience.
ncoswetauonat, v. t, an. to yield to, to
serve. See nosnveetauonat,
nooswuttahhouwaen-in, n. a pursuer,
Lam. 1, 6.
ncDswuttahwhauonat, noosuttah-,
noosuttahhoowadnat, etc., v. t. an. to
follow after, to pursue: nmsuttahwhau,
he pursued after (him), 2 Sam. 2, 19;
tuDtuttahhancaog, they pursued, Judg.
8, 4; nnnnmsuhtahu'hoog, I will pursue
them, Ex. 15, 9; neg na>struttahukque6-
gig, they which pursue (are pursuing)
you, Is. 30, 16; kenmswuttahikqunat,
(he) to pursue thee, 1 Sam. 25, 29. Cf.
omskau6nat.
not. See manmt, a basket.
nootamogquaen, nootamogquomaen,
n. a fisher, one who fishes, pi. +o<;,
Is. 19, 8; Ezek. 47, 10; Luke 5, 2; nco-
tamagiraen&og, Jer. 16, 16 (cf. omae-
nuog, Ezek. 47, 10); ponashabpamuog,
fishers (with nets), Matt. 4, 18; naltmh-
quinnuaenin, pi. -\-nuog, C. 159. See
*aumafii.
ncotamdg-quaeu, adj. of or belonging to
a fisherman: hogkatonk, 'fisher's
coat', John 21, 7.
ncotamdgquam, 'I go a fishing', John
21, 3: nag pith iminncotamagquonduh,
they shall fish them [take them by
fishing], Jer. 16, 16.
ncotarndgquaonk, n. a draught of fish,
Luke 5, 9.
iicotamogquomaen. See nmtamogquaen.
ncotamcoonk, n. hearing, 2 K. 4, 31;
tiatche nmtamfionk, a quick hearing,
C. 163.
ncotamunat, v. t. to hear, Ezek. 12,
2: mehtauogwash nootamatmoout, ears to
hear with, Deut. 29, 4; nunnmtam, I
hear, 1 Sam. 2, 23 (C. 194); nmtam, he
hears or heard, v. 22; nootamunap, he
heard, Ps. 78, 21 ; ncataimmg, they hear
or heard, Matt. 11, 5; imperat. nmtash,
hear thou, Deut. 33, 7 (ncotah, hear thou
me, 1 K. 18, 37; ken nmtah, C. 194);
ncotamcak, hear ye, Is. 42, 18; Deut.
6, 4; nmtiegk, hear ye me, 2 Chr.
29, 5; hearken ye, 2 Chr. 18, 27
(kenmtamfimuw, ye hear, C. 194; noo-
toadtinneat, to be heard, ibid. ) ; with an.
obj. nmtfinat, to hear a person (see ex-
amples in imperative above); kenootah,
thou hearest me, Ps. 17, 6; mehtauog
noatiit (subj.), when the ear heard or
hears me, Job 29, 11.
94
BI'KKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
nootau, nooteau, n. fire, Ps. 105, 39;
Prov. 30, 16; Gen. 22, 6. See <-hikkim'i-
tuog.
[Quir. ro/' and i/out, Pier. 22. Narr.
mdttapsh y6teg, sit by the fire, R. W. 30;
tifjte, ydte, Mckot, stji'itta, fire; no(i>.-r
and chickaittau-ese, a little fire, ibid. 47,
48. Peq. yeu't, Stiles. Abn. skSM!,
ekStar, feu, Rasles. Del. luteii, it burns;
an. n'lusxi, I burn, Zeisb. Gr. 162, Voc.
20.]
ncotimis, n. an oak tree, 2 Sam. 18, 9;
Is. 44, 14.
[Narr. paugautemisk, R. W. 89.]
ncotinat, v. i. to lift or take up a burden.
ncotinonat, v. t. an. to lift as a burden;
an. obj. ncotinop nippekontu, I drew him
out of the water, Ex. 2, 10.
[Narr. nidutctsh, 'take it on your
back', R.W. 51. [Cree ne n&tdw, I
fetch him, Howse 52.]
ncowantamti&e. Reeneiiantam, he grieves.
noowaonk, n. a saying (that which is
said, Deut. 1, 23; 1 Sam. 18, 8): nuttin-
nmwionk, my saying, Gen. 4, 23; nnttin-
namaonganash, 'my commandments',
Ex. 16, 28.
ncowesuonk, my name, Is. 42, 8. See
noowonat. See noodnat.
*nquittaqunnegat (Narr.), one day.
See nequt; -rjnitine.
nuhhogr, mihog, my body, Matt. 26, 36;
myself. See muhhog (m'hog).
nuhhog-kat, unto me, Is. 6, 6; Cant. 7,
10.
nuhkuhkauonat, v. t. an. obj. to come
upon, to overwhelm, Ex. 14, 26; pish
rwhkuhkauau sontimoh, ' he shall come
upon princes', Is. 41, 25.
nuhkuhkomunat, v. t. to cover over, to
envelop, to overwhelm: mthknhkom, it
covered, Ex. 14, 28; 40, 34; wmim'ili-
kiikkomun, it covered it, Ex. 24, 15, 16.
From nmkiiini.
nuhog. See nuhhog.
iiuhquainat, unuhquainat, v. i. to look,
todirect the eye, without reference to an
object (cf. nadtauw6mpu, he looks for a
purpose, he looks in order to see some-
thing which is or is not within fight):
iiiitiiiinlK/iiiiiii nogque, I look to ward (it),
Jonah 2,4 (cf. noyi/n> ); /i//im,'w/, they
iiuhquainat, etc. continued,
looked nr faced (to the north, etc. ), 1 K.
7, L'.'i; tuli ii-ntch niili<[iinin<j l;,xiil;i/itiew,
why do you look toward heaven? Acts
1, 11. V. t. noli ii<'ir/t/iii-li, he who sees me,
(Jen. 16, 13; (//ci/n/im. n, nlni<'n<iikiii<i<i,
'he looked tliis way and that way',
Ex. 2, 12. The compounds are numer-
ous, as ompamvhquaenAt, to look back
or behind; toMunquainat (sonkmhq-), to
look out from, to look forth; udipith-
(/iii'iinnl (>>/>-, i*/ij>-, *i>-), to look up-
ward, etc. From (naumunat) naiun, to
see; -tthqude, to that side, in that direc-
tion (?). See n&, ntodt; *pdnikqud;
wompu. (Cf. kuhkinassinneat, to take a
view, C. 214. )
nukkeemco, it was shaken, Ps. 18, 7; pi.
inan. -{-ash, they were shaken, ibid.
See tuminikkunumun&t.
nukkies, yes. See mix.
nukkodtumuna't, v. t. to leave behind,
to abandon, to forsake (inan. obj.),
Prov. 13, 14; 16, 17; Dan. 9, 5; nc teag
nogkodtumuk, a thing left, C. 172. With
an. obj. nukkondnat (q. v. ); nukn<ltn-
mfimit, to leave, C. 199; nunnukodtitm,
I leave, ibid.
[Narr. nickdttash, leave or depart; pi.
nickaltammoke, nickattamiitta, let us de-
part, R. W. 55. Cree nugga-tum, he
fetrheth him, Howse 42.]
nukkomauonat [negonne-au6nal], to be
first, in advance: nnhlcnitnni, he came
first to . . . , John 20, 4.
nukkonaeu, adv. by night, in the night,
Ex. 13, 21; Ps. 32, 4; 42, 8; 105, 39.
See nohkog.
[Narr. nAukocks nokan-ndici, by night,
R. W. 70.]
nukkSne [ = negonne, first], adj. old, an-
cient, of old, Eccl. 1, 10 ('original',
'old', C. 173) : Sfip, ancient river,
Judg. 5, 21; '/"//lioiioii, old lion,
Is. 30, 6; iiiiii/imli, the old ways,
Job 22, 15; iikk<>ii<i<lchii, the ancient
mountain, Deut. 33, 15; ycuxlt inikkiin-
iiinuikixh, 'these are ancient things', 1
Chr. 4, 22; nyliiinp negonne nukki'm: <! -
ii nt, 'he hath made the first old'; ne
Hii/tiiiiii'iii/iiitrjli, 'that which waxeth
old', Heb. 8, 13.
[Aim. Hii/ituiiii; c'est line vieille con-
tinue; inijiiniti 'ifi'tiaiiljttk, le.s auciens;
TRUMBt'LL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
95
nukkfine continued.
nikkaiiniSi, devant, par avance; nen!k-
tannSufu; je man-he devant, Rasles, 558,
559. Del. n'chowiyeyu, it is old, Zeisb.
Gr. 165.]
nukkon<5nat, v. t. an. to leave, to go
away from, to abandon, to forsake,
Dent. 12, 19; pass, noh nttsxtt nukkonau,
he alone is left, Gen. 44, 20; pish nnk-
konuii, he shall leave (them), Mark
10, 7; Eph. 5, 31; nukkondg, if ye turn
away, Num. 32, 15; toh wutch nukkdndg,
why have ye left (him), Ex. 2, 20;
dhqiii inikkoiaeh (an. suffix), do not
thou leave me, Ps. 27, 9; nukkmant
(part.), leaving, Gen. 2, 24; 'depart-
ing from', abandoning, Jer. 3, 20 (see
nukkodtumundt) ; nukkonittuog, they de-
parted from each other, Acts 15, 39
(nukkonittinneat, to be left, C. 199).
[The Narragansett form appears to
have been (nukkodtshdnat) nickatsMnat
for the v. an., though the first of the
following examples may be traced to
nukkon6nat: mat kunnickansh, I will not
leave you; ahquie kunnickkatshash, do
not leave me; tatuhitch nickatshttan,
why do you forsake me? R. W. 75.
(This form has the characteristic sh of
disastrous or undesirable action.)]
nukkukquiinneat, v. i. to be old, with
reference to a measure of duration or
existence: kmnenukkukquiinneat, to be
in a full (good old) age, Job 5, 26 (see
-qumneiuul kodtumimhkom); toh wimik-
koohquiyeu noh nonksq, how old is that
girl? C. 240.
nukkukquiyeuonk, age: n-n.ltin , 1
K. 14, 4.
nukkummat: uttoh ne nukkummat ,
'whether it is easier' (to say, etc.),
Mark 2, 9.
nukkummatta (?), 'ratherthan' (it), in
preference to (it), 'and not', Prov. 8,
10. Cf. knttumma, unless. See nik-
kumme.
nukkiimme. See tilkkiimme.
nukoh. See ko.
nukon, n. night, Gen. 1, 5, 16; pi. nuko-
nasli, nuhknntixb, Job 7, 3; nukkon +
<uh, C. 164. From nmkinat, to descend,
to go down; or from iiKkkomiiidl, to
leave, to go away from (?) the sun, gone
down or having left (?). See nohkog.
nukquodtut. See niinmikquodtiit.
nukquttegheun, an only child, son or
daughter: wunnukquttegheonuh okasoh,
the only one of her mother, Cant. 6, 9;
nwmukqutteylteun, my only child, Luke
9, 38.
nummatappinneat, v. i. to seat one's
self, to sit down: nuiiiiitiitiiji/iii, he sat
down, Euth 4, 1; Luke 14, 28; num-
matappuog, they sat down, Ruth 4, 2;
Luke 22, 55; nummatapth, sit down, Is.
52, 2 (nummattdpfmat, to sit; mmnum-
mdttap, I sit; appit, he sits, C. 209) . See
appin; cf. Abnaki (Rasles, 'asseoir',
p. 388).
num-meech.. See rneechu.
nummekitchonont, (one) having a flat
nose, Lev. 21, 18 (neneque mtttchan, flat
nose, C. 170).
nummishe,! . . . greatly, 1 Thess. 3, 10;
Heb..l2, 21; =mishe, with prefix of 1st
person.
nuinmisses, -ssis, my sister. See um-
nummittamwos, -wus, my wife. See
mittanaaut.
*nummontuliqualiwh.uttuonk, n. a
debt, C. 203.
*nummoohqu6nat, ' to sup up pottage',
etc., C. 211; pish mtmimihquaog, they
shall sup up pottage, Hab. 1, 9.
num-muttummaslmm may, 'I run in
the way' ('of thy commandments'),
Ps. 119, 32, = num-mutlmnmaomdshon-
tam may, Mass. Ps.
numpakou. See nompakou, a jewel.
numwabpanumuna't (?), v. t. to fill (one
thing with another): numw&ban kutas-
kon pummee, fill thy horn with oil,
1 Sam. 16, 1; numwabpanumcok, fill ye
(barrels with water), 1 K. 18, 33;
numiixtpogkunnumwog wunnonkasli, they
filled the troughs (with water), Ex. 2,
16; iitiiitif/'iqufjm uppmthonchmmiit, she
filled her pitcher, Gen. 24, 16.
numwae, adj. full of, filled with, Num.
22, 18; 24, 13; Judg. 6, 28; fully, C. 228.
*numwamechimehkdnat, to fill [to
make full with food (?)],C. 191: iiriiiiiuin-
wamechimthteam, I fill [I am filled, I be-
come full of food(?)], ibid.
numwameeclium, I am full, he is full
(of food), Prov. 30, 9.
WREAK OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
numwapag-od, (a place) full of water,
2 K. 3, \~.
numw&p [pinneat (?)], v. i. to fill up, to
make full (of an. obj.): nag pish nwn-
n-apuog, they shall fill (thy houses, i.e.
thy houses shall be full of them), Ex.
10^6.
numwohtauunat ( nurmrolitindt, 1 Thess.
2, 16), v. t. and i. to fill up, to make
full, to l)e full (inan. subj.): nnm-
u-ohlemi, it filled (the whole earth),
Dan. 2, 35; it is full, Ps. 26, 10; pish
nnmirohteau, he shall fill (the world),
Is. 27, 6; wunnumtffohtau&n nootau, he
filled it with fire, Rev. 8, 5; numm,!,-
t<,it*h, fill thou (thy hand), Ezek.10,2;
amjuam numwohtano, it is not yet full,
Gen. 15, 16; numwohtaj,\et (it) be filled,
C. 191.
numwonkquau, n. a heap. From nan-
omu-onkquaeu. Seenomunkqndg.
numwonkquttauuna't, v. t. to heap up,
Eccl. 2, 26; numwonkquottou, he heaps
up, Ps. 39, 6; freq. nanomongquodtauu-
nat, to heap up abundantly or to make
great heaps, Ps. 39, 6; Job 27, 16. See
nomunkqudg.
nunae. adj. dry (?). Found only in Eliot
in compound words. See nunobpe.
nunassenat, v. t. to make dry, to dry
(from nunAe-ussenAt) : pish mmnunas-
sum, I will dry up (the waters), Is. 42,
15; 44, 27; nunnAhsum sepuash, he drieth
up the rivers, Hag. 1, 4. Cf. wunninab-
pehtau-un, he maketh it (the sea) dry,
Hag. 1, 4. See nunobpe; nunnobohteat-
eou.
nunkane. nonkane, adj. light (not
heavy), Num. 21, 5; 2 Cor. 4, 17; (nun-
ton) Matt. 11, 30; anue nunklnwog onk,
'they are lighter than', Ps. 62, 9
(nontti ivednun, a light burden; non-
ganne, lightly, C. 172, 228).
[Xarr. naukon, light; kunnauki, you
are light, R. W. 55, = kunndukon, p. 75.
Del. langan, Zeisb. Gr. 173.]
nunkomp, n. a young man, El. Gr. 9; pi.
nunkompaog, Is. 40, 30; dim. nunkom-
paes, nunkompaemcs (El. Gr. 12): ash
itmtkompAean, when thou wast young,
John 21, 18 (nankup or nonkumpaes, a
boy, C. 156). Cf. wusken.
nunkquaash [=numwonk(fua$h], heaps;
suppos. nano (?), q. v. Cf. muttAtvnmk,
etc.
nunksqua, nunksq, n. a girl ( El. Gr. 9),
a young woman, Gen. 24, 14, 16; Deut.
22, 15, 28 (nonkkMnj, inW.-/*/n, a girl,
C. I87);pi'nvittpiii' iiinikijx, a virgin, Deut.
22, 23 (see penomp) ', pi. nunJctqmaog, Ps.
148, 12; inniii>n>kx<fuomog (obj. -moh),
her maids, Ex. 2, 5; innikt<</ii<il<t'ftU, 'in
their youth' (subj.), when they were
girls, Ezek. 23, 3; dim. nunksquaes,
nunksqiiaemes (El. Gr. 12).
[Del. long-ochqueu, a brisk young
woman, Zeisb. Voc. 43.]
*nunnapi. See nunobpe, dry.
nunnaumon, my son: ken nunnaumon,
yeu kesukok namaumon kuhhog, 'Thou
art my Son, this day have I begotten
thee,' Heb. 1, 5. See wunnaumonuh.
*nunne nogkishkoadtuonk , ' well met '
(as a salutation), C. 225. See nogkiwh-
kauonat.
nunneukontunk, nunniik-. n. an im-
age or idol, 2 Chr. 34, 4, 7; Mic. 1, 7 (nin-
nukuntonk, C. 155).
nunneyeu, n. urine. See ninyeu.
nunnippog, -ipog, 'freshwater', James
3, 12. See nippe; -pog.
nurmobohteaou [ = nanabpi (?)] : nunno-
bohte&duut, on dry ground, Ex. 15, 19,
i. e. made dry (?), or dry by nature (?) ;
Josh. '3, 17, =nabohtea6uut, Ex. 14, 16,
22 (nunnapohteaiyeuut, 'in dry places',
Mass. Ps., Ps. 105, 41); wutch nunnoboh-
teaouut, 'from the dust of the earth',
Gen. 2, 7 (nunnopohteai, dry ground,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 35). See nunobpe.
nunnobohteateou, -teaiyeuteop, he
dried up (the waters), made dry land,
Josh. 4, 23; 5, 1 (nunnoppohteaiyeuehteau
tohkekanmash, he dries up the springs,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 33). See nunobpe;
nunaggen&t.
nunnohkinnum, nannah-, v. t. he sifts
(it), Is. 30, 28: iniuitiiininlikinnum, I
sift (it), Amos 9, 9; nannohkininiiiil:,
when it is sifted, ibid.; nanahkineg, a
sieve, Is. 30, 28. Cf. nmhkik, from pri-
mary nohkeii (?).
mmnukkunumunat, v. t. to shake
(inan. obj.): nunnukkunum, (he or it)
shook (it), made it shake, Heb. 12, 26;
pass, nunnukkemm, it was shaken, Ex.
19, 18 (nukkeemao, Ps. 18, 7) .
nunnukkushonat, iiannukshonat,
mnmukqushonat, v. i. to tremble, to
shake: mmmmnuMauhom, I quake (for
TRl'MBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
97
nunnukkushona't, etc. continued,
fear), Heb. 12, 21; nummkkushomp, 1
trembled, Hab. 3, 16; nunnuksheati, it
trembled, 2 Sam. 22, 8; nunnuksliaog,
they trembled, Ex. 19, 16; 1 Sam. 14, 15;
nunnit/ctflidii mishenukshdonk mmcheke,
'he trembled very exceedingly", Gen.
27,33; nunnukkmhont, -qualtoiit (part.),
trembling, Mark 5, 33; Acts 9, 6;
matta woh nanukkwhonog (?), 'which
can not be moved' (?), Heb. 12, 28 (nun-
nukkisshGnat, to tremble or tingle, C.
213; nunnukklshshum, I shake, p. 208;
-kishom, I tremble; nanceyaus nuimukin-
shau, my flesh trembleth, p. 213).
[Del. nun yach tsclti, 1 shake for cold,
Zeisb. Voc. 25.]
nuimukoiituuk. See mmneukotimk.
nunnukquappineat, v. t. to be in dan-
ger: rmnnukrjuoppu en, he is in danger
of, Matt. 5, 21, 22, =nukquoppu, Mark
3,29.
nunnukque, adj. and adv. dangerous,
perilous, 2 Tim. 3, 1.
nunniikquodtut, adv. in peril, in dan-
ger ( = nukquodtut) , Lam. 5, 9; Rom. 8,
35; 2 Cor. 11, 26: ndnukquok, when it
is dangerous, Acts 27, 9 [both suppos.
forms, but used as nouns, as in Rom. 8,
35]. Cf. nana[h]konchiyeu,-ut.
nunnukqushonat. See nunnukkushondt.
nunnukqussenat, v. i. to take heed, to
act cautiously ( nunnuk<fussinneat, to be-
ware, C. 182): matta nunnukqus.?u, he
took no heed, 2 K. 10, 31; nunnukqus-
sish (kuhhog), take heed to thyself,
Ex. 34, 12; Deut. 4, 9; 12, 30; (nuksush,)
Ex. 10, 28; nunnukquimk, take ye heed
(to yourselves), Deut. 11, 16; 27, 9; Jer.
9, 4; Matt. 16, 6; nunnukijussitch, let him
take heed, 1 Cor. 10, 12; nashpe nunnuk-
qus#it, 'by (his) taking heed', Ps. 119, 9
(nen nwmukqm, I beware, C. 182; nun-
nukqustuontaoh kehtah, beware of the
sea, p. 232).
nunnukqussudnook (from v. t. an.), be-
ware ye of (an. obj.), = wabesuonmk,
Phil. 3, 2.
*nunnukqussuontamunat, v. t. to be-
ware of (man. obj.): mmnuk(]UiHfU<Mtasli
keitah, beware of the sea, C. 182, 232.
nuunuksh&e, adj. trembling, which
trembles, Deut. 28, 65; 2 Cor. 7, 15
(ninukshae, C. 176); mat numiukqiistie
kuttoDun, boldness of speech, 2 Cor. 7, 4.
B. A. E., BULL. 25 7
nunnukshaonk, n. trembling (through
fear), 1 Sam. 14, 15; Job 4, 14.
nunnutcheg, my hand. See menulclieg
(m'nutcheg).
nunobpe, adj. dry, Num. 6, 3 (nunndpi,
C. 169) : nanabpi, nanabpeu, dry land (as
distinguished from water or land cov-
ered by water), Gen. 1, 9, 10 ( = naboh-
teai, Hag. 2, 6); nunnobohke, 'the earth',
dry land, Prov. 30, 16; ayim ketoh nun-
nobiye&ut, 'he made the sea dry land',
Ex. 14, 21; nunnappesisli, be (thou) dry,
Is. 44, 27.
[Narr. nnappi, dry; nn&ppayuat, dry
weather, R. W. 82.]
nunohkomuk, n. a landing place (a
'shore'), Acts 27, 39; John 21, 8, 9;
Jonah 1, 13: ketahhanne unnunohkomuk,
the seashore, Jer. 47, 7.
iiunohtae, adj. dry (that which has be-
come dry or is made dry ) : mehtug,
dry tree, 'dry stubble', Is. 56, 3; Job
13, 25; pi. -dash, Josh. 9, 5; Ezek. 37, 2;
nunohtdut, in that which is dry (i. e. in
a dry tree, Luke 23, 31); nunohtdeu,
Ezek. 37, 4; Hos. 9, 14.
nunohteauundt, v. i. to become dry, to
dry up: nunohteau, it is (become) dry,
Josh. 9, 12; nippeanh . . . nunohtaash,
the waters dry up, Job 12, 15; nunah-
top, it was dry, Judg. 6, 40; nunohtaj,
let it become dry, Judg. 6, 39; nun-
nohit(t), if it be dry, Judg. 6, 37. Cf.
nunnowwa (Narr. ), harvest time, R. W.
92.
nuppe, diminutive nuppiwe. See nippe,
water; nippisse, a pool or pond.
nuppissepog. See nippissepog.
nuppoh, nuppohwhun, n. a wing (not
found except in the constructive or ob-
jective nuppoh, nuppolni'hunoh, with
prefix of 3d person): nuppohwmau,
winged, having wings, Is. 6, 2; yauin-
nepiihwhunau, having four wings, Ezek.
1, 6. See vmnnuppoh, wunnuppohwhun.
[Allied to nuppunat and nepaus(?).]
nuppoo, nuppooe, adj. ( he is) dead, Judg.
4, 22; 1 Sam. 24, 14; pi. an. nuppcoog,
Ps. 88, 5, 10.
nuppooe, nuppcongane, adj. deadly,
producing death, Mark 16, 18; Jamea
3, 8; Rev. 13, 3.
nuppooonk, n. death, Gen. 21, 16; Ex.
10, 17; Job 5, 21; 2 K. 4, 40.
98
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25'
*nuppcopas8imieat, 'to wither or pine
away (as a tree)', C. 216> mehtuk nup-
pwla, a tree withers, ibid.
nuppunat, v. i. to die, Eccl. 3, 2; 1 Cor.
9, 15 (nuppfinat, C. 237). The literal or
primitive meaning of this verb is per-
haps to go away, or, rather, to sleep. It
is probably allied to nuppoh, a wing or
wings. The Indian languages abound
in euphemisms for expressing death,
"so terrible is the King of Terrors to all
natural men. ' ' ' ' They abhor to mention
the dead by name, . . and amongst
States, the naming of their dead Sa-
chims" is one ground of war, R.W. 161.
nuppm, mtp, he dieth or died, Job 14,
10; 21, 23; Is. 59, 5; Gen. 23, 2; Ezek.
24, 18; nen nupup, I died . . . Gen.
30, 1; 48, 21; Rom. 7, 9; pith nup, he
shall die, Ezek. 18, 4, 20; kenup,
thou shalt die, Gen. 2, 17; nuppun, he
dieth, Eccl. 3, 19; nuppuk, nupuk, when
he dies or is dead, he may die, Eccl. 3,
19; Rom. 7, 2; 2 Sam. 3, 33; noh neit
nupuk, who died there, 2 Sam. 10, 18;
napukeg, nupukeg, pi. the dead, Eccl.
4, 2, =napumttchig, Num. 16, 48 (pish
nunnup, I shall die; nont wame nemtp-
pumun, we must all die, C. 188).
[Alg. nipai-. Chip, niba, he sleeps
(Bar. ) ; nib6, he dies. (The Chip, prefix
ni (Bar.) denotes a 'going away',
change (?) of place or posture; cf.
nepau, to rise up. ) Narr. : Roger Will-
iams usually employs the verb kiionck-
qu^i[nat] (q. v. ), to die, and has nipwi,
m&w [nuppm, am&eu (?)], 'he is gone';
nlppitch ewd, let him die [a sentence:
let him be put to death]; nipltfttifch,
let them die, R. W. 122; micheme-
gh&u-i, he is gone forever, p. 160; yo
dpapan, he that was here; muin'lnn'ili'in/,
the dead man; pi. mauchatihomwock,
= chtpeck; chepagsutam, the dead sa-
chem; chepagqwilt; a dead woman; sa-
chimaupan, 'he that was prince
[sachem] here", p. 161. Cree nij>/xi,
he is dead; nipp6w, he sleeps, Howse 31.
Del. mboiui, mortal; mboagan death,
Zeisb. Gr. 104.]
nupweshandiiat, v. t. an. to persuade:
a -iinnepu-ethanuh, he persuaded him, 2
Chr. 18, 2; gunmtmntuttn . . . k<n<ij>-
wethanukwm, doth not (he) persuade
nupweshandnat continued,
you, 2 Chr. 32, 11; nupweshanomun, we
persuade, 2 Cor. 5, 11 (nupweghashsao-
6nat, to persuade, C. 204; nunnup-
weghan, I persuade, p. 203).
nupweshassowaonk, n. persuasion, Gal.
5, 8 (nupireshitxx'itii'uonk, C. 204).
nupwodonk (?), n. a riddle, Judg. 14,
12-15; a proverb, Prov. 25, 1 (nupwo-
waonk, C. 163); 'a mystery', 1 Cor.
13, 2. See napicaiaclieg; siogkmwaonk.
[nupwoshwonat (? ) , ] to choke: nupwosh-
wdog, they are choked (with cares),
Luke 8, 14; nish ultpmmtinionuaagh, these
(inan. ) choke (it), Mark 4, 19 (nup-
pashoon n-ut,-li, /".. I am choked
[with flesh], C. 185; p<mhoonninneat,
to be choked, ibid.; nukkehchtquabef
pemmneat, I am choked with a halter,
ibid.). See kechequabinau.
nushae, adj. slain, killed (dead by vio-
lence), Is. 22, 2.
nu.sh.aonk, n. slaughter, Is. 27, 7; Jer.
12, 3; a killing, Heb. 7, 1; Is. 22, 13.
nushehteaen, n. a murderer, Deut. 35,
28; 1 John 3, 15; shehteden, 'bloody
man', Ps. 5, 6.
[Narr. kemineiachick, pi. murderers,.
R. W. 117.]
nushehteaonk, n. murder (abstract),
Luke 23, 19; killing, Hos. 4, 2; pi.
-ongash, Matt, 15, 19; Mark 7, 21; sheh-
tedonk, Rom. 1, 29.
nushehteauunat, v. i. to commit mur-
der, to be a murderer: noh. naihteolip,
'who had committed murder', Mark
15, 7; nushehteaog ut mayut, they com-
mit murder in the way, Hos. 6, 9;
kenughteomwm, you commit murder,
Jer. 7, 9; muhehtcuhkon, -tmhkon, thou
shalt not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21;
'thou shalt do no murder', Matt. 19, 18
(nunnishteam, I kill; nunnishleap, I did
kill, C. 196).
[Narr. kemineantuock, they murder
each other. R.W. 76.]
nushoiiat, v. act, an. to kill, Deut. 9, 28;
Esth. 3, 13; Acts 9, 24 (nunwhonat,C.
196); pass, nushittinneat, to be killed,
Esth. 7, 4; but nushau, nuahaog (3d
pers. sing, and pi.), are used indiffer-
ently for the active or passive voice,
he or they slew or were slain (see nuh-
uhkonat): nuniiKsh, I slew him, 1 Sam-
TRVMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
99
nushonat continued.
17, 35; 2 Sam. 1, 16; nush, kill thou,
Judg. 8, 20; Acts 10; 13; nushon (?),
he murders (them), Pa. 10, 8; he slew,
Judg. 15, 15; niixhmk, kill ye, Luke 15,
23; nushehteuhkon, -ahkon, thou shalt
not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21; pish
nunnueh, I shall slay, Gen. 27, 41; mish-
ont, nashont (part.), slaying, Gen. 4,
15; Ex. 21, 14; nushau, imsheau, he
slew, 1 Sam. 17, 36; Ex. 2, 12; 2 Chr.
25, 3; he was slain, Dan. 5, 30; unin-
shduh, (it) slew them, Dan. 3, 22, = nah
tmmnushoh, Luke 13, 4; pish nushau,
he shall be put to death, Ex. 21, 12,
15, 16, etc.; mos nusheau, he must be
killed, Rev. 13, 10; mtshaog, they slew,
Gen. 49, 6; Judg. 3, 29; pish nushoog,
they shall be slain, Ezek. 26, 6; nush-
oog (as part, pi.), slain, they who are
slain, Ezek. 26, 6; 32, 21, 23-25; Is.
22, 2; noh nashomuk, who was slain,
Judg. 20, 4; pass, pish nunnushit, I shall
be slain, Prov. 22, 13; aosqheonk nashit,
the blood of the slain, Num. 23, 24; neg
nushilcheg, the slain, Ezek. 32, 20.
[Narr. niss, kill him; pi. riissoke, R.
W. 122.]
nushuhko'nat, v. act. i. to kill, to
make slaughter (nishelikonat, to kill,
C. 196): togkodteg kodtinnumauun nush-
>JI<k6nat, 'the sword is drawn . . . for
the slaughter', Ezek. 21, 28 (to go on
killing, to kill as a business, it' pro-
gressive).
uussequnneat [nussu-gequnneaf], v. i.
to remain alone: nen webe nussequnit,
'I only remain', 1 K. 18, 22; nen webe
nwsequnneanil, I only am left, 1 K. 19,
14. See nequnuu.
nussin, nuttin, I *ay. See ussindt.
nussu, nusseu, adj. an. alone (solus),
Ex. 18, 18; 24, 2; Deut. 33, 28; Matt.
18, 15; none, Job 9, 8: nunnusse, I alone,
Is. 63,3; nahse . . . nusseti, alone . . . by
myself, Is. 44, 24; nohmit, if she be
'desolate ' (as, a widow), 1 Tim. 5, 5
(minndnsittp, I was alone; nomsiyeue
(and 'imkse'), all alone, C. 167; non-
."iVii, ibid. 232).
[Narr. kiinnishishem, are you alone?
nnlshishem, I am alone; pausuck wn'mt
mariit, 'there is only one God'; nai'tgom
na.ii.ni, He alone (made all things, etc.),
nussu, nusseu continued.
R. W., 31, 114, 115. Del. necholia, adv.
alone, Zeisb.]
[un]nussu, (he is) shaped, etc. See
under U.
nutcheg, hand. See menutcheg (in'nul-
cheg).
nuttaihe. pi. an. nuttaiheog; inan. nut-
taiheash, mine, (is) mine, Gen. 26, 20;
Mai. 3, 17; Ezek. 35, 10. See wuttaihe.
nuttaihein, ours, (is) ours. See uwl-
tai.he.
nuttin, nussin, I say. See uttinonat.
nuttiniin: nen initliiiiiiin nen mMinniin,
for 'I am that I am', Ex. 3, 14; ne-
wutche ne mittiniin ('ne nuttunniin',
Mass. Ps.), 'for so I am', John 13, 13;
qut matta ne nuttinniein, 'but it is not
so with me', Job 9, 35; yen mo nuttin-
aiin, thus I was, Gen. 31, 40; yeunuttin-
aiin, thus I have been (and am), v. 41;
woh nuttinni onatuh ne matta dniyeu, ' I
should have been as though I had not
been', Job 10, 19 (nen nuttinne-aiin nen
nuttinne-aiin, 'I am such as such as I
am', or 'I myself remain or continue to
be such as I myself remain' [nuttinnc-
aiin=I am such as (I)] ; nuttinni, I am
become; [nuttinni^yumun, we are be-
come; unniinat, to become, C. 181 ) . See
unnaiinneat. Cf. ivuttinniin.
[Del. n'telli, I (do, say, etc.) thus
or so; k'tetti, thou (dost, sayest, etc.)
thus or so; w'telli, he, etc., Zeisb. Gr.
177.]
nuttinne, even I, Neh. 4, 13; ego ipse,
Ezek. 38, 23.
nux, adv. yea, yes, verily (El. Gr. 21);
verb subst. nuxyeumutch, let it be yea,
James 5, 12; nuk, yes, Stiles (Narr.).
"nu.r, as it is commonly written, but
should rather be nukkies, in two sylla-
bles", Exp. Mayhew. See *6.
[Micm. e, 'oui'; lok (=nok), 'bien',
Maill. 29. Abn. 'ga signif. affirmita-
tem: niga, oui, c'est cela', Rasles 553;
nikki, e'est cela m^me, p. 555. Chip.
e mmge ka, yes, certainly; e nange, O
yes, Bar. 476. Del. ekee, ay! Zeisb.
Illin. "Rad. naga, nagula, vox feminis
propria, assur^ment, vraiment; nisai
naga, oui vraiment, je le dis." Grav.
MS.]
100
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bn.I.ETIN 25
o
*6, 66(0 nasal), yea, yes; " hut there being !
another Indian word of the same signi-
fication, viz., iin.r, . . . the former is
scarce ever used in writing." Exp. !
Mayhew. (<, well, it is well, C. 227.)
oaas, oaus, howaas, n. an animal, a
living creature, Gen. 2, 19; 7, 4; Lev.
11, 47 (Adas [odax], C. 171); pi. <>im,il-
neg, Is. 13, 21; oAgineg, Ezek. 1, 14; -oa-
t'isini-1/, v. ID (iKiaxineg, creatures, C. 171;
ootraagiittg, p. 66): nithnoh 6/tux wun-
iKilinahslionl, 'every thing that hath
breath', Ps. 150, 6; nishtioh oaax pdmon-
iog, every thing that liveth, Ezek. 47,
9; n'uhnoh oaas pish pomaiitam, every
thing shall live, ibid. ; oaas mommclrin, \
creeping thing, Lev. 11, 20, 21; inuke
odas, a new creature, Gal. 6, 15. Cf.
w66u, wthi (an egg) ; mch (forth, out of) ;
mshe, father; ireyaus, flesh. Largely used
in compound words, especially in the |
names of animals. The termination
-fsu of the animate form of adjectives
(El. Gr. 13) is derived from oaas; so nom- [
paas, male ( = ne-omp-oaat, man-ani-
mal); nutkquosh (mogkeuaas) , great ani-
mal, wolf; musqitassus, musquash, red
animal, muskrat.
[Ahn. aSaasak, les animaux, Rasles.
Del. an ve sin, a beast, pi. -t-nnr, beasts;
au we yey in, wild beast, wild creature,
Zeisb.]
*oadtehteaonk, n. payment, C. 203.
oadtehteauunat, v. t. to pay, as a debt,
a vow, etc.; to make payment of: <'ia<l-
tehteaou, he pays (tribute), Matt. 17, 24;
madlehteau, Jonah 1, 3; pish knluadleh-
ii'aiii, thiiu shalt pay (money), 1 K. 20,
39; 6adtehteeuh, pay thou (thy vow),
Eccl. 5, 4.
6:idtuhk6iiat. v. t. an. to pay to, Deut.
23, 21; Esth. 4, 7: kiitoadluh koitxli, I
will pay thee, Num. 20, 19; i'ia(Ilnlikon,
-kau, pay thou to (him or them), 2 K.
4, 7; Ps. 50, 14; nen mitiMittnIilcauoog, (in
that case) I will ]>ay you, i. e. if you
agree (subj.) , Esth. 3, 9; uadluhkah, pay
thou me, Matt. 18, 28 (oadlnlikuli -//.,
l>ay me now, C. 203). See adti'mi't.
'oadtuhkossuwahuonat, v. t. an. to
cause to IK- paid [to], C. 203.
oaus. See Mnn.
obbohquos, n. See iij._
dbohqua'oiik, n. a covering, Ex. L'ti, 7.
*ockqutchaun (Xarr. ), "a wil<! beast of
a reddish hair about the bigness of
a pig, and rooting like a pig; from
whence they give this name to all our
swine"; pi. +nug; R. W. 95; the
woodchuck (Arctomys monax) (?).
Cf. ogkoshquog ('conies' ?), El. From
dgushau, agqshau ( agmshau ) , he goes
under, roots or burrows. See ogkcochin
(agm-wulchau) , he comes from under.
Cf. ogka>cliin.
[Mod. Abn. ag-askii; K. A. Del. gosch
go srhak (pi.), hogs, Zeisb. Voc. 17.]
ogguhse, adj. little [small in quantity
or amount], Prov. 24, 33: anue ogyuhse,
much less, Prov. 17, 7. Dim. oggnhse-
mese nippe, a (very) little water, Gen.
24, 17; ingguhaemese, ' by little and
little', Deut. 7, 22, =*o6gffuh6eu, Ex.
23, 30 (ogknsse, adv. little, C. 233).
ogguhsoadtu, of little worth, Prov. 10,
20.
ogguhsuog-, an. pi. few, Deut. 26, 5;
Matt. 7, 14; inan. pi. ogguhainanh, a few
things, Matt. 25, 21, 23; oggulist-giiiagh
(dimin.), Gen. 47, 9: ogguhscquinogok,
in a few days [at the end of a few days],
Dan. 11, 20 (ogkosismog, few, C. 169).
[For ogkexu (?) and ogkeneint (?).]
ogkem<5nat, agkemdnat, v. t. an. to
number or count (an. obj.): ogkem,
number ye (the people), Num. 26, 2;
'take the sum of, Num. 4, 22; ogke-
mmk, Num. 1, 2; agkemehetteupoh, they
numbered (them), Num. 26, 65; nn<j ij-
kemutcheg, agkemulcheg, they who were
numbered, Num. 26, 51, 57.
[Cree u'cke-mayou, he counts him,
Howse43.]
ogkesu.
[NOTE. Definition not givrn. Src !iiji/hxc:
iHlkriiunuit: iHiketaiin'nu'if ]
ogketamundt, v. t. (1) to number, to
count, to take the sum of: iiashpe ogke-
t inn mil, by count, 'according to a cer-
tain number', Deut. 25, 2 (inan. obj.);
, he counts, Job 31, 4; ogketaj
TRUMBVLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
101
ogketamunat continued.
ne adtahxik, let him count the numlier
of, Rev. 13, 18; ogketam, he has num-
bered, Dan. 5, 26. (2) to read (C. 206) ;
ogketam, he read, Josh. 8, 34; ogketamup
matta, he read not, v. 35; ogketaxh, read
thou, Jer. 36, 6; noli oyketog, he who
reads, Matt. 24, 15.
[Xarr. aki'taxh, pi. nkittamdke, count
or reckon (it), 'tell my money ';akf'fHog,
'they are telling of rushes'; natkegiinhi,
I am telling or counting; "for their
play [gaming with rushes] is a kind of
arithmetic"; ntaqule akesamen, I will
leave play [I cease counting], R. \V.
136, 145, 146. Del. uchk'mdamm, to
count, to read, Zeisb.]
-ogkod, pi. -flash; an. -ogkuttu, pi. -\-og.
*6gkodchinat, to be ashamed, C. 180,
= akodchindt. See akodehu.
*okodchue, adv. with shame, 'modest-
ly', C. 229; mat okodchiie, shamelessly,
ibid. 230. See akodehu.
*ogkodchuonk, n. shame, C. 159. See
akodchu-onk.
ogkome, -mai, prep, beyond. See ong-
-ogkon. See dltkon.
ogkoshquog, n. pi. 'conies', Prov. 30,
26. Cf. m6htukqu&s-og. In Lev. 11, 5, 6,
"cony" and "hare" are transferred
from the English. See dgushau; *ock-
qutchaun.
OgkcDchin, hogkoochin, v. i. it depends
or is suspended from, he is suspended
from, 2 Sam. 18, 9, 10. Cf. agushau, he
pics under; Offtoe-wouthau, he hangs
under. See waashau.
[Narr. teag yo augirhdttick, what
hangs there?; yo augwliattoiis, hang it
there, R. W. 56. Chip, agodjin, he
hangs or is on high, Bar. 180. Cree
u' ' ckooche-mayoo, he suspends him in
water [?], Howse 43; of. u'ckootoir, he
hangs it up, p. 47.]
ogkoowau, he seemed to (them), Gen.
19, 14 [visus est?].
ogquamush: puppigxi . . . e ogqua-
ninxltonk, the dust which cleaveth to
you, Luke 10, 11. Cf. oiikhtitmtnAt, to
cover.
ogquanumunat, v. t. to liken or com-
pare one thing with another; an. og-
quanumtmal, to liken one person to
ogquanumunat continued,
another: nliqtif ogqu&num, 'count me
not', do not liken me to, 1 Sam. 1, 16;
hoii'iai (H/i/iiiniit/ni'xj, to whom will ye
liken (him), Is. 40, 18; man. o</</i<c-
neunkquodt, -t/not, it in like (it may be
likened to), Matt. 13, 31; 20, 1; 22, 2.
The verb substantives from otjque and
og([uenneunk and their derivatives are
variously formed and with no uniform-
ity of application: pink nutogqitnneunk-
<]ueh, I will liken him to, Matt. 7, 24;
vttohu-oh HUtogqiiontaiimn, to what shall
I liken (it), Matt. 11, 16; kuUogqun-
neauau, do ye make it like (him), 'com-
pare it unto' (him), Is. 40, 18.
[Del. k'delgiqui, so as thou, thou art
like; w'delgiqui, so as lie, he is like,
Zeisb. Gr. 172, 173.]
ogque, agque, wuttogque, like to, in
the same manner as, Is. 40, 22, 24, 31;
ne ogquZ, like it, Deut. 4, 32. Sx>e ngque-
neunkquok; nogque; ogkmiran.
[Del. linaquot, elhutquut, 'so, so as',
Zeisb. Gr. 172.]
ogqueneunk, agqueneunk, n. likeness,
similitude, Deut. 4, 16, 17, 18: agque-
neunkquok, that which is like to, = og-
queneunkquodt, Matt. 13, 31; 22, 2. The
2d pers. subj. pres. of the verb used for
the concrete noun.
ogqueneunkqussu, adj. an. (he) is
likened or made like to, Matt. 7, 26;
13, 24.
ogqueneunkqussuonk, n. the making
like in appearance, a similitude, Is. 40,
18; parable, Matt. 15, 15; 22, 1.
ogquidnash, pi. n. islands, Is. 40, 15.
See ahqwdne; >nniin6h.
ogqunneat, v. i. to wear clothes, to be
clothed, Jer. 4, 30; 1 Pet. 3, 3; see
hogkoo. ogqwmnmmiat, \. t. to put on,
to ornament the person with, 1 Pet.
3, 3, =ne Aqnt, 'which was on him',
which he wore, Gen. 37, 23, =ne ag-
quit, IK. 11, 30; nqiit silnr, (when he
is) clothed with silver, Ps. 68, 13; has-
liiilipi'mnk ai/quit, clothed in linen, Dan.
12,7 (eeeagqull; hoijkm); nay dgqulcheg,
they that wear, 1 Sam. 22, 18 (og/juin-
neut, to put on, C. 204; nutogquanitch-
liuam (causat. ), I clothe; mittogquanneh-
huonat, to clothe; u'nttogquaniu'Miiltin-
neat, to be clothed, ibid. 185).
102
Bl'REAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
ogqunnedt continued.
[Narr. ocquash, put on (clothes) , R. W.
107.]
ogqunneg, n. a shield, Dent. 33, 29; Is.
22, 6; pi. +<uh, 1 Chr. 13, 34. From
ogqunneunkqussinneat, v. t. to make
in the likeness of, to make like to, Gen.
5, 1 (nuUogqtuneunks tmiiii-iniHiiink, I
seem to be weary, C. 208) .
ogquodchuau en wadchuut, he went
up into the mountain, Matt. 5, 1; 14,
..'!; Mark 6, 46; ogquodchuau wadchuut,
'he went up into a mountain", Matt.
5, 1.
ogquodtum, v. t. ' he garnished ', 'over-
laid' (wetu, the house) with (it), 2 Chr.
3, 6, 7; teut-ogquodtum-un, he overlaid
it with, v. 4, 5.
ogquonkquag, n. 'rust', Matt. 6, 19.
ogquonkshde, adj. moldy; pi. -shaaxh,
Josh. 9, 5; verb subst. ogquonkshtau, it
was moldy, v. 12.
og-quonkshunk, n. 'mildew', 1 K. 8, 37;
lit. mold. (Elsewhere than here 'mil-
dew' is transferred.)
*ogquos, togquos, a twin; pi. -\-suog, C.
17(1.
[Narr. tackqiitwock, twins, R. W. 45.]
ogqushki, adj. wet, moist (by dew or
rain, og), Dan. 4, 33: wenomineash . . .
en ogqushke, grapes . . . moist, Num.
6, 3. Verb subst. ogqwhkaj, let it 1)6
wet, Dan. 4, 15; iogkusishoma), it 'dis-
tills' (like dew), Deut. 32, 2 (cf. og-
f/uehchippanukquog, they are wet (with
showers), Job 24, 8); kutogqutchippan-
'iiki/nuii, they wet thee (with dew), Dan.
4, 25. Cf. imi'Mppoy. See wuttogki;
*/n-k<]iitrliaun.
[Pcq. u-utttiggio, wet (i. e. it is wet);
mi mjlit tiggachy, 'deer, i. e. wet-nose',
Stiles.]
*ogwantamunat (?), to perceive: ogquon-
tniiKHHitltinneat, to l>e perceived, C. 203;
ogquanlaiiii'iiiiit, to suppose or imagine,
ibid. 211.
*ogwhan (Narr. ), a boat adrift, R. W. 99.
ogwu. See ngvru.
ohguhsheoog, he minisheth them,
makes them few, IV 107, 39.
*ohhomaquesuuk, a needle or pin, C.
161 [for ohkom- (?)].
olihontseonat. See ontteu.
ohkas, =(Uw, mother.
ohke, n. the earth, land, (ien. 1, 10; Ps.
78, 69: vt hki-il. on the earth, Lev.
11, 2 (ohkf, ground, C. 160); a omntry,
region, 2 K. 3, 20; nt olikeit, in the land,
1 K. 8, 37; nutohket, to my country,
Gen. 24, 4; kuM, thy land, Ex. 34, 24;
pi. ohkeath, countries, Gen. 26, 3, 4;
iveenohke, the grave, Prov. 30, 16.
From the same radical as okas (mother),
atihe (father), w66u (an egg), etc. ; ' that
which produces' or 'brings forth'.
Like 6kas (q. v.), the form is passive.
Cf. Greek, yea, yrj; Egyp. kmii (fern. );
kn, a bull; kua, the phallus (?).
[Narr. a&ke and sanaukamuck, earth
or land; nittauke,nmawndwkamuck, my
land; vuskAukamuck, new ground, R.
W. 89. Del. hacki, Zeisb. Voc. 8.]
ohkeh.teaen-in, n. a sower, one who
sows, Matt. 13, 3, 18.
ohkehteauiiat, ahkehteaunat, v. t. to
plant, Eccl. 3, 2: ohkehteau tanoltket-
eaonk, he planted a garden, Gen. 2, 8;
ohketeaog ohteuhkoncuh, they sow tlie
fields, Ps. 107, 37; pish veenominneoh-
keleauauog, they shall plant vineyards,
Is. 65, 21 (=pish ohkehteaog weenoiii/n-
neohtekonash, Zeph. 1, 13); pish kiitoh-
keteam, thou shalt sow, Mic. 6, 15; ne
ahketmop, that which thou sowest, 1
Cor. 15, 36, 37; pass, ne ahketeamuk up,
that which was planted, Eccl. 3, 2;
ahketead(t), subj. when he sowed, Matt.
13, 4; noh ahketeailt, he that sows, v. 37
(ohkeehkonal, to sowor plant; nuttohkeeh-
team, I sow or plant; ahquompi kuttoh-
ki'li'am kuttanni, when do you sow your
rye? C. 209). See ohteuhbomt.
[Narr. aukeetea&men (and quttdune-
mun), to plant corn; aukeeieatimitch,
' plantingtime ' (let him plant ) ; aukeeteA-
Inllit, 'when they set corn'; ///!#-
keetea&men, 'I have done planting',
R.W. 91-92.]
*ohkeieu, adj. below, C. 168.
ohkeiyeu, adv. toward the earth (El. Gr.
21 ); rihki'kiiiiln, out of the ground, Gen.
2, 9. See agvu.
[Narr. aukeeaseiu, 'downward', R.
W. 52.]
*ohkeommcosog, bees, C. 156. See a6h-
kmmro;
TRU.MBl'LL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
103
ohkeonogk [ohke-iaonog, earth hole], n.a
cave: ohkeonogkqut, in caves of the earth,
Heb. 11 , 38, = ohkeonogqvehtu, Job 30, 6.
ohkoon, n. a skin (dressed or prepared
for use; cf. askun, oskun, wuskon), Lev.
13,46,48, 56; 15, 17. From ogqunne&t,
to cover, to clothe; cf. hogkai, he clothes
himself; wuskon, i. e. untskeohkam, a
new or undressed skin. ) Cf. mdnak.
ohkconie, adj. made of skins: badgerde
nlikmnie, made of badger skins, Num. 4,
10, 12, 14; ne league mctttagunne wiskq,
'anything (vessel or bottle) of skin',
Lev. 13, 59, =teague hohkamie wiskq,
v. 58, = ohkconie wiskq, v. 57, =teag-
quodtag, v. 48, = matlagune wishq, v. 49,
= wamene ohkamayeuaok, v. 51; hohkm-
nie amvohleaonk, all that is made of
skins, Num. 31, 20. See ogqunne&t.
ohkooununk, n. collect, skins; skins of
badgers, Ex. 35, 23; cf. sheepsoskunk,
goatsoskunk, sheepskins, goatskins, Heb.
11, 37.
ohkq, n. a worm. See mhk.
ohkuk, ohkuhk, ahkuhq. n. an (earth-
en) pot or vessel, Job 41, 20, 31; 2 K.
4, 39, 40, 41; pi. + quog, Mark 7, 4:
nippee hasmne ahkuhquog, water-pots of
stone, John 2, 6 (ohkuke, a kettle, C.
161).
[Narr. aiicuck, a kettle; mishquockuk,
a red (copper) kettle, R. W. 36. ]
ohkukquteaen-in, n. a potter, a maker
of pots, Jer. 18, 6.
ohpantu, 'hetreadethon' (walks upon),
inan. obj., Job 9, 8.
ohpequan, shoulder. See mohpegk.
ohppeh, 'I may cast a snare'; (or sup-
pos.?) inatta woh olt/tpeh, 'not that I
may cast a snare', 1 Cor. 7, 35. Cf.
appth.
[MARGINAL NOTE. " Wrong."]
*ohquae, C. 235, = uhquae (on the other
end), q. v.
ohquanumonat, v. i. an. to forsake. See
ahfjuannmau.
dhquanumunat, v. i. to be loathsome.
See I'ikquamimoixit.
ohquanupam, on the shore or margin of
the sea, Ex. 14, 30, =ohqiiu,i<i ki-liinli-
hannit, Mark 2, 13; ohke . . . ahquan-
thin tuay ketnhhannit, 'land by the way
of the sea', Matt. 4, 15.
ohquassoaen, -enin, 'an austere man',
Luke 19, 21, 22.
ohqueneunkqus, adj. terrible. Seewnfc-
guenamJcqwsue.
ohquontainoonk, indignation, 2 Cor. 7,
11.
-ohtae, -ohtag, -ohteau, in compound
words, that which is of (or which has)
the quality or nature of, or belonging to.
ohtaeu, ' he croucheth ' , Ps. 10, 10.
ohtauunat, ahtauun&t, v. t. to possess,
to have (in possession), Gen. 23, 9;
Judg. 18, 9; Neh. 9, 15; Amos 2, 10
(ahtouunat, to have, C. 194; ahteauti-
nat, to spare or preserve, ibid. 210;
ohto, he hath (it), Mass. Ps. ): noh
wadchanont wunnaumoniineuh, ohtau
pomantamoonk, 'he that hath the Son
hath life', 1 John 5, 12; noh . . .
inatta ohtoou pomantamoonk, 'he hath
not life', ibid.; neg ohtunkeg ohke,
'who were possessors of lands', Acts 4,
34; nutahtomun . . . wetu, we have . . .
a house, 2 Cor. 5, 1; ohtauunnat ohke, to
inherit the land, Ex. 23, 30; noh ohtunk,
the owner (suppos. ), Prov. 1, 19; howan
ohtunk, who hath? Prov. 23, 29; Ex. 24,
14; ne teaguas ohtunk ketatteamung, 'any-
thing which is (belongs to) thy neigh-
bor', Ex. 20, 17. It is this verb in the
intransitive form (ohteau) which Eliot
has most frequently employed to sup-
ply the want of the verb of existence
(see Du Ponceau's notes to Eliot's
Grammar, xxi-xxix, and Pickering's
Supplem. Observ., xxx-xliv). Thus,
ni/i'uonk . . . ohteau wuttat Kirjatli-jea-
i-ini, 'the place is behind Kirjath-jea-
rim', Judg. 18, 12; ohteau, it is, it was,
Ex. 40, 38; Matt. 6, 30; pish ohlean, it
shall be, Gen. 17, 13; Matt. 6, 21; ohtag,
(that) which is, Matt. 5, 14; pish oh-
luiixli (inan. pi.), they shall be, Deut.
6, 6; oTitop, it was, John 1, 1; l;ntnli-
tauun, thine is, Matt. 6, 13; ahloou ah-
toonk, he 'hath any inheritance', Kph.
5, 5; nhtoog, they had (brick, etc.),
(Jen. 11, 3; nuppaoonk olilemi <ilikuh</ut,
there is death in the pot, 2 K. 4, 40;
na ohtu, nnh olila, there are (there is?),
C. Math. Not. Ind. 52(nutahtoit,nutoht6,
nutlolili'i, 1 have, T possess (it) ; kutahtoup,
thou hadst: nnh ulilou, he has; nuttahto-
104
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bri.I.KTis 25
ohtumuiiit. ahtauunat continued.
mint, we have: kiitliiliiniiiinii, ye have;
itui/ (lAfoo;/, "they had, C. 194, 226).
[Del. iillinlltin or ii-iilnllnii, he has or
possesses, Zeisb. Or. 158; hattaii, 'he
has, it has, it is there', ibid. 162; h<Meu,
Zeisb. Voc. 18.]
*ohteak. See *ohtetd:
-ohteau. See -nhtae.
ohtedonk, ahttfonk, n. a possession:
H-iitnhtuonk, their possession, Gen. 47,
11; irntrlt ahtormk, 'for a possession',
Lev. 14, 34; mafhemolitug oht6onk, an
everlasting possession, Gen. 17, 8.
ohteuhkonat , v. i. to so w or plant a field ,
Matt. 13, 3; Lev. 26, 5; Is. 28, 24:
ohte&hkausu, is sown, 1 Cor. 15, 43, 44.
See ohkehttaundt.
ohteuk, ohteak, n. a field, Matt. 13, 38,
44; land which is cultivated or inclosed,
or to which the idea of ownership or
individual possession attaches (from
ohtauun&t or ohl&e, and ohke) ; pi. ohteuh-
konazh, Ps. 107, 37; John 4, 35 (ahteuk-
konnxh, C. 160); vnt ohleakonti, in his
field, Matt 13, 31; vt ohteakonit, in the
field, Ex. 23, 2!; "/ mixkn-he ohleakonit, in
the open field, Num. 19, 16; Lev. 14, 53
(ahteuk, soil, a field, C. 160). See ohke.
ohtohtosu, (is) removed, Job 14, 18. See
onlahtmmndl.
ohtomp, ahtomp, n. a bow, '2 K. 13, 16;
Ps. 78, 57: wonkinnau wutohtompe, he
bends his bow (hath l>ent, Lam. 2, 4) ;
kiitcihlomp, thy bow, Gen. 27, 3; ohlomp
knh kouhguodtash, bow and arrows, 2 K.
13, 15; pi. ivulohtompelt, mttalUompemoh,
their bows; Jer. 51, 56; 1 Sam. 2, 4; oh-
tompeitcheg, those who carry bows, bow-
men, Jer. 4, 29; noli k6nunnont alttoin-
peh, he that handleth the bow, Amos.
2, 15; noh nohtahtwnteg knh j>a>t<inkit>i-
onchegohtompeh, who handle and l>end
the bow, Jer. 45, 9. [ohtAt'-omp, that
which belongs to a man (?)]. See om-
jMtfgasli; wonkinonnl.
[Abu. Iniilii. Peq. n'teump, nut-
teumpsh, (my) bow: Toii'iiiiiiiii-iiinudno
Wtadjftauan n'teump neegun iinrkhegunt;
mdh-die mutlni/mil* innrliin tumlnm ,11,11-
teatum gynchuma, ' I wish I had my bow
and arrows: I think I would [now]
shoot you' ('eyeii; now; tealmn,! think;
moh-che, I will; moche miuguunilx; I'll
ohtomp, ahtomp continued,
certainly; ,/i/nrlu'ir.i, I kill' ), Stiles. Del.
lint In j>e, Zeisb. Voc. 18. Micm. ahpee.
Montagn. achaape. Skoffie mishiamip-
pee. Chip. Hiiligu-iiti. Powh. altairp, a
bow; iitliiiii-i;rro\r, J. Smith.]
oiohquashadt (?), when he was walking
along by (or near), Matt. 4, 18, = p<ium-
u'usliwlt, Mark 1, 16.
dkas, ohkas, cokas, n. mother; con-
struct. ,;/.,/,, Gen. 21, 21; Matt. 10, 35,
37: olikiiiaili Jexutt, the mother of Jesus,
John 2, 1 ; iinknn, ncokas, my mother,
Matt. 12, 48; Luke 8, 21; kokas, kmkas,
thy mother; Mark 3, 32; Luke 8, 20j
Eph. 6, 2; pi. nukaxundnog, our mothers,
Lam. 5, 3; ok<ii>lniie>ink, mothers, (col-
lect. ) all motherhood, Mark 10, 30 (ivut-
tookfixln, a mother ; iriitchehwau, her
mother, C. 162). From the radical 6u,
05, with a termination marking the
nomen patientis, as ooshe, cocli does the
nomen agentis. Perhaps the same word
(with animate termination), as ohke,
earth.
[Xarr. oki'ign, a mother; ndkacr, n'n-lt-
iflitui; my mother, R. \V. 44.]
okauau, he: negut mkauau, he has one
wife, 1 Tim. 3, 2.
okummes (?) [=uka.t-ummises'!'], aunt,
father's brother's wife: kokummes, 'thy
aunt', Lev. 18, \4; kvkummus, thygrund-
mother, 2 Tim. 1, 5 (wuttaMbummtMn,
a grandmother, C. 162).
[Del. ma rlio mrx, grandfather (ait
femina?), Zeisb. Voc. 23.]
6m, n. a hook (and line), Matt. 17, 27. See
*rtuma(ii.
[Del. ainnn, fish-hook, ZeisK]
omacheg, n. pi. fishers: neg omdcheg, they
who (fish with a hook) 'cast angle',
Is. 19, 8.
omaen, .n. a fisherman; pi. niiiiii'iiiing,
Ezek. 47, 10. Cf. nmtamogquiit'ii.
omaenat (?), to fish. See *ii>niiiii'ti.
*6mmis, pi. -\-mog, herring, C. 159. .See
aumsH-og, 'a fish somewhat like :i lier-
ring'.R. \V. 102. See*mvnnau>hatiea6g.
[PENCIL NOTE. "Dim. of aumnung ?: for
awmm/x, deprecialivc 'ttint/*tt. Sre inito in
K. \V. 114."]
*om6gpeh, adv. almost, C. 233; vt I'HIK'HJ
inline, generally, ibid. 225, 228. Cf.
momanch, at times, now and then.
TRUMBULL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
105
omoh,k[inat?], v. i. to rise up, to rise
from sleep (omuhtenate, to arise, C.
180): omohkeu nompodeu, he rose early
in the morning, Ex. 24, 4; omohku, 1
K. 3, 20; omohkeog nompode, they rose
early, Ex. 32, 6; 1 Sam.29,11; omohkeon
(subj.), when I arose, 1 K. 3, 21; noh
omohkit nompGae, he who rises early,
etc., Prov. 27, 14; omkuh, arise thou,
Gen. 19, 15; omokemm kah nepomco, it
arose and stood upright (pass, form,
'was arisen' and 'was stood'), Gen.
37, 7 (nuttomuhkem, I arise; nuttomuk-
kemun, we arise, C. 180).
[Abn. anmikkS, je me leve, a
soinno.]
omohkinonat, v. t. an. to raise up, an.
obj.; omohkineh, raise thou me up, Ps.
41, 10.
[Abn. Sdanmikenan, je le fais lever,
je le leve de terre.]
omp, n. man. This word is nowhere
found by itself, and perhaps was al-
ready obsolete when Eliot's acquaint-
ance with the language was commenced ;
but its recurrence in compound words
suffices to fix it as the dialectic name
appropriated, in accordance with Indian
usage, to the favored race, whose men
were all viri, while those of other tribes
or nations were contemptuously re-
garded as even less than homines
misginnuog, or captives. (See miss'm;
mimnnin.) From this root come, ap-
parently, nompaas (ne-omp-odax, the
man animal), a male; wonketomp (wos-
kehuae-omp, hurtful or bloody man), a
warrior, or 'brave', one who bears
arms (see note below); mw/quomp
(mogke-omp, great man), a captain;
nunkomp (nunkon-omp, light man?), a
young man, not grown up; penomp
(penowe-omp ?, a stranger to man, nes-
cia viri ?), a virgin; omskauonat (for
omp-), to conquer, to put to flight;
and, perhaps, umpehledonk (omp-oht&e,
that which belongs to man or to the
conqueror), tribute.
[NOTE. Regarding wosketomp the compiler
notes: "This is wrong, but I can not fix the
true meaning of iroxkrt-. ' This is followed by
a note in pencil: " Perhaps NOT wrong. 1883."]
ompachissin, 'the top of it [a ladder]
reached' (to heaven), Gen. 28, 12.
ompamuhquaeiiat, v. i. to turn one's self
around, to turn back, to look Iwhind
one: ompamuhquaeu, 'he turned back',
2 K. 2, 24; ahque oiiipiin(liqiinili, do-
not thou look behind thee, Gen. 19, 17;
ompdmuhqttacoli, she looked back, v.
26; matla ompamuhquaeog, they look
not back, Jer. 46, 5; ompamuquaehlaunu,
v. t. he looked back at, Jer. 13, 16. See
nuhguainat.
*ompana[enat?], v. i. to lift one's self
up, to rise up (as opposed to nauvxieiiat,
to bow down): ompanieu, he lifted
himself up; ompanamp (pret. ), Mass.
Ps., John 8, 7; ompandit, when he lifted
himself up, v. 10.
*ompateg, pi. -\-ash, weapons, Mass.
Ps., John 18, 3, = auwohteaongaxlt (?),
El. See auwohteau.
*ompattamunat, 'to wear clothes out';.
mahlompattam&nat, to wear out; num-
mahche ompattam, I did wear; nag iroh
ompattamu'og, they would wear, C. 215.
See auwohkon.
ompatussinat, to lean upon (ompatig-
sinnmat, C. 199) : noh ompaliusin wek, he
leans on his house, Job 8, 15; n>ii/in-
tugsinwog, they lean on (him), Mic. 3,
11; ampatutfuk, if he lean (or leaning)
on it, 2 K. 5, 18; 18, 21; John 13, 23-
ompatisguna) kah anwohhou, 'the stay
and the staff ', Is. 3, 1; ompatissunncoonk,
the stay, ibid.
ompehteae, ompeteae, adj. of tribute;
-teaywmh, tribute money, Matt. 17, 24.
ompehteaonk, ompwet- (ompeteaonk,
C. 203), n. tribute, Gen. 49, 15; Num.
31, 28; Matt. 17, 24, 25; 'toll', Ezra.
4, 20: ornp-olitde, omp-ohteoonk, that
which belongs to men, i.e. masters (?).
See omp. ["ompeht . . . dok, an old
Indian word that signifies obedience
by giving any . . .", C. 155 (partly
illegible in his manuscript).] See om-
wunndonk.
ompenat, v. i. to be loose, unbound,
free, 1 Cor. 7, 27: omptan, if thou l>&
loosed (or free) from, ibid.; noh <>ui-
peneau wutch, she is loosed from (the
law), Rorn. 7, 2.
ompeneaiisu, adj. (was) loosed, Mark
7, 35; pi. an. -\-og, Dan. 3, 25.
106
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 26
-ompenednat, v. t. an. to loose or unbind
an. obj. (omplnnednat, to release, Luke
23, 20); = ponanauonat (see ponanau):
ivulompinneuh, he loosed him (from
bonds), Ps. 105, 20 [-neouh for -neuh (?)] ;
Acts 22, 30; ompinneau, he looseth (the
prisoners), Ps. 146, 7; ompinneuk, loose
ye him, Matt. 21, 2; kutompenimAnu-
naout, 'I (to) release unto you', i.e.
I to cause to be unbound to you,
Matt. 27, 21; ompin (?), loose thyself,
Is. 52, 2.
ompenumunt, v. t. to loose, to unbind,
Rev. 5, 2: ompeneum, he looseth (the
bonds), Job 12, 18; ompenim nuppe-
munneat, he has loosed my cord, Job
30, 11; ompinimunash, they are untied,
loosed, Is. 33, 24.
[Narr. aumpanish, untie this; aum-
paniimmin, to undo a knot, R. W. 54.]
ompetag, -ak, adv. afterward, after
that, Josh. 24, 5; Ps. 73, 24; Neh. 6, 10;
Mark 4, 28: u-utch ompetak, for the time
to come, the future, Is. 42, 23 ( ' shortly ' ,
C. 230).
ompeteae. See ompehteAe.
ompeteaonk. See ompehteAonk.
ompontinnumundt magroonk, to send
an offering (ortribute, homage), ISam.
6, 3: nigh ompontinumauoguh imttch
magcoonk, which things ye return him
for an offering, 1 Sam. 6, 8.
ompcDchanumundt (ompmchenat, v. i.?
to roll, C. 206): wtUompmcha.numa.6nt
qtissak, to roll away the stone, Gen.
29, 8 [i. e. to remove the obstruction (?),
ompenumunat and imitche (?) ].
*ompoochenat, v. to roll, C. 206.
*omppuwussueonknunkquat, n. vice,
C. 165.
ompsk, ompsq, in compound words, a
stone or rock; equivalent in some cases
to qussuk, in others to haxsun. See ke-
nompsq (a sharp stone, under kenai),
uxawahquompskqut (the top of a rock),
togwonkanompek (a millstone, under
togguhwonk), kmtnnlikni-timpsk (a high
pointed rock), etc. Not used in Eliot's
Bible except in compound words; but
Hiissitcheompsqut (obj.), 'a great stone',
is in Samp. Quinnup., p. 156. The pri-
mary meaning seems to be an upright
{pmpae) rock or stone (p'ik). Eliot has:
ompsk, ompsq continued.
pasipskkodt-ut [pahm-p'sk], 'in a cleft
of the rock ', Ex. 33, 22; agwepaasompsko-
di'litu, 'under the [cleft upright] rocks',
Is. 57, 5; voskeche pukullu, (from) 'the
top of the rocks', Num. 23, 9; ut attm-
chtpixhkoiHut, 'on a crag of the rock',
Job 39, 21; kenugke pumipskquehtu, (of
river courses) 'among the rocks', Job
28, 10; kussampskdiyeuut, 'on (high)
rocks' (or on a high rocky place), Jer.
4, 29; chippipskul, 'upon a rock' under
water, Acts 27, 29; mamossompsquehtu,
in 'gravel '(?), Is. 48, 19; viutch woske-
chepiskouttu, 'from the top of the
rocks', Num. 23, 9 (sing, woskechepigkq,
on the top of a rock, Ezek. 24, 7).
ompskot, n.: nequt-ompskot, 'a penny',
Matt. 22, 19; Mark 12, 15; Eev. 6, 6
(ompskod, a penny, C. 203; ompskotash,
pence, Ind. Laws, n, p. 3). Cf. nequt-
ompskinaushettit, 'of a span long' (pi.);
nequt omskinaunu ne sahleag, 'a span
shall be the length of it', Ex. 28, 16.
[Narr. nequittdmpscat, 1 penny (that
is, a penny's worth of wdmpan; prob-
ably a measure of length); neesaumscat,
2 pence; yowdmscat, 4 pence; qutta-
tashaiimscat, 6 pence ( = quttauatu, qu&t-
tuatu; neen = 2 quaMualues, =12 pence,
or a shilling); pi&ckquat (10 audttua-
tues), 60 pence, =f/uUataghincheck aum-
scal, =nquitt6mpeg, or nquitnishcaiisu,
1 fathom of their stringed money;
neesaumpaiigaluck, 2 fathoms = 10 shil-
lings, etc.; neesaum&qussayi, 2 spans of
w&mpan; yowompscussdyi, 4 spans, etc.,
R. W. 128, 135.]
ompsq. See ompsk.
[-ompu: en ivompu, he looks. Cf. Chip.
out waub, to see.]
! *ompuwussuonk, n. : aiontogkoie ompu-
wussi'tonk, cruft or guile, C. 165.
ompweteaenu-in, n. a tributary, Lam.
1,1; pi. ompeleaenuog, Judg. 1, 30.
ompwete&onk. See ompehte&onk.
ompwunnaonk. See omwimnaonk.
ompwunnit: noh ompwunnit, 'a raiser
of taxes', an imposer of tribute (?),
Dan. 11, 20.
ompwunndnat, v. t. to pay tribute to,
Mark 12, 14; Luke 23, 2: pigh kut/jmp-
H-iittiinkijuog, they shall be tributaries
[pay tribute] to you, Deut. 20, 11;
TBCMBCLL]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
107
ompwunn<5nat continued.
wuiontpunuJuouh, they were tributaries
to them, Juiig. 1, 33; wutompwunuh,
(he) gave him presents, paid tribute,
2 K. 17, 3.
omskauonat, v. t. an. to prevail over,
to put to flight: pish oimkauwAog, they
shall chase, put to flight, Lev. 26, 8;
omskosu, he prevailed in battle, was
the conqueror, Ex. 17, 11; wutomskauoh,
he chased him, Judg. 9, 40.
omwunnaonk, ompw-, n. tribute (paid
or referred to the payer), Num. 31, 37,
38, 39. See ompehte&onk.
oiiag. See dunag.
onat, auonat, v. t. to go to a place or
object, Eccl. 7, 2; Jer. 37, 12. See ex-
amples under uu, to which add onluh,
let us go to, 1 Sam. 11, 14; Luke 2, 15;
ongq, go ye, Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16.
Cf. mmunAt.
onatuh, adv. as, like, Ps. 78, 15, 27, 65;
onatuh . . . nelaiuppe, as ... so,
Prov. 26, 9 (construed with the suppos.
mood torunnetoh, as though, as when).
Caus. verbsubst. onatuheyeuoo ( 'he took
on him'), he made himself like, Heb.
2, 16.
onch, conj. yet, notwithstanding that,
Ex. 9, 17; Eccl. 1, 7; Hos. 9, 16; ohn-
chikoh, but yet, Rom. 5, 7; ohnch, Is.
14, 1 (=onk, with form of imperat. 3d
pers. singular or absolute participle).
See (jut.
oncheteau. See onchteau.
oncheteauun, 'revised' or 'corrected'
(as used in title-page of Rawson's revi-
sion of Eliot's translation of Samp.
Quinnup., 1689): onchlieaog u-uthashab-
paouh, they mended their nets, Mark
I, 19; onchteauunat wek, to repair his
house, 2 Chr. 24, 12; 34, 10; oncheteau-
imat, 2 Chr. 24, 5. See onchteau.
onchittamauonat (?), v. i. to chew the
cud (?) ; cf. kohkodhumau. onchiltamau,
it chews the cud, Lev. 11, 4, 5, 6; on-
cliittamont, part., cheweth the cud, Lev.
II, 3, =kohkodhumont, Deut, 14, 6;
amchitlamoncheg, pi. they which chew,
etc. , Lev. 11, 4, = kohkodhumoncheg,
Deut. 14, 7; matta onchiUamaum, he does
not chew, Lev. 11, 7,=matfa kohkod-
humoou, Deut. 14, 8.
onchteau, oncheteau, he amends (it) ;
suppos. 2d pi. oncheteadg, if ye amend
(your ways), Jer. 7,4>; onchteocok, amend
ye (your ways), v. 3; onchetue, amended,
title-page of second ed. of Indian Bible.
See oncheteauun.
onchteoonk, n. a repairing, repair: onch-
tedonk wek, the repairing of the house,
2 Chr. 24, 27.
onchteunk, part.: ohchteunk pokgshunk,
the repairer of (he who repairs) the
breach, Is. 58, 12.
ongkome, ogkomai, prep, on the other
side of, Josh. 24, 2, 3 (its adversative is
sometime y6&i, 2 Sam. 2, 13) : oykomde,
on the other side (of the way), Luke
10, 31, 32; ogkomde pummeneutunkanit,
on the other side of the wall, Neh. 4,
13 ('behind the wall'); nag ogkomut
sepuut, (to) those beyond the river,
Neh. 2, 7. See acawmen(~6akit'). ogko-
muk [=Accomac] Jordan, (that which
is) beyond Jordan, Matt. 4, 15.
[Abn. angSanmek, en dela. Quir. ak-
kdmmuk kathans, over the seas, Pier. 10.
Cree akdmik, across, on the other side.
Del. gamunk, over there, the other side
of the water; achgameu, over against,
Zeisb.]
ongkoue, prep, beyond (El. Gr. 21), 1
Sam. 20, 37: iruluhshame . . . ongkoue,
on this side . . . on that side or beyond
(the river), Josh. 8, 33; aongkoue, ut-
most, farthest off, Deut. 30, 4; Jer. 9, 26;
25, 23; mmup aongkouoh komut, 'come
from the uttermost parts of the earth',
Matt. 12, 42; en aongkoue, to the furthest
( ' utmost ' ) , Deut. 34, 2 (onkkoue, C. 168 ) ;
ongkoue, behind, 1 Sam. 21, 9. See
wutuhshame.
ong-quomdnat. See onkquomwommmonk.
onk, conj., a particle which nearly an-
swers to the Greek Sff, and is com-
monly used in the continuation of a re-
cital or for connecting parts of a propo-
sition or members of a sentence less
closely and directly than by kah. It is
sometimes put for 'and ', Gen. 20, 12, 13;
Matt. 18, 5; elsewhere for 'so', 'so
that', Ps. 78, 20, 29. anue onk wane,
more than all, 1 Chr. 16, 20; anue mis-
euken onk neen, he is more great than I,
108
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN '2
onk continued.
Mark 1, 7; missi onk, greater than,
Mark 4, 32'(onkne, besides, C. 234).
[Was it originally the same as imnk ?]
onkaeese, adv. (dimin. of ongkoue), a
little farther, Acts 27, 28.
[Narr. auv-'awfue, R. W. 55.]
onkapunanittuonk, n. torment (en-
dured; referred to the subject), Rev.
9, 5; Ex. 1, 13, 14 ('rigor'). See au-
mikompan&tmk .
onkapunanonat, onkapunndnat, v. t.
an. to torment, to torture: imtonka-
punnonaoul, to torment them, Rev. 9,
5; ahque onkapunaneh, torment me not,
Luke 8, 28. Pass, onkapunnandog, they
were tortured, Heb. 11, 35. Cf. auwa-
onkapunnanittue, adj. and adv. cniel,
severe, Heb. 11, 36 (with reference to
the subject or victim).
onkapunnaonk, n. torment, torture,
cruelty [inflicted; referred to the
agent], Rev. 9, 5 (3d pers. pi.).
onkatog, adj. another, Deut. 28, 30: pasuk
. . . onkatog, one . . . the other, Deut.
21, 15; ketasfscot ayeuhkotumt wonkatogeh
ketaggcatoh, a king going to war against
another king, Luke 14, 31 (here -on-
katog has the prefix of 3d pers., 'his
other' (?), and objective affix); pi. on-
krttogig (unkatak, Pier. 14). From onk
or ironk.
*onkatoganit, conj. otherwise, C. 234.
*onkatuk, onkne, conj. besides, C. 234.
onkauoht, onkauohteau, onkauwoht,
n. a shadow, Gen. 19,8; 2 K. 20,9, If.
32,2.
onkauwonkqut, 'behind a tree', Is.
66,17.
onkhumuiiat (onhfhonat, an.), v. t.
(1) to put one thing above another, to
cover. (2) to hide. See pultogham.
onkwhau, he hideth (it), Prov. 27, 16;
nulonkhum nunketuk, I hide my face,
Deut. 31, 18; onku'hont, part, hiding,
Prov. 27, 16; onktrhosik, unkwliosik, (it)
.is covered by, Prov. 26, 23, 26 (nuttonk-
humun nuhhog, I cover (myself), C.
187).
[Cree uckwiinnahum, he covers it,
Howse 45; uehe&muneayoo, he covers
him, ibid. 45, 83.]
onkne. See *<mk<iiuk.
onkouoht&e, adj. shady: mehtUff-
qituxli, Job. 40, 22.
onkquanumooonk, 11. sorrow, physical
pain, Nah. 2, 10. See onkquommoin-
mmonk; tutkquanummmt.
onkquatunk, n. :i recompense, Is. 35, 4;
n'nt , his recompense, Job 15, 31
(onkquatonk, wages or reward, C. 203).
*onkqueekho>, n. a hat, C. 160; <>lik-
qumitapa/te, cap, C. 239.
[Xarr. sminketlppo or ashonaquo, a hat
or cap, R. W. 107.]
*onkqueneunkque, adj. cruel, C. 168;
severe, p. 175.
onkquequohhou, -ho>, n. a veil, Ex. 34,
33; 2 Cor. 3, 14. See pnttogqueffuohhou.
onkquequohhou, 'he covered his face'
(with it), Is. 6, 2.
onkqunnesog, n. pi. claws: ivonkqunne-
sog, their claws, Zech. 11, 16. Dimin.
from uhquon, a hook. See rmiltko*.
onkquohquodt, (it is) 'lowering', Matt.
16, 3. See kuppohquodt, (when it is)
cloudy weather; *onnohquat, raining, C.
[Del. achgumhocqiiat, it is cloudy
weather, Zeisb. Gr. 162; ach gum hok,
cloudy, Zeisb. Voc. 13.]
onkquommommcDonk, n. sorrow, Gen.
3, 16; pain, 'torment', Matt. 4, 24.
See onkquunummonk ; unkquanummonk.
onkquommomwe, adj. sorrowful, in sor-
row, Gen. 3, 16, 17. See unkqtie.
onkquosketueonk, n. poisoning, Ps. 58,
4. See uhquosket.
onkquotte<5nat, v. t. an. (1) to recom-
pense (a person ) : onkquot/eau, he recom-
pensed (them), Prov. 26, 10; neh p!sh
wittonkquatauoh, he will recompense
her, Jer. 51, 6; kuppapaxkn onbjuatooth
[-OIM/I?], I will render to you double,
Zech. 9, 12; unonqualok, recompense ye
(her), Rev. 18, 6; neyan onkquatunk-
que6g, as she has recompensed you, ibid.
(2) to hire, to pay wages: kutoiikquat-
oush, I will give thee hire, 1 K. 5, 6;
ye u kah yen onkquatot imHinli ikqim, ' thus
and thus he dealeth with me' (pays
me such wages), Judg. 18, 4. See
annmnau (2).
[Narr. kuttaunckquittaunch, I will pay
you; kummuchickonckquatous, I will pay
you well; tocketaonckquittiinnea, what
will you give me? R. W. 72; kutteafio
TRUMBVLI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAKY
109
onkquotteonat continued.
commeinsh, 'I will give you your
money?', p. 135.]
onkqussohhou, n. the cover or 'lid' (of
a chest, 2 K. 12, 9).
onkupfpe], n. strong drink, Is. 5, 11, 22;
Prov. 20,1, = manuhkag u-uttaltam6onk,
Lev. 10, 9, = mmuhke wtlttottamdoat,
Num. 6, 3; onkuppe, Prov. 31, 4, 6.
[Abn. a'ksbi, boisson forte, Rasles.
Del. acheimn, strong, spirituous, Zeisb.
Gr. 167.]
onkwheg 1 , n. = onkwhonk; pi. -f- ash, cov-
ers to dishes, etc., Num. 4, 7.
onkwhongane, adj. covering, Num. 4, 5.
onkwhonk, n. a covering, Num. 4, 6,
10, 14; a screen or curtain, v. 25, 26:
watch mixhehtash, a covert from the tem-
pest,' Is. 32, 2; pi. onkwhongash, cover-
ings, Prov. 31, 22. See puttogham.
onkwhosuonk, n. that which makes a
cover or covers; p\.-ongagh, Ex. 25, 29.
*onnohquat (?), 'raining', C. 222. Cf.
ivunnohquodt, fair weather.
[Narr. Anaquat, rain, R. W. 83. Del.
alhac'juul, 'it rains a general rain (over
a large surface of country) ', Zeisb. Gr.
161; 'stormy, rainy weather', Zeisb.
Voc. 14.]
dnoquesuonk, ana-, n. a joint; pi. -on-
gash. Cant. 7, 1 ; Eph. 4, 16.
dnouwussu, adj. lean, Ezek. 34, 20 [from
mnou-ireyaug, low [hollow] flesh (?)]:
coweeyauseeweespish tmauwutMWmta, ' the
fatness of his flesh shall wax lean', Is.
17, 4; ian&umusuog, ianauwussitoheg
(an.pl.), Gen. 41, 3, 4; tinauunissiie, C.
172.
[Narr. nan6wwussu, it is lean, R. W.
143.]
onquontrowon&t, v. i. to roar, as a wild
beast: pixh onqii<jnta>irau, he shall roar,
Is. 42, 13; nutogqitontatwomun, we roar,
Is. 59, 11; pixh oyquontooaog teuske qun-
nonouul, they shall roar like a young
lion, Is. 5, 29 ( = nelmehteau(og), Hos.
11, 10).
oiiquottantamunat, v. t. to recompense
or reward; (inan. obj.) to repay: noh
woh onkquoUa.nta.rn, he will recompense
(it), Job. 34, 33; ruttonJcguadtcmtam, I
will recompense (it), Jer. l(i, 18; uhque
onkqutok, do not recompense (evil for
onquottantamunat continued,
evil), Rom. 12, 17; onkquatcmlaj, let him
recompense (thy work), Ruth 2, 12.
onsapinneat. See ontapinneat.
ontahtauunat, v. i. to be moved, Jer.
24, 9; to be in a state of motion or to
be made to move from one place to
another, passively [sometime* transi-
tive, to move or impart motion to: wu-
tontatauunat, with prefix of 3d pers., to
remove it, Gen. 48, 17]: *m.atta onlah-
t&un<Dut (pass. neg. ), not to be moved,
1 Chr. 16, 30; pish ontohteau, it shall be
removed, Ezek. 7, 19; sun iroh tjuxisuk
ontahtauun, shall the rock lx> removed?
Job 18, 4; pinh ontahtauun, it shall be
removed from its place, Is. 22, 25; que-
nohtag onlohteau, the foundation moved
[was moved], 2 Sam. 22, 8; agwu oh-
tagish wadchuash ohtahlaash, the foun-
dations of the mountains were moved,
Ps. 18, 7; mat pish ohlohtano, it shall not
be moved, Ps. 96, 10.
[NOTE. "Wrong. This in a different verb.
See ontatatiunat."}
[Cree (\)at-astayoo (inan.), he is, or
is lying, in another place; (2)a't-athAyoo
(an.), "he ali-ates, puts, him in an-
other place, removes him"; (3) a't-
oot&yoo, he goes elsewhere, 'removes ',
Howse 157. Chip. (1) aund'-ahta, (2)
ood' aund'-agsAun, (3) aund'-oota, ibid.]
*ontaneehkinneat, to step; nuttontdneh-
tip, I step, C. 210. Cf. ontmnu.
ontapinne&t, oiisap-, ontsap-, v. i. to Ije
removed to another place (with refer-
ence to change of place without the ac-
tion, volition, or power of independent
motion of the object moved) ; with pre-
fix of 3d pers. wutontapeirMt, ( he) to be
moved, 1 Thess. 3, 3: God n&eu appu,
matta pish ontappu, God is in the midst
of her, she shall not be moved, Ps. 46, 5;
nag pish ontappuog, they shall move,
Mic. 7, 17; matta ontapptog, they may
not be moved, 2 Sam. 7, 10; ontapush,
ontsapish, 'be thou removed', Matt. 21,
21; Mark 11, 23; omappineau, oiisap-
puog, Num. 33, 5, 6, 7, 8, etc. (antsa-
pinneat, ontsalitaunnat, to move, to move
one's house, C. 202; nutaiUsiap, I move;
nuianlxepftmun, we move, ibid.; tohmij
onlootaan, why do you remove? ibid.
239).
110
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25-
ontapinneat, etc. continued.
[C'rw (i'l-fi]>-u (an.), 'he other-sits,
changes his'seat', Howse 156. Chip.
tiiniil'-Ahlieh, ibid.]
ontash<5nat, v. t. an. to remove or move
from place to place (to be removed(?),
Ezek. 23, 46): ontathau, he removeth
(them), Dan. 2, 21; irutontahshuh, he
removed them, Gen. 47, 21; he re-
moved him, Acts 7, 4. Cf. *6teshem;
mtshoh.
ontataiiunat, v. t. to move (an inan.
obj.), Gen. 48, 17 (with prefix of 3d
pere. ):<mtatoushkusgeet, remove thy foot,
Prov. 4, 27 (ontaUauih, Luke 22, 42);
ontah (?) dhkon, remove (it) not, Prov.
23, 10; noh ontattunk, he who removeth,
Deut. 27, 17; motto, pish kutontatibmh,
thou shalt not remove (it), Deut. 19, 14;
ndcotahtah, remove (it) far from me,
Prov. 30, 8 (antsapinneat, ontsahtduunat,
to move, to move one's house, C. 202).
Cf. ontahtauundt.
[Cree at-astdw (inan.), he removes
it, Howse 156. Chip, ood' aund'-
ahtoon, ibid.]
ontch.et6e, amended. Title-page of sec-
ond ed. of Indian Bible. See onchteau.
onthamimat, v. i. to put out, to quench,
to extinguish, as a fire, lamp, or candle
(cf. nmtau uhtea, the fire goes out, Prov.
26, 20; wequananteg matta ohtam, the
candle does not go out, Prov. 31, 18;
waban wtshoh, the wind bloweth) : nag
ontohwhoog, they are quenched, Is. 43,
17 (ontah-, Ps. 118, 12) ; matta pish oh-
tana>, it (anger) shall not be quenched,
2 Chr. 34, 25 ( -- ontdnw, 2 K. 22,
17) ; matta pish onthamanm, it shall not
be quenched, Is. 34, 10; 66, 24; matta
Autanmk, not to be quenched, Luke
3, 17; nag onthamwog, they quench
(coals), 2 Sam. 14, 7; uhnthamwog nm-
teau, they quenched the fire, Heb. 11,
34; pass, pish onthamun, it shall be put
out, Prov. 13, 9; ncotau . . matta pish
onthamanm, the fire shall not be put out,
Is. 34, 10; 66, 24; Lev. 6, 12. See uhtap-
ontconu, adv. : ontmnu penushau, he fell
backward, 1 Sam. 4, 18, = antatshau(an-
taoshaog, they fell backward, Is. 28, 13).
Cf. *ontaneehkinneat.
*ontoowaonk : tonne ontoivdonk, a hoarse
voice, C. 171. See ayeuteaontanmonk.
ontsappinneat. See ontapinneat.
ontseonk, n. offspring: iintmilxi mil:, my
offspring, Job 31, 8; wut , his or
their offspring, Job 21, 8.
ontseu, he descends, proceeds from, he
is the offspring of: wanne ontseu, 'with-
out descent', Heb. 7, 3 (see imtont-
seonk); neg ontsecheg U'utch Jacob, 'they
that come of Jacob', Is. 27, 6; ontsetc/n;/,
they which issue from (them), 2 K. 20,
18; nutonsem, I proceed from, John 8, 42;
ohhontsetig wuich m&chuk en machukut,
'they proceed from evil to evil,' Jer. 9, 3.
Cf. a>munAt( indie. 1st sing. natm).
-ontup, in compound words, head. See
cliepiontup; kodldntuponi; *uppaqu6ntup;
womp6nluponl; wuskondntup. Cf. Abn.
Step.
x oiiuhqushakom.uk, 'a house of mer-
chandise' (?), Mass. Ps., John 2, 16.
oontohkonauonat, eiantuhk-, eian-
togk-, etc., v. t. an. to mock at, to de-
ride; eiontogkonaog, they scoff at (him),
Hab. 1, 10; kuM6nt6hkoneh, thou mock-
est me, Num. 22, 29; nag nmche ivut-
tdontohkonouh, they began to mock him,
Luke 14, 29 (see momonehtaij.au); an.
act. i. 66ntogkkossu, he mocks, is mock-
ing, Judg. 16, 9, 13. Vbl. n. Mntohkiu-
sanvaen, a mocker, Job 17, 2.
boiitomuk. tduntomuk, n. the womb,,
matrix, Ex. 13, 2; 12, 15; 34, 19; Num.
8, 16: uiilch oontomukqut, from the
womb, Jer. 1, 5 (otvmuk, Exp. Mayhew;.
umttmMmukqut, C. 158).
*opponenauhock (Narr.), n. pi. oysters,
E. W. 103; uponuhpug (Narr.), Stiles;
a'punnyhaug (Peq.), ibid.; chunkm,
apwonnah, an oyster, C. 159. From
apwdnat (to roast) and hog, uuhhog
(shell-fish).
opw6su. See appaisu.
*osacontuck (Narr.), 'a fat sweet fish,
something like a haddock', E. W. 103.
Perhaps the pollack (Merlangus pur-
pureus, Mitch.) or hake (Merluccius
vulgaris, Cuv. ) , more often called ' whit-
ing'. Possibly the same as 'aquaunduut,
blue fish' (Peq.), Stiles.
oshkoshqui, adj. green: oshkoshqut, as
the green herb, Ps. 37, 2. See ash-
koshqui.
*osk6n, n. a hide, C. 156; a skin. See
ask6n; wusk6n.
*oskosk, grass, C. 160. See moskeht.
TRUMBUI.I,]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
111
oscowunnumunat, v. t. to change, Dan.
7, 25; Jer. 2,36: famwunum wuthogkmun-
asli, he changed his clothes, Gen. 41,
14; media wuli'ismtnunoh, he does not
change it, Lev. 27, 10 (6soommont, if he
change, an. obj., Lev. 27, 10); matta
nuttihosue ussu, ' I change not', Mai. 3, 6;
6smwema>, it changes, it is changed,
Lam. 4, 1.
ossoeposu, he slideth back, Hog. 4, 16;
asi6ep6tue, adj. backsliding, Hog. 4, 16.
Cf. assMshaii, he goes backward.
otan, n. a town, a 'city', Gen. 4, 17;
Josh. 8, 19, 21; pi. +ash, Gen. 19, 29;
2 Pet. 2, 6. See kehlotan, a great town.
[Narr. otan, the town, pi. otanash;
otanick, to the town, R. W. 120. Del.
u te ney (u ie nwnk, in town), Zeisb.
Voc. 31.]
otanemes, n. dim. for otan, a village,
Matt. 21, 2; pi. +ash, Is. 42, 11; Luke
13, 22.
*<5tesliem, (Narr.): wetufimuck nuteshem,
I came from the house; acdwmuck n6te-
shem, I came over the water; ndwwa-
tuckndteshem, I came from far; tuckG-
teshana, whence came you? R. W. 28;
tunna wutsha&ock, whence come they?
ibid. 29. See mtshoh; wadchinat.
*6u, well (it is well), C. 227. See *6.
ouwa'n, n. mist, vapor, Gen. 2, 6; Job
36, 27.
[Abn. aSanis, il fait brouillard; aSa-
nebtyat, sur la riviere. Chip, awani-
bissa, it drizzles, Bar. 533; awdn, it is
foggy, ibid. 532. Del. awonn, fog, Zeisb.
Voc. 7.]
ouwassu, he warms or warmed himself,
Is. 44, 16. See auwcussu.
owanux. See howait.
owohkontooau. See aiiwohk6ntmdu.
owShshaog 1 , n. the hawk, Deut. 14, 15.
See mashquanon; quanunon.
dwonog-kuog, v. i. 3d pers. pi. they
'have holes', they burrow, Matt. 8,20,
=cowonogka>oy, Luke 9, 58. See wi'mogq.
*6wwepinnue, adv. calmly, C. 227. See
auwepin.
-CD-, an inseparable negative particle,
interposed between the radical and the
last syllable, or the suffix, of affirmative
verbs, to constitute the negative form:
muadchanumun, he keeps it; oowad-
chanummin, he does not keep it, or, as
more commonly found, matta mcad-
-co continued.
chanummun (with a double negative).
The negative a> enters into the com-
position of several words other than
verbs of negation, as u'anne (q. v. ),
m-anne, none. Cf. liowan, someone;
unneu, etc.
coch, cotch, adv. out of, forth from,
thence: na notch sohhamun, there went
forth from, Num. 11, 31; na coch sohha-
mun, 'he went out from thence', 1 K.
12, 25; na each qushken, thence he re-
turned, 2 K. 2, 25; colcheun, he made
from (it), Gen. 2, 22. This is one of
the most important radicals of the lan-
guage, denoting origin, source, causa-
tion: cf. na mlch (noaclie), therefrom;*
kmch, kcoche, kutche, which denote ori-
gin and progress, though often used by
Eliot for nmche; whence kutche or
kehche, chief; kehchis, old; kutchmik,
the beginning (of action, etc.), and the
perhaps identical itrutche as a preposi-
tion (from, out of, for), msh, a father,
and atkas, okas, a mother, and perhaps
ohke, the earth, have apparently the
same origin; hence, too, aochetuonganog,
parents, etc.; also teutch, wutche: mo teat/
wutch, without cause, 1 Sam. 19, 5,=
mat teag wutch, Lam. 3, 52, = wanne
monteag inttch, Ps. 35, 7, = wutch mon-
teag, ibid.; nenan ivutche, for the same
cause, Phil. 2, 18. See ?//<//,.
[NOTE. After "na attch (nmclte), there-
from", in the manuscript, occurs the following:
"m6 mtche (maxhe and, with a slightly altered
form and meaning, mahchc), thence-after (the
sign of the pluperfect tense)." In the margin
thisismarked "omit", andafootnote explains
that "mmche, for mm mtclte, with reference to
a future, implies obligation or necessity. See
maoche."}
[Cree and Chip. See Howse, Cree-
Gr.,pp. 166, 289, 291.]
oochaus, cochaas, n. a fly, Eccl. 10, 1;
Is. 7, 18. Cf. moMi'iln/.
[Del. u tsche, Zeisb. Voc. 12; pi.
itixi-lit'intk, ibid. 31.]
cocheinnat, v. i. to be weaned, Gen.
21, 8; wcheninop, he was weaned, Gen.
21, 8.
CDchetuouganog, pi. parents: mcheluon-
guh (constr.) his parents, Luke 2, 27,
= mttclietuonguh (obj.), Luke 18, 29;
kmcheluonganmoog, your parents,
21, 16; Eph. 6, l!
112
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[Bt'I.I.ETIN S5
cochiinneat, v. p. to be Advantaged or
profited (ii-iii,-liii,ini'iit, If. 47, 12): teag
lujochiiii, what advantage will it be to
me? what am I profited? Job 35, 3;
matin iHDcltii-iii, it profited me not, Job
33, 27; teaguas kcochiyimwao, what are
you profited? Hub. 2, 18; mchiin, (it) is
profitable, Keel. 10, 10; woh mcliihi, it
may profit, Job 35, 8; nw/t matta pixli
koofMeiruuh, these things shall not profit
thee, Is. 57, 12; nixh matta n-adcldyeu-
iniikixli, tilings which can not profit (be
profitable), 1 Sam. 12, 21; imnne teag
irutrhieu, it profiteth nothing, Job 34, 9.
Cf. ootfheun, he made from (it).
o>hk, cohkq, ohkq, n. a worm, Job 17,
14; 24, 20; 25, 6 (oakatk, Ps. 22, 6);
pi. colitjuaog, Is. 14, 11; mhqou, it bred
worms, Ex. 16, 20; askka>kinassog,v(OTms,
Deut. 28, 39 (twkaokse, dimin. agkook, Is.
41, 14); oohke, C. 156. See askmk.
[Del. mooch-tie, Zeisb. Voc.]
cohcomous, n. a little owl, Lev. 11, 17,
= kcotaokhomireiH, Deut. 14, 16. See
kmhkmkhaus.
[Narr. oln'iinoua, an owl, R. W. 85.]
conquaeu. See vhijui'n'.
cokas. See 6kas.
mmsinneat, comussinneat, v. i. to go
or come down, to move downward.
See momsiiineut.
comundt, wamunat, v. i. to go or come
from (of. aii, v. i. he goes thither; peyau,
he comes hither) : comun, mm, woom, he
goes or comes, went or came, 2 Chr. 1,
13; Job 37, 9; Prov. 14, 16; Dan. 8, 5; na
aomun, he went thence, 2 K. 2, 25; Gen.
20, 1 ; 35, 21 ; mmwog, they journeyed
(went), Gen. 35, 16 (went from, Num.
33, 5, 13, 17, etc.); tunoh kcom, toll
kcomun, whence comest thou? Gen. 16,
8; Job 1,7; lohnoh kcomwco, whence come
ye? Gen. 42, 7 (tohhunnm kmm ki-kil,
when did you come from home?C. 185) ;
ongk, go ye to, from unat, mionat, Matt.
21,2; Josh. 2, 16 (more commonly mon-
chfk); (nutifrm nummutmnhmeumul, I go
to my people, Num. 24, 14; pish nutom
ii'iililingkat, I shall go to him, 2 Sam. 12,
23; kutdmun, we are going, Num. 10, 29;)
with inan. nom., oomcooo nannummiyeu,
it cometh (is come) out of the north,
Jer. 46, 20; pih comwogvnttchwiihhojfkai,
'they shall be of her', i.e. proceed from
comundt, wdmunat continued.
her, Gen. 17, 16; unicorn (there) pro-
ceeds out of ( inan. ) , Mark 7, 21 ; mmmm,
there came out of (the cloud a voice),
Luke 9, 35 [kuhtwnug 6ina>, a ship was
goingto( from auono/, 6nal), Jonah 1, 3];
mrmipaongkouohkomuk, (she) camefrom
the uttermost parts, etc., Matt. 12, 42;
<i1it]ue amioogk, depart not from, Acts 1,4;
nutonsem knh naom flodut, ' I proceeded
forth and came from God', John 8, 42;
noh nmmun, I am from him, John 7, 29.
The Mass. Ps. substitutes 6mau (aum-
mau) for Eliot's mi, he went to, where
obj. is inan. Derivatives:/>omo7i/iami(nat
(pwnmoh, the sea), to go by water; soh~
liamunat, to go forth; w&munat, womu-
nat (wonHDenuf?) : en mayitl ne minimi, ' in
the way by which thou earnest ' ( mayest
come, i. e. mayest come from), Is. 37,
29; lie womcouk unitch, ' that proceedeth
out of (that may come from), Deut. 8,
3; wowmuk (for wunuouk'!) ki-xuki/nl, (it)
may come from heaven, 2 Pet. 1, 18;
lioimn yeuoh wag Edom, (suppos. ) ' who
is this that cometh from Edom? Is.
63, 1 (noh u-ag Godiil, (who art) come
from God, Mass. Ps., John 3, 2); ull6h
womomp, whence 1 came, John 8, 14
(uttuh wamantk, 'whence it cometh',
Mass. Ps. , John 3, 8) ; <iw/ yeu wdmcoonip,
before I go (hence), Job 10, 21; n-nik
Judea, when he came out of Judea,
John 4, 54. See iradrhhuil.
[NOTE. The terms and their lU-linitions in
heavy parentheses above are marked with the
marginal note, "from anomil, onnl."]
[Narr. mlslioon hoimrock, they go by
water (by boat), R. \V. 74; liinnn co-
u'aiun, whence came you?; yo noww'un,
1 came that way, ibid. 28. Del. noom,
koom, ii'Hin, I, thou, he comes from
thence, Zeisb. Aim. iiijiiini, je viens de
lu; subj. Sum; Seglit', venant, etc.]
conanumau. See WUHIH'IHHIIKIII.
cone, cona, = ir/auu; (j. v.
conetuoiik. See wunmtuonk.
con<5i, conde, adj. blue, Ksth. 1, 6: con6-
<jk, am/Mig, blue (cloth), Ex. 38, 18,23;
2 Chr. 2, 7; =a>n66n<tg; pi. u>n('yeuanli,
Ksth. 1, 6.
[Roger Williams gi\vs Narr. jirxhuid,
blue (p. 154), but that is apparently
identical with itp/H'xhuu, a flower. Pos-
TRUMIU'l.I.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
113
con6i, ODnde continued,
sibly tin- Indian who taught him the
word, having misunderstood his ques-
tion, gave him tin- name of the object
to which his attention was called in-
stead i)f its color. Cotton gives jtexhai,
blue (168); iip/n'slitm, a Hower (160);
pethdmtOqttal, bine color (168). Cf.
Arab, zahr, a flower; az'rek, blue.]
omou, cnnoi, adj. deep. Except in com-
pound words, it has always the defini-
tive prefix, m'amoi, probably to dis-
tinguish it from amai, blue (the color of
deep water) ; and for the same reason
the m' is retained in such compounds
as matnompag, deep waters. See mmtwi.
omouhkdi, n. a valley, Josh. 11, 16,17;
2 K. 3, 17; Is. 40, 4 (oonouwohkoai, +
yeuash, C. 158): ut am66hkouul, in a
valley, Gen. 14, 17; en aniAuhkGiyeuut,
to the valley, Num. 32, 9; en omouh-
kdiyeue, into the valley, Josh. 7, 24;
amouohicoiyeue, adj. 'of the low coun-
try', 2 Chr. 26, 10 [amoi-ohke, hollow
land]; pi. mnfiuhtuash, amouhkoiyeuash,
Ezek. 36, 4, 6.
<Dnouwusse, lean. See unouurugse.
concDiiat, v.'i. 'to yell' as a wild animal,
'to howl': amwog, 'they yell* (as lions'
whelps), Jer. 51, 38 [from anum, a
dog(?)]; nishno pasaik pish aonm, every
one shall howl, Is. 15, 3; maush kah
mnsh, 'cry and howl', Ezek. 21, 12;
ooncok, howl ye, Zech. 11, 2.
[Chip, wah-o-no, he howls, Spelling
Book.]
concoouk, n. howling, Is. 15, 8; Zeph.
1, 10.
roncDwaonk. See wunnanudonk, a cov-
enant, an agreement.
oshe, cosh, (constr. ) coshoh, n. father,
Gen. 17, 5; Prov. 17, 21; Matt. 10, 37:
na>sh, my father, Gen. 22, 7; Luke 15,
21 ; naishun, our father, Luke 3, 8; 11, 2;
kms/i, thy father, Gen. 12, 1 ; inUch ne-
gunne nmshik, from my forefathers, 2
Tim. 1, 3 (suppos. form); kmaheu (k<n-
flinj), your father, Gen. 31, 6, 7; 43, 7;
<ohoh (constr.), the father of, his
father, Prov. 17, 21; (obj.) Gen. 19, 33;
28, 7; km jiixli initiiix/ihi, thou shalt be
a father (of many nations), Gen. 17, 4;
vmtcotJamau, [he who is (?)] a father, Ps.
103, 13; Prov. 4, 1; 1>. n. 6; Mark ]:!,
B. A. E.. BULL. 25 8
ODshe, cosh, mshoh continued.
12; 1 Thess. 2, 11; God mil ,*} 'KJ, 'if
God were your father', John 8, 42. See
*/'iti i lii'in; riilxlinli; ii'iiilrlilnat.
[Xarr. osh, a father; nfah, my father,
cijsli, your father; cuttfiso, have yon a
father? K. W. 44. Del. nooch, my
fatheT; guocli (koot-h), thy father; och-
icall, his father, Zeisb. Yoc. ]
*a>shesin, an uncle, C. 162 (dimin. of
tDme), See WU98USC8,
coshkappeum, -oppeum, n. a concu-
bine: ncmkoppeum, my concubine, Jndg.
20, 4, 6; (obj. pi.) +oh, 2 Sam. 16, 21,
22; 21, 11. See wishqwin; imskapjit'inn.
coshoh. See mshe.
coske, for wuske (especially in compound
words), new, young, first in time, etc.;
before.
[coscoweiieat, v. i. to swim:] neg woh
cosanvecheg, they who can swim, Acts
27, 43. Cf. pamcoso), he swims; osnue-
p6su, he slideth back.
[Del. a scho will, to swim, Zeisb.
Voc. 14.]
oosqheonk, u. Ijlood. See u-usqueheonk.
oosukougqunoau(?), it (the brazen sea)
'was set above upon them', 1 K. 7, 25.
cotattamcoonk. See vwttattamoank.
cotch. See mch; wutche.
ootcheun, he made from (it), Gen. 2, 22.
ootchteau, he produces (it) from (it),
he forms it: mtcheau-un, Ex. 38, 8;
mtclie-un, he produces from it (an. obj. ),
Gen. 1', 22.
ootshoh: iraban cotshoh, the wind blow-
eth, John 3, 8 (iruttiihau, Mass. Ps. ).
[Del. ta undchen, whence blows the
wind?; lommneunk undchen, the wind
comes from the north, Hkw. 456
(see ' immdgchun' , Zeisb. Gr. 161).
Chip, nodin, it blows, is windy, Bar.
532. Old Alg. luntiti, wind, Lah.]
oowee, interj. of sorrow (El. Gr. 22); mure,
ah! C. 234.
ooweesquabinneat, v. i. to wrap up.
oowesuonk, n. his name, Ex. 20, 7; Gen.
L'i), 1(>. Sec iri'xilniik.
oowohsumunat. See wohgumun&t.
CO'WOnogkODOg'. Sec I'lininiH/kimi/.
114
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
[BULLETIN 25
p'. See;*?-.
p6, a particle which, prefixed to a verb
in the indicative, jrives it the sense of
the 1st pers. imperative: nai'<innlnni,
I am wise; pd-nooviatmtam, let 'me be j
wise, El. Gr. 25.
[Cree/xi,indecl. particle, prefixed to
the root of the verb, has the force of
'should' or 'would' conditional: ne p&
nipan, I should or would sleep.]
pa, applied to extension in time, an
indefinite going-on. It has t he f< >rce of
'yet' in such phrases as 'while he was
yet speaking'. Indie. axli pdmeketukok,
while it was yet day, 2 Sam. 3, 35;
IIIIIIHIH, 'upward' in age or time: 'from
twenty years old [fco/t paantii] and up-
ward', i. e. passing, Num. 26, 2,4,=
paAme, 2 Chr. 31, 16, 17. Suppos. ash
pamaxidt, while he yet spoke, Job 1,
16, 17; Matt. 14, 43. Pass. (inan. sub-
ject) pamemco, it is passed, Ps. 18, 12.
Imperat. 3d pers. would be, regularly
formed, paj or pajeh (q. v.) [or pame-
jeh (?)], let itgoon or continue (until).
Cf. pumantum (suppos. pamfinioy), he
lives; pomuxhau, he walks; iitimsheau,
it is past, etc. ( Cf . also Sansk. pamb, ire,
Be movere. )
[Abn. pemi (=<tm{>t#i and uiiptsi), in
compos. ' pendant, vel encore ' ; ' il est a '
(with verb in infinitive), Rasles. Del.
pern ml, yet, to this time, Zeisb.]
pa-, pe-, pu- [p'], prefixed to words
which signify motion, denotes indirec-
tion in the act or agent. In verbs of
motion it signifies 'all about', 'in one
direction or another', or without direc-
tion. Cf. p(i->inf, 'out of the way'.
'astray', and pu-mmoh, the sea; ptt-
mcosm, he swims; pn-iiii>iii/i<ii/in, it
creeps; jiam'Uchuan, (water) runs, etc.
[For the Cree, Howse (84) has jiim-
init&chemao, 'he moves himself horizon-
tally, crawls', and perhaps this may be
the primary signification.]
paamu, adv. past, upward (in age or
time), Xum. 26, 2, 4. See /;///. .
paanonteg, as n. a (winnowing) fan,
Is. 30, 24, i. e. that which blows away.
See peatanuhtunk.
pabahtanum [joa-Mf-on-urn], v. t. he
trusts: jHilHililiiiiiniiiiii. he trusts in
(him), has confidence in: inan. jiitlmh-
t'tiitam, he trusts (it), depends on (it).
Adj.andadv.pa6a/i/i/;i;yi-. , -n-i'n; faith-
fully (pApahtant&mwe, C. ).
padahquohhan. See podtohquohhan.
padteateamin-ash, n. pi. nuts, (leu.
43, 11.
padtippashin, padtapashin, v. i. it
drops, there is dropping; freq. papad-
li/ijiiixliiu, there is a shower; verbal pd-
pddtinunk, 'showers', Deut. 32, 2.
[Del. pankpechen, a drop; popankpe-
rlii'it, it drops (cf. popetelan, it is show-
ery, 'rains by showers'), Zeisb. Abn.
anpeteniiin, il est encore a pleuvoir, il
j>li'ut encore.]
padtohquohhan, padahquohhaii, v. i.
it thunders (padtohrpwhhan ami juitlnJi-
quohhanni, it thunders, C. ) ; as a n.
thunder. [From a verb which signifies
'to hear', 'to be heard' (?). Piersou's
Catechism (Quirrpi) has padak, he
heareth. Cf. Cree prytou--ayoo, he hears
him; pfyliiin, he hears it. But see the
next following verb.]
[NOTE. The bracketed part of this definition
is marked "omit" in the manuscript.]
[Abn. /ii'ilitiii/liiiii/X, le foudre, toii-
nerre. Q\iiT.pAddahqu&h}atm,i8T. Del.
peelhacquon, it thunders, Hkw., which
Cass corrects ti> /Hiiilliiir'ijiiini, 'it begins
to thunder' (from pad, 'to come', and
hoc'qium, 'thunder'). [Is either cor-
rect?] /eisb. has pi >! Inn- /, it tliuu-
ders; pen da ijuot, it is heard, Voc. 2(i. ]
padtuhkuhnteau, v. t. he smites (it)
into (it), 1 Sam. 19, 10, of a dart or
spear thrown from the hand.
pagkodtantdm. See pAJtodttmtAm.
paguanau, v. t. an. he destroys (him);
inan. payiiutiiii, pdi/iroillan, he destroys
(it); v. i. j}ii<fiinti'itii, fiitijirolilt'iin, he
is destroying, or is a destroyer; pi.
jHiijniitoiMj, they destroy, are destroy-
ers. (This was the name given to the
Muhhekaiis of eastern Connecticut by
neighboring tribes: J't'ijiintli'inf/, Pequots,
'destroyers'. ) Verbal paffuanuonJc, de-
stroying, destruction, Prov. 15,11; 18,
TRI'MBl'LI.]
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
115
pag-uanau continued.
7; Is. 59, 7; ']>estilenee', Ps. 91, 6.
From jxiinj- (jioijk-), to break, to divide.
See polif/ni.
[Xarr. JIHI'II/KHII'I, 'there is a slaugh-
ter'; pajutli'xHj jxti'ii/iKiiKin, 'the Pequts
are slain', R. W. 151. Cree /ii'icktvaht-
iii/in,, 'he hates (him)'.]
paguodche, pagwodche, adv. 'it may
be', perhaps, El. (Jr. 22(pOf/<judtelie,C.).
[Alg. pakSath, probablement.]
pahchanitchau, v. i. he has fingers: ne-
gutta-tahshe , he has six fingers,
2 Sam. 21, 20. See pokehanulch.
pahchasittau, v. i. he has . . . toes,
2 Sam. 21, 20; lit. he has divided-feet
(pahshe-wuseeet). See pohchminli'li.
pahchau, pauchau, pdhchau, v. i. he
turns aside, deviates: u-iitch mayut,
he turns aside from the way, Num.
22, 23.
[Del. pachgechen, ' where the roa<l
strikes off'; pachyivii, 'to tuni out of
the road', Zeisb.]
pahheau, v. t. an. he waits for (him):
nup-paih, I wait for (him), Ps. 130, 5;
suppos. null piiltliil, lie who waits; v. t.
inan. jtuhlnu, jxtlito, he waits for (it);
v. i. an. pnhliutHu, he is waiting; suppos.
noh pdhtsil, lie who is waiting. Verbal
pahtsuonk, waiting, 'forbearance', Rom.
2,4 ( /mhlffflog, they wait; nup-pahtin, I
stay, I am ready; pahtgit, ready, C. ).
From /('. Cf. pdmf.
[Del. pee mop, he waited (pret.),
Zeisb.]
pahke, pohki, (1) it is clear, plain, evi-
dent; adv. plainly, clearly. (2) it is
clean, pure. See jiulili and cf. pohqiide.
pahkheau, paukehheaii, v. t. an.
(caus. ) he cleans (himself or another),
makes clean, 'purifies', Lev. 8, 15.
V. t. inan. jxilil.iifiiii, he makes (it)
clean, purifies (it). V. i. an. pahkesu
(=pohteiigu), he is clean, pure, Lev.
13, 13; 2 Sam. 11, 4. Adj. an. clean,
pure.
pahpahkshas, n. a 'partridge', Jer. 17,
11, =jH>li/,<,likn.-< f ii, \ Sam. 26, 20. Cf.
poahpsoheptttog (pi. ), 'quails^Ps. 105, 40.
See inniiit'1'iHixlKjHfx, the swallow.
[Narr. jMlnjuirk-Ki'inij, ]iartridge.", R.
W. 8 
